6 Reasons Your Apple Product Has Become Very Uncool

0

Photo Credit: Shutterstock.com

June 3, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

It’s hard to identify the moment when a company once beloved by trendsetters becomes uncool. Sometimes the firm gets too big for its britches and starts pissing off its customers. Others times the hipsters who first embraced the products grow too long in the tooth to seem cool anymore. Lots of times innovation starts to lag as a firm shifts its focus from making cool stuff to shoveling money toward executives.

Apple’s cool factor seems to be suffering for all of these reasons and then some. So what, you say. It’s just a vibe. They still have gobs of money. Well, the problem for Apple is that its marketability has been built on the cool factor, and once you lose it, it’s not easy to get it back. Here are six unmistakable signs that Apple is on the downward slide.

1. Apple is boring. That’s not what you want to hear when you’re trying to be the cool company. And yet USA Today reports that college students are feeling unbedazzled by Apple CEO Tim Cook’s promises of amazing new gadgets at a recent conference. “Some college students are losing their enthusiasm for Apple after recent product upgrades have been underwhelming,” notes collegiate correspondent Mark Lieberman. Among the student complaints were overpricing, lack of ability to customize Apple products, and various technical challenges.

Other Apple-watchers have voiced similar beefs, pointing out that for all the iPhones, iPads and MacBooks, the whole just adds up to a big yawn. Ashraff Eassa at the Seeking Alpha blog doesn’t mince any words: “Apple’s problem today is that it’s just plain boring. Yeah, it makes a lot of money, and yeah, it makes good products, but people forget that tech stocks are all about who’s got the most glam.”

2. Headline headaches. One minute Tim Cook is defending tax-dodging practices that screw American taxpayers out of billions and leave us with no money to pay for decent schools that, you know, educate Apple’s workers or roads that, ahem, allow the company to ship its products around the country. The next minute Apple is on the hot seat for allegedly fixing prices on ebooks — and we’re talking emails between Steve Jobs and James Murdoch (son of Rupert) in which Jobs essentially says, hey, let’s make a deal that screws our customers!

These are not the sorts of activities many customers will find endearing. Making headlines for all the wrong reasons is not going to help Apple get its mojo back. Gangsta-style capitalism is a lot of things — cool is not one of them.

3. Going Wall Street. Apple’s customers have long hailed the company for its snazzy designs and user-friendly interface. But its ability to excel in playing Wall Street casino games was never really on the list.

These days, however, Apple is all about Wall Street. The company is sitting on a mountain of cash, but instead of doing something useful and intelligent with that money such as, I dunno, paying workers a decent salary or investing in innovative new products, Apple announced it is spending an eye-popping $60 billion on a buyback. Stock buybacks, a practice that took off in the go-go ‘80s, is a pernicious trend in which a company buys back its own shares from the marketplace and thereby reduces the number of outstanding shares. It’s a terrible way to allocate resources, and it’s mainly about making executives richer. As Eamonn Fingleton recently put it over at Forbes, “every dollar spent on a buyback is one dollar less invested in a corporation’s future.”

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

The Case That Immigrant Labor Doesn't Hurt Low-skill U.S. Workers

0

Photo Credit: Shutterstock.com/William Perugini

June 4, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

The heated debate over immigration reform continues in Washington. Much of the heat comes from one claim: immigration hurts low-skill US workers.

The idea is that immigration causes overall economic harm to low-skill US workers, because many immigrants are low-skill themselves and compete for the same jobs. This is a reasonable belief if all one has to go on is the kind of day-to-day experiences that everyone has–such as applying for jobs and competing with other applicants.

It is also wrong.

Many of the world’s best labor economists have spent the last quarter century exhaustively looking all over the world for negative effects of immigration on low-skill workers. They cannot find such effects. This is one of the most robust findings in the labor economics research literature.

These economists take two main approaches. The first is to look for sudden, large increases in immigration to a particular area, and track what happens to native workers in that area. These include massive inflows of Cubans to Miami in 1980, Algerians to France in 1962, Russians to Israel in the early 1990s, all immigrants to different regions of Germany in the 1980s and to regions of the United Kingdom in the 80s and 90s, and Former Yugoslavians to the rest of Europe. Not one detects substantial effects of immigration on wages or employment.

In the second approach, economists chop up the data differently. They divide workers in the migrant-destination country not into different geographic regions but into different groups of broadly similar people–for example, 25—29 year-old males with a high school degree, 30—34 year old females with a college degree, and so on. They then watch what happens to wages and employment among native workers in each group, across the whole country, upon the arrival of immigrants with those characteristics. With this method, the leading-edge research is by Gianmarco Ottaviano and Giovanni Peri. In a paper published last year, they show that total, cumulative immigration to the United States between 1990 and 2006 had almost no net effect on the wages of American workers–including those with no high school degree.

How did our common-sense intuition get this crucial fact so wrong? Our best understanding now is that two broad forces yield this counterintuitive result. For the low-skill jobs that exist, there is extremely little competition between native workers and immigrant workers. And the indirect economic effects of low-skill immigrants’ work are the reason that many low-skill jobs exist in the first place, including the ones filled by native workers.

First, the vast majority of low-skill immigrants are not competing with any U.S. worker at all. The problem is not that Americans entering the labor force aren’t willing to take certain jobs. It’s that there aren’t enough Americans to do them.

In the next decade most of the fastest-growing occupations will be jobs that require less than high school education. The US Bureau of Labor Statistic projects that between 2010 and 2020 there will be 3.6 million new, additional jobs in the US economy in home health care, basic childcare, and food service, and other low-skill industries. That is, the Census Bureau reports, is more than double the total American workers age 25—54 who will enter the labor force in the same period: 1.7 million.

This point bears repeating: even if every single American entering the labor force in the next decade dropped out of high school and college to do low-skill work, they wouldn’t be able to fill half the labor positions America needs in these areas. And of course that isn’t going to happen: In that period roughly 30 percent of Americans entering the labor force will have high school only, and under 10 percent will have less than high school. That means we can reasonably expect somewhere around 5—15 percent of these very low-skill jobs to be filled by American workers. For the rest, no American will be competing with immigrants.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Elite Enrichment and Police Repression: The Sparks That Lead to the Turkish Rebellion

0

Demonstrators try to extinguish a fire in a container used for construction workers in Taksim square in Istanbul on June 4, 2013.

June 4, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Is this the Turkish Spring? No, at least not yet. Is Turkish Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan the new Mubarak? No, at least not yet.

History keeps warning us it takes just a spark to light a political bonfire. The recent spark in Istanbul was provided by a small group of very young environmentalists organizing a peaceful sit-in, Occupy-style, in Taksim Square to protest the planned destruction of one of the city center’s few remaining public green spaces, Gezi park.

Gezi park’s destruction follows a globally tested neoliberalism racket; it will be replaced by a simulacrum – in this case a replica of the Ottoman Artillery Barracks – housing, what else, yet another shopping mall. It’s crucial to note that the mayor of Istanbul, also from the ruling Justice and Development Party (AKP), owns a retail chain that will make a killing out of the mall. And the man holding the contract for this “redevelopment” is no less than Erdogan’s son-in-law.

Predictably harsh police repression led to the protesters being joined by top cadres from Turkey’s main opposition party, the Republican People’s Party (CHP). And sooner rather than later, the Taksim Square green theme morphed into a Tahrir square-style “Down with the dictator”.

By Saturday, Taksim Square was crammed with tens of thousands of people; a multitude had walked across the Bosphorus Bridge from the Asian side of Istanbul, banging pots and pans Argentina 2002 cacerolazo-style, openly trampling the law against pedestrians crossing the bridge. Police duly upgraded the repression to water cannons, pepper spray and tear gas.

The behavior of a mostly cowed Turkish broadcast media was predictably appalling – perhaps not surprising when 76 journalists are in jail accused of supporting “terror” and other unspecified “crimes”. This may also be interpreted as a reflection of US and North Atlantic Treaty Organization hold over a precious ally – as in “OK, smash a few skulls, but don’t kill anybody”.

Print media at least exhibited some redeeming features. Hurriyet – a newspaper that used to exercise its critical faculties – recovered some of its dignity by printing headlines such as “Erdogan no longer almighty”. Zaman – which is part of the network of the moderate Islamist Gulen movement – showed how worried it is with Erdogan and the AKP’s overwhelming power, with editorials condemning his “excessive” behavior and supporting the protesters.

Meanwhile, in the US and the European Union, Ankara has not really been condemned – just the usual, vapid, “concern”. Turkey after all is the ultimate CNN poster country; it’s totally “on message” in its brand of autocracy-enabling neoliberalism (as are the Gulf Cooperation Council petro-monarchies). To be violently condemned – and threatened with strikes – is the “privilege” of Iran and Syria.

Take it to the bridge

How fitting that this all started with the “redevelopment” of Gezi park. However, this is just a small node in a vast scheme – a slew of AKP mega-projects all across Istanbul that totally exclude the input of civil society.

Turkey may have become the world’s 17th largest economy in the world, but it’s growing at only 3% in 2013 (even is that is much better than Europe). The AKP has certainly noted that the Turkish economic miracle rests on clay feet, based on products of low added value very dependent on markets – in agriculture, small industry or tourism.

Enter a planned third bridge over the Bosphorus – part of a new US$2.6 billion, 260 kilometer highway linking Thrace to Anatolia circumventing the Istanbul metropolis and one of the key nodes of the European Union-supported Europe-Caucasus-Asia transport corridor (TRACECA).

In the 2011 election,s Erdogan opened his campaign spinning a “crazy project”; a 50 km canal from the Sea of Marmara to the Black Sea to be completed by 2023 – the centenary of the Turkish Republic – to the tune of up to $20 billion. The objective is not only to decongest the Bosphorus but, alongside the building of a third bridge and a third harbor, to transfer the axis of Istanbul to the not-yet-developed north of the city. That would include two new towns and a third airport as well.

The AKP has described this ambitious policy as “urban transformation”. The pretext is the risk of a major earthquake – such as the one in 1999. For what amounts to a major real estate speculation bonanza, Erdogan and the AKP rely on two government agencies, TOKI and KIPTAS, who have been setting prices way too high for the average Turk. The prime target is the upper middle classes who vote AKP.

The AKP is absolutely obsessed with controlling Istanbul – which accounts for 85 of the 550 Parliament members (Ankara, the capital, is worth only 31). Erdogan and his cohorts have been at the helm of Greater Istanbul since 1994, at the time as members of the Refah party. Erdogan started his conquest of Turkey from the former Ottoman capital.

AKP-sponsored mega-projects have been conceived as the ultimate platform to project emerging Turkey into post-globalization, milking to the maximum the cliche of a “bridge between civilizations”. After all, 50% of Turkey’s exports originate in Istanbul. The urban-political marketing of these mega-projects will condition Turkey’s global credibility among the usual suspects, “international investors”. It has nothing to do with social cohesion or respect for the environment. It’s fair to argue that the Taksim Square movement has totally grasped the implications of this authoritarian, profit-hungry logic of development.

Friends of Turkey, anyone?

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Has There Been a Great Progressive Reversal? How the Left Abandoned Cheap Electricity

0

Photo Credit: wang song/ Shutterstock.com

June 4, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Editor’s Note: From time to time we publish articles we don’t necessarily agree with. We encourage differences of opinion, for the sake of open debate. Here, AlterNet’s environmental editor Tara Lohan responds to Ted Nordhaus and Michael Shellenberger at the end of their article.

Eighty years ago, the Tennessee Valley region was like many poor rural communities in tropical regions today. The best forests had been cut down to use as fuel for wood stoves. Soils were being rapidly depleted of nutrients, resulting in falling yields and a desperate search for new croplands. Poor farmers were plagued by malaria and had inadequate medical care. Few had indoor plumbing and even fewer had electricity.

Hope came in the form of World War I. Congress authorized the construction of the Wilson dam on the Tennessee River to power an ammunition factory. But the war ended shortly after the project was completed.

Henry Ford declared he would invest millions of dollars, employ one million men, and build a city 75 miles long in the region if the government would only give him the whole complex for $5 million. Though taxpayers had already sunk more than $40 million into the project, President Harding and Congress, believing the government should not be in the business of economic development, were inclined to accept.

George Norris, a progressive senator, attacked the deal and proposed instead that it become a public power utility. Though he was from Nebraska, he was on the agriculture committee and regularly visited the Tennessee Valley. Staying in the unlit shacks of its poor residents, he became sympathetic to their situation. Knowing that Ford was looking to produce electricity and fertilizer that were profitable, not cheap, Norris believed Ford would behave as a monopolist. If approved, Norris warned, the project would be the worst real estate deal “since Adam and Eve lost title to the Garden of Eden.” Three years later Norris had defeated Ford in the realms of public opinion and in Congress.

Over the next 10 years, Norris mobilized the progressive movement to support his sweeping vision of agricultural modernization by the federal government. In 1933 Congress and President Roosevelt authorized the creation of the Tennessee Valley Authority. It mobilized thousands of unemployed men to build hydroelectric dams, produce fertilizer, and lay down irrigation systems. Sensitive to local knowledge, government workers acted as community organizers, empowering local farmers to lead the efforts to improve agricultural techniques and plant trees.

The TVA produced cheap energy and restored the natural environment. Electricity from the dams allowed poor residents to stop burning wood for fuel. It facilitated the cheap production of fertilizer and powered the water pumps for irrigation, allowing farmers to grow more food on less land. These changes lifted incomes and allowed forests to grow back. Although dams displaced thousands of people, they provided electricity for millions.

By the ’50s, the TVA was the crown jewel of the New Deal and one of the greatest triumphs of centralized planning in the West. It was viewed around the world as a model for how governments could use modern energy, infrastructure and agricultural assistance to lift up small farmers, grow the economy, and save the environment. Recent research suggests that the TVA accelerated economic development in the region much more than in surrounding and similar regions and proved a boon to the national economy as well.

Perhaps most important, the TVA established the progressive principle that cheap energy for all was a public good, not a private enterprise. When an effort was made in the mid-’50s to privatize part of the TVA, it was beaten back by Senator Al Gore Sr. The TVA implicitly established modern energy as a fundamental human right that should not be denied out of deference to private property and free markets.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Why Do We Throw Prostitutes in Prison?

0

June 4, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Sex worker activists (who want the sex trade to be treated like any other work) and prostitution abolitionists (who want to see it disappear entirely) don’t agree on much, but they do on this: Giving people charged with prostitution a felony also gives them a criminal record that makes other work almost impossible to find, thus trapping them into selling sex in perpetuity.

And now, with eight states handing down felony charges for prostitution – where nonviolent, mostly female prostitution offenders are serving in state prison — a battle to lessen criminal penalties has been joined by an unlikely ally. Conservative lawmakers, looking at price tags, are also receptive to changing the way we see — and treat – people working in prostitution.

The latest example of this shift to view people in prostitution as victims rather than criminals is last week’s passage of a bill removing the felony penalty in Illinois – which has some of the harshest prostitution laws in the country. The legislation sailed through the Illinois Legislature, after a decade of work by End Demand Illinois, a coalition that wants to see prostitution eliminated. The highest penalty for selling sex in the state will now be a Class A misdemeanor.

“There are very, very few crimes, in my view, that exist in the criminal code, that you can truly say in this instance, the perpetrator is likely as much a victim as they are a perpetrator,” said Illinois state Sen. Dale Righter, a Republican and former prosecutor, when the bill was being debated. “People who would disagree with that would say, ‘there’s a notion of personal responsibility here. They decided to do it.’ And you know, in the strictest of legal terms, there’s no doubt that that’s true. But the situations that most of these young ladies find themselves in are unlike any situations that I bet any of us have encountered, and I hope none of us ever have to encounter.”

Texas, not exactly known for its leniency to offenders, also came close to eliminating its felony penalty this year. (A bill made it out of committee but wasn’t voted on, and there is still felony prostitution in Arizona, Florida, Idaho, Indiana, Michigan and Missouri.) ”It’s nuts that we’ve got this many prostitutes in prison, people that we’re not afraid of, but we’re just mad at,” the state’s Senate Criminal Justice Committee Chairman John Whitmire told the Austin American Statesman last year. “By locking them up, we’re not fixing the problem – we’re just spending a lot of money incarcerating them, warehousing them, when we could be spending a lot less getting them treatment so they can get out and stay out of this business.”

Prostitution remains the only crime in which more women are arrested than men. (That includes both arrests for selling sex and for purchasing it.) Prostitution arrests happen on the streets – in sweeps or in response to neighborhood complaints – in raids on establishments thought to be promoting prostitution, and through sting operations conducted through sites like Backpage. Sex worker advocates have criticized such “end demand” campaigns for partnering with the criminal justice system, which they argue further marginalizes people in the sex trade, but Lynne Johnson, policy and advocacy director at the Chicago Alliance Against Sexual Exploitation, said the alliance had been key to removing the felony penalty.

“Both police and prosecutors are on the front lines of watching prostitution, how it works on the street. They see the desperation of the people in prostitution, they came to recognize that the practice of habitual arrest and rearrest was not working, and that folks are in need of specialized services and are in need of more intelligent responses,” Johnson told Salon.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

The 4 Plagues: Getting a Handle on the Coming Apocalypse

0

Photo Credit: f9photos/ Shutterstock.com

June 4, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Every day, thousands, probably millions of people ask their family, friends, neighbors and colleagues similar and increasingly familiar questions: What has happened to our country? How did we get here? Isn’t it scary? Can anything be done about it?

There is an abundance of evidence that there are forces tearing apart the U.S. economy and society, causing increasing levels of fear, anxiety and trauma for large numbers of people. Many people are mystified as to the specific causes of their fears, with a mass media system that constantly broadcasts propaganda about how great America is and a new digital media system that may be exacerbating the problems for a society under immense and unprecedented duress.

There is the added problem that the theories and the means of social change we are familiar with, and to which we still turn, are not remotely up to the task we face, and have mostly proven to be inadequate. Virtually every problem we face has gotten worse over the past 40 years, and heavily sped up since 9/11 and the economic crash of 2007.

In an environment of confusion and despair, it can be helpful to name the beast–essentially to understand the forces at play, how they operate, and why they feel both intractable and overwhelming. So, what follows is a kind of Users’ Guide To What Is Freaking Us Out.”

What Has Happened to Us?

So the big question is: what is the “it” that has happened to us? Depending on your vantage point and the myriad problems in front of us, “it” can be any number of causes and factors.

For many, it is the disappearance of the sense of a democracy many thought was embedded in U.S society. Sure, we’ve always been ruled by elites. But we are in a new era where we feel crushed by the overwhelming dominance of corporations and big institutions that treat people like commodities, getting away with degrading people’s dignities while pocketing large profits. This is especially true of banks, which are now so big they are beyond the reach of the legal system for fear that the global economy will be adversely affected.

Many people feel they have no control over the direction of the country because their vote doesn’t matter–incumbents with the most money mostly get elected. Many voters feel trapped by the lack of options because of pro-corporate stances of both Republicans and Democrats, and then there is another beast–the rabid right-wing.Our legislators are bought by campaign contributions and seem incapable of constructive action. Meanwhile, the Supreme Court decision in Citizens United, and the fact that legally corporations are often treated like persons, is beyond most people’s comprehension.

Economic Disaster For Many

For others, the anxiety producing “it” is directly connected to personal economic loss, of homes, jobs, personal wealth, or increased debt, all which has contributed to a massive erosion of financial security.

The statistics are quite shocking. The poor are suffering–more than 46 million Americans live at or below the poverty level, which is $23,201 for a family of four. That’s $5,800 per person; but a far larger group of 138 million people (nearly 40% of American households)–many of whom had considered themselves part of the middle class–are living paycheck to paycheck. And, according to a Pew Foundation survey, “nearly a quarter of Americans (24%) say they had trouble putting food on the table in the past 12 month revealing a painful level of deprivation and family trauma despite the U.S.  being the richest country in the world. Our level of deprivation is closer to that in Indonesia or Greece rather than Britain or Canada.”

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Bradley Manning Trial: WikiLeaks Lawyer Sees Spurious "Enemy" Claims and Bid to Scare Whistleblowers

0

US Army Pfc. Bradley Manning (C) arrives for a hearing in Fort Meade, Maryland.
Photo Credit: AFP

June 4, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

AARON MATÉ: The military trial of Army whistleblower Bradley Manning is underway. Manning is accused of providing more than 700,000 secret U.S. government documents and cables to WikiLeaks, the largest disclosure of state secrets in U.S. history. Manning faces more than 20 charges, including violating the Espionage Act and aiding the enemy. He has already pled guilty to 10 lesser charges of misusing classified material.

The trial began Monday with the defense and prosecution presenting starkly contrasting accounts. Manning’s defense lawyer, David Coombs, said Manning wanted to reveal the human costs of the wars in Afghanistan and Iraq. Coombs said, quote, “[Bradley Manning] believed this information showed how we value human life. He was troubled by that. He believed that if the American public saw it, they too would be troubled.”

AMY GOODMAN: Army prosecutor Captain Joe Morrow accused Bradley Manning of aiding the enemy, including Osama Bin Laden, who allegedly accessed some of the classified State Department cables after they were published by the website WikiLeaks. Morrow said, quote, “This is a case about a soldier who systematically harvested hundreds of thousands of classified documents and dumped them onto the Internet, into the hands of the enemy–material he knew, based on his training, would put the lives of fellow soldiers at risk,” he said.

Coombs responded by arguing that Manning was selective, saying, quote, “He had access to literally hundreds of millions of documents as an all-source analyst, and these were the documents that he released. And he released these documents because he was hoping to make the world a better place,” he said.

The trial is expected to run to the end of August. Supporters of Bradley Manning gathered outside Fort Meade as the trial opened.

BROOKS BALLENGER: Bradley Manning did a very courageous thing. He told the American people and the world about what was going on in Afghanistan and about misinformation and distortions that were used to convince people that we should be in this war and that it was a just war and that we were helping the Afghan people, and a bunch of other misdeeds that the U.S. was doing. And I think that was a service to the country.

AMY GOODMAN: That was Bradley Manning supporter Brooks Ballenger.

To talk more about the first day of the trial and its implications, we’re joined by Michael Ratner, president emeritus of the Center for Constitutional Rights, a lawyer for Julian Assange and WikiLeaks. He was there yesterday at the opening session of Bradley Manning’s trial at Fort Meade.

Welcome back to Democracy Now!, Michael. Describe the scene yesterday. This is when the defense and the prosecution lays out their opening arguments.

MICHAEL RATNER: You know, it’s the third time, really, that I’ve been utterly devastated by being in that courtroom. First was when Bradley talked about his torture; secondly, when he talked about why he leaked the documents and gave his political reasons. And this time, the scene was–imagine a small antiseptic-looking courtroom. You have Bradley Manning sitting at the table between very large people, including his lawyer, looking very diminutive, but very dignified. And you have, you know, 16 of us in the courtroom plus a bunch of prosecutors and a few sketch artists and press. And they open–the government opens with a slide show. And the slide show is about how we are going to convince the court–it’s only a judge trial–that Bradley Manning aided the enemy, just dumped millions of documents, has nothing good to say about him, and we’re going to put him away for life. I mean, they didn’t say that, but that’s what happens if he’s convicted.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Smelly socks trap malaria mosquitoes

0

A researcher works on a mosquito stock cage in a laboratory at the London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine in London. (file photo)

Researchers say the stench of human feet could be a new tool for fighting deadly malaria mosquitoes.

London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine researchers found that mosquitoes, infected with tropical diseases like malaria, are three times more attracted to stinky stockings.

“Smelly feet have a use after all. Every time we identify a new part of how the malaria mosquito interacts with us, we’re one step closer to controlling it better,” said Dr James Logan, the head of the research.

He stressed that the finding might help create traps for targeting malaria mosquitoes.

Logan went on to say that smelly cheese has the same odor as feet, but Å“mosquitoes aren’t attracted to cheese because they have evolved to know the difference.”

“You have to get the mixture, ratios and concentrations of those chemicals exactly right; otherwise the mosquito won’t think it’s a human,” he said.

More than 600,000 people, mostly African children, are killed by malaria every year.

SAB/PR

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Britain fails to blacklist Hezbollah

0

The UK government has failed in its desperate attempt at the European Union to blacklist the Lebanese resistance movement Hezbollah as a Å“terrorist group”, local media reported.

The failure came after Britain was unable to convince its European allies that Hezbollah was behind an attack on Israeli tourists in Bulgaria last year, according to British media outlets.

The bombing happened last July in the Black Sea resort of Burgas, where five Israeli tourists, a Bulgarian driver and the bomber were killed.

This was considered as a crucial part of the UK governmentâ„¢s rationale to convince the EU to blacklist Hezbollah as a terrorist organization.

However, several EU countries voiced doubt over the evidence linking the resistance movement to the bombing.

Hezbollah enjoys a major political and social standing within the Lebanese society and the EU nation also voiced concerns that blacklisting it could create instability in Lebanon.

Meanwhile, after a one-year probe, the Bulgarian government too was unable to submit credible proof that Hezbollah was involved in the attack.

“An attack takes place and immediately all over the world, governments are saying it was Hezbollah,” said Elena Pavlova, a Middle East analyst based in Sofia. “Yet, we have waited a year and still no one has given any proof.”

Along with local journalist Ruslan Yordanov, she found al Qaida-linked martyrdom videos online, claiming responsibility a day after the bombing in Burgas. They wonder whether evidence pointing towards alternative perpetrators was deliberately ignored to meet the demands of Israeli and Western governments seeking an excuse to ban Hezbollah.

Hezbollah has also dismissed allegations of involvement in the Burgas plot, and the attempt to blacklist the resistance movement has brought heated responses from Lebanon.

“Any listing of the group as a terrorist organisation will be considered as political provocation,” Lebanon’s acting foreign minister Adnan Mansour, who is seen as close to the Syrian government, said last week. “We know there are Israeli pressures practised on more than one international side in order to accuse Hezbollah of terrorism.”

Enough doubts remain to make several EU governments uncomfortable about blacklisting the group, and the support of all 27 members is needed for the motion to pass.

MOL/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Iran hails liberation of Syria's al-Qusayr

0

Iran has congratulated the Syrian nation, government, and army on the success of the Syrian military forces in recapturing the strategic town of al-Qusayr in Western Syria.

Iran also condemned certain sides that facilitate the shipment of arms to the militants in the Arab country for the massacre of the Syrian people, emphasizing that those behind the carnage in Syria must be tried for war crimes.

Syriaâ„¢s state television reported on Wednesday that Syrian forces have regained full control of Qusayr following three weeks of fighting with the militants in the region.

The Syrian military forces dismantled the terrorist network of the militants in the strategic area, which borders Lebanon.

ASH/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

US soldier Robert Bales due in court

0

Staff Sgt. Robert Bales (L) at the National Training Center in Fort Irwin, California on August 23, 2011.

Staff Sergeant Robert Bales, accused of killing 16 Afghan civilians last year, is scheduled to stand before a military court in the US state of Washington.

On Wednesday, Bales is to appear at the Joint Base Lewis-McChord and is expected to plead guilty in return for escaping the death penalty, AFP reported.

Bales, 39, faces charges including 16 counts of murder, six attempted murder, and seven counts of assault related to the massacre in southern Afghanistan last March.

Of the 22 victims, 17 were women and children. Almost all of the victims were shot in the head.

According to the reports, on May 29, Balesâ„¢ lawyer John Henry Browne said that he had reached a deal with military prosecutors not to seek a death penalty for his client in exchange for his guilty plea.

Following the announcement, the families of the victims voiced their anger, saying that he deserved the death penalty.

Last November, prosecutors called the death penalty for Bales.

Bales has been charged with walking off a US outpost in the Panjwai district of Kandahar province in early morning on March 11, 2012, and shooting or stabbing to death the Afghan civilians.

While the US Army insists that Bales has acted alone, an Afghan fact-finding mission has found that the American trooper was not the only perpetrator of the crime and that up to 20 US soldiers collaborated in the carnage.

SZH/PR

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Iran scientist wins UNESCO award

0

Iranâ„¢s Atieh Kazemi Mojarad wins 2013 UNESCO Young Scientist Award.

An Iranian scientist has been named as one of the winners of 2013 UNESCO Young Scientist Awards for her outstanding contribution to the management of biosphere reserves.

The International Coordinating Council of the Man and the Biosphere (MAB) program made the announcement after meeting at UNESCOâ„¢s headquarters in Paris from May 27 to 30.

Atieh Kazemi Mojarad received the prestigious prize for her study on sustainable development of biosphere reserves through the protection of key ecosystem services.

The MAB Program has been granting awards of up to USD 5,000 to young researchers since 1989 in order to encourage young scientists to undertake studies on ecosystems, natural resources and biodiversity.

Five other young researchers were also awarded in the MAB Program. They are Julio Blas Garcia from Spain, Angela Camargo from Mexico, Bilal Habib from India, Hilaire Kouakou from Ivory Coast and Claudia Munera from Nicaragua.

The program also awarded two other young researchers as part of its Michel Batisse Award for Biosphere Reserve Management. Marisa Coetzee and Harry Biggs from South Africa received the USD 6,000 award for their contribution to the management of biosphere reserves.

A biosphere reserve is a cooperative and conservation reserve created to protect the cultural and biological diversity of a region, while encouraging sustainable financial development. It also is a center for monitoring, education and research on natural and managed ecosystems.

SAB/NN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Thousands evacuated as Moscow Metro station in flames

0

A fire broke out at the Okhotny Ryad Metro station in downtown Moscow, injuring at least one person and prompting a mass evacuation of commuters. Four trains remain stranded in the Metro’s underground tunnels.

The injured woman has been taken to the Sklifosovsky trauma
clinic, Viktor Biryukov, a spokesperson for the capital’s
emergencies service told RIA Novosti. An estimated 2,000 people
were evacuated, he added. 

More people are being evacuated from trains that were stopped
inside the tunnels after the fire broke out during morning rush
hour in Moscow.

Firefighters have managed to douse the blaze. The cause of the
fire is yet to be determined, but a preliminary investigation
indicates a technical failure in a power line inside a tunnel,
the spokesperson said.

The fire, which damaged both the station and some of the tunnels,
seriously disrupted transportation in Moscow. Several nearby
stations had to close and urge passengers to leave and seek an
alternate means to get to their destination.

Authorities have blocked ground traffic at one of the streets
near Okhotny Ryad station to allow ambulances and fire brigades
to arrive.

DETAILS TO FOLLOW 

Image from twitter user@RT_russian

Image from twitter user@zuuu_me

Image from twitter user@AVejalko

Image from twitter user@Anna09d

Image from twitter user@jeannelanv

Image from twitter user@RT_russian

This article originally appeared on: RT

Official arrested for abuse of Afghans

0

A senior Afghan army colonel has been arrested for allegedly playing a role in the abuse of prisoners in the war-torn country’s central Maidan Wardak Province, Press TV reports.

According to the official, the colonel has confessed to illegally turning over an unknown number of prisoners to Zakeria Kandahari, a man accused of torturing and killing Afghan villagers.

Reports say Kandahari worked with a US Special Forces team in Maidan Wardak.

The Afghan official said the colonel had assumed Kandahari has the authority to receive and interrogate Afghan detainees. He added that the army officialâ„¢s Å“irresponsible” actions had led to his arrest.

US forces in Afghanistan however have denied involvement in the case.

Kandahari and US-led soldiers in Wardak have long been accused of committing human rights abuses.

This is while tensions have increased between US-led and Afghan forces over the international coalition security forcesâ„¢ detention, torture, and murder of villagers in Maidan Wardakâ„¢s Nerkh district.

Some military experts say the arrest has been made to calm local villagers angered by the crimes committed by US-led forces.

The United States and its allies invaded Afghanistan in 2001 as part of Washingtonâ„¢s so-called war on terror. The offensive removed the Taliban from power, but insecurity remains across the country despite the presence of thousands of foreign troops.

According to a UN report released in February, more than 2,750 people were killed and over 4,800 were injured in conflict-related violence in Afghanistan in 2012.

FKO/SZH/PR

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Turkey detains protesters for ‘tweeting’

0

Protesters shout anti-government slogans during a demonstration in Ankara on June 4, 2013.

Police in Turkey have arrested at least 25 people in the western city of Izmir for sending tweets calling on people to protest, as anti-government demonstrations enter the sixth day.

Early on Wednesday, police detained dozens for posting materials on Twitter which the police said contained Å“misleading and libelous information,” state-run Anatolia news agency reported.

Ali Engin, a local official for the main opposition Republican Peopleâ„¢s Party (CHP), however said the people were detained for Å“calling on people to protest.”

On Tuesday afternoon, Turkish Deputy Prime Minister Bulent Arinc apologized for the government’s violent crackdown on the protesters and called on the protesters to end the demonstrations.

However, the demonstrators took to the streets again on Tuesday night, flooding Istanbul’s Taksim Square and taunting Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan, who had earlier dismissed them as “extremists” and “vandals.”

In the early hours of Wednesday morning, the protesters surrounded Erdogan’s offices in both cities and defied police warnings to disperse.

Since Friday, tens of thousands of anti-government protesters have held demonstrations in Istanbul, Ankara, Izmir, Mugla, Antalya, and many other cities and towns.

The anti-government unrest began after police broke up a sit-in staged in Taksim Square on Friday to protest against the demolition of Gezi Park.

The protesters say Gezi Park, which is a traditional gathering point for rallies and demonstrations as well as a popular tourist destination, is Istanbul’s last green public space.

According to the Turkish Human Rights Association, two protesters have so far died and over 2,800 others injured in the violence.

Amnesty International has censured the Turkish police for the tactics they used to control the protests.

IA/PR

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Workers and residents exposed to asbestos in Australia

0

 

By
James Cogan

5 June 2013

Another scandalous example of government and corporate contempt for working class lives and health has come to light. On at least 20 occasions this year, workers employed in the roll-out of optic fibre cabling for the National Broadband Network (NBN) have “mishandled” material containing asbestos. In one documented incident, in Sydney’s western suburb of Penrith, asbestos was scattered in a residential area, exposing the workers and other people to the potentially cancer-causing consequences of inhaling it.

The Labor government launched the NBN in 2009. It is one of Labor’s key policies, aimed at lifting the international competitiveness of Australian business by providing the physical infrastructure for high speed Internet connections. It will run optic fibre cabling to 93 percent of businesses and homes by the end of the decade, while providing satellite and wireless services to more remote areas. Prime Minister Julia Gillard and her ministers tout it as the “largest nation building infrastructure project in Australian history.” Originally estimated to cost $37 billion, it is being laid out by a government-owned corporate entity, NBNCo.

Telstra, the former state-owned telecommunications corporation that was privatised between 1997 and 2006, stills owns the existing physical infrastructure. It entered into an agreement with NBNCo to “remediate” Telstra’s network to facilitate the NBN roll-out. The remediation involves repairing access “pits,” cleaning them of decades of accumulated debris and making them accessible for NBNCo contractors to thread new cabling through pipes that contain old copper phone line wiring.

From the beginning, the Labor government, NBNCo, Telstra and the trade unions were well aware that the “remediation” would bring workers, and potentially residents, into contact with asbestos. The oldest 10 to 20 percent of the estimated eight million pits around the country were built with the material. In 2009, Telstra management, in an exchange of emails with Labor Party powerbroker Bill Shorten, now workplace relations minister, explicitly ruled out removing the asbestos from all the contaminated sites, saying it would cost too much.

Everyone knew what safeguards were needed. Documents such as Telstra’s 2012 “Asbestos Management Procedures” are easily accessible online. Those procedures state that if there is any doubt about whether a pit was constructed with asbestos, it must be assumed that it was. Strict safety measures must be followed, involving protective clothing, staff training, enclosing the site and notifying residents. The document also specifies that any company contracted by Telstra must abide by the same safety standards.

It seems that NBN remediation has not been carried out according to these standards. Telstra contracted the work to other companies, such as Service Stream, which last December was awarded a $420 million contract to remediate pits in New South Wales, South Australia, Western Australia, the Northern Territory and the Australian Capital Territory. In the Penrith area, Service Stream passed on the work to an unnamed sub-contractor.

On May 7, the subcontractor began working on pits in front of Matthew O’Farrell’s home. O’Farrell told the Australian Broadcasting Corporation (ABC) this week that he saw a group of workers on May 8 “hitting the concrete pits with sledgehammers, picks and crowbars. It [concrete dust] was all over my driveway, my yard, my bins, and also the gentlemen. Anything they touched or came into contact with, or wherever they have walked, they have possibly spread this material.” His aunt told the ABC that O’Farrell’s six-year daughter and her friend played amid the rubble.

The subcontractor’s employees were not using protective breathing equipment or clothing. They were reportedly handling the broken-up material with their bare hands and clearly had no knowledge of the risks of asbestos. O’Farrell only found out that their work was associated with the NBN via online searches. Three days later, WorkCover, the health and safety authority, notified him that the concrete contained asbestos and the contractor had been “suspended.”

Telstra representatives did not meet with O’Farrell and his neighbours until May 25. The next day–18 days after the exposure and with no cleanup of the site having taken place–O’Farrell and his neighbour Troy Lancaster and their families were told they had to evacuate their homes because of the risk and move to a nearby hotel. Service Stream did not recommence remediation work on the pits, with crews trained to deal with asbestos, until May 30.

O’Farrell told the ABC: “The first time I found out it was asbestos, my stomach sank… I just hope over the next 20 years I’m not having to say to my children that they’ve got this [cancer] from living in that house.” Lancaster is demanding that Telstra buy his property, which he considers unliveable and unsellable.

In a transparent bid at political damage control, workplace minister Shorten met with the families on June 1. A crisis meeting involving the government, Telstra, NBN and the unions was held on Monday. Legislation was rushed through parliament the same day to establish an “Asbestos Safety and Eradication Agency” and a national register of people who may have suffered an exposure.

The Penrith case is just the tip of the iceberg, however. In the past 48 hours, it has been revealed that 20 cases of asbestos mishandling at Telstra pits have been reported since January 1–compared with just 10 over the preceding 16 years. Instances are now known in the Brisbane suburbs of Banyo and Carseldine, the regional Queensland town of Mackay, the regional Victorian city of Ballarat, the Perth suburb of Victoria Park, and Seaford in South Australia. There are also concerns over work carried out in the Tasmanian city of Launceston.

In Carseldine, the Queensland attorney-general reported that “high-pressure water was used to clean a telecommunications pit containing asbestos. Debris was observed on the faces and clothes of two workers.”

The sharp spike in incidents follows growing political embarrassment for the Labor government over the delays and cost blowouts in the NBN project. In October 2012, NBNCo admitted that the roll-out had fallen at least one year behind schedule. It had signed up just 26,000 connections–barely 10 percent of its forecast. Its executives had nevertheless collectively awarded themselves $600,000 in bonuses.

The delays in western Sydney were of particular concern to the Labor government. While it denied that the area had been selected for early connection to the NBN for political reasons, the government faces the loss of a number of seats there in the September election. A faster Internet was to be one of its few election promises.

On February 1, journalist Renai LeMay had reported claims on delimiter.com.au, an IT news website, that delays in Telstra’s remediation work were the main factor slowing down the NBN in the Penrith area. Obvious questions arise. Was pressure brought to bear on Telstra by the Labor government and NBNCo to speed up the remediation before the election? Was Telstra in turn pressuring Service Stream and therefore its various subcontractors?

Whether that is the case or not, one thing is clear: the Labor government and the unions have done nothing to monitor the NBN remediation and ensure that proper safety procedures protected workers and residents from asbestos exposure. The health of working people has been compromised in the interests of cost-cutting, corporate profit and political expediency.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

US health reform to slash care, leave millions uninsured

0

 

By
Kate Randall

5 June 2013

With the full implementation of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (ACA) less than seven months away, mounting evidence demonstrates that the health care reform signed into law by President Barack Obama in 2010 will result in deep cutbacks in medical care, while raising costs for the vast majority of ordinary Americans.

At the same time, millions of the uninsured who were promised health coverage will be left out in the cold altogether. While working families and the poor face an uncertain future as far as their health care is concerned, private insurance companies are gearing up for steep increases in premiums as the medical benefits provided under their policies shrink.

The Obama administration’s health care overhaul will also reduce reimbursements to Medicare by more than $700 billion over 10 years, forcing drastic cutbacks to medical services and treatments for millions of American seniors that rely on the government program.

The health care exchanges, set up for adults under 65 and their dependents, are required to open for enrollment by October 1, with the insurance provided through them set to begin January 2014. Individuals and families who do not receive “affordable” insurance through their employer, or through a government program such as Medicaid, will be required to purchase coverage through private insurers via these marketplaces or pay a penalty, receiving modest government subsidies to do so.

The first of these exchanges has already gone into effect in California. Insurer Blue Shield of California has projected that it will increase premiums by an average of 13 percent in the first year alone. But as the health care law goes into effect across the country, premiums can be expected to rise at an even more rapid pace.

A recent report by the US House Committee on Energy and Commerce, chaired by ACA opponent Republican Fred Upton of Michigan, found that individuals in about 90 percent of US states would likely face “significant premium increases.” Based on responses from 17 insurance companies, the report estimates that individuals purchasing coverage on the individual market could face average premium increases of nearly 100 percent, with potential increases of 400 percent.

Insurers offering coverage on the exchanges are required to cover a standard set of benefits, including prescription drugs, maternity and preventative care. They cannot turn away people with pre-existing conditions or charge older customers more for coverage. Limits on maximum co-payments and other out-of-pocket costs, on the other hand, are high: $6,400 a year for individuals and $12,500 for families.

However, insurers are hiking premiums to make up for any increased costs resulting from offering the ACA-specified coverage on the individual market. Despite a rule in the federal law that requires review of any requests for more than a 10 percent increase in premiums, there are wide disparities in how the review process operates at the state level.

In California, for example, regulations cannot deny rate increases, but can only review insurers’ requests for technical errors. Three insurers in that state have already requested double-digit increases for 2013: Aetna, 22 percent; Anthem Blue, 26 percent; and Blue Shield of California, 20 percent.

A new survey by InsuranceQuotes.com show that two-thirds of Americans who are currently uninsured are undecided whether they will purchase coverage by the January 1 deadline. These people will either be priced out of the market or will decide they are young and healthy enough to take the risk of going uninsured. Most will then have to pay the penalty for not obtaining insurance. If enough people opt out of the exchange market, the insurance companies can be expected to jack up prices even further. As originally proposed by the Obama administration, about half of those presently uninsured were to gain coverage through an expansion of Medicaid, the health care program for the poor jointly administered by the federal government and the states. In its ruling upholding the ACA last June, the US Supreme Court also ruled that states could not be required to expand their Medicaid programs.

Now more than half of the 50 US states are opting out of the Medicaid expansion, which would have provided health care coverage for adults making up to 133 percent of the poverty level. This means that the very poorest of the uninsured–those with annual incomes between 32 percent and 100 percent of the poverty level ($6,250-$19,530)–will have no affordable health care options. They will be eligible for neither Medicaid nor subsidies to purchase coverage on the exchanges, which are only available for people from the poverty level to four times that rate.

Those workers who presently receive coverage through their employers will also see attacks on their medical coverage. Businesses, big and small, are strategizing how to comply with the ACA regulations while paying as little as possible for insurance for their employees. The law requires companies with 50 or more employees to provide affordable insurance to their workers or be penalized with an excise tax. However, these businesses are not required to offer coverage to employees who work less than 30 hours a week.

The Wake County Public School System in North Carolina is responding by restricting its 3,300-plus substitute teachers to working less than 30 hours a week, effective July 1. The district’s chief business officer estimates insuring these teachers, who are presently not covered, would cost the Wake County schools about $5.2 million. Many employers in retail, restaurants, nursing homes, health care, building services, local government and other sectors are expected to follow suit, allowing them to dodge the $2,000-per-worker penalty for not providing insurance.

Other small businesses are cutting back on hiring to avoid crossing the 50-employee threshold defining a large business, thus avoiding the requirement that they offer insurance. Still other businesses are considering ditching their health care altogether and paying the federal penalty instead, which in a considerable number of cases would be to the companies’ economic advantage.

Even in those companies with 50 workers or more, a loophole in the ACA will allow these businesses to offer bare-bones insurance plans and still meet the law’s requirements. These “skinny plans”–costing employers as little as $40 to $100 a month per employee–may cover minimal requirements such as preventive services, but offer no coverage for hospitalizations or surgeries. For workers and their dependents with such plans, one serious medical event could spell bankruptcy and destitution.

Workers offered these plans would have the option of purchasing insurance on the exchanges. But for workers in retail and other low-wage sectors this coverage would be prohibitively expensive, even with subsidies. The Kaiser Family Foundation estimates that a full-time worker earning $9 an hour could have to pay as much as $70 a month to purchase a mid-level exchange plan. Those companies presently offering plans with relatively low deductibles and co-pays are already moving to reduce benefits and shift costs to their employees in response to a provision of the ACA that penalizes companies that offer insurance valued over $10,200 annually for an individual or $27,500 for a family. Employers or health insurers who offers such “Cadillac plans” would pay a 40 percent excise tax on the amount exceeding this threshold. A number of large labor unions have now come into conflict with the Obama administration over the ACA’s treatment of health insurance plans that cover about 20 million union members. These multi-employer plans, run by union-management boards, cover workers in occupations and trades governed by collective bargaining agreements.

Unions such as the United Food and Commercial Workers (UFCW), UNITE HERE, and the International Brotherhood of Teamsters–which gave full support to Barack Obama’s health care reform–now object that the ACA does not provide tax subsidies for the workers covered by these plans. More to the point, they are worried that union members may turn to the insurance exchanges, depriving the unions of their lucrative stake in the multi-employer plans.

Despite this falling out, UFCW President Joe Hansen says he has no regrets over endorsing the health care overhaul and supporting Obama’s reelection bid. The UFCW donated more than $13.1 million in 2008 to various federal and state-level Democratic Party campaigns.

All the major players in the overhaul of the health care system–the corporations and health care industry, the Democratic Party and their supporters in the trade unions–have perpetrated what can only be called a conspiracy against the American people. They have attempted to pass off as a reform legislation that will reduce care and benefits and leave millions of people uninsured and impoverished.

Any nominally progressive component of the legislation has been long-since ripped away, leaving behind a contorted patchwork of rules and regulations that serve one main purpose: to slash costs for the government and corporations and boost the profits of the privately owned health care corporations, which already rake in $200 billion a year in profits.

The only solution to the health care crisis lies in putting an end to the privately run health care system and establishing socialized medicine, as part of the socialist reorganization of economic life as a whole.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

US government charges Manning with “aiding the enemy” in court martial

0

 

By
Naomi Spencer

5 June 2013

The ongoing Army court martial of Private Bradley Manning is a crude political frame-up. The Obama administration is prosecuting the 25-year-old Army private on 20 charges under the Espionage Act for exposing war crimes carried out by the US military in Iraq and Afghanistan.

The charge of “aiding the enemy” is the most sinister. The Obama administration has claimed Manning knew Al Qaeda and other “enemies” of the US would benefit from information he is accused of leaking to WikiLeaks, and could use it to cause harm to American “interests.” Manning has pled not guilty to the charge and 11 others related to it. Nothing in what Manning has said in the more than 1,100 days of his detention, nor any of the evidence seized from him, indicates he sympathizes with the Sunni fundamentalist terrorist organization. By all rights, Manning’s attorneys could turn the tables on the Obama administration, which has a real record of aiding Al Qaeda and its affiliates for its proxy wars in Libya and now Syria.

Manning has repeatedly expressed his motive was to expose to the American public the crimes being committed in its name, and “spark a domestic debate on the role of our military and foreign policy in general.” In other words, he is facing the full weight of the state for exercising his freedom of speech and telling the American people the truth. The charge of “aiding the enemy” only underscores the fact the government increasingly sees the US population, which has increasingly turned against the wars, as a potential enemy to American imperialist “interests.”

Ben Wizner, an American Civil Liberties Union lawyer present at the Manning court martial, commented to the New York Times on the “striking” emphasis on “the ‘enemy’ as the audience for the leaks.” Pointing to the Abu Ghraib torture photographs, which sparked outrage at the Bush administration in 2004, Wizner observed, “Sometimes what may be helpful to the enemy is also indispensable to the public in a functioning democracy.”

The military judge in the case, Colonel Denise Lind, ruled in April that “enemy,” may refer to “any hostile body such as a rebellious mob or a band of renegades.” The definition is so broad as to identify as enemies of the US not only terrorist organizations, but also crowds of protesters such as those who took to the streets in Tunisia and Egypt in 2011, partially motivated by the corruption exposed by WikiLeaks. Logically, this definition could encompass anti-war opponents in the US itself.

The American media has largely parroted the government’s charges and sought to create a witch-hunt atmosphere against Manning. The headlines blare the words “traitor,” “aiding the enemy,” and “espionage”: “Bradley Manning Trial Begins; Prosecutor Says Leaker Gave Vital Info to Enemies” (ABC News); “Whistleblowing here or helping the enemy?”; “Bradley Manning ‘craved’ notoriety” (CNN).

NBC News was particularly blatant. “The court martial of the man who may have put military secrets in the hands of Osama bin Laden started today, the so-called WikiLeaks trial,” NBC Nightly News anchor Brian Williams announced Monday night. “Prosecutors said Manning harvested hundreds of thousands of documents from secret databases and put them on the web and into the hands of the enemy, including the names of every American serving in Iraq–74,000 individuals in uniform. He said some of the information was later found during the raid that killed bin Laden.”

After more than a decade of war, public sentiment in the US is increasingly hostile to the foreign policy aims of American imperialism. The Obama administration, which has built on the illegal policies of the Bush era, is in the midst of a crisis over its crimes. Drone assassination, domestic spying and torture of detainees at Guantanamo continue, and the White House is moving closer to open military action in Syria, a move that could trigger a catastrophic regional war. The political persecution of Manning is aimed at intimidating and silencing political dissent and opposition. Since taking office in 2009, Obama has overseen the prosecution of six so-called whistleblowers, more than all other administrations in US history combined, and is currently cracking down on news reporters.

The proceedings against Manning are a travesty of justice. Government lawyers have cobbled together a case that relies on reams of classified material, two-dozen anonymous witnesses, secret testimony and coded language. The prosecution anticipates that of its 141 witnesses, half will testify behind closed doors. On Monday, the prosecution opened the court martial with an hour-long slideshow presentation. In it, lead prosecutor Captain Joe Morrow purported to show chat logs between Manning and WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange, which he said showed a “familiarity” between the two. Morrow claimed that Assange was directing Manning in searching through military databases while the young intelligence analyst was stationed in Baghdad.

WikiLeaks has never admitted or denied that Manning was the source of material transmitted onto their servers. Indeed, the whistleblower organization is structured in such a way that it is impossible for staff members to discover the identity of its sources. Manning maintains his innocence on the allegation of the personal information leak and entered a not guilty plea in relation to it.

As day two of the trial got underway at Fort Meade, Maryland Tuesday morning, journalists were warned that they and their social media accounts would be monitored by federal authorities. Manning supporters noted that on Monday, 70 journalists turned out to cover the trial; on Tuesday there were only 25. Many were crowded into a trailer to watch a remote video feed of the courtroom. Manning supporters were required to turn their shirts inside out so as not to bear the word “Truth.”

Former hacker and informant Adrian Lamo, who turned Manning in to military authorities, took the stand Tuesday. Lamo already testified during a 2011 pre-trial hearing on the lengthy chat discussions between him and Manning that took place in May 2010.

The prosecution pressed for confirmation that Manning admitted communication with Assange. Lamo said he had.

In cross-examination, Manning’s civilian lawyer David Coombs asked Lamo about Manning’s moral rationale for leaking the documents. Cables from the State Department, Manning told him, revealed, “how first-world countries exploited third-world countries.” Asked if the soldier ever expressed hatred of America or interest in helping its enemies during their six days of chatting, Lamo said no.

Coombs quoted from the chat while addressing Lamo: “He did not believe in good guys and bad guys anymore, only a plethora of states acting in self interest. He thought he was maybe too idealistic. He told you based on what he had seen he couldn’t let the information stay inside. He said he felt connected to everybody, we were all distant family. And he said he cared.

“He called himself a humanist and said he had custom dog tags where he had written humanist on the back. PFC Manning told you that we are all human and we are killing ourselves and no one seems to care. He told you he was bothered that nobody seemed to care, that apathy was far worse than active participation. He told you that he preferred the painful truth over blissful fantasy.”

Coombs went on: “And he told you: hopefully worldwide discussions. He told you reaction to the Apache video gave him immense hope. He wanted people to see the truth. He told you people would actually change if they saw the information. He also told you that he recognized he might just be young, naive and stupid.”

After each sentence, Lamo replied, “He did.”

Lamo was told that his testimony was concluded and he would not be called back to the stand for the remainder of the three-month-long trial.

Earlier on Tuesday the government also called Army Computer Crimes Investigative Unit agents David Shaver and Mark Johnson, who were responsible for searching Manning’s personal files and computers after his 2010 arrest. In cross-examination by the defense, Johnson said nothing was found on seized hard drives suggesting “sympathy for terrorists or a transfer of funds.”



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Syria: UN report reveals opposition crimes as imperialist powers push for intervention

0

 

By
Johannes Stern

5 June 2013

A United Nations (UN) report presented yesterday by the International Commission of Inquiry on Syria (ICIS) in Geneva sheds light on the increasing brutality of the Syrian war and its potential to trigger a major international crisis.

The contents of the report are a devastating indictment of the imperialist powers in the United States and Europe and their regional allies, who have fueled a sectarian-based civil war in Syria for more than two years to topple the government of Syrian President Bashar al-Assad.

According to the report, 6.8 million people are “trapped in conflict-affected and opposition-held areas.” The number of internally-displaced Syrians is now 4.35 million, and 1.6 million Syrians have been forced to flee the country. On May 15, the UN estimated that 80,000 people had died in the war.

“Syria is in free fall,” Paulo Pinheiro, the chairman of a commission of inquiry investigating the hostilities in Syria, said at the news in Geneva. He added, “Crimes that shock the conscience have become a daily reality. Humanity has been the casualty of this war.”

The report points to the international dimension of the conflict, stating that “the current political impasse and military escalation are the by-product of the regional and international stand-off between the Government’s backers and its opponents, translating into arms consignments and political backing to both sides by their respective allies.”

The report refers to the “European Union’s decision to allow a ban on weapon deliveries to the Syrian opposition to lapse on June 1, and Russia’s announced shipment of S-300 missile batteries to the Government.” It also points to the increasingly sectarian nature of the conflict and warns that it “even became more complex as violence spilled over into neighboring countries, threatening regional peace and stability.”

Recently, the report says, “Hezbollah fighters are openly supporting the Syrian military during operations” near the key strategic town of al-Qusayr along the Lebanese border “while members of the Popular Front for the Liberation of Palestine — General Command have done the same around Yarmouk camp in Damascus.”

Describing “new levels of cruelty and brutality” the report admits that the opposition in Syria is dominated by violent Islamist elements responsible for horrific crimes against the Syrian population.

“The on-going violence has accelerated radicalisation among Anti-Government fighters, allowing radical groups, in particular Jabhat al-Nusra, to become more influential.” The report identifies Al Nusra as the opposition’s military backbone against Assad, indicating that it received increasing “external support… in terms of recruits and equipment” with “foreign fighters with jihadist inclinations, often arriving from neighboring countries.”

While the report claims that the opposition’s crimes did not “reach the intensity and scale” of those committed by the Assad regime, the facts it reports suggest otherwise. The report depicts the rebels as ruling the areas it controls through murder and despotic terror.

“Anti-Government armed groups have committed war crimes, including murder, sentencing and execution without due process, torture, hostage-taking and pillage. They continue to endanger the civilian population by positioning military objectives in civilian areas,” the report explains. It describes how “civilians and hors de combat [i.e., disarmed] Government soldiers — were sentenced and executed without due process” in the governorates of Aleppo, Damascus, Dara’a, Idlib, Dayr Al-Zawr and Al-Raqqah.

The report refers to some of the numerous massacres and executions committed by the rebels, documented in graphic videos posted on YouTube. In Dayr Al-Zawr, an infamous leader of Jabhat Al-Nusra, Qassoura Al-Jazrawi, executed at least eleven men “who were kneeling in front of him, hands tied and blindfolded.” In another incident, “video footage emerged showing a child participating in the beheading of two kidnapped men.” The report estimates that “following investigation, it is believed that the video is authentic.”

While the reported crimes are only a small portion of the atrocities committed by the Syrian opposition, they explode the lies that the United States and the European powers are fighting for democratic government in Syria. In fact, the imperialist powers are backing oppressive Islamist forces to overthrow Assad and install a pro-Western regime in Syria.

However, during the past weeks, the Syrian government–increasingly supported by the Lebanese Hezbollah militia–has been beating back the rebels on the ground.

On Tuesday the Saudi-owned, pro-opposition news channel Al-Arabiya admitted that “Syrian troops advanced toward the center of the strategic town of Qusayr near the border with Lebanon and chased rebels from another key district on the edge of Damascus.” A government official in Homs province said that the Syrian army is “approaching victory” in Qusayr. Last week, Assad declared in an interview that that “the balance of power [in Syria] is now with the Syrian army.”

As the Western-backed rebels–lacking any significant support amongst the Syrian population–face a crushing defeat, the imperialist powers are seizing upon the UN report to argue for military intervention, based on lies and unsubstantiated claims about weapons of mass destruction (WMD). Ten years after bogus claims about WMD were used as a pretext for the criminal US war in Iraq, similar “big lie” techniques are being mobilized to threaten war with Syria.

The report claims that “there are reasonable grounds to believe that chemical agents have been used as weapons.” However it adds that “the precise agents, delivery systems or perpetrators could not be identified.” At the news conference in Geneva, the ICIS demanded of the Syrian government that the UN investigation commission be “granted full access to Syria” to test samples taken directly from the victims and the sites of alleged attacks.

The report’s assessment clearly contradicts earlier statements by a well-informed member of the ICIS. Last month Carla del Ponte stated that Sarin gas used in Syria was fired by the opposition, not the Assad regime.

After the UN report was presented in Geneva, the imperialist powers immediately intensified their propaganda, with France–the former colonial power of Syria and Lebanon–leading the campaign. French Foreign Minister Laurent Fabius claimed that tests carried out on samples in Paris showed that “there is no doubt that it’s the regime and its accomplices” who were responsible, he told France 2 TV.

Fabius said that the test results had been handed over to the UN and “all options are on the table.” That “means either we decide not to react or we decide to react including by armed actions targeting the place where the gas is stored.”

Washington is joining its French ally. Asked about Fabius’ statements, State Department spokeswoman Jen Psaki said she is familiar with the reports, adding that the US is “seeking more information.” For “the time being, I would refer you all to the French government,” she said.

White House press secretary Jay Carney stressed the need “to establish a body of information that can be presented and reviewed, and upon which policy decisions can be made.”

He added, “I can assure you that we are working very diligently as an administration with our allies and the Syrian opposition on this matter.”

Last summer US President Barack Obama declared the use of chemical weapons by the Syrian government would cross a “red line” and provoke a US attack.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Strikes spread with two killed in Turkish protests

0

 

By
Bill Van Auken

5 June 2013

As public employees struck across Turkey Monday, a second major Turkish union federation called for its members to carry out a nationwide strike on June 5 in opposition to the police repression of peaceful protests by the government of Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan.

The death toll in the brutal crackdown rose to two Tuesday with the death of Abdullah Cömert, a 22-year-old member of the youth group of the opposition CHP (Republican People’s Party) who was killed in the southern city of Antakya, near the border with Syria. Initial reports suggested that he had been shot in the head, but an autopsy revealed that the fatal wound came from an exploding tear gas canister. Police have routinely fired these canisters at close range, aiming at the heads of demonstrators and in a number of cases causing fractured skulls and loss of eyes. Hürriyet Daily News reported that in his last posts on Facebook, Abullah Cömert had written that he had “escaped death” for a third time during the protests and, though he was tired, would be “on the streets for the revolution.” Thousands of people turned out for Cömert’s funeral, which was held on Tuesday.

In an earlier incident, Mehmet Ayvalıtaş, a 20-year-old member of the Socialist Solidarity Platform (SODAP), was run down and killed by a car while participating in a demonstration in a working class neighborhood of Istanbul.

According to the Turkish Medical Association, some 3,200 people were injured during police attacks on demonstrations on Sunday and Monday alone, with 26 of them left in critical condition.

The Turkish Human Rights Association, meanwhile, reported that at least 3,300 people had been detained across the country during the first four days of protests. Most have since been released.

The leadership of the 350,000-member DISK (Confederation of Revolutionary Trade Unions of Turkey) called for its members to march at 1 p.m. Wednesday to Taksim Square, the epicenter of the nationwide revolt that was sparked with the government’s move to bulldoze Gezi Park, one of the last green spaces in central Istanbul, and replace it with a shopping mall.

“The power stemming from production will take its place in the struggle,” a statement from the DISK leadership said.

Referring to the deaths of two young protesters, the DISK statement turned Erdogan’s own words against him, quoting his demand that Syrian President Bashar al-Assad resign: “A leader who kills his own people has lost his legitimacy.” While Erdogan’s government has acted as a key ally of Washington in fomenting a war for regime change in Syria, the intervention is opposed by the overwhelming majority of the Syrian people.

The Confederation of Public Workers’ Unions (KESK) began its own two-day strike at noon on Monday, with teachers walking out of schools and universities and public workers leaving their offices and work sites. The union’s 250,000 members dressed in black and wore black ribbons in protest against the repression.

The union had called for a strike against attacks on public sector workers but moved the date ahead to join their action with the Taksim square protests. In a statement, KESK warned that, “The state terror implemented against entirely peaceful protests is continuing in a way that threatens civilians’ lives and safety,” adding that the repression exposed the Erdogan government’s “hostility to democracy.”

Demonstrators poured by the thousands into Istanbul’s Taksim Square again on Tuesday night. Similar crowds assembled in Kizilay Square in the capital of Ankara and in other major cities across the country. Massed riot police surrounded the prime minister’s office in the Besiktas neighborhood of Istanbul, which the demonstrators have marched on in previous protests, and armored cars equipped with water cannon were deployed in downtown Ankara in what appeared to be preparation for another night of repression.

According to CNN, “In Istanbul, the crowds have been chanting ‘Tayyip resign’–referring to Erdogan–and ‘shoulder to shoulder against fascism.’”

What began as a sit-in by a few dozen protesters against the destruction of a park has been transformed by mass outrage over the subsequent police repression into a nationwide outpouring of anger against the government of Erdogan’s Justice and Development Party (AKP). At the heart of these protests is popular resentment of the Islamist party’s increasing authoritarianism and use of state power to enrich a clique of politically connected capitalists, while riding roughshod over the social interests of the vast majority of working people.

Mounting unease within the government and Turkey’s ruling establishment over the protests and spreading strikes found expression Tuesday in a public statement by Turkish Deputy Prime Minister Bulent Ainc, who is standing in for Erdogan as the prime minister leads a four-day tour of North Africa together with Turkish businessmen.

Arinc said that the first protests to protect Taksim’s Gezi Park were “just and legitimate,” and he apologized for the violence unleashed by the police, who attacked the peaceful demonstrators with tear gas, pepper spray, water cannon and baton charges.

“The use of excessive force against the people who initially started this protest was wrong and it was unfair.” Arinc said, adding, “So I apologize to those citizens.”

He said that the government would meet with the environmental protesters, consider their concerns and possibly submit plans for the construction project on the parkland to a referendum.

“I would like to express this in all sincerity,” he said, “everyone’s lifestyle is important to us and we are sensitive to them.” The remark appeared aimed at assuaging bitter resentment among secular Turks and religious minorities over the AKP government’s attempts to legislate Islamic restrictions on alcohol and abortion and other spheres of life.

While calling the initial demonstrations “just and legitimate,” he added, “I don’t think we owe an apology to those who caused destruction on the street and who interfered with people’s freedom.”

Arnic’s apology came after a meeting with Turkish President Abdullah Gul, who made his own statement on Monday, praising the protesters and declaring that “Democracy is not just about voting; the message has been received. What is necessary will be done.”

The statements stood in stark contrast with views expressed by Erdogan, who issued a paranoid rant before leaving on his tour of the Maghreb, describing the protesters as “a bunch of looters” and “wild extremists,” while suggesting that they had been organized by unnamed foreign powers as well as by the secularist opposition party, the CHP.

Asked by reporters at a press conference in Morocco whether his government had gotten the “message” of the protests–the term used by Gul–he responded angrily, “What is the message? I want to hear it from you.”

Also denouncing the protests was the government’s finance minister, Mehmet Simsek, who wrote on Twitter Tuesday, “This mischief-making naturally affects financial markets.” Turkey’s stock market lost 10 percent of its value on Monday, while the Turkish lira fell to a 16-month low in response to the growing unrest. Share prices made up for about half the losses on Tuesday.

The seeming disarray within the government reflects fears that the mass protests will ignite a broader movement within the Turkish working class against social inequality and attacks on jobs and living standards, posing a direct threat to the survival of both the AKP government and Turkish capitalism.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Sectarian violence spreads in Burma

0

 

By
John Roberts

5 June 2013

Anti-Muslim violence erupted in Lashio, in the eastern Shan state of Burma (Myanmar), on May 28. The communal clashes, which began last June in the coastal western Rakhine state, displacing tens of thousands of ethnic Rohingya Muslims, are spreading throughout the country.

The outbreak in Lashio, the Shan state capital, followed an incident in which a man from outside the town allegedly doused a young Buddhist woman with petrol and set her alight. Police quickly arrested the man and charged him with inflicting serious injury. Authorities said the incident had nothing to do with religious or ethnic issues but followed an argument over the sale of fuel. The assailant reportedly had a history of psychological problems.

The violence began when a mob of about 100 gathered outside a local police station and demanded the prisoner be handed over. When this was refused, gangs on motorbikes, armed with iron rods, machetes and bamboo poles, attacked Muslim areas in Lashio over the next two days. The thugs included monks in saffron robes. A large mosque, an orphanage, two Muslim boarding schools, a hotel and dozens of homes and shops were torched.

The Muslim population numbers only 3,000 in the town of 130,000. They hid in their homes and 1,200 took refuge in the Buddhist Mansu monastery, which was guarded by troops. Police reported that one Muslim male had been killed and five Buddhists injured. A Buddhist gang also assaulted a journalist.

Muslims cleaning up after the violence told the Associated Press that there had been no previous communal incidents in Lashio.

Shan state borders China, and hosts the main economic corridor into the Chinese province of Yunnan. Lashio is only 60 kilometres from the gas and oil pipelines, which are due to begin operation shortly.

Unlike in earlier incidents, the military-backed government of President Thein Sein moved quickly to suppress the violence. Some 300 soldiers and 200 police used a state of emergency decree to ban gatherings and set up roadblocks to stop people entering the city. According to presidential spokesman Ye Htut, 25 people were arrested.

President Sein wanted no interference with the 22nd World Economic Forum on East Asia, due to start in the Burmese capital of Naypyidaw today. Burma’s hosting of the event is another sign that the regime is moving the country into the orbit of the United States and its allies. The shift is a product of the Obama administration “pivot to Asia,” which seeks to undermine China’s influence throughout the region.

The Forum allows the Burmese government to showcase the country to investors as a new cheap labour platform and source of raw materials. However, the New York Times warned on May 30: “The United States and other countries supporting Myanmar’s transition, as well as international companies eager to do business there, must impress on Mr Sein and his government that Myanmar’s promise could evaporate if they cannot control the deadly sectarianism gaining strength there.”

The violence in Shan state follows three days of communal clashes in the city of Meiktila, in central Burma, during March. At least 40 people were killed, over 60 injured and 12,000 displaced. Some 828 buildings, mostly homes, were destroyed in Muslim areas of the city near the main markets. Three other instances of violence in Burma’s central Pegu region followed the Meiktila incident.

The violence in Meiktila erupted after an argument between a Muslim gold shop owner and Buddhist customers. According to media reports, police stood by as anti-Muslim gangs attacked people and burned down buildings.

Last June and November, widespread violence against Rohingya Muslims in the western state of Rakhine resulted in at least 168 deaths, hundreds of injuries and the displacement of 120,000 people. Members of the ethnic Rohingya minority are denied citizenship in Burma. They are treated as illegal immigrants from Bangladesh, where they are also refused citizenship. Many have lived in Burma for generations.

In the latest move on May 25, the Rakhine state government revived discriminatory laws that limit the number of children that a Rohingya family can have to two. It also required couples in the Rohingya majority towns of Buthidaung and Maungdaw to obtain official approval before marrying. There are about 800,000 Rohingya in Rakhine. Overall, Muslims constitute about 4 percent of the country’s population of 60 million.

The eruption of communalism over the past year points to rising social tensions as the regime opens up the country as a low-wage platform. The entire political establishment–including the military-backed regime and the opposition National League for Democracy (NLD) led by Aung San Suu Kyi–is imbued with the ideology of Buddhist chauvinism.

The country’s military, which installed the quasi-civilian government of President Sein in 2011 and still effectively controls the parliament, has long promoted anti-Rohingya racism as a means of dividing working people and cultivating support among the Buddhist majority. In 1978 and 1991, the army tried to drive the entire Rohingya population into Bangladesh.

Today, the policy of ethnic cleansing is promoted by openly chauvinist organisations, such as the “969” movement among sections of the Buddhist clergy and the newly-registered Rakhine National Development Party, both of which are tolerated by the regime. For President Sein, the violence is a convenient pretext for maintaining the police-state measures built up under the previous military junta.

Opposition leader Suu Kyi and President Sein have condemned Rakhine’s two-child policy but a central government commission established after last year’s communal violence in Rakhine recommended discriminatory population controls. Suu Kyi has never condemned the government over the Rakhine violence nor advocated citizenship for Rohingya Muslims. Her limited criticism of the two-child policy was aimed at appeasing domestic and international criticism of her anti-democratic stance, while not alienating Buddhist chauvinist layers within her own NLD.

Following Washington’s embrace of Burma’s military-backed government, Suu Kyi has worked hand in hand with President Sein as his government opens up the country to Western investors and re-orients its foreign policy toward the US. She has played the key role in promoting the illusion that Burma, as Washington claims, is a “developing democracy,” and in covering up the government’s discriminatory and anti-democratic measures.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

SEP takes election campaign to steel city of Wollongong

0

 

By
our correspondents

5 June 2013

The Socialist Equality Party held an election meeting in the regional New South Wales city of Wollongong last Sunday. Over the previous three weeks, SEP members and supporters campaigned in different parts of the city, distributing the party’s election statement and discussing with workers and young people the necessity to build an international, socialist movement against the dangers of war, the assault on working-class living standards and attacks on basic democratic rights.

The working class in Wollongong and the surrounding Illawarra region–historically a centre of steel, manufacturing and coal mining–has suffered a major social reversal over the past 30 years. Between 1983 and 1996, tens of thousands of full-time jobs were eliminated as a result of the restructuring of industry enforced under the Accords between the Hawke-Keating Labor governments and the trade unions, and conditions for many thousands of working-class families have deteriorated drastically since then.

The city’s Port Kembla steelworks, which employed over 20,000 workers in 1983, now has a permanent workforce of barely 2,000 after the last round of mass layoffs in August 2011. BlueScope Steel, which was created when the conglomerate BHP sold off its steel assets in 2002, ended export production in 2011. Following last month’s announcement by Ford that it is ending car production in Australia in 2016, the future of the steel industry is also in doubt.

An SEP campaign team on Saturday met many people who have been unable to find stable, full-time work since losing jobs in the steel or steel-related industries. Opportunities have also dried up for youth to obtain apprenticeships and the prospect of skilled work. Unemployment among people aged 15 to 24 wanting work in the Illawarra region averages close to 18 percent. The global slump since the 2008 meltdown in the financial system is now plunging Australia toward recession as the mineral export boom to China collapses, worsening the prospects for the younger generation.

SEP members and supporters explained the relationship between the economic breakdown of world capitalism, the deepening assault on the conditions of the working class, and the drive towards war. American imperialism, wracked by economic decline, is seeking to use its military superiority to extricate itself from its historic decline at the expense of its rivals. In the Asia-Pacific region, Washington’s provocative build-up of military and diplomatic pressure on China is fully backed by the Labor government and all the parties of the official political establishment.

At the SEP meeting last Sunday, as at earlier election meetings held in May, a speaker from the International Youth and Students for Social Equality (IYSSE), the youth movement of the SEP, gave a report on the conditions of young people around the world and the urgency of youth turning to a revolutionary, socialist perspective. Nick Beams, the SEP’s national secretary and lead candidate for the Senate in NSW, presented the main report. The meeting was chaired by James Cogan, the SEP’s assistant national secretary, who is standing as one of the party’s Senate candidates in South Australia–where the jobs of thousands of workers in the steel and car industries are also threatened.

Among those who attended was Hamish, a young telecommunications worker interested in socialist ideas who met Cogan during a campaign the day before. After a discussion on the SEP’s program, he purchased a ticket to attend the public meeting, saying he was “curious about who would attend and what would be talked about.”

Following the reports, an important discussion developed at the meeting around issues that Hamish raised. While he agreed that the US pivot to Asia posed the danger of war, he questioned whether the working class would take up a socialist perspective. He said: “The people who are oppressed and are affected by these decisions are the people who don’t actually have any say. They’ve stepped out of the political scene altogether, so the only people who have a say are the people with money.” Workers had “lost faith in the system,” he continued, but he did not think they were looking for an alternative. The problem for the SEP, he said, was “the word ‘socialism’.”

Beams said the issues Hamish had posed were critical. He explained: “What has the working class passed through? All over the world, it has seen the organisations that it built over generations collapse or be transformed into its greatest opponents.” The working class had been betrayed, above all, by the Stalinist bureaucracy that emerged within the first workers’ state in the Soviet Union, which workers still wrongly associated with socialism. “That weighs heavily on the consciousness of workers,” he stressed. “That is why we have confusion. That is why we have disorientation.”

The confusion could only be clarified, Beams said, “on the basis of the historical lessons drawn from the twentieth century by the Trotskyist movement and the International Committee of the Fourth International (ICFI),” which had fought Stalinism and all the other organisations that defended the capitalist system.

The task that stood before serious workers and youth, he said, was building the SEP and the ICFI. “How does socialist consciousness develop? Can it develop spontaneously within capitalist society?” Beams asked. “No. Socialist consciousness has to be brought into the working class from outside its immediate experiences, which are dominated by the social relations of capitalism. Precisely because the capitalist class has the means of culture, resources, education and the media, the revolutionary party is necessary. It involves the most politically conscious sections of the working class, whose task is to educate the rest of the class and transform it, as Trotsky once said, from a class in itself–without consciousness and just material for exploitation–into a class for itself, a class that understands it is the agency of the next great historical step for humanity, the overthrow of capitalism and establishment of world socialism.” Beams called on all those at the meeting to join the SEP and commit to that struggle.

Discussion continued after the meeting. Stefan, a university student, particularly responded to the stress in the meeting on the need to oppose the persecution of refugees, as part of the fight for the international unity of the working class. “I really don’t like what they’re doing to refugees,” he said. “I believe in human rights. They came from war-torn countries, they’re from poverty and they have kids. They’re not war criminals or terrorists. I think we should abolish all the refugee centres in Australia, have the refugees, in and a government initiative to build them homes.”

Josif, a casual worker at the steel plant, said he came to the meeting because of earlier discussions with SEP members on the 2011 BlueScope job cuts. “I found what they said interesting,” he said, “and I thought I’d go to the meeting to find out more. With the meeting and reading your statement on the Ford sackings, I have got a broader picture and a better understanding of what is going on.”

Josif commented: “During the meeting I was struck by the discussion on the war. Not many people know about this and no other parties are talking about it. I was shocked by what I heard and the fact that they are going ahead with their plans behind our backs. According to the news media, Australia and China are getting together. You have to work out yourself what is really going on. It’s a hidden agenda, which the government is hiding. How are you going to find out about it unless you come to a party like the SEP?”

Authorised by Nick Beams, 113/55 Flemington Rd, North Melbourne, VIC 3051



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Global capitalist crisis drives China’s pro-market reform

0

 

5 June 2013

The Chinese Communist Party (CCP) led by President Xi Jinping and Premier Li Keqiang have announced a third wave of pro-market reforms, aiming to open up state-run sectors of the economy to global capital.

Li sent out the clearest message before his trip to Europe last month, pledging in a Swiss newspaper to “make an all-around effort to deepen market-oriented reform.” The National Reform and Development Commission has also outlined proposals including faster approval for investment projects, liberalisation of interest and exchange rates, and above all, private investment in state-run sectors such as finance, energy and telecoms. The policy is to be presented to the CCP Central Committee this autumn.

The driving forces behind the reform are intensifying economic and geo-political tensions unleashed by the global economic crisis. China’s export markets have collapsed as savage austerity, wage cuts, and mass joblessness hit workers’ purchasing power in the United States and Europe, slashing global demand for cheap consumer goods produced with super-exploited Chinese labour.

China’s “export-led” growth strategy has failed, its economy only kept afloat by the massive expansion of debt after Beijing passed a $650 billion stimulus package in 2008. The subsequent explosion of bank lending has driven total spending to trillions of dollars–miring local governments over $2 trillion in debt, cutting into profit rates, and inflating a housing bubble that could engulf China’s banking system.

Despite the flood of cheap credit, growth continues to slow: it is expected to hit 7 percent this year, well below the 8 percent minimum the CCP believes necessary to keep unemployment from rising.

The Xi-Li leadership also faces pressure from Washington, which is aggressively stepping up operations to militarily contain China with the Obama administration’s “pivot to Asia.” It aims to encircle China with hostile military alliances and bases, before China’s economic and technological growth would allow it to challenge Washington’s influence in the Western Pacific.

Free-market attacks on the working class are one area, however, on which US imperialism and the CCP bureaucracy can agree: CCP officials and transnational corporations in China want to drive up productivity and boost profits. There is also rising dissatisfaction in ruling circles with the pay raises the CCP was forced to grant after waves of strike struggles initiated by Honda auto workers in 2010, which have led international business to shift production towards India or Vietnam.

A major US demand is to dismantle China’s 120 largest “state monopolies”–a goal laid out in a report, China 2030, which Li worked on together with the World Bank last year. With state firms in strategic sectors such as energy, telecommunications and railways holding trillions of dollars of assets, their privatisation would be a major bonanza for top CCP bureaucrats–as well as for their business partners in Wall Street investment banks.

Many current and former CCP leaders’ children, active as private equity or investment banking executives in speculating on state-owned assets and resources, could take over huge assets in the new privatisations.

Xi and Li, who are implementing this policy, are fitting representatives of the parasitic “red aristocracy” which emerged inside the CCP since the restoration of capitalism under Deng Xiaoping in the 1980s. Xi represents one of the most hated social types in China: a “princeling,” a child of the previous generation of top bureaucrats who have amassed power and wealth since capitalist restoration.

A pupil of leading free-market economist Li Yining, Li Keqiang helped articulate the official doctrine in the 1990s that justified the last wave of privatisation that destroyed tens of millions of jobs.

China’s business elite, closely intertwined with CCP officialdom, is trying to break free of the remaining state structures inside which they accumulated their wealth. Free-market policies would not only permit intensified exploitation of workers and higher profit rates, but also give a firmer juridical foundation for the private wealth they have built up in China.

By adopting such a policy, the CCP is setting itself on a collision course with the working class. Pressures for higher output, wage cuts and high unemployment already lead to frequent clashes between strikers and police. So-called “mass incidents” doubled from 90,000 in 2006 to 180,000 in 2010, according to the latest figures.

Writing in the Western press, the CCP makes clear the dangers it foresees. Deng Yuwen, a former deputy head of the CCP Central Party School wrote in the Financial Times that if the government made any major policy mistake, “no one can guarantee that a revolution will not break out. Besides, even if a nationwide upheaval can be avoided, fierce social turbulence might still arise locally. If the ruling party fails to cope with these outbursts, they could snowball into a revolution.”

Intimations of coming revolutionary struggles of the working class testify to the historic bankruptcy of the CCP’s Stalinist perspective of “building socialism in a single country” after the 1949 revolution. In the final analysis, the CCP bureaucracy re-established capitalism, amid the social conflicts and working-class struggles of the 1970s, because–as the great Marxist Leon Trotsky had pointed out–it was impossible to find the resources within any individual country to build a socialist society.

Three decades later, the society created in China based on accessing the world economy through ties to Western capital has also been undermined by its own contradictions. The CCP looks abroad and sees rising risks of war with the United States and its allies, and at home sees the rising threat of working-class discontent and revolution.

The critical task is the development of a united, politically independent struggle by the international working class against the bankrupt capitalist order.

Chinese workers cannot trust various pseudo-left or “conservative” factions of the CCP who criticise the pro-market “reform” or warn about the takeover of China by “neo-imperialism.” They base themselves not on the standpoint of socialism, but on reactionary economic nationalism. They hope to transform state enterprises into “national champions” like Samsung and Hyundai in South Korea, in which CCP leaders’ families would be the main owners.

Chinese workers must intervene independently, fighting together with their class brothers in America, throughout Asia-Pacific and the world, to put an end to the root of sweatshop exploitation, depression and war: capitalism and the nation-state system. This means a revolutionary mobilisation to overthrow the capitalist CCP regime and establish a genuine workers government, as part of a global struggle for socialism.

To develop a political leadership capable of undertaking such a struggle, the essential step to take is to build a Chinese section of the International Committee of the Fourth International, the world Trotskyist movement.

John Chan



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Former CIA head David Petraeus joins buyout firm

0

KKR, the giant private equity firm, announced Thursday that it had hired David Petraeus, the former director of the Central Intelligence Agency and head of US combat operations in Iraq and Afghanistan.

The move points to the integration of the upper echelons of the military/intelligence apparatus and the most predatory sections of finance capital, which are natural allies in the war against the working class domestically and throughout the world.

David Petraeus, a four-star Army general, was the head of United States Central Command, overseeing the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan, from October 2008 through June 2010. He was then appointed by the Obama administration to head the Central Intelligence Agency for over a year before resigning in the midst of a sex scandal.

KKR & Co. L.P. (formerly known as Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co.), is one of the world’s largest private equity firms. It had nearly $2 billion in profits last year from $40 billion in assets under management.

Founded in 1976, KKR helped pioneer the leveraged buyout, in which a financial firm takes over a company, loads it with debt and implements drastic cost-cutting and asset stripping measures. The company was famous for its 1989 purchase of RJR Nabisco, the largest buyout up to that point, which was chronicled in the book and film, Barbarians at the Gate. In 2007 the company purchased electric utility TXU in an even larger leveraged buyout, still the biggest in US history.

KKR is putting Petraeus in charge of its newly-founded “global institute,” which will, according to the firm’s press release, “build on the firm’s efforts to help KKR’s portfolio companies expand globally” and act “as an outlet for publishing the firm’s thought leadership products, including views from portfolio managers and industry experts.”

The Washington Post commented, “Like so many high-profile Washington leaders… Petraeus is being hired for his Rolodex and his star wattage… the introductions he can make–and the people he’ll be able to attract–were certainly no afterthought.”

Petraeus made no secret of his intention to leverage his experience in the military to make money for the firm. “In countries I visited, I would occasionally wonder, why aren’t there US investors here?” he asked in a video posted on the firm’s website.

He added, “I served our country for 38 and a half years or so in government service,” but now seeks “to capitalize on opportunities that are out there to take advantage of developing trends, to be aware of all the different factors that might influence a particular decision.”

Private equity firms, which are not publicly traded and therefore far less regulated than publicly traded corporations, provide among the highest payouts to their executives and consultants. This has made them the main choice for ex-politicians seeking to monetize their connections made in office. The list of former top government officials serving as advisors and executives of private equity companies includes:

* George H.W. Bush, former US president and CIA director, who has longstanding connections to the Carlyle Group, including having sat on the board of directors of one of its subsidiaries, Caterair, an airline catering company

* Former US President Bill Clinton, who served as an advisor to Yucaipa Companies for six years, making $12.5 million

* Former Vice President Dan Quayle, who serves as global investment chairman at Cerberus Capital Management, along with former US Treasury Secretary John Snow, who serves as the company’s chairman.

* Colin Powell, former secretary of state and four-star army general, who chairs the advisory board of Leeds Equity Partners

* Henry Kissinger, the former secretary of state, who serves on the board of private equity firm Forstmann, Little & Company.

While private equity firms are the most common employers for high-profile public officials, most former generals who are not as well-known as Petraeus and Powell go on to work for defense contractors, sometimes employed as consultants for both the military and defense contractors at the same time.

According to a 2012 report by Citizens for Responsibility and Ethics in Washington (CREW), 76 out of 108 high-ranking military officials who retired between 2009 and 2011 went on to work for defense contractors or defense consulting firms.

An earlier report by the Boston Globe found that the number of retired three-and-four star generals who went on to work in the defense industry rose from under 50 percent between 1994 and 1998 to 80 percent between 2004 and 2008.

The CREW report noted, “Every year, the Pentagon awards hundreds of billions of dollars in contracts to the defense industry. Retired generals, with their strong relationships, robust contact lists, and insider knowledge, are valuable assets in the competition for contracts and can easily make more than their base pay… by serving on a single corporate board.”

Petraeus’ move to private equity points to the deep-rooted connections between the us military, the state, and the most parasitic sections of finance capital. As commander of the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan, he oversaw the killings of hundreds of thousands of people and numerous atrocities, all with the aim of securing the geopolitical interests of the US financial oligarchy.

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Flooding ravages central Europe

0

 

By
our correspondents

5 June 2013

Large areas of Germany and other regions in Europe have been hit by the worst floods since the so-called “flood of the century” in 2002.

After days of continuous rain, the situation in many areas is desperate, with people struggling to cope with a deluge. In Germany, the states of Saxony, Bavaria, Thuringia and Saxony-Anhalt are particularly badly affected.

In Passau, Bavaria, the water level of the Danube River has reached 12.50 meters, the highest in 500 years. From above, the city of Passau, where three rivers meet, looks like an ocean. After days of torrential rain, the waters of the flooding Danube combined with those of the rivers Inn and Ilz, leaving many houses only accessible by boat.

The inhabitants of the city face a disaster. Many people have been without power in Passau since Sunday. On Monday, the drinking water supply was turned off due to the risk of contamination. Large parts of the old town and smaller villages on the Inn were evacuated because of the rising water level and emergency shelters set up.

On Saturday, a dam broke in Rosenheim, leading to the Mangfall River flooding into the Oberwöhr district. More than a thousand people had already left their homes. “This is a disastrous development,” a spokesman for the Rosenheim crisis team said. The dam suddenly broke at one point. “We never expected that”, he said.

A disaster alert was raised on Monday in the German counties of Freising, Landshut and Straubing. The situation was extremely tense in Deggendorf, too, where high water levels were expected.

On Sunday night, state Prime Minister Horst Seehofer commented on the situation in Bavaria. “Maybe we will see a development that could lead to a flood the likes of which has never been seen before”, he remarked.

Passau, like other areas in Bavaria and Germany, has always been prone to flooding due to its location. However, the authorities were unprepared for the extent of the current floodwaters. The federal and state governments only established a staff to deal with the crisis after the situation was well advanced.

The people of Saxony are also fighting a desperate battle against the floods. In Grimma, Eilenburg and Wurzen alone, 13,000 people had to leave their homes on Monday. In Leipzig, the county authorities declared a red alert. Within a day, the water level had risen in Leipzig by more than one meter. In Thuringia, about 2,500 people were evacuated on Monday.

The flooding in Saxony caused Volkswagen to temporarily stop production at its plant in Zwickau. The morning shift on Monday was cancelled, according to a company spokesman. Although the plant itself was not directly affected by the floods, many roads in the region, some of the suppliers and numerous employees were hit.

The town of Jeßnitz near Bitterfeld is also surrounded by water. In the district of Central Saxony, a few thousand inhabitants had their electricity cut off. In Eilenburg, the town centre had already been evacuated. About 7,000 people were affected, according to a spokesman. In many places, schools remained closed on Monday.

In Thuringia, the authorities proclaimed a disaster. In Gera, residents were urged to seek shelter on Monday night. The small town of Gößnitz was completely evacuated on Sunday, and parts of Greiz were submerged.

The situation is dramatic in other European countries too, particularly in the Czech Republic. Six people were killed in the floods and four are missing, according to police. More than 7,000 people were evacuated in the central and northern districts of Bohemia. In Jaroměř in the north, a bridge collapsed under the pressure of the water.

In the capital, Prague, where the Vltava River rose to record heights, some people have already had to leave their homes in the suburbs. The flooding was expected to peak on Tuesday. According to media reports, more evacuations are being prepared. On Monday, the Prague Metro largely halted operations through the city’s historic downtown area.

On Sunday evening, the Prime Minister of the centre-right Czech government, Petr Necas, proclaimed a state of emergency. Cabinet ministers assembled in the capital for an emergency meeting.

In Austria, the floods killed two people and four more are still missing as of the writing of this article. In Lower Austria, reports indicate that the situation is as bad as the flood of 2002.

Numerous towns on the rivers Inn, Salzach and Danube have been severely affected. Population centers such as Schärding (on the Inn) or Melk (on the Danube) are flooded. In Schärding, on the Bavarian border, the Inn broke through protection barriers and 500 people had to leave their homes. In the Tyrol on Monday night, a train was derailed due to an avalanche of mud and debris burying the tracks.

In Poland, floodwaters have been rising, especially in the southwest of the country. In Lower Silesia, numerous tributaries to the Oder and the Neisse burst their banks and several roads were impassable on Monday and closed to traffic.

In Basel, Switzerland, the government crisis team called on people not to approach the immediate vicinity of the river Rhine. In several sections of the river, shore protection structures were created and sandbags piled high. Shipping between Rheinfelden and Kembs in France has been halted since Saturday. In Alptal, several houses had to be evacuated because of an impending landslide danger.

In Germany, Chancellor Angela Merkel travelled to the flood areas on Tuesday to assess the situation. With an eye on the general election later in the year, she is trying to exploit media coverage to give the impression that she supports those who have been inundated by the floods. The federal government, however, will impose the financial burden of the disaster overwhelmingly on the population. With flood damage running into the billions, the government has promised aid of just €100 million.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

'Syria regains full control of Qusayr'

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Syria’s state television reports that Syrian forces have regained full control of the strategic city of Qusayr.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

IMF relegates French economy forecast

0

A French demonstrator holds a sign during a protest against labor agreements in Paris on March 5, 2013.

The International Monetary Fund (IMF) has downgraded its forecast for the French economy in 2013, saying the country needs reforms to avoid falling even further behind other European countries.

In its regular assessment of Franceâ„¢s economy, published on Tuesday, the IMF predicted the country’s economy to contract by 0.2 percent this year, down from previously expected drop of 0.1 percent.

The report also said the country must apply reforms to its financial and labor market as decreasing productivity and profit margins are causing a growing gap between Franceâ„¢s competitiveness and that of its neighbors.

“We see deep structural issues affecting growth potential in France due to loss of competitiveness as witnessed in losing market shares faster than some of its European partners and rigidities in labor and product markets,” said Edward Gardner, the chief of the IMF’s mission to France.

In addition, the IMF said France must focus on cutting spending and not relying on increasing taxes to fill budget holes as the countryâ„¢s tax burden is extremely heavy.

“There is no more scope for increasing the tax burden in France,” said Gardner, noting that high taxes are undermining growth as well as creating uncertainty for consumers and companies, a condition which discourages them from spending and investing.

Gardner went on to say that they did not expect the country’s high unemployment rate, which stands at 11 percent, to fall before the end of 2013, as promised by President Francois Hollandeâ„¢s government.

On May 15, Franceâ„¢s national statistics agency revealed that the country had slipped back into recession after the economy shrank by 0.2 percent in the first quarter of 2013.

CAH/PR

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

‘UN’s dirty politics against Syria has nothing to do with human rights’

0

While stating that both sides in the Syrian conflict violate human right, the UN fails to condemn the rebels and classify their actions as terrorism blaming one side for civilian casualties, Russia’s UN mission press secretary Maria Khodynskaya told RT.

The recent UN Security Council declaration on the siege of the
Syrian town of al-Qusair which was blocked by Russia basically
amounted to a demand for a ceasefire by government forces who are
fighting armed rebels, Maria Khodynskaya said, reiterating
Russian Foreign Ministry spokesman Alexander Lukashevich.

In the wake of the resolution adopted by the UN human rights
council, Khodynskaya criticized the international community for
failing to recognize both the Assad government and opposition
forces have committed grave human rights violations that have
cost human lives.

“If they are committed by both sides, which the commission of
inquiry stated, we have to condemn them all. Otherwise it has
nothing to do with human rights, it is pure politics and I would
say dirty politics,”
she said.

RT: The UN accuses both the Syrian government and
rebels of war crimes but the majority of them on the government.
Is that fair?

Maria Khodynskaya: No it’s not, but that’s the short
answer. The long answer would be that both sides are violating
human rights. But it’s very important, when you talk about
something, to have all the information at your disposal. As you
know very well the commission of inquiry doesn’t have any access
to Syria so it basically collects the evidence from the states
around Syria. What really was first pointed out in this report
was that the commission didn’t qualify the terrible blasts that
took place in Syria as terror attacks. For us it’s very clear —
these are terror attacks. The second thing is that the commission
doesn’t criticize the negative economic impact of unilateral
economic sanctions that have been imposed on the Syrian people
and we know very well that the Syrian people suffer from these
economic restrictions. These are the main two points. There are
other points, of course, but we were quite happy by the fact that
the commission supported the political process in Syria and said
that this process needs to include the government and the
opposition.

RT: What about the chemical weapons issue? The report
says the rebels could have used such weapons, just like the
government. If that’s confirmed will that change how the
international community deals with the conflict there?

MK: It was Carla Del Ponte as far as I remember, who first
mentioned the possibility chemical weapons were used by the
Syrian opposition. In fact, this information was not in the
report but what I would like to raise here is that it’s not for
the commission to verify who was behind this alleged chemical
attacks.

RT: The fact is, though, that if chemical weapons have
been used, Obama said that would be a red line being crossed.
Would we not then see some escalation in international reaction,
no matter who is using the chemical weapons?

MK: Yes but I’d like to reiterate that the Syrian
government actually invited the investigation team from the UN
Secretary General Ban Ki-moon to visit Syria and see what
happened there on May 19. The second thing, about the reaction of
the international community, I cannot speak for Mr Obama or any
other people. What I’d like to remind everyone is of what
happened in Iraq, so some members of the international community
shouldn’t repeat their mistakes.

RT: Are you referring to when the use of chemical
weapons was misreported?

MK: Everyone was searching for the weapons in Iraq, then
there was an intervention and it turns out there were no weapons.

RT: Everyone is seeking a political solution. What
would that involve, if all parties take negotiations
seriously?

MK: The Syrian government, as you know, has agreed to
participate. As for the Syrian opposition, we have faced a huge
problem because they don’t have a unified delegation that is
going to come here and talk. This is going to be settled somehow.
I really hope our partners are working with the Syrian
opposition. For a political solution, first of all, true
negotiations have to start and then what we’ll see is then
continuation of Geneva communiqué that will be part of the
solution. What do we mean by continuation of Geneva
communiqué? A cease fire, then a transitional government and
other things mentioned by the Geneva communiqué.

RT: Just one issue I want to ask you about, finally.
It’s caused a lot of consternation and dismay by much of the
international community — that is what Moscow recently brought to
the UN Security Council on the siege of the town of Qusair saying
that the regime is conducting a counter-terrorist operation
there. Now, the fact that it blocked the UN Security Council
declaration, it’s understandable that people react in that way.
Was it the right decision? Why did it come to that decision?

MK: Well of course it was the right decision and I’ll try
to explain it to you. First I would like to remind you that here,
just a few days ago, we had the resolution on Qusair. Here we
couldn’t block it, but let’s look at it this way: If we are the
human rights council, if we are the international community we
have to condemn the violations from both sides. If they are
committed by both sides, which the commission of inquiry stated,
we have to condemn them all. Otherwise it has nothing to do with
human rights, it is pure politics and I would say dirty politics.
In this resolution with the human rights council all of the blame
of what happened at Qusair, in general, was on the government of
Syria. We don’t know what’s actually happening at Qusair, so
before we say something we need to confirm what is going on.

RT: The reports are strongly saying innocent people are
being caught up in all of this and it’s basically a humanitarian
disaster. That’s why something has to be done.

MK: Exactly. But we would be against condemning both sides
or, you know, saying we are concerned at Qusair. But who is
blamed for everything that is happening there? The Syrian
government, but we know very well what the opposition is doing:
It’s rape, it’s torture, it’s summary executions. People eat
other people’s hearts. I mean, really, what they are doing is
something terrible. So the international community has to step up
and talk about what’s done by both sides, not what’s done by only
one side otherwise there is nothing about human rights here.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Constitutional Sheriffs Convention a Successful Promotion of Liberty

0

The Constitutional Sheriffs and Peace Officers Association (CSPOA) held a successful convention last Friday and Saturday at the Ameristar Hotel in St. Charles, Missouri, a large suburb west of St. Louis. (See video below.)

Featuring a variety of nationally recognized speakers delivering dozens of liberty-promoting messages, the hundreds of lawmen and lawmakers in attendance were reminded of the vital role played by state and local law enforcement and elected officials in repelling the federal government’s assault on freedom.

A central aspect of the state and local counter-offensive is the nullification of any and all unconstitutional acts of the federal government.

Presentations on the first day of the convention were divided into four sections: The Constitution and the Oath of Office; The Right to Keep and Bear Arms; State Sovereignty and the Tenth Amendment; and American Liberty: Whose Job is it?

Representing the John Birch Society, this reporter spoke during the fourth segment, describing threats to liberty posed by the indefinite detention provisions of the National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA) and the effectiveness of state measures refusing to enforce those provisions inside state borders.

Other keynote speakers included Sheriff Richard Mack, founder of the CSPOA, who recounted his experience fighting the Brady Bill and winning his case at the Supreme Court.

Several state legislators reported on the success of efforts in their respective states to resist federal overreaching into matters not within its constitutional purview.

Former state Representative Charles Key of Oklahoma and current state Reps. Paul Curtman of Missouri and Matt Shea of Washington spoke specifically on their individual contributions in advancing the cause of liberty and restoring the sovereignty of their respective states.

Each of those state lawmakers have sponsored bills nullifying acts of Congress exceeding the boundaries built by states around the powers of the federal government.

During breakout sessions held Saturday, June 1, attendees could choose from over a dozen smaller meetings, each covering a topic central to fulfilling the overall mission of the convention to “equip sheriffs, peace officers and public officials with the necessary information and public support to carry out their duties in accordance with their Oaths of Office.”

From the demise of due process under the NDAA to the federal infringement on the right to bear arms, there was a common thread running through all the presentations: the freedoms guaranteed by our Constitution are in clear and present danger from the federal government and that states “have the right, and are in duty bound, to interpose for arresting the progress of the evil” attendant on the nearly constant federal assault on liberty and the attempt by many to convert states into mere subordinate units of an all-powerful central authority.

With the invaluable information provided to them at the Constitutional Sheriffs and Peace Officers Association’s Convention, local law enforcement and state and local elected officials can step confidently into the breach and fearlessly defend the life, liberty, and property of all citizens within their jurisdictions.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Connecticut passes first GMO food labeling law in US

The state of Connecticut has become the first to successfully enact a law requiring food containing genetically modified ingredients to be labeled as such, though it comes with the unusual requirement that four other states must pass similar legislation.

Though supporters of GMO product labeling will likely laud the
state legislature’s approval of the new bill, it represents a
significant weakening of the initial proposal with the
introduction of a bipartisan ‘compromise’ requiring that four
additional states, one of which must border Connecticut, pass
labeling laws as well. An additional requirement is that the
aggregate population of any combination of such states exceed 20
million people.

Perhaps not surprisingly then, as the New York Daily News
reported just yesterday, a last-minute push by biotech lobbyists
was attributed to the defeat of a GMO labeling law in New York.

Undeterred for the moment, New York assemblywoman Linda Rosenthal
(D-Manhattan), the bill’s lead sponsor, has vowed to try to find
another way to bring the measure to a vote before the state’s
June 20 recess.

Rosenthal’s chief of staff told the Daily News that a lobbyist
for the Council for Biotechnology Information, an organization
that represents biotech giants such as Monsanto and DuPont, had
attended the New York state committee vote.

“We heard there was heavy
industry lobbying at the last minute,”
Rebecca Spector,
West Coast director for the Center of Food Safety, told the news
website TakePart.

“When they counted, they had
the votes in the committee, and at the last minute, two committee
members switched their votes. We’re still waiting to find out
which two,
” she added.

As RT previously reported, even within states like Vermont, which
is long known for its independent-minded state legislature, fear
of pending lawsuits by companies like Monsanto generated a
lack of support for GMO labeling laws.

Meanwhile, in late April, a new federal bill that would mandate
the labeling of GMOs, the Genetically Engineered Food
Right-to-Know Act, was introduced by Sen. Barbara Boxer (D-CA)
and Rep. Peter DeFazio (D-OR). The govtrack.us website currently
gives that bill a 3 per cent chance of surviving a committee
before moving on to floor debate and a potential vote.

Though few expect GMO labeling to pass at the federal level,
advocates for such measures point to the fact that the mere
introduction represents progress for laws that have made little
to no progress in the decades since first being introduced.

“The fact that this bill made
it to an agenda demonstrates the distinct desire on the part of
the New York State Assembly to tackle tough issues, and is also
illustrative of tremendous impact that the advocates nationwide
have had on this debate,”
Rosenthal said of the recently
defeated New York labeling law.

But even in Connecticut, which managed to pass at least a diluted
version of its original GMO labeling bill, Governor Dannel P.
Malloy left no doubt as to why the law was passed in its current
form.

“This bill strikes an important
balance by ensuring the consumers’ right to know what is in their
food while shielding our small businesses from liability that
could leave them at a competitive disadvantage,”
he said
in a statement.

Though over 90 per cent of Americans are thought to support the
labeling of genetically engineered foods, the Food and Drug
Administration’s 1992 policy statement does not find GMO foods to
be “materially”
different from any other as genetic differences cannot be
recognized by taste, smell or other senses.

Since that FDA decision, the food industry has spent considerable
resources to prevent GMO ingredient labeling. In 2012, a
coalition of biotech corporations spent some $50 million on an ad
blitz against a GMO labeling law which was ultimately defeated in
California.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Second day of Manning trial focuses on hacker who turned him in

0

The Colombian-American computer hacker who turned Army Private Bradley Manning in to authorities surprised courtroom spectators Tuesday when he took the stand during day two of the soldier’s trial.

Prosecutors called Adrian Lamo to testify Tuesday morning, an
unexpected maneuver that brought gasps from within the courtroom
and the nearby media center where only a handful of journalist
gathered to report on the second day of the long-awaited
court-martial of Private first class Manning. Not a single one of
the 70 seats within the Ft. Meade press center was vacant when
the trial kicked off on Monday, but barely two-dozen
journalists assembled a day later when a key witness in the case
was called to answer questions about the Army intelligence
analyst.

Less than a week before he was arrested by American authorities
in May 2010 and charged with the biggest leak of intelligence in
US history, Pfc. Bradley Manning admitted to Lamo in online chats
that he shared a trove of sensitive files with the whistleblower
website WikiLeaks. Lamo told law enforcement officials about
his conversations with Manning shortly after the two began
talking on May 21, in turn prompting the private’s arrest and
ultimately the trial that finally got underway in Fort Meade,
Maryland this week after more than three years of waiting.

The prosecution called Lamo as their third witness on Tuesday and
began their questioning by asking him to discuss his history as a
computer hacker, a tenure he said started in the 90s and
involved a number of high profile intrusions into the networks of
the New York Times, Microsoft and others. Now 32, Lamo was
practically a teenager when he became a fugitive of the law more
than a decade ago before pleading guilty to computer crimes and
ultimately being sentenced to serve a brief stint of house arrest
and probation. Manning later learned of Lamo’s run from the FBI
and reached out to him from Iraq during an apparent time of need.
Now the soldier stands to spend life in prison if convicted of aiding the
enemy – the most serious of the 20-plus counts the US government
charged him with after Lamo turned him in.

Graphic by Clark Stoeckley, @WikileaksTruck

When prosecutors began to test their witness, they asked Lamo to
go back to 2010 and recall the computers and software he used
during the random few chats between himself and Manning. The Army
would later enlist forensics experts to scour Lamo’s laptops for
more information about his online encounters with the WikiLeaks
source, but the witness’s own mastery of computers had him
running circles around the prosecution as he spoke from the
stand.

At one point, Lamo – who admittedly suffers from Asperger’s
syndrome and severe depression – eluded attorneys by offering
all-too detailed descriptions of his computer habits, leaving
even Army prosecutors scratching their heads.

“Mr. Lamo, you seem to know more than the common person about
computers,
” an Army attorney acknowledged early on during
Tuesday’s questioning. Lamo agreed that he has extensive
experience in the field, including proven knowledge with regards
to finding ways to bypass and improve the security of certain
systems. That know-how eventually led to Lamo’s criminal
conviction, and later defense attorney David
Coombs
related it to his client’s own thirst for knowledge.

Pfc. Manning reached out to Lamo initially via emails before the
chats over AOL ever began, and the prosecution asked the hacker
to explain how he knew the correspondence came from the intel
analyst and not anyone else.

“Based on retrieving return address information common to all
email
,” Lamo replied dryly.

When prosecutors pushed him to explain what that information
entailed exactly, Lamo said without missing a beat,
“Information indicating where it originated from which allows
the recipient to reply.”

“Is that an email address?” the prosecutors asked
sincerely.

“Yes, it is,” he replied, prompting snickers from the
press gallery.

Lamo went on to speak about the two personal computers he used to
speak with Manning, but wasn’t allowed the opportunity to discuss
the now infamous chat logs until the defense began
cross-examination later that morning.

Manning was the one who initiated those conversations with Lamo
and didn’t wait long at all before revealing his association with
WikiLeaks and his role in sending them files. Earlier this year,
the soldier said in a pretrial hearing that he
sent WikiLeaks
US State Department cables, field reports from
the Iraq and Afghan wars and a tome of other sensitive
information.

“I’m an Army intelligence analyst, deployed to eastern
Baghdad, pending discharge for ‘adjustment disorder’ in lieu of
‘gender identity disorder
,” Manning wrote in confidence to
Lamo only moments into their first IM chat.

The logs of the Manning/Lamo talks were released to the media by
the hacker himself only days after the soldier was apprehended
outside of Baghdad, but until now the self-taught computer
security expert spoke little publically about the few days the
two talked before he turned him in.

After the prosecution retired, Coombs began his turn at
questioning by having Lamo admit to cracking computer network at
a younger age, a decision on his part that prompted him to run
from the FBI and end up on wanted posters across California.

“I committed a string of offenses, yes,” Lamo said.

Coombs raged on, subtlety intensifying his questions at a pace
that lent to the counsel relentlessly wanting Lamo to enlighten
the court as to his opinions of Manning and his role with
WikiLeaks given what he encountered during the few Internet chats
between the two.

“You were concerned about the type of information?” Coombs
asked.

“Yes,” Lamo replied of the leaked Army data.

“You were also concerned for Pfc. Manning’s life?”

Again, a “Yes.”

The government predicted during opening statements one day
earlier this week that that they will prove that Manning went to
WikiLeaks knowing he would bring harm to America. In particular,
they said the soldier was aware that sharing sensitive files on
the Web would mean enemies of the US – specifically al-Qaeda –
could come across the information and use it to better their own
battlefield strategies. Manning has insisted otherwise, though,
and Coombs coaxed his one-time supposed-confidant into admitting
that he was left with that same impression of the soldier during
those few days of chats in the spring of 2010.

On the defense’s part, Coombs used his opening remarks on
Monday
to depict Manning as a young, naïve and well-intentioned
do-gooder who gave Wikileaks hundreds of thousands of files with
the desire of bringing about change across the globe. But during
his cross-examination of the prosecution’s witness on Tuesday,
Coombs all but made the man who turned his client in agree to
exactly the same.

“You believed he was ideologically motivated?” Coombs
asked him.

“That was my speculation.”

“You also saw him as idealistic?”

“Yes, I did.”

“He told you during your conversations that he wanted to
disclose this information for public good
,” Coombs recalled
from the logs.

“That was his representation, yes,” Lamo said.

Coombs went on draw comparisons between the two, many of which
Lamo admitted were indeed rather accurate. Both men were geeky,
rather introverted computer wizzes, and both had roles in their
respective LGBT communities.

“He told you that he was always the type of person that tried
to investigate to find out the truth?
” Coombs asked.

Lamo, in response, said that that was “Something that I could
appreciate
.”

The prosecution objected to the questioning made by Coombs no
fewer than four times during what was less than an hour of
testimony, but the courtroom grew tense as the dialogue revealed
not just more in common between the two, but also Manning’s
fragile yet focused state during the online chats.

“He told you he was an intelligence analyst,” Coombs said,
and a person who “reached out to somebody like you who would
possibly understand
.”

“Yes,” Lamo responded to both statements.

Coombs went on with his assessments and Lamo further confirmed a
number of allegations brought up during the cross-examination.
Before long the exchanges became emotional and Lamo was
noticeably distraught as he answered the attorney’s inquires
while sitting less than 15 feet from the man who may spend life
in jail because of him. The only other time they’ve been in the
same physical space occurred in late 2011 during a pretrial
motion hearing that came after Manning spent nearly 10 months in
essentially solitary confinement within a military jail cell in
Northern Virginia.

Coombs continued to cite excerpts from the logs, asking Lamo to
agree – which he always did – that those exchanges took place.

“He also told you that he had been questioning his gender for
years but started to come to terms with his gender during the
deployment. He told you he believed he had made a huge mess
.”

“Yes,” Lamo responded on both accounts.

Manning confessed to be “emotionally crashing,” and
“said he was talking to you as somebody that needed moral and
emotional support
,” Coombs recalled.

Again, Lamo responded affirmatively.

“At this point, you say he was trying not to end up killing
himself
,” Coombs said solemnly.

“That is also correct.”

“He told you that he was feeling desperate and isolated . . .
Described himself as a broken soul . . . He said his life was
falling apart and he didn’t have anyone to talk to . . . He said
he was honestly scared . . .There was no one he could trust . . .
And he told you he needed a lot of help
.”

“Yes, he did,” Lamo said after each one of Coombs’
purposed pauses.

Coombs asked Lamo to confirm a number of other items from the
chat logs, a rope-a-dope verbal assault that appeared to weaken
the witness while exemplifying the defense’s claims that Manning
only meant to help the world by going to WikiLeaks.

As the exchanges intensified, Coombs paraphrased from a now
widely-quoted quip from the chat logs in which Manning proposed a
hypothetical question that he hoped would elicit an answer from
Lamo as to how to handle the material he encountered while
deployed in Iraq and presented with access to information he
never dreamed of.

“If you had free reign over classified networks for long
periods of time… and you saw incredible things, awful things…
things that belonged in the public domain, and not on some server
stored in a dark room in Washington DC… what would you do
?”
the original chat quote reads.

“Do you recall him asking you that question?” Coombs
asked.

“Yes I do.”

“And he told you that he thought the information that he had
would have an impact on the entire world
?”

“That is also correct.”

Coombs said his client believed the disclosure would reveal the
truth regarding casualties in Iraq, and how the First World – the
US – exploited the Third World solely for America’s own gain.

“He believed that everywhere there was a US post there was a
diplomatic scandal
?” said Coombs.

“That he did.”

Manning thought it was “important the info got out,” and
that “it might actually change something.” It was no
longer a “good guys versus bad guys” scenario in America’s
wars and that he couldn’t participate in a program where innocent
lives were being undervalued. Lamo agreed again on all accounts.
Then Coombs painted a picture of a soldier who saw himself a
humanist and valued every live on Earth – even those being
slaughtered by his Army peers.

“He felt connected to everybody,” recalled Coombs.

“Yes.”

“He felt like we were all distant family.”

“Indeed.”

“And he cared.”

“Yes.”

“And he wanted to make sure that everybody was okay.”

“Yes.”

Later, Lamo admitted that Manning confided to him in the chats
that the release of documents attributed to him brought
“immense hope” and that, according to Coombs, “He was
hoping that people would change if they saw the information.
”

Then, suddenly, Coombs stopped asking questions whose answers
were well documented in the chats. Before sending Lamo off the
stand, he asked the witness if Manning’s remarks suggested, like
the prosecutions attests, the soldier wanted to aid the enemy.

“At any time did he say he had no loyalty to America?”
Coombs asked.

“Not in those words, no.”

“At anytime did he say the American flag didn’t man anything
to him?
”

“No.”

“At any time did he say he wanted to help the enemy?”

“Not in those words, no.”

“Thank you, Mr. Lamo,” Coombs concluded before the witness
was permanently excused from the stand.

“He broke Adrian,” one of the dozen-or-so spectators
inside of the courtroom told RT’s Andrew Blake as the session
went on break. Others said that several witnesses broke into
tears during the exchange between Lamo and the defense, and one
struggled to find the words most appropriate to describe the
moment when Lamo left the stand and walked by Manning, ignoring
the soldier’s stare and exiting the room for good, likely never
to be face-to-face with him again.

The government is expected to call more witnesses throughout the
week who have first-hand knowledge of the early days of the
Army’s criminal investigation into Manning after he was
apprehended. The trial is expected to run through August.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Turkey detains protesters for 'tweeting'

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Police inTurkey have arrested at least 25 people in the western city of Izmir for posting material on the social networking website, Twitter, as anti-government protests enter the sixth day across the country.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

The “Trans-Pacific Partnership”: Obama’s Secret Trade Agreement Will Push the Deindustrialization of America into Overdrive

0

Did you know that Barack Obama has been secretly negotiating the most important trade agreement since the formation of the World Trade Organization?

Did you know that this agreement will impose very strict Internet copyright rules, ban all “Buy American” laws, give Wall Street banks much more freedom to trade risky derivatives and force even more domestic manufacturing offshore?

If you have not heard about this treaty, don’t feel bad. Obama has refused to even give Congress a copy of the draft agreement and he has banned members of Congress from attending the negotiations.

The plan is to keep this treaty secret until the very last minute and then to railroad it through Congress and have it signed into law by October. The treaty is known as “the Trans-Pacific Partnership”, and the nations that are reported to be involved in the development of this treaty include the United States, Canada, Japan, South Korea, Australia, New Zealand, Chile, Peru, Brunei, Singapore, Vietnam and Malaysia. Opponents of this treaty refer to it as “the NAFTA of the Pacific”, and if it is enacted it will push the deindustrialization of America into overdrive.

The “one world” economic agenda that Barack Obama has been pushing is absolutely killing the U.S. economy. As you will see later in this article, we are losing jobs and businesses at an astounding pace. And each new “free trade” agreement makes things even worse.

For example, just check out the impact that the recent free trade agreement that Obama negotiated with South Korea is having on us…

—A 10 percent decline of U.S. exports to Korea
—The U.S. trade deficit with Korea has climbed 37 percent
—U.S. auto industry has been crippled
—Loss of U.S. control where international trade, banking and finance is concerned
—A projected 159,000 jobs will be lost

Wait a second — I though that “free trade” agreements were actually supposed to increase exports.

So why have they declined by 10 percent?

Did someone make a really bad deal?

And of course we have all seen the economic devastation that NAFTA has wrought.

When NAFTA was pushed through Congress in 1993, the United States actually had a trade surplus with Mexico of 1.6 billion dollars. By 2010, we had a trade deficit with Mexico of 61.6 billion dollars.

And “free trade” with China has turned out to be a complete and total nightmare as well.

Back in 1985, our trade deficit with China was approximately 6 million dollars (million with a little “m”) for the entire year.

In 2012, our trade deficit with China was 315 billion dollars. That was the largest trade deficit that one nation has had with another nation in the history of the world.

But instead of learning from the mistakes of the past, Barack Obama is pressing for more “free trade” agreements.

The New York Times is calling the Trans-Pacific Partnership “the most significant international commercial agreement since the creation of the World Trade Organization in 1995“. It is reportedly going to include a whole host of provisions which would never be able to get through Congress on their own. Even though this treaty will affect all of our daily lives, the Obama administration is keeping this treaty a total secret. In fact, Obama won’t even show it to Congress even though members of Congress have asked repeatedly to see it…

The agreement, under negotiation since 2008, would set new rules for everything from food safety and financial markets to medicine prices and Internet freedom. It would include at least 12 of the countries bordering the Pacific and be open for more to join. President Obama has said he wants to sign it by October.

Although Congress has exclusive constitutional authority to set the terms of trade, so far the executive branch has managed to resist repeated requests by members of Congress to see the text of the draft agreement and has denied requests from members to attend negotiations as observers – reversing past practice.

While the agreement could rewrite broad sections of nontrade policies affecting Americans’ daily lives, the administration also has rejected demands by outside groups that the nearly complete text be publicly released.

So exactly who in the world does this guy think that he is? Why won’t Obama let us know exactly what is in this treaty?

Fortunately, there have been a few leaks. One thing that we have discovered is that this new treaty would reportedly ban all “Buy American laws“.

That certainly would not be popular if it got out.

And do you remember SOPA?

The American people wanted nothing to do with the very strict Internet copyright provisions of SOPA and loudly expressed their displeasure to members of Congress.

Unfortunately, now the provisions of SOPA are back. It is being reported that most of the provisions of SOPA have been quietly inserted into this treaty. If this treaty is enacted, those provisions will become law and the American people will not be able to do anything about it.

And according to the New York Times, there are all sorts of other disturbing things that have been slipped into the treaty…

And yet another leak revealed that the deal would include even more expansive incentives to relocate domestic manufacturing offshore than were included in Nafta – a deal that drained millions of manufacturing jobs from the American economy.

The agreement would also be a boon for Wall Street and its campaign to water down regulations put in place after the 2008 financial crisis. Among other things, it would practically forbid bans on risky financial products, including the toxic derivatives that helped cause the crisis in the first place.

Are you starting to understand why the Obama administration is keeping this treaty such a secret?

If the details of this treaty were revealed to the American people right now, it would create such an uproar that Congress would never approve this treaty.

So please share this article with as many people as you can. We have got to get the American people educated about this.

Enough damage has already been done to the U.S. economy by “free trade” agreements. Just consider the following statistics…

-The United States has lost more than 56,000manufacturing facilities since 2001.

-Back in the year 2000, there were more than 17 million Americans working in manufacturing. Now there are less than 12 million.

-There are less Americans working in manufacturing today than there was in 1950 even though the population of the country has more than doubled since then.

-According to the Economic Policy Institute, America is losing half a million jobs to China every single year.

-According to Professor Alan Blinder of Princeton University, 40 million more U.S. jobs could be sent offshore over the next two decades if current trends continue.
’
-Today, corporate profits as a percentage of U.S. GDP are at an all-time high, but wages as a percentage of U.S. GDP are near an all-time low.

-Without enough good jobs, more Americans are becoming dependent on the government. If you can believe it, the number of Americans on food stamps has gone from about 17 million in the year 2000 to more than 47 million today.

-Overall, the United States has run a trade deficit of more than 8 trillion dollars with the rest of the world since 1975.

And things continue to get even worse. The Institute for Supply Management manufacturing index declined to 49.0 in May. Any reading below 50 indicates contraction.

That was the lowest reading that we have seen since June 2009. Just like most of the rest of the world, we are rapidly heading toward another major economic downturn.

And if you want a perfect visual example of what deindustrialization is doing to America, just look atthe city of Detroit.

It was once one of the greatest manufacturing cities in the history of the world, but now it is a rotting, decaying, festering hellhole.

According to the New York Times, there are now approximately 70,000 abandoned buildings in Detroit, and at this point the city is so broke that there is talk that the female giraffe at the Detroit Zoo could be sold off to help pay the bills.

For much more on how deindustrialization is ripping the guts out of the U.S. economy, please see the following articles…

1) “55 Reasons Why You Should Buy Products That Are Made In America”

2) “40 Ways That China Is Beating America”

3) “Show This To Anyone That Believes That ‘Things Are Getting Better’ In America”

4) “10 Amazing Charts That Demonstrate The Slow, Agonizing Death Of The American Worker”

5) “22 Stats That Show How The Emerging One World Economy Is Absolutely Killing American Workers”

What Barack Obama is trying to do is a mind blowing mistake.

The “one world” economic agenda that he is pursuing is destroying the American worker and the American middle class.

U.S. workers are being thrown into a global labor pool with workers on the other side of the planet that live in countries where it is legal to pay slave labor wages.

Do you want to directly compete with a worker on the other side of the globe that is doing your job for a dollar an hour with no benefits?

If not, you need to stand up and make your voice be heard.

There is no way in the world that American workers should have to compete for jobs with workers making slave labor wages in communist China.

What we desperately need are some red-blooded economic patriots to arise and to tell both political parties that we do not want this “one world” economic agenda.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Bradley Manning: Prisoner of Conscience

0

Since the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001, the peoples of the world have witnessed successive governments in the United States that have demonstrated little if any respect for fundamental considerations of international law, human rights, and the United States Constitution itself. Instead, the world has watched a comprehensive and malicious assault upon the integrity of the international and domestic legal orders by groups of men and women who are thoroughly Machiavellian in their perception of international relations and in their conduct of both foreign affairs and American domestic policy.

Even more seriously, in many instances specific components of the U.S. government’s foreign policies constitute ongoing criminal activity under well recognized principles of both international law and United States domestic law, and in particular the Nuremberg Charter, the Nuremberg Judgment, and the Nuremberg Principles, as well as the Pentagon’s own U.S. Army Field Manual 27-10 on The Law of Land Warfare (1956), which applies to the President as Commander-in-Chief of United States Armed Forces under Article II, Section 2 of the United States Constitution.

Depending on the substantive issues involved, these international and domestic crimes typically include but are not limited to numerous Nuremberg offences of “crimes against peace.”

Their criminal responsibility also concerns Nuremberg “crimes against humanity” and war crimes as well as grave breaches of the Four Geneva Conventions of 1949 and the 1907 Hague Regulations on land warfare.  Furthermore, various officials of the United States government have committed numerous inchoate crimes incidental to these substantive offences that under the Nuremberg Charter, Judgment, and Principles as well as U.S. Army Field Manual 27-10 (1956) are international crimes in their own right: planning and preparation, solicitation, incitement, conspiracy, complicity, attempt, aiding and abetting.

Of course the terrible irony of today’s situation is that over six decades ago at Nuremberg the U.S. government participated in the prosecution, punishment, and execution of Nazi government officials for committing some of the same types of heinous international crimes that these officials of the United States government have inflicted upon people all over the world. To be sure, I personally oppose the imposition of capital punishment upon any human being for any reason no matter how monstrous their crimes.

According to basic principles of international criminal law set forth in paragraph 501 of U.S. Army Field Manual 27-10, all high level civilian officials and military officers in the U.S. government who either knew or should have known that soldiers or civilians under their control (such as the C.I.A. or mercenary contractors), committed or were about to commit international crimes and failed to take the measures necessary to stop them, or to punish them, or both, are likewise personally responsible for the commission of international crimes.

This category of officialdom who actually knew or should have known of the commission of these international crimes under their jurisdiction and failed to do anything about them include at the very top of America’s criminal chain-of-command the President, the Vice-President, the U.S. Secretary of Defense, Secretary of State, Director of National Intelligence, the C.I.A. Director, National Security Advisor and the Pentagon’s Joint Chiefs of Staff along with the appropriate Regional Commanders-in-Chief, especially for U.S. Central Command (CENTCOM).  These U.S. government officials and their immediate subordinates are responsible for the commission of crimes against peace, crimes against humanity, and war crimes as specified by the Nuremberg Charter, Judgment, and Principles as well as by U.S. Army Field Manual 27-10 of 1956.

One generation ago the peoples of the world asked themselves: Where were the “good” Germans? Well, there were some good Germans. The Lutheran theologian and pastor Dietrich Bonhoeffer was the foremost exemplar of someone who led a life of principled opposition to the Nazi-terror state even unto death.

Today the peoples of the world are likewise asking themselves: Where are the “good” Americans? Well, there are some good Americans. They are getting prosecuted for protesting against and resisting illegal U.S. military interventions and war crimes around the world. Private Bradley Manning is America’s equivalent to Dietrich Bonhoeffer, Vaclav Havel, Andrei Sakharov, Wei Jingsheng, Aung San Suu Kyi, and others. He is the archetypal American Hero whom we should be bringing into our schools and teaching our children to emulate, not those wholesale purveyors of gratuitous violence and bloodshed adulated by the U.S. government, America’s financial power elite, the mainstream corporate news media, and its interlocked entertainment industry.

Today in international legal terms, the United States government itself should now be viewed as constituting an ongoing criminal conspiracy under international criminal law in violation of the Nuremberg Charter, the Nuremberg Judgment, and the Nuremberg Principles, because of its formulation and undertaking of serial wars of aggression, crimes against peace, crimes against humanity, and war crimes that are legally akin to those perpetrated by the former Nazi regime in Germany.

As a consequence, American citizens and soldiers such as Bradley Manning possess the basic right under international law and United States domestic law, including the U.S. Constitution, to engage in acts of civil resistance designed to prevent, impede, thwart, or terminate ongoing criminal activities perpetrated by U.S. government officials in their conduct of foreign affairs policies and military operations purported to relate to defense and counter-terrorism. If not so restrained, the United States government could very well precipitate a Third World War.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

‘NetTraveler’ cyber-spy network compromised over 350 high-profile victims — Kaspersky report

0

Kaspersky Lab has discovered a years-long cyber-espionage operation that victimized hundreds of high-profile targets in 40 countries. The malware, known as NetTraveler, was used for covert computer surveillance and appears to have originated in China.

The Kaspersky Global Research and Analysis Lab best known for
exposing Flame and Stuxnet – sophisticated spywares launched by
the US government – has uncovered a global cyber-espionage
network targeting the world’s diplomatic, government and military
agencies.

In a report published on June 4 the malware that especially
targeted Asian countries was identified as an “advanced
persistent threat
” similar to the Red October unveiled in
January.

“Based on the collected intelligence, we estimate the
[controlling] group side to about 50 individuals, most of which
speak Chinese natively and have working knowledge of the English
language
,” the report said.

However, nowhere in the Kaspersky report is the Chinese
government accused of any wrongdoing and only speculation links
China to the infection software.

According to the report, NetTraveler was designed to “steal
sensitive data as well as log keystrokes, and retrieve file
system listings and various Office or PDF documents
.”

The amount of stolen data discovered on the malware’s
command-and-control servers exceeded 22 gigabytes, with that
being a small fraction of the total data stolen since the rest of
it was previously downloaded by the attackers and deleted from
the servers.

Image from securelist.com

The countries most frequently targeted by NetTraveler — Russia,
India, Mongolia, Kyrgyzstan, and Kazakhstan — all border China.
The first evidence of NetTraveler appeared in 2004, but the
report said the most attacks came between 2010 and 2013.

Diplomats were targeted most often, followed by government
workers, and high-level private officials then international
military contractors. Tibetan/Uyghur activists and oil industry
companies also ranked among the favorite targets.

The hackers did not use any advanced vulnerabilities and relied
on phishing attacks, which often distribute infected links via
email or social media.

“NetTraveler victims get infected through spear-phishing
attacks using Office documents which exploit two publicly known
vulnerabilities
,” the report states with analysts surprised
that such unsophisticated attacks can still be successful with
high profile targets. “Although these vulnerabilities have
been patched by Microsoft, they remain effective and are among
the most exploited in targeted attacks
.”

The researchers discovered that at least six NetTraveler targets
— a Russian military contractor, a government organization in
Tajikistan, and embassies in Belgium, Iran, Kazakhstan, and
Belarus — were previously hacked by the Red October campaign that
was likely launched from Eastern Europe. Kurt Baumgartner, a
senior security researcher for the Americas on the Global
Research and Analysis Team at Kaspersky, told DarkReading.com the
attempts from separate phishing schemes indicates those locations
are highly valued.

“Threat actors infiltrate victims simultaneously and may or
may not be concerned about victim overlap
,” he said. “Most
likely, with these two groups in particular, the operators have a
specific set of tasks at the victim organizations. If they happen
to see another piece of malware on the target network, and it
doesn’t interrupt their operation, they just go back to
completing their assignments
.”

Image from securelist.com

This article originally appeared on: RT

Turkish police fire tear gas at Taksim Sq.

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]The Turkish police have fired tear gas and used water cannons to disperse thousands of anti-government demonstrators at Istanbul’s Taksim Square.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Police attack demos in Istanbul, Ankara

0

Turkish police fire tear gas at anti-government demonstrators in Istanbul on June 4, 2013.

The Turkish police have fired tear gas and used water cannons to disperse hundreds of anti-government demonstrators who gathered at Turkish Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan’s offices in Istanbul and Ankara.

In the early hours of Wednesday morning, the protesters surrounded Erdogan’s offices in both cities and defied police warnings to disperse, AFP reported.

Special police forces used tear gas and water cannons to disperse the demonstrators, who were chanting slogans against Erdogan.

On Tuesday afternoon, Turkish Deputy Prime Minister Bulent Arinc apologized for the government’s violent crackdown on the protesters and called on the protesters to end the demonstrations.

However, the demonstrators took to the streets again on Tuesday night, flooding Istanbul’s Taksim Square and taunting Erdogan, who earlier dismissed them as “extremists” and “vandals.”

“The vandals are here! Where is Tayyip?” yelled the crowd. They also demanded that Erdogan resign.

Earlier in the day, the Turkish Confederation of Public Workers’ Unions (KESK), which represents 240,000 employees, launched a two-day strike to express solidarity with the protesters.

KESK spokesman Baki Cinar rejected the governmentâ„¢s conciliatory move.

“The apology is just damage control and only because they know they are stuck,” Cinar said.

Since Friday, tens of thousands of anti-government protesters have held demonstrations in Istanbul, Ankara, Izmir, Mugla, Antalya, and many other cities and towns.

According to the Turkish Human Rights Association, two protesters died and over 2,800 others were injured in the violence.

The anti-government unrest began after police broke up a sit-in staged in Taksim Square on Friday to protest against the demolition of Gezi Park.

The protesters say Gezi Park, which is a traditional gathering point for rallies and demonstrations as well as a popular tourist destination, is Istanbul’s last green public space.

Amnesty International censured the Turkish police for the tactics they used to control the protests.

GJH/HGL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

ExxonMobil Shareholders Reject Homosexual Agenda

0

[J]

For the 14th year in a row, shareholders of ExxonMobil, the world’s largest oil company, have soundly rejected a proposal that would have added homosexuality to the company’s non-discrimination employment policy. The proposal, voted down by an overwhelming 81 percent of ExxonMobil’s shareholders on May 30 read, “The Shareholders request that ExxonMobil amend its written equal employment opportunity policy to explicitly prohibit discrimination based on sexual orientation and gender identity and to substantially implement the policy.”

While the terms “sexual orientation” and “gender identity” do not appear in the company’s written policy on discrimination, ExxonMobil insists its “global zero-tolerance policy” fully applies to “all forms of discrimination, including discrimination based on sexual orientation and gender identity.” The company said in a statement that harassment, “even in its most subtle forms, directly conflicts with company policy and will not be tolerated. All employees are subject to disciplinary action, including termination, for any act of harassment.”

In a proxy statement before the vote, ExxonMobil’s board of directors encouraged the shareholders to reject the proposal, which would have added anti-discrimination language specific to lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender (LGBT) individuals. “The Board has reviewed in detail ExxonMobil’s existing global policies that prohibit all forms of discrimination, including those based on sexual orientation and gender identity, in any Company workplace, anywhere in the world,” the statement read. “In fact, ExxonMobil’s policies go beyond the law and prohibit any form of discrimination. Based on these existing all-inclusive, zero-tolerance policies, the Board believes the proposal is unnecessary.”

Tim Wildmon of the American Family Association said that had the shareholders approved the proposal, “the company would have been forced to begin promoting and providing ‘acceptance’ training of homosexuality to all employees, even if they had religious objections.”

CNSNews.com noted that a week before the vote, Exxon “was sued by the LGBT advocacy group Freedom to Work, which alleges that ExxonMobil discriminated on the basis of sexual orientation by hiring a less-qualified administrative assistant rather than one who served as treasurer of the Gay and Lesbian Victory Fund.”

Peter Romer-Friedman, an attorney for Freedom to Work, called Exxon “an outlier that refuses to follow industry standards. The concern is that it’s one of the largest corporations in the world yet won’t adopt an express policy prohibiting sexual orientation and gender identity discrimination.”

According to the Los Angeles Times, the homosexual activist group Human Rights Campaign “gave Exxon a negative 25 score on its most recent rankings of major companies for its Corporate Equality Index” – a report that ranks businesses according to their willingness to embrace the homosexual culture. The Human Rights Campaign noted that many other firms scored higher than 80 on a scale of 100.

Freedom to Work president Tico Almeida complained that Texas-based ExxonMobil “stands virtually alone in the Fortune 100 in denying qualified gay and transgender Americans a fair shot to get a job based on their talents and hard work.” According to the Times, the group had sent the company two phony resumes “in response to a December listing for a job in Illinois. The group alleged that the candidate who volunteered for a feminist college group and earned a 3.9 grade-point average in college received more call-backs than the applicant with a 3.98 GPA and served as treasurer of the Gay and Lesbian Victory Fund.”

“Exxon might make money from fossil fuels, but it’s lagging behind most other Fortune 500 companies with fossilized workplace policies,” Almeida said in a statement on the Freedom to Work’s Facebook page. “Exxon remains on the wrong side of history.”

However, Tony Perkins of the conservative Family Research Council applauded Exxon’s decision to stand firm against the homosexual bullying that has intimidated other companies into submission. “While other businesses drift away from their principles or capitulate under pressure, Exxon is putting its stock in something other than political correctness,” said Perkins in a statement. “For the 14th straight year, shareholders voted to maintain their reputation as a company that upholds the commonsense principle that managers should be able to determine what conduct contributes to and what conduct detracts from the effective performance of an employee’s duties.”

Perkins said that the four-to-one margin against the pro-homosexual resolution “is a strong indication that the homosexual community’s agenda is not resonating beyond the most liberal states. Exxon is setting a good example for other businesses who think promoting extreme political views is the only away to avoid the strong arm tactics of far left special interests.”

Peter Sprigg, FRC’s senior fellow for policy studies, told CNSNews, that “the fact ExxonMobil has adopted none of the pro-homosexual policies demanded by groups like the Human Rights Campaign, yet remains the second largest corporation in America, demonstrates the falsehood of claims that such policies are necessary to attract a quality workforce. On the contrary, other corporations would be wise to follow ExxonMobil’s example, focusing on their core business rather than on appeasing small populations and special interest groups.”

Perkins applauded Exxon “for standing firm and not ceding the moral high ground to the bullies of the left. Their conviction is a refreshing change from companies like Target and Amazon.com, who continue to alienate customers with their radical political views.”

This article originally appeared on: The New American

ExxonMobil Shareholders Reject Homosexual Agenda

0

[J]

For the 14th year in a row, shareholders of ExxonMobil, the world’s largest oil company, have soundly rejected a proposal that would have added homosexuality to the company’s non-discrimination employment policy. The proposal, voted down by an overwhelming 81 percent of ExxonMobil’s shareholders on May 30 read, “The Shareholders request that ExxonMobil amend its written equal employment opportunity policy to explicitly prohibit discrimination based on sexual orientation and gender identity and to substantially implement the policy.”

While the terms “sexual orientation” and “gender identity” do not appear in the company’s written policy on discrimination, ExxonMobil insists its “global zero-tolerance policy” fully applies to “all forms of discrimination, including discrimination based on sexual orientation and gender identity.” The company said in a statement that harassment, “even in its most subtle forms, directly conflicts with company policy and will not be tolerated. All employees are subject to disciplinary action, including termination, for any act of harassment.”

In a proxy statement before the vote, ExxonMobil’s board of directors encouraged the shareholders to reject the proposal, which would have added anti-discrimination language specific to lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender (LGBT) individuals. “The Board has reviewed in detail ExxonMobil’s existing global policies that prohibit all forms of discrimination, including those based on sexual orientation and gender identity, in any Company workplace, anywhere in the world,” the statement read. “In fact, ExxonMobil’s policies go beyond the law and prohibit any form of discrimination. Based on these existing all-inclusive, zero-tolerance policies, the Board believes the proposal is unnecessary.”

Tim Wildmon of the American Family Association said that had the shareholders approved the proposal, “the company would have been forced to begin promoting and providing ‘acceptance’ training of homosexuality to all employees, even if they had religious objections.”

CNSNews.com noted that a week before the vote, Exxon “was sued by the LGBT advocacy group Freedom to Work, which alleges that ExxonMobil discriminated on the basis of sexual orientation by hiring a less-qualified administrative assistant rather than one who served as treasurer of the Gay and Lesbian Victory Fund.”

Peter Romer-Friedman, an attorney for Freedom to Work, called Exxon “an outlier that refuses to follow industry standards. The concern is that it’s one of the largest corporations in the world yet won’t adopt an express policy prohibiting sexual orientation and gender identity discrimination.”

According to the Los Angeles Times, the homosexual activist group Human Rights Campaign “gave Exxon a negative 25 score on its most recent rankings of major companies for its Corporate Equality Index” – a report that ranks businesses according to their willingness to embrace the homosexual culture. The Human Rights Campaign noted that many other firms scored higher than 80 on a scale of 100.

Freedom to Work president Tico Almeida complained that Texas-based ExxonMobil “stands virtually alone in the Fortune 100 in denying qualified gay and transgender Americans a fair shot to get a job based on their talents and hard work.” According to the Times, the group had sent the company two phony resumes “in response to a December listing for a job in Illinois. The group alleged that the candidate who volunteered for a feminist college group and earned a 3.9 grade-point average in college received more call-backs than the applicant with a 3.98 GPA and served as treasurer of the Gay and Lesbian Victory Fund.”

“Exxon might make money from fossil fuels, but it’s lagging behind most other Fortune 500 companies with fossilized workplace policies,” Almeida said in a statement on the Freedom to Work’s Facebook page. “Exxon remains on the wrong side of history.”

However, Tony Perkins of the conservative Family Research Council applauded Exxon’s decision to stand firm against the homosexual bullying that has intimidated other companies into submission. “While other businesses drift away from their principles or capitulate under pressure, Exxon is putting its stock in something other than political correctness,” said Perkins in a statement. “For the 14th straight year, shareholders voted to maintain their reputation as a company that upholds the commonsense principle that managers should be able to determine what conduct contributes to and what conduct detracts from the effective performance of an employee’s duties.”

Perkins said that the four-to-one margin against the pro-homosexual resolution “is a strong indication that the homosexual community’s agenda is not resonating beyond the most liberal states. Exxon is setting a good example for other businesses who think promoting extreme political views is the only away to avoid the strong arm tactics of far left special interests.”

Peter Sprigg, FRC’s senior fellow for policy studies, told CNSNews, that “the fact ExxonMobil has adopted none of the pro-homosexual policies demanded by groups like the Human Rights Campaign, yet remains the second largest corporation in America, demonstrates the falsehood of claims that such policies are necessary to attract a quality workforce. On the contrary, other corporations would be wise to follow ExxonMobil’s example, focusing on their core business rather than on appeasing small populations and special interest groups.”

Perkins applauded Exxon “for standing firm and not ceding the moral high ground to the bullies of the left. Their conviction is a refreshing change from companies like Target and Amazon.com, who continue to alienate customers with their radical political views.”

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Media Put Socialist Spin on Words of Pope Francis

0

There’s an old patriotic joke about how the Soviet media spun a two-auto race in which an American car bested a Russian one. Went the reportage: “Russian car finishes second in race.

American car comes in next to last.”

But this joke has nothing on the modern Western media’s practices, which were on full display in the coverage of a recent Vatican speech on finances given by Pope Francis to visiting new ambassadors. For instance, The Telegraph ran the headline, “Pope Francis urges global leaders to end ‘tyranny’ of money.” Author Nick Squires then went on to “explain,” “He [the pope] said free-market capitalism had created a ‘tyranny’…. [That is,][u]nchecked capitalism had created ‘a new, invisible, and at times virtual, tyranny’, said the former Cardinal Jorge Bergoglio.”

The problem?

The pope never used the term “free-market capitalism.”

For that matter, he never mentioned capitalism or the “free market” at all.

Nor did his speech include the phrase the “tyranny of money.”

In fairness, Squires didn’t present the absent terms and phrases as quotations, but as elements of his own interpretation of what the pope meant. But his journalistic divination clearly is blind to the divine, as he thoroughly mischaracterized the theme of Francis’s speech.

To wit: Financiers, politicians, and economists should cultivate a God-centered ethics when pursuing their endeavors.

In fact, the words “ethics” and “ethical” were mentioned eight times in the pope’s 1000-word speech (which took mere minutes to deliver), and “God” appeared four times. But while Squires used terms in his article that Francis never uttered, he mentioned “ethical” only once, in passing, and “God” not at all.

This is deceptive – if not deceitful. Even if a reader notes your cut-and-paste efforts – which are a legitimate part of good summarization – he will likely assume that you’re seeking to distill, not distort, the essence of the story. And in Squires’ case the reader can’t easily compare notes, either, since the author departed from common practice and did not provide a link to what the pope actually said. Surprise, surprise.

Of course, to focus on the speech’s actual theme – ethics – would have contradicted the media narrative that the pope was calling for government, and not godly, control. For ethics lies outside of law. Sure, we want our politicians to be ethical in their personal lives and when crafting legislation, but we also want our auto mechanics, teachers, parents, doctors, lawyers, and clergymen to be ethical. And you can have ethics without government – but you cannot have good government without ethics.

Moreover, the pope correctly tied ethics in with God, writing:

Indebtedness and credit distance countries from their real economy and citizens from their real buying power. Added to this, as if it were needed, is widespread corruption and selfish fiscal evasion which have taken on worldwide dimensions. The will to power and of possession has become limitless.

Concealed behind this attitude is a rejection of ethics, a rejection of God.

And since baby-in-philosophy journalists have long insisted that you can be good without God, they’re loath to tie ethics in with Him.

Also note that in talking about how indebtedness is distancing “countries from their real economy and citizens from their real buying power,” the pope is clearly criticizing the budget-busting spending of Western nanny-state governments. But the media also found this unworthy of mention.

Having said this, a couple of Francis’s lines did give the leftist media grist for the mill, such as when he said, “While the income of a minority is increasing exponentially, that of the majority is crumbling. This imbalance results from ideologies which uphold the absolute autonomy of markets and financial speculation, and thus deny the right of control to States.” Of course, while there are ideologies espousing the absolute autonomy of markets, they haven’t had much influence in an over-regulated West that increasingly sucks the life out of the private sector. So, no, Pope Francis wasn’t echoing Milton Friedman – nor will I hold my breath waiting for a South American Jesuit to do so. But unlike what the media would have us believe, he wasn’t channeling Karl Marx, either.

So why would the media think they could get away with such deceptive reportage on the Catholic Church? Mainly because they always have (just consider the shameless distortions of Pope Pius XII’s actions during WWII). Remember that the pope oversees a vast world of 1.2 billion Catholics and isn’t aware of every disgorgement of Western media spin; even if he were, however, popes just don’t address such things (that’s the job of people such as I). Thus, the media know they can say anything they want with relative impunity.

Sometimes, though, it’s not only that the media are trying to fool us but that they long ago fooled themselves. As the saying goes, “When you’re a hammer, everything looks like a nail.” When leftist media types evaluate something, they relate what they feel is relevant. Now, these people wouldn’t put much stock in talk about God; to them that’s just window dressing, something politicians and prelates say that’s as meaningful as hello or goodbye. So Francis’s true focus must have been a call for statism; by “ethics” he must mean edicts, by “solidarity” he surely means the collective. God is not real, you see, so what could the higher power be other than government?

Of course, though, these leftists are also the people who gave us the concept of a living Constitution. So perhaps they believe the pope’s speech is living, too, and changed between its delivery and their publication.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Media Put Socialist Spin on Words of Pope Francis

0

There’s an old patriotic joke about how the Soviet media spun a two-auto race in which an American car bested a Russian one. Went the reportage: “Russian car finishes second in race.

American car comes in next to last.”

But this joke has nothing on the modern Western media’s practices, which were on full display in the coverage of a recent Vatican speech on finances given by Pope Francis to visiting new ambassadors. For instance, The Telegraph ran the headline, “Pope Francis urges global leaders to end ‘tyranny’ of money.” Author Nick Squires then went on to “explain,” “He [the pope] said free-market capitalism had created a ‘tyranny’…. [That is,][u]nchecked capitalism had created ‘a new, invisible, and at times virtual, tyranny’, said the former Cardinal Jorge Bergoglio.”

The problem?

The pope never used the term “free-market capitalism.”

For that matter, he never mentioned capitalism or the “free market” at all.

Nor did his speech include the phrase the “tyranny of money.”

In fairness, Squires didn’t present the absent terms and phrases as quotations, but as elements of his own interpretation of what the pope meant. But his journalistic divination clearly is blind to the divine, as he thoroughly mischaracterized the theme of Francis’s speech.

To wit: Financiers, politicians, and economists should cultivate a God-centered ethics when pursuing their endeavors.

In fact, the words “ethics” and “ethical” were mentioned eight times in the pope’s 1000-word speech (which took mere minutes to deliver), and “God” appeared four times. But while Squires used terms in his article that Francis never uttered, he mentioned “ethical” only once, in passing, and “God” not at all.

This is deceptive – if not deceitful. Even if a reader notes your cut-and-paste efforts – which are a legitimate part of good summarization – he will likely assume that you’re seeking to distill, not distort, the essence of the story. And in Squires’ case the reader can’t easily compare notes, either, since the author departed from common practice and did not provide a link to what the pope actually said. Surprise, surprise.

Of course, to focus on the speech’s actual theme – ethics – would have contradicted the media narrative that the pope was calling for government, and not godly, control. For ethics lies outside of law. Sure, we want our politicians to be ethical in their personal lives and when crafting legislation, but we also want our auto mechanics, teachers, parents, doctors, lawyers, and clergymen to be ethical. And you can have ethics without government – but you cannot have good government without ethics.

Moreover, the pope correctly tied ethics in with God, writing:

Indebtedness and credit distance countries from their real economy and citizens from their real buying power. Added to this, as if it were needed, is widespread corruption and selfish fiscal evasion which have taken on worldwide dimensions. The will to power and of possession has become limitless.

Concealed behind this attitude is a rejection of ethics, a rejection of God.

And since baby-in-philosophy journalists have long insisted that you can be good without God, they’re loath to tie ethics in with Him.

Also note that in talking about how indebtedness is distancing “countries from their real economy and citizens from their real buying power,” the pope is clearly criticizing the budget-busting spending of Western nanny-state governments. But the media also found this unworthy of mention.

Having said this, a couple of Francis’s lines did give the leftist media grist for the mill, such as when he said, “While the income of a minority is increasing exponentially, that of the majority is crumbling. This imbalance results from ideologies which uphold the absolute autonomy of markets and financial speculation, and thus deny the right of control to States.” Of course, while there are ideologies espousing the absolute autonomy of markets, they haven’t had much influence in an over-regulated West that increasingly sucks the life out of the private sector. So, no, Pope Francis wasn’t echoing Milton Friedman – nor will I hold my breath waiting for a South American Jesuit to do so. But unlike what the media would have us believe, he wasn’t channeling Karl Marx, either.

So why would the media think they could get away with such deceptive reportage on the Catholic Church? Mainly because they always have (just consider the shameless distortions of Pope Pius XII’s actions during WWII). Remember that the pope oversees a vast world of 1.2 billion Catholics and isn’t aware of every disgorgement of Western media spin; even if he were, however, popes just don’t address such things (that’s the job of people such as I). Thus, the media know they can say anything they want with relative impunity.

Sometimes, though, it’s not only that the media are trying to fool us but that they long ago fooled themselves. As the saying goes, “When you’re a hammer, everything looks like a nail.” When leftist media types evaluate something, they relate what they feel is relevant. Now, these people wouldn’t put much stock in talk about God; to them that’s just window dressing, something politicians and prelates say that’s as meaningful as hello or goodbye. So Francis’s true focus must have been a call for statism; by “ethics” he must mean edicts, by “solidarity” he surely means the collective. God is not real, you see, so what could the higher power be other than government?

Of course, though, these leftists are also the people who gave us the concept of a living Constitution. So perhaps they believe the pope’s speech is living, too, and changed between its delivery and their publication.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Abstract Immigrants

0

One of the many sad signs of our times is the way current immigration issues are discussed. A hundred years ago, the immigration controversies of that era were discussed in the context of innumerable facts about particular immigrant groups. Many of those facts were published in a huge, multi-volume 1911 study by a commission headed by Senator William P. Dillingham.

That and other studies of the time presented hard data on such things as which groups’ children were doing well in school and which were not; which groups had high crime rates or high rates of alcoholism, and which groups were over-represented among people living on the dole.

Such data and such differences still exist today. Immigrants from some countries are seldom on welfare but immigrants from other countries often are. Immigrants from some countries are typically people with high levels of education and skills, while immigrants from other countries seldom have much schooling or skills. 

Nevertheless, many of our current discussions of immigration issues talk about immigrants in general, as if they were abstract people in an abstract world. But the concrete differences between immigrants from different countries affect whether their coming here is good or bad for the American people.

The very thought of formulating immigration laws from the standpoint of what is best for the American people seems to have been forgotten by many who focus on how to solve the problems of illegal immigrants, “living in the shadows.”

A recent column in the Wall Street Journal titled “What Would Milton Friedman Say?” tried to derive what the late Professor Friedman “would no doubt regard as the ideal outcome” as far as immigration laws were concerned.

Although I was once a student of Professor Friedman, I would never presume to speak for him. However, he was a man with the rare combination of genius and common sense, and he published much empirical work as well as the analytical work that won him a Nobel Prize. In short, concrete facts mattered to him.

It is hard to imagine Milton Friedman looking for “the ideal outcome” on immigration in the abstract. More than once he said, “the best is the enemy of the good,” which to me meant that attempts to achieve an unattainable ideal can prevent us from reaching good outcomes that are possible in practice.

Too much of our current immigration controversy is conducted in terms of abstract ideals, such as “We are a nation of immigrants.” Of course we are a nation of immigrants. But we are also a nation of people who wear shoes. Does it follow that we should admit anybody who wears shoes?

The immigrants of today are very different in many ways from those who arrived here a hundred years ago. Moreover, the society in which they arrive is different. The Wall Street Journal column ends by quoting another economist who said, “Better to build a wall around the welfare state than the country.”

But the welfare state is already here – and, far from having a wall built around it, the welfare state is expanding in all directions by leaps and bounds. We do not have a choice between the welfare state and open borders. Anything we try to do as regards immigration laws has to be done in the context of a huge welfare state that is already a major, inescapable fact of life.

Among other facts of life utterly ignored by many advocates of de facto amnesty is that the free international movement of people is different from free international trade in goods.

Buying cars or cameras from other countries is not the same as admitting people from those countries or any other countries. Unlike inanimate objects, people have cultures and not all cultures are compatible with the culture in this country that has produced such benefits for the American people for so long.

Not only the United States, but the Western world in general, has been discovering the hard way that admitting people with incompatible cultures is an irreversible decision with incalculable consequences. If we do not see that after recent terrorist attacks on the streets of Boston and London, when will we see it?

“Comprehensive immigration reform” means doing everything all together in a rush, without time to look before we leap, and basing ourselves on abstract notions about abstract people.

Thomas Sowell is a senior fellow at the Hoover Institution, Stanford University, Stanford, CA 94305. His website is www.tsowell.com. To find out more about Thomas Sowell and read features by other Creators Syndicate columnists and cartoonists, visit the Creators Syndicate Web page at www.creators.com.
COPYRIGHT 2013 CREATORS.COM

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Abstract Immigrants

0

One of the many sad signs of our times is the way current immigration issues are discussed. A hundred years ago, the immigration controversies of that era were discussed in the context of innumerable facts about particular immigrant groups. Many of those facts were published in a huge, multi-volume 1911 study by a commission headed by Senator William P. Dillingham.

That and other studies of the time presented hard data on such things as which groups’ children were doing well in school and which were not; which groups had high crime rates or high rates of alcoholism, and which groups were over-represented among people living on the dole.

Such data and such differences still exist today. Immigrants from some countries are seldom on welfare but immigrants from other countries often are. Immigrants from some countries are typically people with high levels of education and skills, while immigrants from other countries seldom have much schooling or skills. 

Nevertheless, many of our current discussions of immigration issues talk about immigrants in general, as if they were abstract people in an abstract world. But the concrete differences between immigrants from different countries affect whether their coming here is good or bad for the American people.

The very thought of formulating immigration laws from the standpoint of what is best for the American people seems to have been forgotten by many who focus on how to solve the problems of illegal immigrants, “living in the shadows.”

A recent column in the Wall Street Journal titled “What Would Milton Friedman Say?” tried to derive what the late Professor Friedman “would no doubt regard as the ideal outcome” as far as immigration laws were concerned.

Although I was once a student of Professor Friedman, I would never presume to speak for him. However, he was a man with the rare combination of genius and common sense, and he published much empirical work as well as the analytical work that won him a Nobel Prize. In short, concrete facts mattered to him.

It is hard to imagine Milton Friedman looking for “the ideal outcome” on immigration in the abstract. More than once he said, “the best is the enemy of the good,” which to me meant that attempts to achieve an unattainable ideal can prevent us from reaching good outcomes that are possible in practice.

Too much of our current immigration controversy is conducted in terms of abstract ideals, such as “We are a nation of immigrants.” Of course we are a nation of immigrants. But we are also a nation of people who wear shoes. Does it follow that we should admit anybody who wears shoes?

The immigrants of today are very different in many ways from those who arrived here a hundred years ago. Moreover, the society in which they arrive is different. The Wall Street Journal column ends by quoting another economist who said, “Better to build a wall around the welfare state than the country.”

But the welfare state is already here – and, far from having a wall built around it, the welfare state is expanding in all directions by leaps and bounds. We do not have a choice between the welfare state and open borders. Anything we try to do as regards immigration laws has to be done in the context of a huge welfare state that is already a major, inescapable fact of life.

Among other facts of life utterly ignored by many advocates of de facto amnesty is that the free international movement of people is different from free international trade in goods.

Buying cars or cameras from other countries is not the same as admitting people from those countries or any other countries. Unlike inanimate objects, people have cultures and not all cultures are compatible with the culture in this country that has produced such benefits for the American people for so long.

Not only the United States, but the Western world in general, has been discovering the hard way that admitting people with incompatible cultures is an irreversible decision with incalculable consequences. If we do not see that after recent terrorist attacks on the streets of Boston and London, when will we see it?

“Comprehensive immigration reform” means doing everything all together in a rush, without time to look before we leap, and basing ourselves on abstract notions about abstract people.

Thomas Sowell is a senior fellow at the Hoover Institution, Stanford University, Stanford, CA 94305. His website is www.tsowell.com. To find out more about Thomas Sowell and read features by other Creators Syndicate columnists and cartoonists, visit the Creators Syndicate Web page at www.creators.com.
COPYRIGHT 2013 CREATORS.COM

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Expert Questions Legitimacy of Organic Food Certification

0

The so-called “organic” foods industry may not be as natural as consumers have been led to believe, owing to a lack of serious testing and other major flaws in the system, according to a former inspector of organic foods in the United States and Canada who grew up on an organic farm. What the expert described as the “globalist environmental movement” – George Soros, for example, and others like him – is also deeply involved in promoting organic foods, he explained.

In an interview with The New American, Mischa Popoff, who serves as a policy advisor to the Heartland Institute and wrote a book exposing “the inside story” of the organic industry, explained that much of the certification process for organic produce today essentially amounts to a “scam.” The crux of the problem, he said, is that there is no field testing of organic crops or livestock anywhere in the world. 

“There is some end-product testing being carried out by the EU, but that’s like testing Olympic athletes after they go home,” said Popoff, who spent five years working as an organic inspector. “Athletes are tested during the games when performance-enhancing drugs are still coursing through their veins, not after.” Despite years of promises, neither the U.S. Department of Agriculture nor the Canadian Food Inspection Agency conduct proper tests to ensure that organic standards are being met, he added.

The way the system works now, Popoff continued, is by having organic farmers and processors keep records of their activities, which are then reviewed once a year during a pre-announced “inspection.” Meanwhile, up-front organic certification fees can cost thousands of dollars, followed by transaction fees collected as sales are made.

That creates problems in the way the system is operated, Popoff said. “It’s clear that instead of having an incentive to stamp out fraud, the private, for-profit certifiers that operate under the aegis of the EU, USDA and CFIA actually have an incentive to rubber stamp the certifications and sales of their clients,” he explained.

Also, despite oft-cited claims that organic agriculture is somehow more “sustainable” than regular farming, Popoff said the environmental benefits are negligible at best. Organic farms, for example, are prohibited from using modern, nitrogen-based fertilizers that drastically increase crop yields. Synthetic pesticides are also prohibited. Because agriculture inherently becomes less productive under such restrictions, it takes far more land and resources to produce the same amount of food.

With a global population of around seven billion, efficient and cost-effective farming, of course, becomes even more crucial. That is why, according to Popoff, globalist environmentalists with deep pockets and dubious motives have taken such an interest in the promotion of organic farming and all things “sustainable.” Among the key figures: John Podesta, former White House chief of staff to President Clinton and current boss of the statist Center for American Progress; self-styled communist and former Obama administration “green jobs” czar Van Jones; and billionaire globalist financier George Soros.  

“But here’s the far more important consideration,” Popoff said. “Everything else the globalist environmental movement ever tried before required that people stop buying things, whether it was fur, meat, wood, fuel for our cars, or cars themselves. But now these activists have found a way to encourage people to buy – i.e. ‘organic,’ local and ‘humane’ food – and thereby fund their anti-technological revolution with genuine market-driven capital.”

“This is unprecedented,” he continued. “Unprecedented in today’s market place, unprecedented in human history. And, in fact, it makes the whole concept of carbon trading look like child’s play by comparison.” At the end of the day, Popoff believes that this may represent “the biggest green scam since Nazism.”

One of the motivations behind the groups and individuals pushing the organic movement is reducing human population levels, Popoff argued, echoing widespread concerns among analysts who monitor the “sustainability” establishment and its schemes. He said that by using a combination of subsidies for organics and stiffer regulations for conventional farming, population-control zealots are gradually – if quietly – winning in their gambit to reduce the number of humans on the planet.

“Anytime an organic activist argues that organic agriculture can feed the world, the unspoken assumption contained in that assertion is that there will be far fewer people to feed in the future,” Popoff said. “How many fewer? Those who support population control but who are unfamiliar with the actual limitations of organic agriculture put the estimate at about half the planet’s current population of human beings. Those who are more informed put it at something closer to a quarter.”

In fairness, there are plenty of experts and countless activists who believe that the push to foist genetically modified agriculture on the world are seeking to reduce the population as well. While the U.S. government claims GM foods are substantially equivalent to traditional crops, a growing number of studies have linked certain biotech products to serious health concerns.

Last year, for example, a major French study using rats found a correlation between genetically modified corn and cancer. While the research was lambasted by biotech firms and their allies, it was hardly the first time scientists have sounded alarms bells on the potential negative effects of certain forms of GMO crops. Alarm about the entire business model, which includes patenting DNA, has also been expressed. So for consumers rightly or wrongly concerned about the issue, buying organic may still represent a good choice, and there are actually mechanisms in place that try to keep GMOs out of the organic food supply.

Popoff, while conceding that some of the companies involved may well be questionable, is a strong supporter of genetic engineering, saying it will help humanity and that concerns are “completely unfounded.” He pointed to synthetic insulin, developed using biotech technology, as an example of the potential benefits that genetically engineered organisms can offer the world.     

Still, companies like Monsanto have been staunch supporters of “sustainability” schemes, too – openly backing the controversial United Nations Agenda 21. As The New American reported in February, the bio-technology behemoth, which recently sparked global protests, officially joined the World Business Council for Sustainable Development, a group of powerful interests including major banks and Big Oil backing the deeply controversial UN “sustainable development” plot.

Despite Popoff’s concerns about the problems in the existing organic regulatory system, he is not necessarily opposed to any and all organic crops. However, he urges consumers to be educated and cautious in choosing what products to buy. Among other recommendations, he said people who want genuine organic foods should try to buy them directly from a farmer they know – preferably right from the farmer’s farm. 

“The consumer has to be his or her own eyes and ears when it comes to determining what’s organic and what’s fake,” Popoff said. “The consumer cannot under any circumstances rely on the public-private bureaucracies of the EU, USDA or CFIA to guarantee anything. They are simply not equipped to find fraud, and can’t be bothered to do so even if they were.”

He also says that a free-market approach to the system for people interested in purchasing healthy, toxin-free foods is not only possible, but “well within reach.” According to Popoff, competition and advances in technology have dramatically slashed the price of proper testing, for example. The current system of asking farmers to keep records for pre-announced “inspections” by federally approved bureaucrats does not keep people honest – and it just will not work.  

“For the last ten years I’ve been saying that instead of record-keeping and record-checking by private, federally accredited certification agencies, let’s instead rely on testing through private labs to prove a farmer or processor is organic,” he said. “There’s no better free-enterprise solution. After all, governments the world over already agree on what constitutes parts-per-million in lab tests.”

The major biotech firms – companies like Monsanto, Dow, DuPont, and others – “love” the current organic system, Popoff explained, saying that they did not want organic certification to become scientific, market-driven, and hence, legitimate. Meanwhile, honest organic farmers are being “crushed” under the weight of bureaucratic compliance. While there may not be a perfect solution, like in virtually all fields, the free market would almost certainly do a better job in helping consumers.

Alex Newman, a foreign correspondent for The New American, is currently based in Europe. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.
.

Related articles:

UN: Let Them Eat Bugs!

GMO Giant Monsanto Joins Big Business Coalition for UN Agenda 21

UN Pushes Population Control Agenda

EU Targets Seeds and Gardeners; Critics Lash Out

Anti-GMO Labeling Campaign Accused of Fraudulent Claims

Two Million March Against Monsanto in Worldwide Protest of GM Foods

Russia Bans GMO Corn Over Cancer Fears as Pressure Builds on Monsanto

UN Sustainability Summit Exposed: Big Business, Dictators, and NGOs

The Real Agenda Behind UN “Sustainability” Unmasked

Despite Setbacks, UN “Sustainability” Agenda Marches on After Rio+20

Alabama Adopts First Official State Ban on UN Agenda 21

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Expert Questions Legitimacy of Organic Food Certification

0

The so-called “organic” foods industry may not be as natural as consumers have been led to believe, owing to a lack of serious testing and other major flaws in the system, according to a former inspector of organic foods in the United States and Canada who grew up on an organic farm. What the expert described as the “globalist environmental movement” – George Soros, for example, and others like him – is also deeply involved in promoting organic foods, he explained.

In an interview with The New American, Mischa Popoff, who serves as a policy advisor to the Heartland Institute and wrote a book exposing “the inside story” of the organic industry, explained that much of the certification process for organic produce today essentially amounts to a “scam.” The crux of the problem, he said, is that there is no field testing of organic crops or livestock anywhere in the world. 

“There is some end-product testing being carried out by the EU, but that’s like testing Olympic athletes after they go home,” said Popoff, who spent five years working as an organic inspector. “Athletes are tested during the games when performance-enhancing drugs are still coursing through their veins, not after.” Despite years of promises, neither the U.S. Department of Agriculture nor the Canadian Food Inspection Agency conduct proper tests to ensure that organic standards are being met, he added.

The way the system works now, Popoff continued, is by having organic farmers and processors keep records of their activities, which are then reviewed once a year during a pre-announced “inspection.” Meanwhile, up-front organic certification fees can cost thousands of dollars, followed by transaction fees collected as sales are made.

That creates problems in the way the system is operated, Popoff said. “It’s clear that instead of having an incentive to stamp out fraud, the private, for-profit certifiers that operate under the aegis of the EU, USDA and CFIA actually have an incentive to rubber stamp the certifications and sales of their clients,” he explained.

Also, despite oft-cited claims that organic agriculture is somehow more “sustainable” than regular farming, Popoff said the environmental benefits are negligible at best. Organic farms, for example, are prohibited from using modern, nitrogen-based fertilizers that drastically increase crop yields. Synthetic pesticides are also prohibited. Because agriculture inherently becomes less productive under such restrictions, it takes far more land and resources to produce the same amount of food.

With a global population of around seven billion, efficient and cost-effective farming, of course, becomes even more crucial. That is why, according to Popoff, globalist environmentalists with deep pockets and dubious motives have taken such an interest in the promotion of organic farming and all things “sustainable.” Among the key figures: John Podesta, former White House chief of staff to President Clinton and current boss of the statist Center for American Progress; self-styled communist and former Obama administration “green jobs” czar Van Jones; and billionaire globalist financier George Soros.  

“But here’s the far more important consideration,” Popoff said. “Everything else the globalist environmental movement ever tried before required that people stop buying things, whether it was fur, meat, wood, fuel for our cars, or cars themselves. But now these activists have found a way to encourage people to buy – i.e. ‘organic,’ local and ‘humane’ food – and thereby fund their anti-technological revolution with genuine market-driven capital.”

“This is unprecedented,” he continued. “Unprecedented in today’s market place, unprecedented in human history. And, in fact, it makes the whole concept of carbon trading look like child’s play by comparison.” At the end of the day, Popoff believes that this may represent “the biggest green scam since Nazism.”

One of the motivations behind the groups and individuals pushing the organic movement is reducing human population levels, Popoff argued, echoing widespread concerns among analysts who monitor the “sustainability” establishment and its schemes. He said that by using a combination of subsidies for organics and stiffer regulations for conventional farming, population-control zealots are gradually – if quietly – winning in their gambit to reduce the number of humans on the planet.

“Anytime an organic activist argues that organic agriculture can feed the world, the unspoken assumption contained in that assertion is that there will be far fewer people to feed in the future,” Popoff said. “How many fewer? Those who support population control but who are unfamiliar with the actual limitations of organic agriculture put the estimate at about half the planet’s current population of human beings. Those who are more informed put it at something closer to a quarter.”

In fairness, there are plenty of experts and countless activists who believe that the push to foist genetically modified agriculture on the world are seeking to reduce the population as well. While the U.S. government claims GM foods are substantially equivalent to traditional crops, a growing number of studies have linked certain biotech products to serious health concerns.

Last year, for example, a major French study using rats found a correlation between genetically modified corn and cancer. While the research was lambasted by biotech firms and their allies, it was hardly the first time scientists have sounded alarms bells on the potential negative effects of certain forms of GMO crops. Alarm about the entire business model, which includes patenting DNA, has also been expressed. So for consumers rightly or wrongly concerned about the issue, buying organic may still represent a good choice, and there are actually mechanisms in place that try to keep GMOs out of the organic food supply.

Popoff, while conceding that some of the companies involved may well be questionable, is a strong supporter of genetic engineering, saying it will help humanity and that concerns are “completely unfounded.” He pointed to synthetic insulin, developed using biotech technology, as an example of the potential benefits that genetically engineered organisms can offer the world.     

Still, companies like Monsanto have been staunch supporters of “sustainability” schemes, too – openly backing the controversial United Nations Agenda 21. As The New American reported in February, the bio-technology behemoth, which recently sparked global protests, officially joined the World Business Council for Sustainable Development, a group of powerful interests including major banks and Big Oil backing the deeply controversial UN “sustainable development” plot.

Despite Popoff’s concerns about the problems in the existing organic regulatory system, he is not necessarily opposed to any and all organic crops. However, he urges consumers to be educated and cautious in choosing what products to buy. Among other recommendations, he said people who want genuine organic foods should try to buy them directly from a farmer they know – preferably right from the farmer’s farm. 

“The consumer has to be his or her own eyes and ears when it comes to determining what’s organic and what’s fake,” Popoff said. “The consumer cannot under any circumstances rely on the public-private bureaucracies of the EU, USDA or CFIA to guarantee anything. They are simply not equipped to find fraud, and can’t be bothered to do so even if they were.”

He also says that a free-market approach to the system for people interested in purchasing healthy, toxin-free foods is not only possible, but “well within reach.” According to Popoff, competition and advances in technology have dramatically slashed the price of proper testing, for example. The current system of asking farmers to keep records for pre-announced “inspections” by federally approved bureaucrats does not keep people honest – and it just will not work.  

“For the last ten years I’ve been saying that instead of record-keeping and record-checking by private, federally accredited certification agencies, let’s instead rely on testing through private labs to prove a farmer or processor is organic,” he said. “There’s no better free-enterprise solution. After all, governments the world over already agree on what constitutes parts-per-million in lab tests.”

The major biotech firms – companies like Monsanto, Dow, DuPont, and others – “love” the current organic system, Popoff explained, saying that they did not want organic certification to become scientific, market-driven, and hence, legitimate. Meanwhile, honest organic farmers are being “crushed” under the weight of bureaucratic compliance. While there may not be a perfect solution, like in virtually all fields, the free market would almost certainly do a better job in helping consumers.

Alex Newman, a foreign correspondent for The New American, is currently based in Europe. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.
.

Related articles:

UN: Let Them Eat Bugs!

GMO Giant Monsanto Joins Big Business Coalition for UN Agenda 21

UN Pushes Population Control Agenda

EU Targets Seeds and Gardeners; Critics Lash Out

Anti-GMO Labeling Campaign Accused of Fraudulent Claims

Two Million March Against Monsanto in Worldwide Protest of GM Foods

Russia Bans GMO Corn Over Cancer Fears as Pressure Builds on Monsanto

UN Sustainability Summit Exposed: Big Business, Dictators, and NGOs

The Real Agenda Behind UN “Sustainability” Unmasked

Despite Setbacks, UN “Sustainability” Agenda Marches on After Rio+20

Alabama Adopts First Official State Ban on UN Agenda 21

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Same-sex Marriage Bill Fails in Illinois

0

Marriage is safe in Illinois – for the time being, at least. On May 31, the Illinois House of Representatives adjourned for the summer without voting on a bill that would have made Illinois the 13th state to legalize same-sex marriage. The homosexual marriage measure had passed the state Senate in February, and Democratic Governor Pat Quinn had promised to sign the bill into law. But while the Democrats had a majority in the House, Christian and pro-family groups succeeded in building grassroots momentum against the bill, leading some key lawmakers to back off on their support and prompting the bill’s sponsor to pull it from consideration.

“This was the hardest thing I’ve done in my life,” Democratic House sponsor Greg Harris (D-Chicago, shown) told the Chicago Tribune after pulling the bill. Harris, who is openly homosexual, said that fellow Democratic lawmakers had asked him to pull the bill and give them more time to talk their constituents into accepting the inevitability of homosexual marriage in the state. “I’ve never been sadder to accept this request,” Harris said after pulling the bill, “but I have to keep my eye, as we all must, on the ultimate prize. They’ve asked for time to go back to their districts, talk to their constituents, and reach out to their minds and hearts and have told me they’ll return in November with their word that they’re prepared to support this legislation.”

Gov. Quinn issued a statement expressing his own disappointment, but emphasized that he would continue to force the issue. “This is not over,” he said. “The fight goes on. We will keep on fighting until marriage equality is law in Illinois.”

Currently Illinois recognizes civil unions, which give homosexual couples legal benefits equal to marriage. But many same-sex couples “said they weren’t satisfied and felt the civil union classification created a second class that wasn’t quite marriage,” reported the Chicago Tribune.

Pro-homosexual groups expressed their dismay at the defeat of what appeared to be an easy victory for same-sex marriage. “The House of Representatives has neglected the rights of its constituents by failing to vote on marriage equality legislation,” said Chad Griffin of the Human Rights Campaign. “For months [homosexual] couples and their children have had their lives put on hold throughout an exhaustive political process that ultimately came up short. Today’s inaction is a prime example of why the U.S. Supreme Court must rule in favor of full marriage equality nationwide to ensure the security and welfare of these and countless other American families aren’t left to chance in future political battles.”

Similarly, Rick Garcia of the Chicago-based Civil Rights Agenda said that his group was “not only deeply disappointed but angry.” He added that “beginning tomorrow, we are starting over. We may need to start over with a new sponsor … who will fight for the families here in Illinois.”

Among those pushing hard for the homosexual marriage measure was President Barack Obama, who told an audience at an Illinois Democratic fundraiser May 29 that “I just want to say for the record it’s something that I deeply support. I am absolutely convinced it is the right thing to do.”

While many homosexual activists considered the bill a shoe-in, the state’s strong Catholic constituency, as well as the heavily pro-traditional-marriage contingent among Chicago’s African-American population, helped to derail the effort.

The Chicago Sun Times reported that there was a particularly “stubborn resistance” against the bill from the House Black Caucus, “a 20-member bloc of African-American lawmakers who have faced a withering lobbying blitz against the plan from black ministers.” Among the black ministers applying pressure to House Democrats were members of the African-American Clergy Coalition, whose co-chairman, the Rev. Larry Trotter, released a statement thanking the Black Caucus for “showing extreme courage in their defense of traditional marriage in Illinois.” Declaring that “today our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ has won,” Trotter said that he and the other members of the black clergy coalition were “proud of the God fearing Black Caucus members who withstood the pressure of the LGBT forces and allowed God’s word concerning marriage to remain between one man and one woman in Illinois.”

Illinois Catholics also expressed their opposition to the measure. In an op-ed published by the Chicago Tribune, Robert Gilligan, executive director of the Catholic Conference of Illinois, wrote that, contrary to the insistence from proponents that support for same-sex marriage was surging, “millions of Illinois residents oppose redefining an institution that underscores the foundation of our society, and have made that opposition known to their state representatives.”

A day before the bill was pulled, the Thomas More Society, a legal advocacy group that concentrates on issues of religious liberty, warned that the Illinois same-sex marriage bill offered “the worst religious liberty protections of any same-sex marriage bill in the country.” In a letter to Illinois House members, Peter Breen, the More Society’s senior counsel and vice president, noted that if passed, the bill would make Illinois “the most hostile state in the country to the religious freedoms of people of faith. SB 10 would generate years of litigation and cause those who faithfully practice their religion to be mislabeled as ‘discriminators,’ stripped of government benefits, and subjected to fines and penalties simply because they abide by their sincerely held beliefs.”

Laurie Higgins of the Illinois Family Institute, which was at the forefront of lobbying against the bill, called the decision by Democratic lawmakers to pull the bill “a truly remarkable victory” for families, adding that “the failure of this bill is a good thing for children, for parental rights, for religious liberty, for the common good, and for truth.”

Photo of Illinois Rep. Greg Harris (D-Chicago) standing alone on the House floor: AP Images

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Same-sex Marriage Bill Fails in Illinois

0

Marriage is safe in Illinois – for the time being, at least. On May 31, the Illinois House of Representatives adjourned for the summer without voting on a bill that would have made Illinois the 13th state to legalize same-sex marriage. The homosexual marriage measure had passed the state Senate in February, and Democratic Governor Pat Quinn had promised to sign the bill into law. But while the Democrats had a majority in the House, Christian and pro-family groups succeeded in building grassroots momentum against the bill, leading some key lawmakers to back off on their support and prompting the bill’s sponsor to pull it from consideration.

“This was the hardest thing I’ve done in my life,” Democratic House sponsor Greg Harris (D-Chicago, shown) told the Chicago Tribune after pulling the bill. Harris, who is openly homosexual, said that fellow Democratic lawmakers had asked him to pull the bill and give them more time to talk their constituents into accepting the inevitability of homosexual marriage in the state. “I’ve never been sadder to accept this request,” Harris said after pulling the bill, “but I have to keep my eye, as we all must, on the ultimate prize. They’ve asked for time to go back to their districts, talk to their constituents, and reach out to their minds and hearts and have told me they’ll return in November with their word that they’re prepared to support this legislation.”

Gov. Quinn issued a statement expressing his own disappointment, but emphasized that he would continue to force the issue. “This is not over,” he said. “The fight goes on. We will keep on fighting until marriage equality is law in Illinois.”

Currently Illinois recognizes civil unions, which give homosexual couples legal benefits equal to marriage. But many same-sex couples “said they weren’t satisfied and felt the civil union classification created a second class that wasn’t quite marriage,” reported the Chicago Tribune.

Pro-homosexual groups expressed their dismay at the defeat of what appeared to be an easy victory for same-sex marriage. “The House of Representatives has neglected the rights of its constituents by failing to vote on marriage equality legislation,” said Chad Griffin of the Human Rights Campaign. “For months [homosexual] couples and their children have had their lives put on hold throughout an exhaustive political process that ultimately came up short. Today’s inaction is a prime example of why the U.S. Supreme Court must rule in favor of full marriage equality nationwide to ensure the security and welfare of these and countless other American families aren’t left to chance in future political battles.”

Similarly, Rick Garcia of the Chicago-based Civil Rights Agenda said that his group was “not only deeply disappointed but angry.” He added that “beginning tomorrow, we are starting over. We may need to start over with a new sponsor … who will fight for the families here in Illinois.”

Among those pushing hard for the homosexual marriage measure was President Barack Obama, who told an audience at an Illinois Democratic fundraiser May 29 that “I just want to say for the record it’s something that I deeply support. I am absolutely convinced it is the right thing to do.”

While many homosexual activists considered the bill a shoe-in, the state’s strong Catholic constituency, as well as the heavily pro-traditional-marriage contingent among Chicago’s African-American population, helped to derail the effort.

The Chicago Sun Times reported that there was a particularly “stubborn resistance” against the bill from the House Black Caucus, “a 20-member bloc of African-American lawmakers who have faced a withering lobbying blitz against the plan from black ministers.” Among the black ministers applying pressure to House Democrats were members of the African-American Clergy Coalition, whose co-chairman, the Rev. Larry Trotter, released a statement thanking the Black Caucus for “showing extreme courage in their defense of traditional marriage in Illinois.” Declaring that “today our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ has won,” Trotter said that he and the other members of the black clergy coalition were “proud of the God fearing Black Caucus members who withstood the pressure of the LGBT forces and allowed God’s word concerning marriage to remain between one man and one woman in Illinois.”

Illinois Catholics also expressed their opposition to the measure. In an op-ed published by the Chicago Tribune, Robert Gilligan, executive director of the Catholic Conference of Illinois, wrote that, contrary to the insistence from proponents that support for same-sex marriage was surging, “millions of Illinois residents oppose redefining an institution that underscores the foundation of our society, and have made that opposition known to their state representatives.”

A day before the bill was pulled, the Thomas More Society, a legal advocacy group that concentrates on issues of religious liberty, warned that the Illinois same-sex marriage bill offered “the worst religious liberty protections of any same-sex marriage bill in the country.” In a letter to Illinois House members, Peter Breen, the More Society’s senior counsel and vice president, noted that if passed, the bill would make Illinois “the most hostile state in the country to the religious freedoms of people of faith. SB 10 would generate years of litigation and cause those who faithfully practice their religion to be mislabeled as ‘discriminators,’ stripped of government benefits, and subjected to fines and penalties simply because they abide by their sincerely held beliefs.”

Laurie Higgins of the Illinois Family Institute, which was at the forefront of lobbying against the bill, called the decision by Democratic lawmakers to pull the bill “a truly remarkable victory” for families, adding that “the failure of this bill is a good thing for children, for parental rights, for religious liberty, for the common good, and for truth.”

Photo of Illinois Rep. Greg Harris (D-Chicago) standing alone on the House floor: AP Images

This article originally appeared on: The New American

“Mental Illness” Diagnoses Are the Slippery Slope to Gun Confiscation

0

According to a recent study by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, approximately 20 percent of children in the United States – one out of five – has a mental disorder. Perhaps even more sobering, the latest edition of the “psychiatric Bible,” the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-5), claims there is more than a 50-percent chance that an American will develop a mental disorder in his or her lifetime. The CDC reported that 25 percent of adults already suffer from mental illness and affirmed the idea that the number will rise to 50 percent, as the DSM-5 predicts.

These claims are disputed, however. Dr. Allen Frances, author of the DSM-4, has challenged the claims of the new manual, specifically those concerning ADHD. Frances stated the following about the proliferation of claims of mental illness:

We’re already over diagnosing ADHD. Almost 20 percent of teen boys get the diagnosis of ADHD, and about 10 percent of boys are on stimulant drugs. We don’t need to make it easier to diagnose ADHD. If we decided as a society that the use of stimulants is good, it shouldn’t be done through a fake medical diagnosis.

ADHD, according to a recent study by the CDC, “was the most prevalent current diagnosis among children aged 3-17 years,” and although “scientists are studying the causes … there is no test to diagnose ADHD.” In other words, the most common form of mental illness in children is not testable. Yet both children and adults are still being medicated.

The situation becomes more disturbing when connected with gun control.

While it seems reasonable to prohibit the “dangerously mentally ill” from owning firearms, the high prevalence of mental illness diagnoses is likely to be the slippery slope that leads to widespread gun confiscation.

In fact, merely using present and proposed legislation and tweaking the meaning of a few words would do the trick. New gun-grabbing laws already require some people who have “mental illness” to hand over their weapons to the government – so anti-gun legislators merely need to find an excuse to take guns away from all people with “mental illness.”

Actions by authorities show how close we are to that reality.

New York resident David Lewis received a letter from the Erie County clerk on April 1, informing Lewis that his gun license was being suspended and that failure to comply and hand over his firearms would result in the revocation of his gun license altogether.

The reason for his license suspension and removal of his firearms was that Lewis had taken anti-anxiety medication. Even though he had a clean record, was not reported to be mentally ill, and had stopped taking the prescribed medication the previous year, the New York SAFE Act allowed the government to obstruct his Second Amendment right.

Erie County Clerk Chris Jacobs, representing the office that sent Lewis the letter, explained that there had been a mistake. “When the State Police called to tell us they made a mistake and had the wrong person, … it became clear that the State did not do their job here, and now we all look foolish.” After an Erie County Supreme Court judge determined that the letter was sent in error, Lewis’ privileges were reinstated.

Similarly, in California, a resident near Los Angeles recently felt the full brunt of a new law Governor Jerry Brown signed last month requiring citizens who legally purchased handguns and assault rifles to surrender them to the government if they have since committed a crime or suffer from mental illness. Nine agents from the California Justice Department, armed with pistols, paid a visit to the man’s home and walked out with his three registered firearms because the gun owner had recently spent two days in a mental hospital.

Another California resident, Lynette Phillips, voluntarily admitted herself to a mental hospital last December, where she spent two days. Phillips says that her medication had been adjusted and that, subsequently, she could not stop crying. A nurse noted in her file, however, that Phillips was involuntarily admitted and suggested that she might be suicidal. Phillips was shocked at these claims. “I kept telling her I had a grand-baby at home and had to be better for Christmas,” she said. “Does that sound like the words of someone who is a risk to themselves and others?”

Nevertheless, nine police officers with the California Justice Department, armed and wearing bulletproof vests, showed up on her doorstep and asked to enter her home. Phillips and her husband, David, had never had problems with the law before, so they let the officers inside without asking for a warrant. Although invasive and unconstitutional, this new gun law does not actually give warrants for officers to look through homes for firearms.

After the couple had politely directed them to where their guns were kept, the officers left with all three of the Phillips’ legally owned firearms.

In Phillips’ case, not only was her gun confiscated, but her husband’s guns were as well. Though David Phillips is a law-abiding citizen with no criminal history and no record of mental illness or use of psychotropic drugs, his guns were still taken.

Michelle Gregory, a spokeswoman for the California attorney general’s office, attempted to shed light on the issue. “The prohibited person can’t have access to a firearm,” she said, indicating that the “prohibited person” does not have to be the registered owner of the gun. Since David lived under the same roof as someone who is “mentally ill,” his firearms were taken by the government. After all, his wife could have access to them.

The definition of someone who is officially “mentally ill” could be changed at a moment’s notice once these types of laws are in place, making them an extreme danger to rights. So far, only California and New York have implemented them, but other states may follow. California Attorney General Kamala Harris even wrote a letter to Vice President Biden, who was leading a White House review of firearms policy, suggesting that he consider California’s methods an example for the entire nation.

As the situation stands now, the New York law mandates that all mental health professionals, psychiatrists, and psychologists must report any patient they believe may be “dangerous” to local officials, who will then have the authority to seize all firearms that individual might own – don’t make your psychiatrist angry. The dangerous person’s name will then be entered into state and national registries so that no future gun purchases can occur – not legal purchases, anyway.
 

This article originally appeared on: The New American

“Mental Illness” Diagnoses Are the Slippery Slope to Gun Confiscation

0

According to a recent study by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, approximately 20 percent of children in the United States – one out of five – has a mental disorder. Perhaps even more sobering, the latest edition of the “psychiatric Bible,” the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-5), claims there is more than a 50-percent chance that an American will develop a mental disorder in his or her lifetime. The CDC reported that 25 percent of adults already suffer from mental illness and affirmed the idea that the number will rise to 50 percent, as the DSM-5 predicts.

These claims are disputed, however. Dr. Allen Frances, author of the DSM-4, has challenged the claims of the new manual, specifically those concerning ADHD. Frances stated the following about the proliferation of claims of mental illness:

We’re already over diagnosing ADHD. Almost 20 percent of teen boys get the diagnosis of ADHD, and about 10 percent of boys are on stimulant drugs. We don’t need to make it easier to diagnose ADHD. If we decided as a society that the use of stimulants is good, it shouldn’t be done through a fake medical diagnosis.

ADHD, according to a recent study by the CDC, “was the most prevalent current diagnosis among children aged 3-17 years,” and although “scientists are studying the causes … there is no test to diagnose ADHD.” In other words, the most common form of mental illness in children is not testable. Yet both children and adults are still being medicated.

The situation becomes more disturbing when connected with gun control.

While it seems reasonable to prohibit the “dangerously mentally ill” from owning firearms, the high prevalence of mental illness diagnoses is likely to be the slippery slope that leads to widespread gun confiscation.

In fact, merely using present and proposed legislation and tweaking the meaning of a few words would do the trick. New gun-grabbing laws already require some people who have “mental illness” to hand over their weapons to the government – so anti-gun legislators merely need to find an excuse to take guns away from all people with “mental illness.”

Actions by authorities show how close we are to that reality.

New York resident David Lewis received a letter from the Erie County clerk on April 1, informing Lewis that his gun license was being suspended and that failure to comply and hand over his firearms would result in the revocation of his gun license altogether.

The reason for his license suspension and removal of his firearms was that Lewis had taken anti-anxiety medication. Even though he had a clean record, was not reported to be mentally ill, and had stopped taking the prescribed medication the previous year, the New York SAFE Act allowed the government to obstruct his Second Amendment right.

Erie County Clerk Chris Jacobs, representing the office that sent Lewis the letter, explained that there had been a mistake. “When the State Police called to tell us they made a mistake and had the wrong person, … it became clear that the State did not do their job here, and now we all look foolish.” After an Erie County Supreme Court judge determined that the letter was sent in error, Lewis’ privileges were reinstated.

Similarly, in California, a resident near Los Angeles recently felt the full brunt of a new law Governor Jerry Brown signed last month requiring citizens who legally purchased handguns and assault rifles to surrender them to the government if they have since committed a crime or suffer from mental illness. Nine agents from the California Justice Department, armed with pistols, paid a visit to the man’s home and walked out with his three registered firearms because the gun owner had recently spent two days in a mental hospital.

Another California resident, Lynette Phillips, voluntarily admitted herself to a mental hospital last December, where she spent two days. Phillips says that her medication had been adjusted and that, subsequently, she could not stop crying. A nurse noted in her file, however, that Phillips was involuntarily admitted and suggested that she might be suicidal. Phillips was shocked at these claims. “I kept telling her I had a grand-baby at home and had to be better for Christmas,” she said. “Does that sound like the words of someone who is a risk to themselves and others?”

Nevertheless, nine police officers with the California Justice Department, armed and wearing bulletproof vests, showed up on her doorstep and asked to enter her home. Phillips and her husband, David, had never had problems with the law before, so they let the officers inside without asking for a warrant. Although invasive and unconstitutional, this new gun law does not actually give warrants for officers to look through homes for firearms.

After the couple had politely directed them to where their guns were kept, the officers left with all three of the Phillips’ legally owned firearms.

In Phillips’ case, not only was her gun confiscated, but her husband’s guns were as well. Though David Phillips is a law-abiding citizen with no criminal history and no record of mental illness or use of psychotropic drugs, his guns were still taken.

Michelle Gregory, a spokeswoman for the California attorney general’s office, attempted to shed light on the issue. “The prohibited person can’t have access to a firearm,” she said, indicating that the “prohibited person” does not have to be the registered owner of the gun. Since David lived under the same roof as someone who is “mentally ill,” his firearms were taken by the government. After all, his wife could have access to them.

The definition of someone who is officially “mentally ill” could be changed at a moment’s notice once these types of laws are in place, making them an extreme danger to rights. So far, only California and New York have implemented them, but other states may follow. California Attorney General Kamala Harris even wrote a letter to Vice President Biden, who was leading a White House review of firearms policy, suggesting that he consider California’s methods an example for the entire nation.

As the situation stands now, the New York law mandates that all mental health professionals, psychiatrists, and psychologists must report any patient they believe may be “dangerous” to local officials, who will then have the authority to seize all firearms that individual might own – don’t make your psychiatrist angry. The dangerous person’s name will then be entered into state and national registries so that no future gun purchases can occur – not legal purchases, anyway.
 

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Megyn Kelly Meltdown

0

On May 30, Lou Dobbs had a panel discussion with Fox News colleagues Doug Schoen, Juan Williams, and Erick Erickson over a Pew Research Center study showing that women are now the primary or sole wage earners in 40 percent of American homes. 

Dobbs views this phenomenon as a function of “society dissolving around us.” Erickson, observing that all throughout the animal kingdom males “typically” assume “the dominant role,” remarked that “having mom as the primary breadwinner is bad for kids.” Williams sees this correlating with “the disintegration of marriage,” while Schoen characterized it as “a catastrophic issue” that threatened to “undermine our social order.” 

Bear in mind, while Erickson of redstate.com leans to the Right, Dobbs is an independent, and Williams and Schoen are both long-time Democrats. Yet whatever political differences they have over other issues were forgotten while discussing this one. As Williams asserted: “Left, right, I don’t see how you can argue” that Pew’s findings are a good thing.

Well, another Fox News celebrity, Megyn Kelly, did indeed try to do what Williams thought impossible. The very next day, she had Dobbs and Erickson on her show.

Kelly wasted no time in getting to the point. To Erickson, she asked: “What makes you dominant and me submissive and who died and made you scientist-in-chief?”

When the imperturbable Erickson replied that the much respected Pew Research Center determined that many in their own study were no less concerned about its findings than he, Kelly shot back: “Just because you have people that agree with you doesn’t mean that it’s not offensive.”

She continued: “I didn’t like what you wrote one bit. To me you sound like somebody who’s judging and then wants to come out and say, ‘I’m not, I’m not, I’m not,’ and now let me judge, judge, judge.”

Kelly alluded to studies that supposedly suggest that children of homosexual parents and single mothers are just as well adjusted as the children of stay-at-home mothers. She also mentioned that once upon a time “science” established that the offspring of interracial unions were inferior. “Tell that to Barack Obama,” she said.

Notice, Kelly didn’t just disagree with her colleagues’ assessment of the Pew study. She was angry at them for it. She found their comments “offensive,” judgmental, and, in short, “didn’t like” them “one bit.” From beginning to end, her exchange with Dobbs and Erickson was marked by sarcasm and hostility.

Yet it was also marked by illogic and irrationality. 

It may come as a newsflash to Kelly, but the truth of a proposition doesn’t depend upon whether she – or anyone – is offended by it. There are still other lessons that she would be well served to learn.

In bullying one’s interlocutor by making insinuations against his character, one neither strengthens one’s own view nor weakens that of one’s opponent. Moreover, even if the charges are accurate, even if, say, one’s opponent really is the jerk, idiot, “sexist,” or “racist” that one suggests, he may still be correct. 

The left-wing blogosphere lionized Kelly for combating “the sexism” of her colleagues. If this is indeed the target upon which she set her sights, then Kelly must be deemed to have failed abysmally, for she only fueled the stereotypical image of the hyperemotional woman. 

Meanwhile, Dobbs and Erickson remained as calm as could be and in good cheer.

That 40 percent of women are primary or exclusive wage earners is no cause for celebration. It is cause for concern. It may not be an occasion for tears – or it may be so. But this is the point: We simply don’t and can’t know for certain the effect that a shift this dramatic, this unprecedented, in an institution as central as the family will have on the fate of civilization. The prudent and wise would never think to treat any change of this magnitude as cavalierly as they would regard a change in bed sheets or lipstick brands.

And they certainly wouldn’t demonize those, like Dobbs and Erickson, who are reasonably pessimistic about such changes.

But Kelly has proven that she is neither prudent nor wise.

Nor, for that matter, is she particularly charitable to those with whom she disagrees – especially when they dare to deviate from the politically correct line on gender relations.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Megyn Kelly Meltdown

0

On May 30, Lou Dobbs had a panel discussion with Fox News colleagues Doug Schoen, Juan Williams, and Erick Erickson over a Pew Research Center study showing that women are now the primary or sole wage earners in 40 percent of American homes. 

Dobbs views this phenomenon as a function of “society dissolving around us.” Erickson, observing that all throughout the animal kingdom males “typically” assume “the dominant role,” remarked that “having mom as the primary breadwinner is bad for kids.” Williams sees this correlating with “the disintegration of marriage,” while Schoen characterized it as “a catastrophic issue” that threatened to “undermine our social order.” 

Bear in mind, while Erickson of redstate.com leans to the Right, Dobbs is an independent, and Williams and Schoen are both long-time Democrats. Yet whatever political differences they have over other issues were forgotten while discussing this one. As Williams asserted: “Left, right, I don’t see how you can argue” that Pew’s findings are a good thing.

Well, another Fox News celebrity, Megyn Kelly, did indeed try to do what Williams thought impossible. The very next day, she had Dobbs and Erickson on her show.

Kelly wasted no time in getting to the point. To Erickson, she asked: “What makes you dominant and me submissive and who died and made you scientist-in-chief?”

When the imperturbable Erickson replied that the much respected Pew Research Center determined that many in their own study were no less concerned about its findings than he, Kelly shot back: “Just because you have people that agree with you doesn’t mean that it’s not offensive.”

She continued: “I didn’t like what you wrote one bit. To me you sound like somebody who’s judging and then wants to come out and say, ‘I’m not, I’m not, I’m not,’ and now let me judge, judge, judge.”

Kelly alluded to studies that supposedly suggest that children of homosexual parents and single mothers are just as well adjusted as the children of stay-at-home mothers. She also mentioned that once upon a time “science” established that the offspring of interracial unions were inferior. “Tell that to Barack Obama,” she said.

Notice, Kelly didn’t just disagree with her colleagues’ assessment of the Pew study. She was angry at them for it. She found their comments “offensive,” judgmental, and, in short, “didn’t like” them “one bit.” From beginning to end, her exchange with Dobbs and Erickson was marked by sarcasm and hostility.

Yet it was also marked by illogic and irrationality. 

It may come as a newsflash to Kelly, but the truth of a proposition doesn’t depend upon whether she – or anyone – is offended by it. There are still other lessons that she would be well served to learn.

In bullying one’s interlocutor by making insinuations against his character, one neither strengthens one’s own view nor weakens that of one’s opponent. Moreover, even if the charges are accurate, even if, say, one’s opponent really is the jerk, idiot, “sexist,” or “racist” that one suggests, he may still be correct. 

The left-wing blogosphere lionized Kelly for combating “the sexism” of her colleagues. If this is indeed the target upon which she set her sights, then Kelly must be deemed to have failed abysmally, for she only fueled the stereotypical image of the hyperemotional woman. 

Meanwhile, Dobbs and Erickson remained as calm as could be and in good cheer.

That 40 percent of women are primary or exclusive wage earners is no cause for celebration. It is cause for concern. It may not be an occasion for tears – or it may be so. But this is the point: We simply don’t and can’t know for certain the effect that a shift this dramatic, this unprecedented, in an institution as central as the family will have on the fate of civilization. The prudent and wise would never think to treat any change of this magnitude as cavalierly as they would regard a change in bed sheets or lipstick brands.

And they certainly wouldn’t demonize those, like Dobbs and Erickson, who are reasonably pessimistic about such changes.

But Kelly has proven that she is neither prudent nor wise.

Nor, for that matter, is she particularly charitable to those with whom she disagrees – especially when they dare to deviate from the politically correct line on gender relations.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Obamanomics to Blame for Worst Recession Since the Great Depression

0

When libertarian scholar Peter Ferrara asked rhetorically in Sunday’s issue of Forbes, “Economically, Could Obama Be America’s Worst President?” he relied heavily on statistics provided by the chief enabler of the Great Recession, the Federal Reserve. Noting that the policies of President Obama have done nothing to stimulate the economy but plenty to keep it from growing, he used recent economic recoveries as prime examples of what recoveries would look like if government would stay out of the way:

The right measure and comparison for Obama’s record is not to compare the recovery to the recession, but to compare Obama’s recovery with other recoveries from other recessions since the Great Depression. By that measure, what is clear is that Obamanomics has produced the worst recovery from a recession since the Great Depression, worse than what every other President who has faced a recession has achieved since the Great Depression.

Using data from the Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis, Ferrara complained that it’s taken 64 months for the present recovery to regain the ground lost since the beginning of the Great Recession, whereas 64 months into the Reagan recovery, “jobs had grown 9.5% higher than where they were when [that] recession started, representing an increase of about 10 million more jobs.” By contrast, taking population growth into account, the present recession has cost 10 million jobs. The unemployment rate, according to Ferrara and the Minneapolis Fed, has stayed higher longer than at any time since the 1930s, and that’s using government figures and not the real unemployment rate (U6) that has been replaced by new “updated” calculations. Ferrara concluded: “This utterly failed jobs record of Obamanomics reflects the more basic reality that the economy has not been growing under President Obama.”

Ferrara rounded up additional statistics to support his point: The average American family is worse off, in inflation-adjusted terms, than they were before the Great Recession began in 2007. Poverty levels have increased, along with government regulations.

Confirmation came from another branch of the Fed when the Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis released its report that any economic “recovery” as measured by gains in the stock market have failed to help those on the lower end of the economic scale. In its May 30 report, the Fed concluded that the average American family has recovered less than half of what it lost since the Great Recession bottomed out in the summer of 2009, mostly because the average family has little invested in the stock market and instead have most of their real wealth invested in real property, mostly their personal homes. Despite some recovery in home prices, that has done precious little to help the average family to recover lost ground significantly.

But Ferrara and the Fed fail to go back far enough to show just how weak the present recovery really is. He (and they) need to go back to the 1920-21 depression to remind his readers of how a nearly free-market economy really responds when it is left to its own devices. Following a sharp decline in productivity that began in January 1920 of almost 30 percent (far deeper than that of the present Great Recession), the economy rebounded by more than 60 percent so that by July 1921, just 18 months later, unemployment had fallen to normal low-single-digit levels. This set the stage for the Roaring Twenties, when the economy doubled in output in a little over seven years. 

In his summary of “the forgotten depression of 1920” as he called it, scholar Tom Woods noted what it took to put in place such a remarkable rebound:

Instead of “fiscal stimulus,” [President] Harding cut the government’s budget nearly in half between 1920 and 1922. The rest of Harding’s approach was equally laissez-faire. Tax rates were slashed for all income groups. The national debt was reduced by one-third.

The Federal Reserve’s activity, moreover, was hardly noticeable. As one economic historian puts it, “Despite the severity of the contraction, the Fed did not move to use its powers to turn the money supply around and fight the contraction.”

By the late summer of 1921, signs of recovery were already visible. The following year, unemployment was back down to 6.7 percent and was only 2.4 percent by 1923.

Woods went on to say, in his best-seller The Politically Incorrect Guide to American History, 

[Presidents] Harding and Coolidge did not establish a Square Deal, a New Deal, a New Frontier, a Great Society, or a New Covenant. For the most part they simply stayed out of the economy and out of people’s lives. 

The results speak for themselves. By the end of the decade, the United States could boast an incredible 34 percent of total world production [of the world’s goods and services]. [Emphasis added.]

Ferrara is no doubt well-meaning, and his scholarship is undeniable. However, he does a disservice, when he compares the present fake recovery from the Great Recession to other recoveries when the economy was laden with high taxes, increasing government regulations, and welfare state programs as well. Why not use the recovery strategies from the Depression of 1920-21 as a model instead? Then his readers would see much more clearly what is needed for a true economic renaissance: government staying within its constitutional bounds, taxes reduced to perhaps 20 percent of their present level, and letting the free market breathe once again.

Photo of President Barack Obama: AP Images

A graduate of Cornell University and a former investment advisor, Bob is a regular contributor to The New American magazine and blogs frequently at www.LightFromTheRight.com, primarily on economics and politics. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.
.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Obamanomics to Blame for Worst Recession Since the Great Depression

0

When libertarian scholar Peter Ferrara asked rhetorically in Sunday’s issue of Forbes, “Economically, Could Obama Be America’s Worst President?” he relied heavily on statistics provided by the chief enabler of the Great Recession, the Federal Reserve. Noting that the policies of President Obama have done nothing to stimulate the economy but plenty to keep it from growing, he used recent economic recoveries as prime examples of what recoveries would look like if government would stay out of the way:

The right measure and comparison for Obama’s record is not to compare the recovery to the recession, but to compare Obama’s recovery with other recoveries from other recessions since the Great Depression. By that measure, what is clear is that Obamanomics has produced the worst recovery from a recession since the Great Depression, worse than what every other President who has faced a recession has achieved since the Great Depression.

Using data from the Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis, Ferrara complained that it’s taken 64 months for the present recovery to regain the ground lost since the beginning of the Great Recession, whereas 64 months into the Reagan recovery, “jobs had grown 9.5% higher than where they were when [that] recession started, representing an increase of about 10 million more jobs.” By contrast, taking population growth into account, the present recession has cost 10 million jobs. The unemployment rate, according to Ferrara and the Minneapolis Fed, has stayed higher longer than at any time since the 1930s, and that’s using government figures and not the real unemployment rate (U6) that has been replaced by new “updated” calculations. Ferrara concluded: “This utterly failed jobs record of Obamanomics reflects the more basic reality that the economy has not been growing under President Obama.”

Ferrara rounded up additional statistics to support his point: The average American family is worse off, in inflation-adjusted terms, than they were before the Great Recession began in 2007. Poverty levels have increased, along with government regulations.

Confirmation came from another branch of the Fed when the Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis released its report that any economic “recovery” as measured by gains in the stock market have failed to help those on the lower end of the economic scale. In its May 30 report, the Fed concluded that the average American family has recovered less than half of what it lost since the Great Recession bottomed out in the summer of 2009, mostly because the average family has little invested in the stock market and instead have most of their real wealth invested in real property, mostly their personal homes. Despite some recovery in home prices, that has done precious little to help the average family to recover lost ground significantly.

But Ferrara and the Fed fail to go back far enough to show just how weak the present recovery really is. He (and they) need to go back to the 1920-21 depression to remind his readers of how a nearly free-market economy really responds when it is left to its own devices. Following a sharp decline in productivity that began in January 1920 of almost 30 percent (far deeper than that of the present Great Recession), the economy rebounded by more than 60 percent so that by July 1921, just 18 months later, unemployment had fallen to normal low-single-digit levels. This set the stage for the Roaring Twenties, when the economy doubled in output in a little over seven years. 

In his summary of “the forgotten depression of 1920” as he called it, scholar Tom Woods noted what it took to put in place such a remarkable rebound:

Instead of “fiscal stimulus,” [President] Harding cut the government’s budget nearly in half between 1920 and 1922. The rest of Harding’s approach was equally laissez-faire. Tax rates were slashed for all income groups. The national debt was reduced by one-third.

The Federal Reserve’s activity, moreover, was hardly noticeable. As one economic historian puts it, “Despite the severity of the contraction, the Fed did not move to use its powers to turn the money supply around and fight the contraction.”

By the late summer of 1921, signs of recovery were already visible. The following year, unemployment was back down to 6.7 percent and was only 2.4 percent by 1923.

Woods went on to say, in his best-seller The Politically Incorrect Guide to American History, 

[Presidents] Harding and Coolidge did not establish a Square Deal, a New Deal, a New Frontier, a Great Society, or a New Covenant. For the most part they simply stayed out of the economy and out of people’s lives. 

The results speak for themselves. By the end of the decade, the United States could boast an incredible 34 percent of total world production [of the world’s goods and services]. [Emphasis added.]

Ferrara is no doubt well-meaning, and his scholarship is undeniable. However, he does a disservice, when he compares the present fake recovery from the Great Recession to other recoveries when the economy was laden with high taxes, increasing government regulations, and welfare state programs as well. Why not use the recovery strategies from the Depression of 1920-21 as a model instead? Then his readers would see much more clearly what is needed for a true economic renaissance: government staying within its constitutional bounds, taxes reduced to perhaps 20 percent of their present level, and letting the free market breathe once again.

Photo of President Barack Obama: AP Images

A graduate of Cornell University and a former investment advisor, Bob is a regular contributor to The New American magazine and blogs frequently at www.LightFromTheRight.com, primarily on economics and politics. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.
.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Rubio Touts Constitutional Amendment to Nix ObamaCare Insurance Mandate

0

Florida Republican Senator Marco Rubio (shown) has proposed adding an amendment to the U.S. Constitution that would invalidate the ObamaCare health insurance mandate. Labelled the “Right to Refuse” amendment, the measure would make it unconstitutional for Congress to impose taxes on American citizens who refuse to purchase goods or services deemed necessary by Congress.

Last year, the U.S. Supreme Court ruled 5-4 that the individual mandate clause of the Affordable Care Act is constitutional because it is a tax and therefore falls under the power of Congress to tax.

Chief Justice Roberts wrote in the majority opinion that while the “individual mandate is not a valid exercise of Congress’s power under the Commerce Clause and the Necessary and Proper Clause,” it is a valid exercise of the taxing power granted the federal government by the Constitution. “Simply put, Congress may tax and spend,” he concluded. Of course, that line of reasoning overlooks the fact that the federal government taxing powers are not intended to fund anything the Congress wants to spend money on but only those things that are enumerated in the Constitution.

Rubio seeks a constitutional amendment to override that ruling. According to his office, the Right to Refuse amendment reads, “Congress shall make no law that imposes a tax on a failure to purchase goods or services.”

If the individual mandate is permitted to go into effect, the IRS is tasked with the responsibility of overseeing the payments of the individual mandate tax by those who opt out of health insurance.

Rubio contends, however, that the recent scandal surrounding the IRS is compelling enough to invalidate the agency’s role in overseeing the mandatory individual mandate tax on all Americans. He stated in a press release:

ObamaCare is a disastrous policy that is not only destructive to job creation, it will also unleash the corrupt and scandal-ridden IRS on taxpayers simply for not buying health insurance. We should put our faith in the American people to decide what goods and services they want to buy, not have Congress dictate it and have the IRS empowered to harass Americans to make sure they do it.

Let’s do everything we can to keep the IRS out of our health care and stop future congresses from forcing private citizens to spend their hard-earned money on products or services Washington is forcing on them.

Rubio’s Right to Refuse amendment is the Senate companion to H .J. Res. 28, introduced in the House of Representatives in February by Rep. Steven Palazzo (R-Miss). In a statement, Palazzo applauded Rubio for promoting the amendment:

Senator Rubio has been a consistent defender of individual liberty, and I’m proud to have his support in championing this cause. Just as the IRS has no business punishing organizations based on political beliefs, the government has no business telling individuals how they should spend their money. How can Americans feel confident about Obamacare going forward if they can’t even trust the agency tasked with enforcing this massive law? That is why Right to Refuse is so important. This measure would take the power out of the hands of the IRS and place it back in the hands of the American people.

Rubio’s amendment has support among several conservative organizations, including the American Center for Law & Justice (ACLJ), Americans for Tax Reform (ATR), and the National Taxpayers Union (NTU). But the John Birch Society is not among them. John F. McManus, president of the constitutionalist-minded group, points out, “Amending the Constitution to cancel an unconstitutional act of Congress – even one deemed acceptable by the Supreme Court – actually does disservice to the Constitution since it suggests that the ObamaCare mandate is constitutional. The outrageous requirements of the ObamaCare legislation, a measure that in no way is authorized by the Constitution, can be cancelled by state nullification or by congressional action, neither of which will imply that the Constitution is deficient and needs correcting.”

An amendment to the Constitution requires a two-thirds majority in the House and Senate, or a constitutional convention called by two thirds of the state legislatures. It must be ratified by three quarters of the states in order to be added to the Constitution.

Photo: Senator Marco Rubio: AP Images

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Tighter visa rules cost UK billions

0

British government’s restrictions on foreign student visa could cost Britain’s universities billions in a decade.

British government’s restrictions on foreign student visa could cost Britain’s universities £2.4 billion over the next decade, a study has revealed.

According to a research by Universities UK, tougher student visa rules could force more overseas students to choose the US and Canada to continue their studies, taking £350 million a year in lost revenue with them.

“This could put the UK’s strong position within the global education market at risk and lead to a reduction in exports to the value of £2.4bn across the entire [UK] education sector between 2012-13 and 2024-25,” said the report.

British governmentâ„¢s restrictions on visa rules have led to a decrease in the number of foreign students in the UK. The big plunge comes after British ministers introduced new rules in 2011.

The rules prevent foreign students to stay in the country after graduation unless they get a job with a salary above £20,000.

SSM/MOS/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Are you Bradley Manning? High-profile Americans take to YouTube to back Nobel petition

0

The protesters who descended on Fort Meade military base in Maryland to express frustration with the trial of Bradley Manning have been joined by major American celebrities and journalists, who have are also rallying support for the Army whistleblower.

Manning, 25, could spend the rest of his life in prison if
convicted of aiding and abetting the enemy by leaking military
cables to WikiLeaks. US military prosecutors have asserted that
Manning put his own agenda above national security and that by
releasing the cables, most notably the Collateral Murder video
depicting an American helicopter opening fire on Iraqi civilians,
he jeopardized Americans in the field of battle.

But his trial at Fort Meade this week has attracted the attention
of influential Americans, as well as international activists who
opposed the American wars in the Middle East and beyond.

The “I Am Bradley Manning” campaign, featuring a video trailer of
A-list celebrities and public thinkers voicing support for
Manning, pushed viewers to consider if they themselves would have
the courage to disclose military video footage in order to stop
the carnage.

Actors Russell Brand, Maggie Gyllenhaal and Wallace Shawn join
Oliver Stone, Rage Against the Machine guitarist Tom Morello, and
journalists Chris Hedges, Matt Taibbi and a slew of others who
lend Manning their support. Daniel Ellsberg, the former US
Defense Department employee who leaked the Pentagon Papers during
the Vietnam War, is also featured. 

“If you saw incredible things, awful things, things that
belonged in the public domain and not in some server stored in a
dark room in Washington,”
each advocate says in the campaign
trailer, “What would you do?”

The trailer also urges audience members to sign a petition
encouraging the Nobel Committee to award Manning the Nobel Peace
Prize. By Tuesday, the second day of Manning’s trial, nearly
60,000 people had signed the petition, organized by Roots Action,
which describes itself as “an online initiative dedicated to
galvanizing Americans who are committed to economic fairness,
equal rights, civil liberties, environmental protection — and
defunding endless wars.”

Supporters also made themselves known outside the trial at the
main gates of Fort Meade. Michael Thurman, a former member of the
US Air Force, told the Daily Beast he flew in from Oakland,
California to personally witness the events.

“”I think what Bradley Manning did was pretty heroic and
selfless, and I want to do everything I can to support someone
who is willing to sacrifice everything so we can all know the
truth about US foreign policy and what this government is
doing,”
he said.

“When I was in the military, I was able to see it for what it
was. I came to the conclusion during my enlistment that it wasn’t
an organization benefitting anyone, it was a business venture
that benefitted a few very elite people,”
Thurman continued.
“I saw the corporate collusion and found out about the
civilian casualties, the racism, the seizure of resources, and
basically the nature of US policies. I thought it was wrong, and
I became opposed to it, and that’s why I’m supporting Bradley
Manning, who exposed all those things.”

Screenshot from YouTybe user I am Bradley Manning

European groups have also sided with Manning. The former Army
Private first-class admitted in February that he provided a large
number of classified documents to WikiLeaks, but that confession
came after nearly three years of detention, where Manning was
monitored as he stewed in solitary confinement for an entire
year.

Joshua Benton, the director of Harvard University’s Nieman
Journalism Lab, explained to the Associated Press why the
American press has been more “uniformly unsympathetic” than their
European counterparts. 

“Part of that is the mainstream press here doesn’t cover the
same ideological turf that it does in the UK, or elsewhere,”

Benton said. “But I’d suspect most of it is the mundane fact
it’s the American interests he’s accused of threatening, and that
people accused of ‘aiding the enemy,’ rightly or wrongly, tend
not to get the most flattering coverage in their home
country.”

This article originally appeared on: RT

‘Iran's success due to culture, diplomacy’

0

Presidential candidate Saeed Jalili says Iranâ„¢s high cultural capacity and public diplomacy are the main reasons behind its successful resistance against the countryâ„¢s enemies.

In a TV interview on Tuesday night, Jalili said the logic behind Iran’s foreign policy is tenable, hence the 120 member states of the Non-Aligned Movement have repeatedly expressed support for Iranâ„¢s right to a peaceful nuclear energy program.

The principlist candidate also said the administration should have a supervisory and managerial role in the countryâ„¢s economy.

Jalili said if elected president, he will try to channel the countryâ„¢s high liquidity into the production sector in order to subdue inflation.

The secretary of the Supreme National Security Council also stated the best way to fight corruption is to close the loopholes in the banking and economic regulations.

In Iranâ„¢s June 14 presidential election, Jalili will be competing against Hassan Rohani, who is the director of the Strategic Research Center of the Expediency Council, MP Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel, Tehran Mayor Mohammad-Baqer Qalibaf, former Foreign Minister Ali-Akbar Velayati, Expediency Council Secretary Mohsen Rezaei, former First Vice President Mohammad-Reza Aref, and former Telecommunications Minister Mohammad Gharazi.

Iranians will cast their ballots at over 66,000 polling stations across the country in the nationâ„¢s 11th presidential election. Expatriates will also be able to vote at 285 polling stations that will be set up in foreign countries.

The president of Iran is elected for a four-year term in a national election.

MHB/AS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Myanmar to free prisoners of conscience

0

The Myanmar government says it will soon release all prisoners of conscience as part of its political reforms.

In his monthly radio address on Tuesday, Myanmar President U Thein Sein said that he would free all prisoners of conscience.

“We are taking time to investigate cases that confuse criminal offences and political offences,” the Myanmar president said in his monthly radio address, adding that those who were convicted of violent crimes linked to political acts would Å“deserve their sentences.”

However, many activists say the governmentâ„¢s amnesties are propaganda efforts seeking political gain in the international community.

“We welcome the fact the government admits it has political prisoners,” Mark Farmaner, a director of Burma Campaign UK, said, adding, “But with Burma (Myanmar) it is always best to judge by action not by words… Thein Sein has promised to release prisoners before, but why are there hundreds still in jail?”

Meanwhile, on Tuesday, the US Campaign for Burma advised the United States not to extend new trade benefits to Myanmar.

“Burma does not yet have the safeguards in place to protect citizen’s rights and assure the rule of law, especially in resource-rich minority regions,” US Campaign for Burma Executive Director Jennifer Quigley said.

Over the years, minority religious and ethnic groups have not fared well in Myanmar, and some of them have been waging armed rebellions against the central government for decades.

But recently, the central government has been trying to make peace with the armed separatists.

On May 31, the government and the rebels in the state of Kachin signed an agreement, which had been brokered by United Nations Special Envoy to Myanmar Vijay Nambiar and representatives from the ethnic umbrella group United Nationalities Federal Council.

The agreement was reached with the Kachin Independence Organization — the political wing of the Kachin Independence Army.

However, Rohingya Muslims have been denied Myanmar citizenship since a new citizenship law was enacted in 1982, and there have been a number of attacks on Rohingyas over the past year.

And the situation has recently deteriorated for the other Muslims of Myanmar.

The violence that originally targeted Rohingya Muslims in western Myanmar is beginning to spread to other parts of the country, where Muslims who have been granted citizenship are now being attacked, according to the website burmamuslims.org.

About 800,000 Rohingyas in the western state of Rakhine are deprived of citizenship rights due to the policy of discrimination that has denied them the right of citizenship and made them vulnerable to acts of violence and persecution, expulsion, and displacement.

The Myanmar government has so far refused to extricate the stateless Rohingyas from their citizenship limbo, despite international pressure to give them a legal status.

Rohingya Muslims have faced torture, neglect, and repression in Myanmar for many years.

Hundreds of Rohingyas are believed to have been killed and thousands displaced in recent attacks by extremists who call themselves Buddhists.

The extremists frequently attack Rohingyas and have set fire to their homes in several villages in Rakhine. Myanmar army forces allegedly provided the fanatics containers of petrol for torching the houses of Muslim villagers, who were then forced to flee.

Myanmarâ„¢s government has been accused of failing to protect the Muslim minority.

Myanmar opposition leader Aung San Suu Kyi has also come under fire for her stance on the violence. The Nobel Peace laureate has refused to censure the Myanmar military for its persecution of the Rohingyas, although she recently condemned the decision by local officials in Rakhine state to enforce a two-child policy on Rohingya Muslims.

Rohingyas are said to be Muslim descendants of Persian, Turkish, Bengali, and Pathan origin, who migrated to Myanmar as early as the 8th century.

Amnesty International and Human Rights Watch have issued separate statements, calling on Myanmar to take action to protect the Rohingya Muslim population against extremists.

NT/HGL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

‘Subsidy plan ignored rights in practice’

0

Presidential candidate Mohammad-Baqer Qalibaf says some of the rights of the Iranian people have been ignored in the implementation of Iranâ„¢s subsidy reform plan.

In a televised speech on Tuesday, Qalibaf said one of the commendable works of the Ahmadinejad administration was the implementation of the plan after several years, but he criticized the way it was implemented.

Å“The subsidy reform plan was implemented to liberalize prices, but the people have rights that were disregarded in the implementation process,” Qalibaf said.

Å“Under the plan, cash subsidies have been paid, but the production sector, which supports job creation, has been disregarded, bringing about inflation and decreasing purchasing power,” the principlist candidate stated.

The Mayor of Tehran said people can no longer afford the commodities they could purchase prior to the implementation of the plan.

Qalibaf said if elected president, he will implement the plan fully, allocate funds to producers and farmers, and ensure that domestic products meet quality standards. He also promised to facilitate the production of quality goods and increase purchasing power.

In Iranâ„¢s June 14 presidential election, Qalibaf will be competing against Hassan Rohani, who is the director of the Strategic Research Center of the Expediency Council, MP Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel, Supreme National Security Council Secretary Saeed Jalili, former Foreign Minister Ali-Akbar Velayati, Expediency Council Secretary Mohsen Rezaei, former First Vice President Mohammad-Reza Aref, and former Telecommunications Minister Mohammad Gharazi.

Iranians will cast their ballots at over 66,000 polling stations across the country in the nationâ„¢s 11th presidential election. Expatriates will also be able to vote at 285 polling stations that will be set up in foreign countries.

The president of Iran is elected for a four-year term in a national election.

MHB/AS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

John Kerry Supports Al Qaeda in Syria, in Violation of US Anti-terrorism Laws

0

The United States and its allies are not seeking a peaceful solution to the Syrian crisis. If they were seeking a solution they would disengage in terms of their support to al-Nusra, which is a terrorist organization and its not only a violation of international law, but it’s also a violation of United States law, which classifies al-Nusra as a terrorist organization.”

Press TV has conducted an interview with Michel Chossudovsky, Center for Research on Globalization, Montreal, about Western-supported terrorist death squads against Syria and Russia sending missile defenses to Syria to help deter foreign military intervention.

Press TV: Why does Germany and the US criticize Russia for sending arms to Syria while they themselves are providing weapons to Israel?

Chossudovsky: Well, it’s a nonsensical discourse of countries, which are in fact behind the terrorist organizations in Syria.

They cannot on the one hand be peacemakers in terms of the proposed Geneva peace conference and at the same time support an insurrection channeling weapons to al-Qaeda affiliated forces.

But there is another dimension. They accuse Russia of providing weapons to Syria for defensive purposes under bilateral agreement between two countries. On the other hand we notice that the United States is channeling billions and billions of dollars to Israel — right from the beginning from the instatement of … Israel.

Germany is on record of providing German-made submarines, which are tooled with Israeli nuclear warheads — in other words it is fact in violation not only of the Non Proliferation Treaty(NPT), but it is also in violation of German law and European law in providing weapons technology in support of nuclear weapons.

Press TV: Why is it that only Israel’s security is so important and not the security of others in the region?

Chossudovsky: Well, this of course is an expression of double standards.

Syria is not a threat to countries in the Middle East. But if we look at Israel and we look at its history it has waged wars against several of its neighboring countries, certainly including Lebanon, Syria and Egypt, in the course of recent history.

And much of these operations have been in effect also supported by US military aid. Israel receives billions and billions and billions of dollars of US military aid.

And I should also mention that other countries in the region such as Qatar, Saudi Arabia, Turkey are also recipients of US military aid and much of this military aid is also being used to threaten Syria and to fund the insurrection, which is composed as we know of terrorist death squads.

Press TV: Despite the fact that the European Union has lifted an arms embargo on Syrian insurgents, how optimistic are you that the Geneva 2 talks will be able to resolve the Syrian crisis politically and not militarily?

Chossudovsky: The United States and its allies are not seeking a peaceful solution to the Syrian crisis.

If they were seeking a solution they would disengage in terms of their support to al-Nusra, which is a terrorist organization and its not only a violation of international law, but it’s also a violation of United States law, which classifies al-Nusra as a terrorist organization.

And is somewhat ironic that US Secretary of State John Kerry is implementing a policy, which is in direct contradiction with the country’s anti-terrorist legislation — in fact he is in violation of those criteria because he is brokering a relationship with a terrorist organization and channeling US military aid to al-Qaeda.

SC/HGH

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

US reveals details of secret Israeli base

0

The US has infuriated Israel by accidentally revealing the details of a top-secret military facility it planned to build for its Middle Eastern ally to house its Arrow 3 ballistic missiles.

“If an enemy of Israel wanted to launch an attack against a facility, this would give him an easy how-to guide. This type of information is closely guarded and its release can jeopardize the entire facility,” said an Israeli military official who declined to be named because he wasnâ„¢t authorized to discuss the facility.

More than 1,000 pages of information about the project were made public when the US government published building tenders for the $25 million military installation this week, according to the Australian.

The document disclosed details from the engineering plans and the depth of the underground facility to its cooling and heating systems and building materials to be used.

The missile facility is to be built at Tel Shahar, a base between al-Quds (Jerusalem) and Ashdod whose location has never been officially confirmed.

Arrow 3, which is capable of intercepting missiles at a range of 2,500 kilometers and is being jointly developed by Israel Aerospace Industries and the US aerospace giant Boeing Co., is slated to become operational in 2015-16.

MA/AS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Britain’s inflation highest in EU

0

Britain has the highest food and energy inflation in western Europe.

Britain has the highest food and energy inflation in western Europe as UK households are struggling with their biggest squeeze on living standards at a time of austerity.

According to the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), food and energy prices in Britain are rising faster than anywhere else in Europe.

The UK’s inflation rate for food was 4.6 percent in April, compared to the same month last year. This compares with 3.7 percent in Germany and 1.6 per cent in France.

Energy prices were also up 2.2 percent, more than four times the rate of increase in Germany.

Inflation has remained above the Bank of England’s 2 percent target since late 2009 as energy bills and food prices soar, the OECD reported.

Earlier in May, a survey by consumer group Which? found that one in five British households were forced to borrow money or use savings in order to cover their food bills in April.

MOS/SSM/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

The Unfolding Monsanto Saga: Europe Rejects GMO Crops; America Seeks Labeling

0

It’s a scandal.

Monsanto has just announced it’s giving up on most of Europe: people there don’t want GMO food. In America, the struggle is for labeling GMOs.

This is some kind of “fairness doctrine.” Let the US consumer decide what kind of food to buy. Choice. It’s the American way, right?

No, actually it isn’t. The evidence gathered over the last 10 years is staggering. GMO food and the herbicides sprayed on them constitute a major health hazard, to say the least.

And this doesn’t begin to cover the lying business practices of Monsanto, who promised farmers that Roundup would kill weeds in the fields. Instead, the weeds have proliferated to the point where the farmers have to kill everything growing with stronger, more dangerous herbicides, like Paraquat.

In the US, laws exist to prosecute crimes involving endangerment of health and crimes related to false marketing practices. These laws are on the books. When it comes to Monsanto, they’re gathering dust on the shelves.

Choice and fairness apply to competitive products that are safe. The consumer picks one type of tomato over another. The consumer buys walnuts rather than pecans. The consumer chooses black olives over green olives.

Choosing non-GMO corn instead of GMO corn still leaves dangerous GMO corn in produce bins.

Should a bottle of cyanide sit on a store shelf next to a bottle of salt, just to be fair to the consumer? To give him a choice?

Three or four federal law-enforcement agencies would arrest and prosecute the store owners who sell cyanide, as well as the distributors, and the packagers.

But in the case of GMO food, the FDA and USDA, the relevant agencies, do nothing. Neither does the Dept. of Justice.

Aside from several counties in America that have banned the growing of GMO crops, the big push is for labeling of GMO food in stores. That’s it.

The theory is, when consumers have a choice, they’ll overwhelmingly reject GMOs and put a serious crimp in Monsanto’s business. That may or may not happen (if labeling is widespread), but the theory doesn’t directly address Monsanto’s crimes.

The “kinder, gentler” approach is based on two assumptions. One, American consumers need soft activism. They won’t demand legal rejection of GMO food. They will, however, choose the right food.

And two, Monsanto has made such a powerful inroad on food-crop farming, it’s too late to take it back. It’s too late to declare all the GMO crops illegal.

“You see, so many people are taking Vioxx, we can’t go to court over it. It’s a done deal, even though patients are dropping like flies.”

It wasn’t a done deal.

Neither are GMOs.

In a previous article, “Meet Monsanto’s number-one lobbyist: Barack Obama,” I detailed Obama’s horrendous record when it comes to allowing new GMO crops to enter the food chain, and his outrageous appointments of ex-Monsanto stalwarts to important and key positions in his administration.

But Obama is “a good man.” He must be doing the right thing. He’s popular, so it wouldn’t be wise to attack him on the issue. Better to lay back, paste a smile on our faces, and try to secure labeling for GMOs.

Of course, that’s exactly the wrong strategy. But as in all campaigns, the longer people wait and do nothing and remain timid, the less likely it is they can succeed, if and when they decide to move.

That’s why Monsanto now has so many acres of GMO food growing in the United States. That’s why Monsanto has been able to push its unconscionable propaganda down the throat of the American consumer.

That’s why Whole Foods and other major health-food companies decided to surrender the real battles and opt for co-existence with Monsanto.

When there is continuing crime in a community, the people, the citizens have to go after and expose the public officials who are doing nothing about it, who are indeed profiting from it. In the case of Monsanto, the officials are, among others, President Barack Obama, Tom Vilsack, head of the USDA, and Michael Taylor, food czar at the FDA.

But health-food companies, who should be leading the battle, are either friendly or neutral toward these bad actors. They’re hedging their bets. They’re saying, “We’ll inform consumers so they can make good choices, we’ll do labeling, but don’t expect us to be more aggressive than that. Don’t expect us to get mad.”

Neutrality is apparently the American way. First and foremost, the business of America is business. And the idea of consumers staging a full-bore boycott against Whole Foods? Out of the question. No, consumers are too busy loading up bags with groceries.

Monsanto relies on that. Monsanto knows Americans are tuned up to buy, buy, and consume, and then buy more. Americans consider it their right not to be distracted from that obsession.

Obama, like Bush and Clinton before him, are silent on the GMO issue. They all pretend it doesn’t exist. They sell out the people at the drop of a hat, and they don’t lose any sleep over it. Conscience? Never heard of it.

Ditto for major mainstream news outlets. “We don’t cover the Monsanto story in depth because it’s a he-said he-said thing. The scientific issues are complex. People on both sides make interesting points. But there’s no traction…”

That’s a bunch of crap. Make me the managing editor of the Washington Post for a year and I’ll send sales of the paper through the roof. I’ll let the hounds loose on Monsanto 24/7 and pound on the story day after day. The bottom line of the Post will look healthier than it has since Watergate, a minor topic compared to GMOs.

But the Post doesn’t really care about their bottom line. They would go bankrupt before they’d venture into these waters. They’re sold out from the top down. They’re part of the cover-up.

I’ve written about this before, but here it is again. In the early 1990s, when the US health freedom movement was at a fever pitch, when people were going after the FDA for raiding natural practitioners’ offices and trying to limit access to nutritional supplements in stores, I sat in on several significant meetings of activists.

People who controlled those meetings, who were connected to supplement companies, wanted a bill in Congress to protect the consumer. To give the consumer choice and access to supplements. That’s all they wanted.

I told them, in no uncertain terms, that this wouldn’t work over the long term. We had to go after the FDA. We had to attack.

I had a dossier on the FDA. I, like others, knew a lot about their crimes going back a long way.

I was told this was the wrong strategy. “First,” they said, “let’s get a good bill passed in Congress. Then we can attack the FDA.”

They had no such intention, and I told them so. They were never going to support going after the FDA and exposing it down to the ground as a criminal agency.

They had no stomach for it, and they were sold out themselves. They had a confined agenda, which had to do with helping to guard supplement companies’ profits.

They were slick operators. They knew how to present themselves as neutral and rational. They could spout New Age garble at appropriate moments. “Anger can be self-defeating.” “You achieve your aims when you come from a place of doing service.”

The same thing is happening now. “Give people the right to know, the right to choose what’s in their food.” It plays well, because it caters to the wholly absorbed self-interest of the health-food consumer with discretionary income.

It doesn’t work in the long run. It papers over the fact that corporate criminals, in partnership with the highest government officials, are committing RICO crimes against the health of the American people.

The appropriate emotion is outrage.

In case you hadn’t noticed, for the past 40 years there has been a major psyop in progress against righteous outrage and on behalf of Nice. Be nice. Be friendly. Be happy. Be self-contained. Don’t make waves. Anger is a sign of a mental disorder. Outrage isn’t Spiritual. You’ll injure your Karma.

Karma was invented to prop up a caste system. It was used to promote passivity.

Silence is not golden. Profits are.

Labeling food that isn’t poisonous, while permitting the sale of poison, is let’s-pretend virtual reality.

I’ve met so-called health entrepreneurs who’ve adopted squeaky clean New Age cover-personalities to obscure their sleazebag cynical motives. They’re very slippery characters. They do their real work in conference rooms where they look at spread sheets.

The chance of them going after GMO criminals is zero.

Once in a while, if you wait for it, or if you push them a little, you’ll see something come into their eyes. A dead cold nothing. It’s a sign of the personal Arctic region where they really live.

They don’t till, they don’t plant, they don’t harvest. They sell. They’re very much like the Sunday television preachers who are there to hustle dollars.

Only they take a kinder, gentler approach. They’re all about “consciousness” and saving the planet.

If the planet were alive in the way they claim it is, the planet would have long ago consigned them to a desert island under a blazing sun.

Jon Rappoport

The author of two explosive collections, THE MATRIX REVEALED and EXIT FROM THE MATRIX, Jon was a candidate for a US Congressional seat in the 29th District of California. Nominated for a Pulitzer Prize, he has worked as an investigative reporter for 30 years, writing articles on politics, medicine, and health for CBS Healthwatch, LA Weekly, Spin Magazine, Stern, and other newspapers and magazines in the US and Europe. Jon has delivered lectures and seminars on global politics, health, logic, and creative power to audiences around the world. You can sign up for his free emails at www.nomorefakenews.com

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

US team in Geneva for Syria talks

0

Russian Foreign Minister Sergey Lavrov (R) speaks with Kofi Annan (C), the then-UN envoy to Syria, and UN Secretary General Ban Ki-moon (L) before the Geneva meeting, June, 2012.

A team from the United States has headed for Geneva to hold talks with their Russian counterparts and UN envoy to Syria Lakhdar Brahimi to set the date and agenda for an international conference on Syria.

“They’ll discuss the agenda, participants, all of those issues,” US State Department spokeswoman Jen Psaki told reporters on Tuesday. But “I don’t know that it will be conclusive. I wouldn’t anticipate that.”

The conference was likely to be held in the Swiss city in mid-June but the event, spearheaded by the US and Russia, was later postponed to July with no exact date and agenda set for the meeting yet.

The prospects of holding the international meeting in June began to diminish last week after the EU announced it had decided to lift its arms embargo on Syria to enable the member states to send arms to the militants fighting against Syrian President Bashar al-Assad.

The move was followed by Russiaâ„¢s announcement that it would go ahead with a contract with Syria to send its state-of-the-art S-300 missiles to the Arab country to prevent Å“some hotheads” from entering the conflict.

The US also said on Monday that it would deploy Patriot missiles and F16 fighter jets to Jordan, further complicating the situation in Syria.

The moves to further militarize the crisis in Syria placed the Geneva conference in limbo. In addition, the Syrian opposition said it would not participate in the meeting unless Assad stepped down and disagreements over the guest list continued with Russia insisting that the presence of Iran would be indispensable for the conference to yield any results, a suggestion the West strongly opposes.

Last yearâ„¢s conference in Geneva turned out to be abortive as the plan the participants carved out failed to consider a role for President Assad in the transitional government.

MA/AS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Bilderberg agenda: Western political, corporate heavyweights to discuss future of Middle East and Africa

0

During the world’s most secretive gathering the Bilderberg Group is set to discuss topics including cyber warfare, US foreign policy, “developments in the Middle East” and “Africa’s challenges” despite the glaring absence of regional representatives.

The Bilderberg Group, long criticized for a lack of transparency,
has revealed details of its upcoming meeting. This year 138
politicians, bank bosses, billionaires, chief executives and
European royalty have confirmed their attendance to the
invitation-only event, set to take place in Watford, England. The
list notably includes only 14 women.

The group is comprised largely of individuals from financial and
business backgrounds – there will be nearly three dozen CEOs and
more than two dozen Chairmen of banks and petroleum giants.
Twenty-three financial institutions will be represented at the
five-star Grove Hotel near Watford, Hertfordshire, including
Goldman Sachs.

As the list was released, critics could not help but point
fingers at problems some of the attendees are currently facing in
their respective fields.

Special attention has been placed on Amazon’s founder and CEO
Jeff Bezos and Google’s Eric Schmidt, as the two are currently
facing unprecedented political pressure over their tax avoidance
strategies. Google, for its part, has faced scrutiny amid reports
that it paid just £10 million in corporation tax in Britain
between 2006 and 2011, despite revenues of £11.9 billion.

Chancellor George Osborne and his Labour shadow Ed Balls, who
have been making headlines with their spending and tax offers for
the UK, will also rub shoulders with other participants of the
Bilderberg Conference.

One of the guests is group chairman of HSBC Holdings plc, which
faced a stringent investigation in 2012 for allegedly assisting
in the laundering of money from Mexico, Iran and Syria for
terrorist networks and drugs cartels.

Among guests there are also the 75th and 70th US Treasury
Secretaries, Tim Geithner and Robert Rubin, respectively.

Activists protest on June 9, 2011 in front of the Suvretta House five-star hotel in the chic Swiss ski station of St Moritz, where the Bilderberg Group is holding its annual meeting.(AFP Photo / Fabrice Coffrini)

There will be other leading figures such as Christine Lagarde,
head of the IMF, former US secretary of state and Nobel Peace
Prize winner, Henry Kissinger, and David Petraeus, the former
director of the CIA.

The list of prestigious names also includes the former Prime
Ministers of France and Italy, François Fillon and Mario Monti.

There will also be scholars from some of the world’s most
prestigious universities – one from Harvard University, two from
Stanford, and one from both Oxford and Princeton.

Starting June 6 for three days, the delegates will be discussing
of the record a list of topics of universal importance,
determining how the world should proceed.

“The conference has always been
a forum for informal, off-the-record discussions about megatrends
and the major issues facing the world,”
a Bilderberg
spokesman said in a press release.

Originally founded in 1954 to foster dialogue between Europe and
North America, this year’s topics include an expansive range of
issues.

With Europe still trying to find solutions for financial problems
and growing unemployment, the elite guests are set to discuss
“jobs, entitlement and
debt”
, “politics of the
European Union”
and the broadly defined “current affairs”.

Among the 12 “key
topics”
for this year’s conference are “developments in the Middle East”
and “Africa’s
challenges.”
The inclusion of “Africa’s challenges” is an
interesting choice, as the guest list is notably absent of any
major (or minor) political or academic figures from that vast
continent.

Despite Bilderberg’s traditional exclusion of other areas of the
world, six Turkish attendees are slated to be the only Middle
Eastern voices at the conference. The inclusion of a large
contingent from that country comes at an auspicious time, as
political demonstrations continue throughout Turkey in opposition
to the ruling AKP party.

The overlapping agendas of political and private sector leaders,
as well as current and former political leaders is enough to make
even the most conservative of observers start to wonder what may
bear fruit as a result of the top-level, off-the-record
conference.

As with gatherings of the G-8 and other international
organizations such as the World Trade Organization, which tend to
draw large, disruptive groups of demonstrators, Bilderberg has
prepared a robust security apparatus to keep things running
smoothly.

According to various reports by British media, UK taxpayers will
have to bear the brunt of the ‘exceptional costs’ to police the
meeting, which takes place in that country for the first time
since 1998.

This article originally appeared on: RT

UK ministers warned over budget cuts

0

British Chancellor Osborne warns cabinet ministers over budget cuts.

British Chancellor George Osborne has warned cabinet ministers over spending settlements with the Treasury.

Osborne said ministers, who are refusing to reduce their spending, will be punished with deeper cuts if they turn down to agree to the defined settlements.

The British Chancellor is looking to find £11.5 billion in savings before making his Spending Review announcement this month while senior members of the coalition government resist further cuts to their departments.

The “clock is ticking,” said Osborne ahead of the progress report on the government-wide Spending Review.

According to the reports, the unresolved budgets include education, business, defence, transport, local government and the environment.

Last week, British Defence Secretary Philip Hammond said further defence cuts could undermine the countryâ„¢s military capability, adding that he wants an Å“adult conversation” with Osborn over the issue.

This comes after the Chancellor announced that government departments have agreed on new spending cuts of up to 10 percent to their budgets for the 2015-2016 fiscal year.

SSM/MOS/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Teen girl, assailant suspended after school calls attack 'mutual fight'

0

A teenage girl who was assaulted by a classmate has been suspended from a Texas high school for fighting back, though a cell phone video of the incident shows her being beaten on a classroom floor with no teacher in sight.

“I don’t even know how to fight,” the Cypress Ridge High
School senior, who did not want to be named, told local KHOU 11
News.

The teen says that the girl who attacked her is a bully who
approached her for no reason and started punching and kicking her
in a classroom during her sixth period class. The victim says
that as the bully approached, her mind was blank and she
“didn’t know what to do or what to think.”

A 45-second video recording that surfaced on the Internet after
the attack shows the bully punching and kicking the girl in the
face while she lies on her back on the classroom floor. 

A teacher in the classroom at the time did nothing to break up
the attack. While the victim was being beaten, the teacher
pressed a panic button to alert the school’s emergency
administrators about the fight. From the cell phone video, it
appears that another student intervened to stop the bully’s
punches while the instructor is nowhere in sight.

“Where’s the teacher?” Eric Green, the victim’s father,
told KHOU. “Why didn’t they step in and do something about
this? Do something about this mess before it escalated into
physical confrontation?”

The school then proceeded to suspend both girls for participating
in a “mutual” fight, even though one girl was clearly
victimized by the other in what Mr. Green calls an
“assault”.

The assistant principal “basically told me we had two students
that got in a fight,”
Green said. “We had mutual combat.’
That was it. She was being suspended. The other student was being
suspended.”

In a statement school administrators sent to NewsFix, a Cypress
Ridge High School spokesman defending the decision and said that
“the campus administration conducted an investigation and the
students involved were disciplined according to the Student Code
of Conduct.”

But the school’s response, together with the teacher’s failure to
break up the attack, has caused Green to develop grave concern
over the safety of his daughter at a place that’s supposed to be
a safe learning environment.

“My concern is Cy-Ridge has no system in place to protect my
child while she’s in school,”
he told NewsFix. “And it’s
not just my child. It could be anybody’s child.”

The cell phone video of the attack was uploaded to the Internet
several hours after the incident and after the suspensions were
in effect. The video evidence contradicts the “mutual”
altercation claims made by school administrators. It also
portrays the instructor’s lack of involvement, which could
reflect negatively on the school.

In North Carolina, a fight occurred between two seventh graders
at Hope Mills Middle School last week, with one student recording
it on her mobile phone camera. Kayla Echevvaria, the girl behind
the recording, was subsequently suspended for making the fight
public. Her mother believes the video served as an embarrassment
to the school, which prompted the suspension.

“I tried to explain to [an administrator] there were more
people than me just recording the fight and taking pictures, but
she basically said it didn’t matter because mine was the only one
that made it to the news,”
the girl said.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Teen girl, assailant suspended after school calls attack 'mutual fight'

0

A teenage girl who was assaulted by a classmate has been suspended from a Texas high school for fighting back, though a cell phone video of the incident shows her being beaten on a classroom floor with no teacher in sight.

“I don’t even know how to fight,” the Cypress Ridge High
School senior, who did not want to be named, told local KHOU 11
News.

The teen says that the girl who attacked her is a bully who
approached her for no reason and started punching and kicking her
in a classroom during her sixth period class. The victim says
that as the bully approached, her mind was blank and she
“didn’t know what to do or what to think.”

A 45-second video recording that surfaced on the Internet after
the attack shows the bully punching and kicking the girl in the
face while she lies on her back on the classroom floor. 

A teacher in the classroom at the time did nothing to break up
the attack. While the victim was being beaten, the teacher
pressed a panic button to alert the school’s emergency
administrators about the fight. From the cell phone video, it
appears that another student intervened to stop the bully’s
punches while the instructor is nowhere in sight.

“Where’s the teacher?” Eric Green, the victim’s father,
told KHOU. “Why didn’t they step in and do something about
this? Do something about this mess before it escalated into
physical confrontation?”

The school then proceeded to suspend both girls for participating
in a “mutual” fight, even though one girl was clearly
victimized by the other in what Mr. Green calls an
“assault”.

The assistant principal “basically told me we had two students
that got in a fight,”
Green said. “We had mutual combat.’
That was it. She was being suspended. The other student was being
suspended.”

In a statement school administrators sent to NewsFix, a Cypress
Ridge High School spokesman defending the decision and said that
“the campus administration conducted an investigation and the
students involved were disciplined according to the Student Code
of Conduct.”

But the school’s response, together with the teacher’s failure to
break up the attack, has caused Green to develop grave concern
over the safety of his daughter at a place that’s supposed to be
a safe learning environment.

“My concern is Cy-Ridge has no system in place to protect my
child while she’s in school,”
he told NewsFix. “And it’s
not just my child. It could be anybody’s child.”

The cell phone video of the attack was uploaded to the Internet
several hours after the incident and after the suspensions were
in effect. The video evidence contradicts the “mutual”
altercation claims made by school administrators. It also
portrays the instructor’s lack of involvement, which could
reflect negatively on the school.

In North Carolina, a fight occurred between two seventh graders
at Hope Mills Middle School last week, with one student recording
it on her mobile phone camera. Kayla Echevvaria, the girl behind
the recording, was subsequently suspended for making the fight
public. Her mother believes the video served as an embarrassment
to the school, which prompted the suspension.

“I tried to explain to [an administrator] there were more
people than me just recording the fight and taking pictures, but
she basically said it didn’t matter because mine was the only one
that made it to the news,”
the girl said.

This article originally appeared on: RT

UK House of Lords backs gay marriage

0

Britain’s House of Lords have supported same-sex marriage bill, moving the initiative a step closer to becoming law in England and Wales.

The “wrecking” amendment aimed at blocking the gay marriage bill, which was tabled by crossbench peer Lord Dear, was defeated by 390 votes to 148.

However, anti-same sex marriage campaigners, including Coalition for Marriage, opposed the coalition governmentâ„¢s proposed bill.

“The debate lifted the lid on the shoddy and undemocratic tactics of the Government who remain determined to ram this legislation through Parliament at all costs,” said campaign director Colin Hart.

The archbishop of Canterbury Justin Welby has also warned that the draft legislation was in an “awkward shape” and would undermine marriage as the basis for rearing children.

Recently, leaders of Britain’s major faiths called on British Prime Minister David Cameron to halt the plan to allow gay marriage in the UK, suggesting it would “devalue the meaning” of the institution.

On May 21, the House of Commons voted to allow gay marriage in England and Wales despite fierce opposition from the majority of Conservative MPs.

MOS/SSM/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Turkish protesters reject govt. apology

0

Turkish protesters have rejected the government’s apology for excessive violence by police and its appeal to end days of unrest.

On Tuesday, Turkish Deputy Prime Minister Bulent Arinc told a news conference in Ankara, “The excessive violence that was used in the first instance against those who were behaving with respect for the environment is wrong and unfair. I apologize to those citizens.”

Arinc called for the unrest to end, saying the protests had been taken over by “terrorist elements”.

The demonstrators took to the streets again on Tuesday evening in defiance of their government’s apology and plea to end the protests, which have escalated into deadly unrest in cities across Turkey.

The protesters flooded Istanbul’s Taksim Square, yelling defiance at Turkish Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan, who earlier dismissed them as “extremists” and “vandals”.

“The vandals are here! Where is Tayyip?” yelled the crowd.

They demanded the resignation of Erdoganâ„¢s government.

“If they step back, if they change something in Turkey, the conservatism and the things they’ve done, then maybe the crowd can go home,” said Didem Kul, a 24-year-old student in Taksim Square.

“But we can’t go home without having a demonstration. And even if we go home, the feelings won’t change.”

Earlier in the day, the Turkish Confederation of Public Workers’ Unions (KESK), which represents 240,000 employees, launched a two-day strike to express solidarity with the protesters.

KESK spokesman Baki Cinar also rejected the governmentâ„¢s conciliatory move.

“The apology is just damage control and only because they know they are stuck,” Cinar said.

Since Friday, tens of thousands of anti-government protesters have held demonstrations in Istanbul, Ankara, Izmir, Mugla, Antalya, and many other cities and towns.

According to the Turkish Human Rights Association, two protesters died and over 2,800 protesters were injured in the past five days. It added that 791 protesters were arrested by the police.

The anti-government unrest began after police broke up a sit-in staged in Taksim Square on Friday to protest against the demolition of Gezi Park.

The protesters say Gezi Park, which is a traditional gathering point for rallies and demonstrations as well as a popular tourist destination, is the city’s last green public space.

Amnesty International censured the Turkish police for the tactics they used to control the protests.

GJH/AS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Obama urged to review aid to Egypt

0

The defendants were charged with receiving illicit foreign funds and operating without a license in an Egyptian court.

US lawmakers have called on the White House to reconsider $1.5 billion in annual aid to Egypt after Cairo sentenced 43 NGO workers, including 16 Americans, to prison terms for allegedly trying to weaken the Egyptian government.

Sens. John McCain (R-Ariz.), Lindsey Graham (R-S.C.) and Kelly Ayotte (R-N.H.) called on Tuesday on the Obama administration to conduct a Å“comprehensive review” of the annual aid to Egypt and warned that the ruling would adversely affect US-Egypt relations.

Å“If left unchanged, this ruling would have significant negative implications on US-Egypt relations, and we urge the Obama Administration to condemn this conviction in the strongest possible terms,” the three Republicans said in a joint statement.

Secretary of State John Kerry also expressed concern about the trial, saying the decision is Å“politically-motivated.”

Republican Representative Frank Wolf issued a more serious threat, saying the US would pull the plug on the annual aid if Egypt did not change the decision.

Å“If this decision stands, not a penny more of US taxpayer money should go to the Muslim Brotherhood-led government in Cairo,” Wolf said.

The 16 Americans, including former Transportation Secretary Ray LaHoodâ„¢s son, were tried in absentia, as most had sought refuge at the US embassy in Cairo and left the country when the charges were first pressed against during the military rule last year.

The court, held on Monday, also ordered the closure of the NGOs, including the US-based International Republican Institute and the National Democratic Institute.

MA/AS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

US Government at War with Truth Tellers: Alex Jones On Aaron Schwartz’ Death

0

Press TV
June 4, 2013

Press TV has conducted an interview with Alex Jones, Infowars.Com, Texas, about the issue of the suspicious death five months ago of Aaron Schwartz an outspoken critic of Barack Obama.

The following is an approximate transcript of the interview.

Press TV: It is a known fact that Schwartz was a critic of the Obama government of the American policy specially the ‘kill list’ and suspicion still surrounds his death. What do you make of it, first of all?

Jones: Well, he was openly saying he was going to fight the charges; they were fraudulent; he was going to beat them and so I believe they probably actually killed him, not that they harassed him until he committed suicide — They could hang me in my home and say that I committed suicide. This is a very dangerous precedent.

One of the friends of the supposed Boston bombing patsies who said he thought it was the government doing it, he was shot through the top of the head by the FBI during an interrogation.

So in America now, you don’t get a judge or a jury or a trial, the FBI just drops by and hangs you or shoots you in the top of the head.

And there is no doubt — I know people that knew Schwartz; I know people that are off-record talking about the Boston bombing brothers as well and there is doubt from their research that this entire thing is a staged event.

Press TV: Earlier in May a court in the US sided with the prosecution in keeping evidence secret with regards to the case against Schwartz that was about illegally downloading information from MIT (Massachusetts Institute of Technology) and other networks, so to speak. It raises the question over what is it that they want to hide?

Jones: Aaron Schwartz was facing 35 years in prison for downloading stuff basically for the MIT library. Most of the stuff was 30, 40, 50 years old.

They were persecuting him because he led the real effective grass roots movements for internet freedom here in the United States. And he was against the big corporations that are setting up a kind of a corporatocracy here that in the words of CNET news, CBS news is a Chinese style, a communist style, a Russian Style net censorship.

So, what happened was, he was against government web censorship and so they basically harassed him and hounded him and charged him for 35 years in jail for something that would be like Jaywalking — walking across the street. They then said he committed suicide, but I don’t buy that. I have known Pulitzer Prize winners like Gary Webb who exposed CIA drug dealing who told me he was being followed and that he had a big book coming out and he got shot twice in the head.

So, it gets beyond them harassing him, in my view and my research, until he committed suicide. I believe that clandestine forces, maybe even corporate forces that want this 100 billion dollar a year cyber security spy grid, killed Aaron Schwartz.

Press TV: Right now we’re going to see the trial of Bradley Manning starting soon as well. This is a time that many are asking questions over what is the future of people like Schwartz in the US?

Jones: The future is death, unless we all stand together. We have mainline reporters that do interviews with people from the State Department on issues like North Korea, that’s not even secret information and they’re getting arrested, the State Department people and journalists.

So this is a persecution against real media and against the conscience of America. America is full of moral, good people, but we’ve been very, very naïve about how corrupt the globalists are. And so now the people are waking up, they’re trying to persecute the press and whistleblowers. There is a war going on against truth tellers and people that have conscience in America.

But I’ll say this in closing — I believe the persecution of whistleblowers, the persecution of government people, and the persecution of media has now backfired. The people have got past their fear and you’re going to see a lot more whistleblowers.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 4, 2013 at 5:10 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Police fire tear gas at Istanbul demo

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]The Turkish police have fired tear gas and used water cannons to disperse thousands of anti-government demonstrators who gathered at Istanbul’s Taksim Square.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Gitmo Offers ‘Resume Writing’ Class for Terrorists

0

Elizabeth Harrington
cnsnews.com
June 4, 2013

The 166 terrorist detainees at Guantanamo Bay are offered a course in “interviewing and resume writing” as part of their indefinite stay at the prison camp.

Joint Task Force Guantanamo (JTF-GTMO) lists the variety of classes and activities it offers to the terrorist trainers, financiers, bomb makers, recruiters and facilitators who are housed at Gitmo.

Among them: “Interviewing and Resume Writing“ and “Writing Success.”

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 4, 2013 at 4:52 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

ACLU Sues Border Patrol, Immigration Officials Over Voluntary Departures Program

0

Elise Foley
Huffington Post
June 4, 2013

The American Civil Liberties Union filed suit against the federal government Tuesday over its voluntary departures program, through which the group alleges officials often use misinformation to pressure undocumented immigrants to sign away their rights before being forced out of the country.

The program helps the government rack up removals of undocumented immigrants, which reached a record of more than 400,000 last year. But the policy works differently than the usual broader detention and removal process: Border patrol or immigration agents give detained unauthorized immigrants the option to sign a form that will lead to their immediate removal – sometimes within hours.

For most, that means leaving the country before they can talk to a lawyer, see their family or, the ACLU argues, receive necessary information that would help them realize they have other options.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 4, 2013 at 4:29 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

The Disastrous State of Haiti’s Finances: Senate Reports Reveal Widespread Corruption

0

Image: Prime Minister Laurent Lamothe

In November 2012, Finance Minister Marie Carmelle Jean-Marie, who has since resigned, sounded the alarm about the state of public finances. She asked government officials to limit their spending, especially in non-essential travel.

According to Senator Moïse Jean-Charles, former President René Préval left some $1.9 billion in the treasury when he stepped down in May 2011. But nobody knows how this large amount was spent.

Furthermore, $150 million was earmarked for the reconstruction of the capital’s hilltop neighborhood of Fort National, which was devastated in the Jan. 12, 2010 earthquake. However, $50 million of that sum was diverted to build 3,000 houses in Morne à Cabri while the remaining $100 million has mysteriously disappeared.

Under the government of President Michel Martelly and Prime Minister Laurent Lamothe, a great deal has been spent, but very little has been accomplished. Corruption has been the hallmark of the first two years of President Martelly’s government.

Now, the president of the Senate’s Economy and Finance Commission, Sen. Jocelerme Privert, has laid bare the sad state of the country’s finances. A budget deficit of 9 billion gourdes [$211.805 million] is already forecast for the current fiscal year 2012-2013. According to the budget forecast, the state should collect 52 billion gourdes [$1.224 billion]. But for the first half of the fiscal year, the state only collected 21.7 billion gourdes [$510.684 million], despite an increase in payroll and income taxes. Therefore, there is already a deficit of 4.3 billion gourdes [$101.196 million]. During the same period in fiscal year 2011-2012, the state collected 22 billion gourdes [$517.744 million].

Meanwhile, the exchange rate continues to rise. Today, one needs 44 gourdes to buy one dollar, up from 39 gourdes in 2011, so the purchasing power of households has decreased significantly, despite an 8% increase in money transfers from the diaspora. Charles Castel, the Central Bank’s governor, says the inflation rate is 7.2%, but independent economists say it is closer to 10%.

The Central Bank, also known as the Bank of the Republic of Haiti (BRH), has confirmed the budget deficit. However, Castel makes a difference between the revenue deficit, which is 9 billion gourdes [$211.805 million], and the fiscal deficit, which is 2.7 billion gourdes [$63.541 million]. Therefore, according to Castel, the deficit is less than 1% of the Gross Domestic Product (GDP). Castel also announced the issuance of $15 million from the state’s reserve money supply to try to stabilize the Haitian Gourde’s exchange rate.

Despite the budget deficits, officials of the Martelly-Lamothe government continue to make a great number of unnecessary trips abroad, which entail hugely inflated per diem expense. For example, President Martelly gets travel expenses of up to $20,000 per day. Under previous governments, travel expenses were set at $600 per day for the highest ranking officials who needed to go to Europe, Africa, or Asia, and $500 per day for their travel in the Americas, while lower-level state officials received $300 to $400 per day, according to Sen. Jocelerme Privert, who spent many years working in different Haitian administrations.

Meanwhile, the Senate’s Public Works and Communications Commission, led by Sen. Jean William Jeanty, issued a report that discovered corruption, embezzlement, and numerous other irregularities in the management of funds which the Martelly/Lamothe government illegally collected on international phone calls from June 2011 to November 2012. The report notes that National Council for Telecommunications (CONATEL), a regulatory body, collected $50.4 million during that period, but only 60% of the money — about $30 million — was sent to the Treasury. About 10% of the revenue — $ 5 million — was spent to purchase equipment to fight telecommunications fraud, and another $4 million was spent to hire the Swiss firm Société Générale de Surveillance S.A. (SGS) to improve security against fraud. Much of the money was spent on large unexplained expenses for “staff” salaries and bonuses.

Sen. Jocelerme Privert said that according to the accounting that was available, CONATEL should have collected $69 million during this period. Furthermore, there is no law which authorizes the taxing of phone calls at 5 cents per call, nor the release of that revenue.

Meanwhile, about $63 million was collected on incoming and outgoing money transfers (at $1.50 per transfer) for the period from Jun. 15, 2011 to Apr. 16, 2013. These funds were supposed to have been collected to finance the Program for Free and Compulsory Universal Schooling (PSUGO), which is also largely funded by the World Bank. This program has left a trail of corruption scandals from the National Palace through the Education Ministry all the way to schools themselves.

Following the release of the reports, the Senate summoned Lamothe to appear before it on May 28, 2013 in order to explain the irregularities in the expenditure of scarce state resources, including 5 billion gourdes [$117.67 million] spent on an emergency funds program for Hurricane Sandy last autumn. Seven senators signed the summons: Moïse Jean Charles Jean-Baptiste Bien-Aimé, Irvenson Steve Benoit, François Joseph Annick, Jean William Jeanty, Westner Polycarpe, and John Joel Joseph. As has happened before, the Prime Minister did not want to answer the senator’s questions and requested a postponement of the session until Friday, May 31, 2013, [which was postponed to June 4, 2013] despite the the senators’ strenuous objections.

Meanwhile, President Michel Martelly, also on May 28, called members of the National Assembly to an extraordinary session to continue working on draft legislation. Most saw Martelly’s call for an extraordinary session to be a tactic to create a diversion from the attempt to convoke Lamothe.

If the Prime Minister does not respect the senators’ summons or if they are not satisfied with his answers, will they unseat him? This question will be answered in the days ahead.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Protest held against UK legal aid cuts

0

British lawyers stage a protest over the governmentâ„¢s plans to slice a further £220 million from the criminal legal aid budget.

Several hundred British lawyers have staged a protest over the governmentâ„¢s plans to slice a further £220 million from the criminal legal aid budget and remove defendants’ ability to choose a solicitor.

Carrying placards and chanting slogans, British lawyers blocked the road outside the Ministry of Justice (MoJ) in central London on Tuesday to express their anger against plans to slash legal aid spending.

Protesters were carrying placards reading, “One law for the rich”, “Democracy under threat” and “Defend legal aid.

The shadow justice minister, Andy Slaughter, MP David Lammy and human right groups, including Liberty and Reprieve, were among those present at the demonstration.

“Squeezing out decent criminal practitioners will drive down standards and inevitably lead to miscarriages of justice. Meanwhile, the government protects itself from effective challenge by restricting legal aid for judicial review,” said James Welch, legal director of Liberty.

Barristers and solicitors condemned the Justice Secretary Chris Graylingâ„¢s proposals, saying they would destroy Britain’s international reputation for justice and fair trials.

Earlier in May, a mass protest organized by the London Criminal Courts Solicitors Association (LCCSA) was held outside the Houses of Parliament to oppose the plans to cut legal aid budget.

The UK government is seeking to save about £350 million from its £2.2 billion annual bill for legal aid by removing public funding in many areas of civil law, including family disputes, advice on some employment and education law as well as some debt and housing issues.

MOS/SSM/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

The Monsanto tipping point has been reached: We shall overcome global food injustice (GMO)

2

Mike Adams
Natural News
June 4, 2013

Monsanto is now in full retreat against a global grassroots rejection of its poisons and lies. The company is backpedaling on every front now, even admitting defeat in Europe and now trying to focus its last, desperate efforts on the United States and Brazil.

But even in the Americas, Monsanto is losing on every front: GMO labeling legislation is cropping up in over a dozen states, the global March Against Monsanto demonstrated global grassroots unity against GMOs, and even the so-called “science” behind the “safety” GMOs is revealed as utter hogwash now that GMOs have escaped Monsanto’s experimental wheat fields and contaminated commercial wheat crops in America.

Japan has halted U.S. wheat imports and South Korea joined in as well. Ben & Jerry’s ice cream company has announced it is going 100% GMO-free, and massive boycotts are under way against brands that tried to block the GMO labeling ballot measure in California (Prop 37).

We’ve reached the tipping point against Monsanto
Jeffrey Smith of www.ResponsibleTechnology.org has always talked about a “tipping point” being reached on GMOs, after which the flood of consumer awareness and demand would force food manufacturers and retailers to begin the process of ditching GMOs. I believe that tipping point has now been reached. In fact, I believe the March Against Monsanto was the final push over the fulcrum of the tipping point, and I am ecstatic that so many people all around the world marched in the streets to protest global food injustice while the wholly-discredited mainstream media sat back and pretended the march never even took place!

In one fell sweep, the tipping point against Monsanto was triggered and the whole world realized the mainstream media has zero credibility. I’ll call that a victory any day!

Next steps: Commands from headquarters?

If you’re waiting for “commands from headquarters” to figure out what’s next in the war for food justice and farming justice – the war against Monsanto and GMOs – you don’t really understand this movement. The beauty of everything that’s happening today is that there IS no headquarters!

Activists against Monsanto are simply making this up as we go along. There is no “leader.” There is no secret strategy meeting. There are no talking points. There is no overarching set of milestones being discussed. There is no one person that makes all this happen.

The anti-GMO movement is all just large numbers of courageous individuals waking up and doing what needs to be done, whether that’s organizing a march, posting videos online, boycotting food brands that use GMOs, or holding home viewing parties of DVDs that educate people on the truth about GMOs.

This is the movement’s strength. This is why nobody can be intimidated, sued or shut down by Monsanto. Behind every activist there are a thousand more carrying the torch for food justice. The anti-GMO grassroots movement absolutely will not stop until GMOs are banned from the global food supply, and that bold statement is just as true in Venezuela and Portugal as the United States. Everywhere that people eat food and grow food, everyone who is informed supports the idea of outlawing GMOs entirely.

This goal will be achieved. I can see it now with clarity. The grassroots energy behind this movement is unstoppable. And while everyone in the grassroots anti-GMO movement may come from slightly different viewpoints on other social, political and economic issues, they all agree that GMOs have no place in the food supply, period!

As I recently said in my speech at the March Against Monsanto in Austin:

The fact that you are here, in all your beautiful diversity… is proof that they cannot divide us! They can only unite us with their insanity!

If you are part of the effort to stop Monsanto and outlaw GMOs, you are winning. You are making a measurable, effective difference in the world, and the positive shockwaves of your efforts will be felt for generations to come.

Keep up the good work. :-)

Rebels say Hezbollah, Iraqi fighters flooding into Syria

0

Nuha Shabaan
usatoday.com
June 4, 2013

Syrian rebels outside Damascus said Tuesday that thousands of Hezbollah and Iraqi fighters are massing on the outskirts of the capital in what appears to be a prelude to a large-scale ground invasion against towns they have held for months.

“Planes are dropping off fully armed fighters from Hezbollah and the Iraqi Fadl Brigades,” said opposition activist Abu Yasser.

Hezbollah is a Lebanon-based terrorist group; the Fadl Brigades are Iranian-trained Shiite Muslim militants from Iraq. Both groups are likely destined for the fight in al-Qusayr, a town near the Lebanese border that is at the center of the rebels’ supply routes for ammo and fighters, Yasser said.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 4, 2013 at 4:11 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Turkey apologizes for police violence

1

Turkish govt. offers apology for violent crackdown on protests

Demonstrators carry an injured man during a protest against Turkish Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan in central Ankara on June 2, 2013.

Turkish Deputy Prime Minister Bulent Arinc has apologized for the government’s violent crackdown on demonstrators opposing the demolition of an Istanbul park.

Arinc told a news conference in the capital Ankara on Tuesday that the original protests over the redevelopment of Gezi Park were Å“just and legitimate.”

“The excessive violence that was used in the first instance against those who were behaving with respect for the environment is wrong and unfair,” the Turkish deputy prime minister stated.

“I apologize to those citizens.” “But,” he added, “I don’t think we owe an apology to those who have caused damage in the streets and tried to prevent people’s freedom.”

Since Friday, tens of thousands of anti-government protesters have held demonstrations in Istanbul, Ankara, Izmir, Mugla, Antalya, and many other cities and towns.

According to the Turkish Human Rights Association, two protesters died and over 2,800 protesters were injured in the past five days. It added that 791 protesters were arrested by the police.

On Sunday, Turkish Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan termed the protesters demonstrating against his government extremists, adding that he is not a dictator as they call him.

“If they call someone who has served the people a ‘dictator,’ I have nothing to say,” Erdogan said. “My only concern has been to serve my country.”

“I am not the master of the people. Dictatorship does not run in my blood or in my character. I am the servant of the people,” he added.

The Turkish prime minister called the protests “ideological” and organized by an opposition “unable to beat (the government) at the ballot box.”

The anti-government unrest began after police broke up a sit-in staged in Istanbulâ„¢s Taksim Square on Friday to protest against the demolition of Gezi Park.

The protesters say Gezi Park, which is a traditional gathering point for rallies and demonstrations as well as a popular tourist destination, is the city’s last green public space.

Amnesty International censured the Turkish police for the tactics they used to control the protests.

Å“The use of violence by police on this scale appears designed to deny the right to peaceful protest altogether and to discourage others from taking part,” John Dalhuisen, the director of the Europe and Central Asia Programme of Amnesty International, said on Saturday.

Å“The Turkish authorities must order police to halt any excessive use of force and urgently investigate all reports of abuse. They have a duty to ensure that people can exercise their right to free expression and assembly,” Dalhuisen added.

GJH/AS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Rubio Touts Constitutional Amendment to Nix ObamaCare Insurance Mandate

0

Florida Republican Senator Marco Rubio (shown) has proposed adding an amendment to the U.S. Constitution that would invalidate the ObamaCare health insurance mandate. Labelled the “Right to Refuse” amendment, the measure would make it unconstitutional for Congress to impose taxes on American citizens who refuse to purchase goods or services deemed necessary by Congress.

Last year, the U.S. Supreme Court ruled 5-4 that the individual mandate clause of the Affordable Care Act is constitutional because it is a tax and therefore falls under the power of Congress to tax.

Chief Justice Roberts wrote in the majority opinion that while the “individual mandate is not a valid exercise of Congress’s power under the Commerce Clause and the Necessary and Proper Clause,” it is a valid exercise of the taxing power granted the federal government by the Constitution. “Simply put, Congress may tax and spend,” he concluded. Of course, that line of reasoning overlooks the fact that the federal government taxing powers are not intended to fund anything the Congress wants to spend money on but only those things that are enumerated in the Constitution.

Rubio seeks a constitutional amendment to override that ruling. According to his office, the Right to Refuse amendment reads, “Congress shall make no law that imposes a tax on a failure to purchase goods or services.”

If the individual mandate is permitted to go into effect, the IRS is tasked with the responsibility of overseeing the payments of the individual mandate tax by those who opt out of health insurance.

Rubio contends, however, that the recent scandal surrounding the IRS is compelling enough to invalidate the agency’s role in overseeing the mandatory individual mandate tax on all Americans. He stated in a press release:

ObamaCare is a disastrous policy that is not only destructive to job creation, it will also unleash the corrupt and scandal-ridden IRS on taxpayers simply for not buying health insurance. We should put our faith in the American people to decide what goods and services they want to buy, not have Congress dictate it and have the IRS empowered to harass Americans to make sure they do it.

Let’s do everything we can to keep the IRS out of our health care and stop future congresses from forcing private citizens to spend their hard-earned money on products or services Washington is forcing on them.

Rubio’s Right to Refuse amendment is the Senate companion to H .J. Res. 28, introduced in the House of Representatives in February by Rep. Steven Palazzo (R-Miss). In a statement, Palazzo applauded Rubio for promoting the amendment:

Senator Rubio has been a consistent defender of individual liberty, and I’m proud to have his support in championing this cause. Just as the IRS has no business punishing organizations based on political beliefs, the government has no business telling individuals how they should spend their money. How can Americans feel confident about Obamacare going forward if they can’t even trust the agency tasked with enforcing this massive law? That is why Right to Refuse is so important. This measure would take the power out of the hands of the IRS and place it back in the hands of the American people.

Rubio’s amendment has support among several conservative organizations, including the American Center for Law & Justice (ACLJ), Americans for Tax Reform (ATR), and the National Taxpayers Union (NTU). But the John Birch Society is not among them. John F. McManus, president of the constitutionalist-minded group, points out, “Amending the Constitution to cancel an unconstitutional act of Congress – even one deemed acceptable by the Supreme Court – actually does disservice to the Constitution since it suggests that the ObamaCare mandate is constitutional. The outrageous requirements of the ObamaCare legislation, a measure that in no way is authorized by the Constitution, can be cancelled by state nullification or by congressional action, neither of which will imply that the Constitution is deficient and needs correcting.”

An amendment to the Constitution requires a two-thirds majority in the House and Senate, or a constitutional convention called by two thirds of the state legislatures. It must be ratified by three quarters of the states in order to be added to the Constitution.

Photo: Senator Marco Rubio: AP Images

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Sebelius Asked Companies to Support Health Care Law

0

Robert Pear
nytimes.com
June 4, 2013

Kathleen Sebelius, the secretary of health and human services, disclosed on Tuesday that she had made telephone calls to three companies regulated by her department and urged them to help a nonprofit group promote President Obama’s health care law.

She identified the companies as Johnson & Johnson, the drug maker; Ascension Health, a large Roman Catholic health care system; and Kaiser Permanente, the health insurance plan.

At a Congressional hearing, Ms. Sebelius said she had not explicitly asked the companies for money, but urged them to support the work of the nonprofit group, Enroll America.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 4, 2013 at 4:07 pm

Tags: , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

US Delays While 65 Other Countries Sign 1st Global Arms Trade Treaty

0

(Photo: Oxfam International/cc/flickr)More than 65 countries have signed the first-ever treaty regulating the global arms trade. The United States, which is the world’s top arms exporter, has delayed signing it after being accused of weakening the treaty before its approval last month.

Secretary of State John Kerry said Monday the United States would sign as soon as the official translation process is complete. The treaty would not control domestic weapons use but still faces a tough battle for ratification in the U.S. Senate. On Monday, U.N. Secretary-General Ban Ki-moon urged countries that export arms to embrace the treaty.

Ban Ki-moon: “I particularly appeal to major arms trading countries to be first movers. The eyes of the world are watching arms traders, manufacturers and governments as never before. I call on all governments to bring national legislation and procedures in line with the requirements of the treaty so that it becomes a strong force for security and development for all.”

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Afghan interpreters package ‘inadequate’

0

Afghan interpreters’ UK resettlement package is described as Å“inadequate”.

The British governmentâ„¢s resettlement package to be granted to half of the 1,200 Afghan interpreters working for UK forces in Afghanistan has been criticized as Å“inadequate”.

Britainâ„¢s Defence Secretary Philip Hammond said up to 600 Afghans, who are currently employed by Britainâ„¢s Foreign Office and Armed Forces in Helmand, will be eligible to resettle in the country.

Under the new proposals, those whose employment ended before 19 December 2012, voluntarily or for disciplinary reasons will not be eligible.

The package, however, was attacked as being insufficient and inadequate by firms representing Afghan interpreters.

Rosa Curling from law firm Leigh Day & Co described the package as “completely inadequate”, adding that the interpreters Å“will remain in grave danger until the Government finally does the right thing and treats them like their colleagues in Iraq.”

Moreover, the Avaaz campaign group warned the plans would leave hundreds of translators at risk.

“This deal may sound great in London, but could be lethal in Kabul,” said campaign director Alex Wilks.

Afghan interpreters, who have worked with British forces in Afghanistan since 2001, now fear retaliation from Taliban militants as NATO forces prepare to withdraw from the Asian country.

According to the reports, 20 interpreters working with British troops in Afghanistan were killed in action and dozens have been injured. Another five were said to have been killed while off duty.

SSM/MOS/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Chemical weapons used in Syria: France

0

French Foreign Minister Laurent Fabius says it is confirmed that the nerve agent of sarin has been used multiple times during the crisis in Syria.

Fabius said in a brief statement on Tuesday that samples taken from Syria and tested in France “prove the presence of sarin in the samples in our possession.”

The French minister, however, did not specify the location and the time the agent had been used.

The claim comes upon a new report by the United Nations that says there are “reasonable grounds” to believe that chemical weapons have been used in Syria.

Fabius added that the test results have been handed to the UN.

The White House said on Tuesday that it was continuing efforts to collect evidence about the probable use of chemical weapons in Syria.

France and the UK say the Syrian government has used chemical weapons against militants, a claim Damascus has rejected as Å“lies.”

Damascus says terrorists have used chemical weapons on several occasions, including an attack in the region of Khan al-Assal in the province of Aleppo in which over two dozen people died.

MA/AS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

‘Turkish govt not used to dealing with such large-scale civil unrest’

0

Turkish police should be blamed for provoking violence in Istanbul, where peaceful actions grew into bloody protests. But despite the escalation, Turkey is still a democracy and PM Erdogan will not quit, journalist and author Andrew Finkel told RT.

RT: We’ve seen the first deaths in Turkey, how far do
you think this could go?

Andrew Finkel: It’s difficult to say, but it’s clear
there’s an opposition movement forming against the government
really outside the confines of the traditional political parties.
Whether they will continue to show their opposition in the
streets, or whether they will simply become a political force
within Turkey, it’s really not quite clear. However, I think the
notion that Turkey will go back to normal by Thursday — by the
time the Prime Minister gets back from North Africa — is a little
bit of wishful thinking.

RT: The Prime Minister said these protests are nothing
like the Arab Spring and events on Tahrir square in Egypt – do
you agree?

AF: It is perhaps a misleading comparison. People have
also compared it with the Velvet Revolution in Prague [while the]
Turks say, ‘We resemble ourselves.’ There is something
intrinsic to Turkey about what has happened. Why it’s different
from the Arab Spring is that Erdogan is a Prime Minister who was
elected […] in three consecutive elections. Each time he got a
little more of the vote. If there were an election tomorrow, many
people think he would still be elected. He said the other day,
‘You have a hundred thousand people on the streets; I could get
one million.’ This may be a little bit of a threat, but possibly
not an exaggeration.

[Erdogan] won’t quit, he will go to a general election if that’s
necessary. It’s not a question of him being ousted from power by
tanks and bullets. Turkey, for all its faults, is still a
democracy.

RT: Protesters accuse the police for their excessive
use of force. What has made the security forces go in so
hard?

AF: Certainly no one would defend the way the police have
handled these riots, and indeed, much of the outrage that we are
seeing on the streets is a result of the way the police have
handled a sit-down, tree-hugging protest in the center of an
Istanbul square. Had they not gone in with tear gas and set tents
on fire and batons blazing then a lot of the outrage that we are
seeing would not have happened. Some of the outrage would have
happened. A lot of it is frustration at the way the government
has been ruling.

Yet, what is the solution to the problem? The solution is not
people standing on tanks and storming the presidential palace.
The solution would be for the government to go to a poll. That’s
what happens in democratic societies.

RT: How well do you think the government’s handling the
crisis?

AF: They are confounded by the crisis. They don’t know how
to react. They’re not used to dealing with such large-scale civil
unrest, and indeed they helped provoke the civil unrest by the
initial use of force….They have to come to some sort of
negotiation with the demonstrators. It’s not clear to me that
what we’re going to see in Turkey is an escalation of street
violence met by an escalation of government violence. I think at
some point people will realize that to go in that direction is
madness. But clearly the government understands it’s going to
have to listen to voices on the streets and not just its own
supporters.

RT: Activists are calling on Erdogan to quit. Will
Western leaders join the chorus and tell him to go too like they
did with Assad in Syria and Gaddafi in Libya?

AF: There is irony here in that [Syrian President Bashir]
Assad has issued travel warnings against people going to Turkey.
It’s him laughing up his sleeve at the situation. As I’ve said,
Turkey, for all its faults, is still a parliamentary democracy.
So it’s not a question of Erdogan quitting. It’s a question of
him resigning and going into a general election if he felt he had
lost the confidence of his electorate. I don’t see that happening
in the immediate future. I don’t think he’s going to step down
and resign. But clearly his popularity will take a knock.

The statements, views and opinions expressed in this column are solely those of the author and do not necessarily represent those of RT.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Press Shakedown? Labor Dept. Wanted $1M from AP

0

KEITH KOFFLER
White House Dossier
June 4, 2013

In the latest blow to the Obama administration’s claim to be the “openness administration,” word emerged today that the Department of Labor sought to charge a news organization more than $1 million for information.

According to the Associated Press, which reported today on the widespread use by government officials of secret email accounts, Labor demanded that AP pay $1.03 million for costs the department said were involved in retrieving email addresses for political appointees.

According to the piece:

(The agency) said it needed to pull 2,236 computer backup tapes from its archives and pay 50 people to pore over old records. Those costs included three weeks to identify tapes and ship them to a vendor, and pay each person $2,500 for nearly a month’s work.

But under the department’s own FOIA rules — which it cited in its letter to the AP — it is prohibited from charging news organizations any costs except for photocopies after the first 100 pages. The department said it would take 14 weeks to find the emails if the AP had paid the money . . .

A department spokesman later termed the demand for cash a “mistake” and provided the Associated Press with the email addresses for all Labor appointees confirmed by the Senate. But it would appear demanding such and exorbitant sum to drum up a few email addresses may amount to an effort to create a barrier to the release of information.

The episode suggests that the failure to appreciate the role of the press extends well beyond the White House, which bullies reporters to suppress the news, and the Justice Department, which makes them subject to criminal inquiry for collecting information. It is one of the cardinal rules of journalism that you don’t pay for information, particularly not a sum like $1 million.

Republicans: It Was God's Plan to Keep Speaker Boehner!

0

U.S. House Speaker John Boehner (R-OH)

June 4, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Members of the ultra-conservative wing of the Republican Party didn’t try to oust Speaker John Boehner from his perch because God told them not to, a Washington Post report highlighted by Salon’s Jillian Rayfield states.

The background to the story is that in January, a vote within the new House Republican caucus occurred on whether to keep Boehner on as speaker. Some conservatives were upset that Boehner had allowed a deal to be struck that averted the so-called “fiscal cliff,” and they wanted Boehner out because of it. But in the end, only 12 GOP members voted against Boehner. That was short of the 17 needed to force another vote on the Speaker slot.

Yesterday, the Washington Post revealed new details about why Boehner kept his slot in a story published about the Republican Party’s warring factions. One reason why Boehner wasn’t ousted is because “several Republicans, after a night of prayer, said God told them to spare the speaker,” according to the Post’s Paul Kane.

Florida Rep. Steve Southerland told Kane that he “read the Old Testament the night before the vote.”

“He’s not a God of chaos, he’s a God of order,” said Southerland, who woke up the day of the vote deciding that Boehner should stay.

Kane also granted anonymity to other Republicans who also “prayed before siding with Boehner.”

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Senate Republicans renew fight against immigration reform bill

0

Seung Min Kim
Politico
June 4, 2013

Four Senate Republican opponents of the Gang of Eight immigration bill are mounting an effort to sway their colleagues against the legislation.

Sens. Ted Cruz of Texas, Jeff Sessions of Alabama, Mike Lee of Utah and Chuck Grassley of Iowa sent a “Dear Colleague” letter Tuesday afternoon laying out specific criticisms of the bill, saying it would give “immediate” legalization to undocumented immigrants without adequate border security and does not repair the legal immigration system.

The four senators, who voted against the bill in the Judiciary Committee, said the process of marking up the bill was “predicated on a deal struck before” the committee process began.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 4, 2013 at 3:36 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Local Activists Talk Smart Meter Solutions with Infowars Nightly News

0

Infowars.com
June 4, 2013

Sheila Hemphill and her son, Coleman Hemphill, talked with David Knight and Infowars Nightly News about shifting the debate on smart meters in a positive direction.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 4, 2013 at 3:35 pm

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

HSBC sued by New York state over US home loans

0

bbc.co.uk
June 4, 2013

HSBC is being sued by the state of New York for allegedly ignoring a law designed to protect US homeowners from losing their houses.

HSBC’s “illegal business practices make it more likely that homeowners will unnecessarily lose their homes,” the lawsuit states.

It accuses Europe’s largest bank of being too slow to file paperwork in 300 foreclosure cases in New York state.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 4, 2013 at 3:31 pm






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Disgraced soldiers who admitted abusing Afghan civilians allowed to stay anonymous

1

Becky Evans
Daily Mail
June 4, 2013

Two disgraced soldiers who abused Afghan civilians will be allowed to stay anonymous because of fears they could become victims of a ‘lone wolf’ attack like soldier Lee Rigby.

A 22-year-old ex-private was fined £1,000 after admitting pulling a young boy’s hand towards his genitals and saying ‘Touch my special place’.

His 23-year-old comrade, a serving non-commissioned officer, was demoted in rank after pleading guilty to racially insulting a local man by photographing him holding a sign reading ‘Silly Paki’.

But controversially the judge at the court martial today ruled the shamed troops’ names should be shrouded in secrecy following the murder of soldier Lee Rigby.

Two Islamic extremists have been charged with allegedly hacking Drummer Rigby, 25, to death with cleavers and knives outside Woolwich barracks in south east London two weeks ago.

udge Advocate Alan Large, sitting at the hearing in Sennelager, Germany, said the guilty soldiers and their families could be at risk of attack from ‘lone wolf’ terrorists if their anonymity was lifted.

He said: ‘In the light of recent events in London and the threat posed by lone wolves it seems to me that it would be wrong to lift the restrictions.

‘I accept that it would usually be wrong to make such an order and this should not be seen as an attempt by the military to hide behind the law.

‘It was made in response to very specific circumstances and on specific grounds.’

The servicemen were attached to the 1st Battalion the Yorkshire Regiment which was fighting the Taliban in the Nahr-e Saraj area of Helmand when the offences took place in December 2011.

The former private, known as Soldier X, pleaded guilty to two charges of misconduct.

In once incident he was filmed near a checkpoint with a child aged around five sitting on his knee.

Film footage showed him laughing, pulling the boy’s hand and telling him to touch his crotch.

He also pleaded guilty to insulting an Afghan boy aged around ten who offered to shake his hand, telling him to ‘f*** off’ and calling him a ‘f****** c***’.

He was cleared of disgraceful conduct of an indecent kind and allegedly forcing an Afghan girl to touch him intimately on another occasion.

Judge Advocate Large accepted there was no sexual motive behind Soldier X’s behaviour towards the young boys but said it was ‘gratuitously unpleasant’ and ‘totally unacceptable’.

Read full article

Obamanomics to Blame for Worst Recession Since the Great Depression

0

When libertarian scholar Peter Ferrara asked rhetorically in Sunday’s issue of Forbes, “Economically, Could Obama Be America’s Worst President?” he relied heavily on statistics provided by the chief enabler of the Great Recession, the Federal Reserve. Noting that the policies of President Obama have done nothing to stimulate the economy but plenty to keep it from growing, he used recent economic recoveries as prime examples of what recoveries would look like if government would stay out of the way:

The right measure and comparison for Obama’s record is not to compare the recovery to the recession, but to compare Obama’s recovery with other recoveries from other recessions since the Great Depression. By that measure, what is clear is that Obamanomics has produced the worst recovery from a recession since the Great Depression, worse than what every other President who has faced a recession has achieved since the Great Depression.

Using data from the Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis, Ferrara complained that it’s taken 64 months for the present recovery to regain the ground lost since the beginning of the Great Recession, whereas 64 months into the Reagan recovery, “jobs had grown 9.5% higher than where they were when [that] recession started, representing an increase of about 10 million more jobs.” By contrast, taking population growth into account, the present recession has cost 10 million jobs. The unemployment rate, according to Ferrara and the Minneapolis Fed, has stayed higher longer than at any time since the 1930s, and that’s using government figures and not the real unemployment rate (U6) that has been replaced by new “updated” calculations. Ferrara concluded: “This utterly failed jobs record of Obamanomics reflects the more basic reality that the economy has not been growing under President Obama.”

Ferrara rounded up additional statistics to support his point: The average American family is worse off, in inflation-adjusted terms, than they were before the Great Recession began in 2007. Poverty levels have increased, along with government regulations.

Confirmation came from another branch of the Fed when the Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis released its report that any economic “recovery” as measured by gains in the stock market have failed to help those on the lower end of the economic scale. In its May 30 report, the Fed concluded that the average American family has recovered less than half of what it lost since the Great Recession bottomed out in the summer of 2009, mostly because the average family has little invested in the stock market and instead have most of their real wealth invested in real property, mostly their personal homes. Despite some recovery in home prices, that has done precious little to help the average family to recover lost ground significantly.

But Ferrara and the Fed fail to go back far enough to show just how weak the present recovery really is. He (and they) need to go back to the 1920-21 depression to remind his readers of how a nearly free-market economy really responds when it is left to its own devices. Following a sharp decline in productivity that began in January 1920 of almost 30 percent (far deeper than that of the present Great Recession), the economy rebounded by more than 60 percent so that by July 1921, just 18 months later, unemployment had fallen to normal low-single-digit levels. This set the stage for the Roaring Twenties, when the economy doubled in output in a little over seven years. 

In his summary of “the forgotten depression of 1920” as he called it, scholar Tom Woods noted what it took to put in place such a remarkable rebound:

Instead of “fiscal stimulus,” [President] Harding cut the government’s budget nearly in half between 1920 and 1922. The rest of Harding’s approach was equally laissez-faire. Tax rates were slashed for all income groups. The national debt was reduced by one-third.

The Federal Reserve’s activity, moreover, was hardly noticeable. As one economic historian puts it, “Despite the severity of the contraction, the Fed did not move to use its powers to turn the money supply around and fight the contraction.”

By the late summer of 1921, signs of recovery were already visible. The following year, unemployment was back down to 6.7 percent and was only 2.4 percent by 1923.

Woods went on to say, in his best-seller The Politically Incorrect Guide to American History, 

[Presidents] Harding and Coolidge did not establish a Square Deal, a New Deal, a New Frontier, a Great Society, or a New Covenant. For the most part they simply stayed out of the economy and out of people’s lives. 

The results speak for themselves. By the end of the decade, the United States could boast an incredible 34 percent of total world production [of the world’s goods and services]. [Emphasis added.]

Ferrara is no doubt well-meaning, and his scholarship is undeniable. However, he does a disservice, when he compares the present fake recovery from the Great Recession to other recoveries when the economy was laden with high taxes, increasing government regulations, and welfare state programs as well. Why not use the recovery strategies from the Depression of 1920-21 as a model instead? Then his readers would see much more clearly what is needed for a true economic renaissance: government staying within its constitutional bounds, taxes reduced to perhaps 20 percent of their present level, and letting the free market breathe once again.

Photo of President Barack Obama: AP Images

A graduate of Cornell University and a former investment advisor, Bob is a regular contributor to The New American magazine and blogs frequently at www.LightFromTheRight.com, primarily on economics and politics. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.
.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Monsanto Still Testing Genetically Modified Wheat in Two States

0

(Photo: luke chan/cc/flickr)The news of Monsanto’s genetically modified (GM) wheat that turned up on an Oregon farm has brought repeated assurances that trials of this GM wheat stopped years ago.

But while the particular strain of its GM glyphosate-resistant wheat MON 71800 stopped, Monsanto resumed trials of other GM wheat in 2011, according to Bloomberg, which cites information posted in a U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) database.

Bloomberg reported that the corporate agriculture giant planted 150 acres of GM wheat in Hawaii last year and 300 acres of GM (also known as genetically engineered or GE) wheat in North Dakota this year. Monsanto did not disclose the specific herbicides these trial wheat crops are bred to tolerate, Bloomberg added.

These new GM trials, the seed giant told Bloomberg, are “an entirely different event” from the Monsanto wheat found on the Oregon farm.

In a statement last week, the company wrote, “Monsanto’s process for closing out the Roundup [glyphosate] Ready wheat program was rigorous, well-documented and audited.”

A FAQ sheet from the USDA’s Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service (APHIS), which regulates genetically modified organisms, also emphasizes the completion of “glyphosate-resistant wheat” field testing. It states, “There are no APHIS-authorized glyphosate-resistant GE wheat field trials being conducted in Oregon or any neighboring states at this time.”

“APHIS authorized over 100 field tests with this specific glyphosate-resistant wheat variety in years spanning from 1998 through 2005. Field tests were conducted in Arizona, California, Colorado, Florida, Hawaii, Idaho, Illinois, Kansas, Minnesota, Montana, Nebraska, North Dakota, Oregon, South Dakota, Washington, and Wyoming,” it continues.

This particular document does not mention field testing of other kinds of GE wheat taking place, which, according to Bloomberg‘s reporting, are in fact underway, though this other wheat may be genenetically engineered to be resistant to an herbicide other than glyphosate.

APHIS stated that “there are no GE wheat varieties approved for sale or in commercial production in the United States or elsewhere at this time.”

The discovery of the rogue wheat in Oregon has already caused international backlash, with Japan suspending some imports of US wheat, South Korea testing all of its US wheat imports, and the EU urging its members to test some of its US wheat imports.

And on Monday, a wheat farmer in Kansas filed suit against Monsanto, charging that he and other U.S. wheat farmers have been adversely affected by the resulting actions following the rogue wheat in Oregon. The petition states that the “plaintiff has been harmed by any and all Monsanto GE wheat because it has impacted wheat exports and the price of wheat.”

________________________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Two Afghans Killed at Protest While Demanding Arrest of US Soldiers for Torture, Murder

0

Two Afghans were killed in Wardak province on Tuesday when public protests against US special forces for their role in the possible torture and murder of “disappeared” villagers turned heated and Afghan police reportedly opened fire on the crowd.

Image from a separate protest in Wardak earlier this year. (Photo: Press TV) At issue is a bizarre series of events surrounding the mysterious workings of an Afghan military police unit and its connection to a US special forces outpost in the Nerkh district of Wardak. Though the US denies any knowledge or responsibility for the Afghan villagers who went missing and later turned up dead, local witnesses say the US forces were supporting and sheltering the shadowy operations.

The Guardian reports:

When relatives identified three mutilated bodies dug up near a former US special forces base as their missing family members, they decided to take the corpses to the capital of restive Wardak province and organise a protest to spread word of their loss.

By noon on Tuesday, hundreds of people had flooded the streets of Maidan Shar town, blocking the main road to Kandahar and Kabul and shouting “Death to America” and “Death to special forces”. By early afternoon two more men were dead and one seriously injured after police opened fire to control what they said was an increasingly violent crowd.

The three bodies were just the latest grisly discovery in the troubled Nerkh district, where locals say a string of civilians disappeared into a military base housing US special forces. They claim they were then tortured and killed. Their families blame American forces, although the base was shared with Afghan troops and a US military spokesman strongly denied any abuses by foreign soldiers.

But locals have continued to blame US forces. “We have found 10 bodies of people killed by Americans in total, seven before and three more today, on the west side of the US base,” said Sediqullah, a de-miner whose brother’s body was one of the three found on Monday.

“His name was Atiqullah, he was 38 years old and a shopkeeper in Maidan Shar,” said the 42-year-old, before going on to list the names and professions of the other dead, who included a teacher, a taxi driver, a government worker and casual labourers. He said their bodies bore signs of torture.

“They cut their fingers and beat their stomach and head with rocks,” he said by phone from his home just outside Maidan Shar. “They were poor people who just had ordinary business and were just working to feed their families.”

A senior Wardak politician said the 10 men all vanished at the end of last year, and their families had been seeking news of them for months.

The Associated Press reports that though an investigation is underway “it was too soon to say if the three were among at least nine people who villagers say disappeared into American custody and were never seen again.”

AP also describes how the protest unfolded, though how exactly two Afghans ended up dead remained murky:

Tuesday’s rally brought a car with the three bodies to the local provincial governor’s office, then protesters fanned out and blocked traffic on the main road from Kabul to Kandahar, said Fahimi, the council member.

“They were throwing stones and shouting against the government and the (American) special forces, saying, `We want the killers of these innocent civilians to be prosecuted,'” Fahimi said.

The demonstrators tried to get into the governor’s office, and police fired in the air to stop them, he said.

He added that at least two protesters were killed but he was unsure if they had been shot or trampled.

The U.S. has repeatedly denied accusations that people arrested by special forces in Wardak province died in American custody. However, villagers accuse the Americans and their Afghan partners of intimidation through unprovoked beatings, mass arrests and forced detentions.

___________________________________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

I.R.S. Spent $4.1 Million on a Single Conference, Audit Finds

0

Jonathan Weisman
New York Times
June 4, 2013

The Internal Revenue Service spent $4.1 million on a single conference in Southern California in 2010, paying top dollar for luxury suites, $27,500 for a keynote speaker and tens of thousands of dollars for gifts to the 2,600 people who attended, according to a newly released Treasury Department audit.

But the audit also shows that such expenditures fell dramatically when the Obama White House clamped down on travel and conferences as budgets tightened and a scandal erupted over how much the General Services Administration had spent on conferences. I.R.S. spending on such meetings fell to $4.8 million in the 2012 fiscal year, which ended Sept. 30, from $37.5 million in fiscal 2010.

The audit, conducted by the Treasury inspector general for tax administration, has given Republicans a new reason to be outraged at the nation’s tax-collecting agency, which is already under fire for targeting conservative groups for special scrutiny when applying for tax-exempt status.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 4, 2013 at 2:54 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Be A Victim: When Your Kid Is Being Attacked, Teachers Are Just Minutes Away

0

I am a Victim

Should your child go to school and make a gesture with his hands resembling a gun, under zero-tolerance policies you can be 100% assured that  he or she will be promptly suspended or expelled.

However, if a student bully or random attacker should throw a desk at your child’s head, leaving a hole in his skull, that sense of urgency turns to apathy and indifference.

A mother is outraged after she says no one called 911 when her teenage son suffered a skull fracture at the hands of another student. The alleged incident happened on campus during school hours.

…

Victoria Canales says what happened to her son at Beechnut Academy is unacceptable.

“They should have called 911 when my child had a big hole in his head instead of waiting for me to go pick him up,” she said.

The seventh-grader did not want to be shown on camera. His skull was fractured on Friday when a classmate hurled a desk at his head. He says it was the fifth attack he endured at the hands of school bullies.

“I was pretty freaked out and scared,” her son said. “It’s violent, it’s a violent school.”

Canales said she’d repeatedly contacted the school, but was ignored.

KTRK Houston

This so-called movement against bullying touted by school districts across the country is nothing more than propaganda:

The schools like to talk a good talk about their firm stances against bullying.  They make a big deal of having  the kids wear pink to school for International Stand Up to Bullying Day.  They hang colorful posters and spend classroom time discussing bullying.

They even have the students sign pledges saying that they will stand up for the victims of bullying.

But what happens when a kid takes the message to heart?

Source: The Organic Prepper

If you are 13 year old Brian MacLean, who disarmed a knife wielding bully by body slamming him and leaving him incapacitated as he attempted to harm another student, you get to spend the entire day in the principal’s office, have your locker searched and undergo questioning for your heroic actions.

In fact, the school attended by MacLean issued an official statement in response to the incident in which he may have well saved the life of another student, saying that they do not “condone heroics.”

What they do condone, however, is being a victim.

And that’s exactly what they are teaching our children is the proper behavior. Common sense in our schools, as stated so succinctly by former teacher Ellie Rubenstein, is extinct.

Early in the school year our 10 year old son, having just entered a new school, was attacked by a classmate. It was a typical 5th grade scuffle. The other student ran towards him and started kneeing him in the ribs and leg. Our son, who has trained Karate for nearly two years, simply threw up a ‘block’ (in our style of Karate, a block is equivalent to a strike). The closed fist block struck the attacking student in the jaw, laying him out on the pavement.

As you may have guessed, we subsequently received a phone call from the principal’s office advising us that our son was being suspended over the incident. After further questioning, the principal admitted that our son acted in self defense (according to reports from student witnesses), but stressed that the proper response would have been for him to contact a ‘yard duty’ teacher.

When I pressed the principal on how that would have been possible under the circumstances, he simply responded with, “Sir, our policy is that students who engage in physical confrontation, regardless of the circumstances, will be suspended or expelled.”

Would the principal have taken the same stance as our son had he come under attack in the ‘real world,’ or would he have responded according to his school policy and ran for police help in the middle of being beaten? Maybe he can take Janet Napolitano’s advice, and just ask the attacker to stop.

When he returned home from school that day our son was terrified about the consequences he would face at home.

Suffice it to say, he not only didn’t get into trouble, but was commended for taking his personal safety into his own hands.

I explained to him… when a bully is attacking you and causing you bodily harm, your teachers are minutes away.

There’s a saying I related to him:

It’s better to be judged by twelve, than carried by six.

This article originally appeared on: SHTF Plan

Disinformation on Natural Gas: Pro-Fracking Spin on Public Radio, Brought to You by Qatar

0

The April edition of the monthly public radio program America Abroad, “Global Energy and Innovations,” sounded like an infomercial for the natural gas “fracking” industry. Which, in essence, is what it was.

The show, which is distributed by Public Radio International (PRI), began with host Madeleine Brand declaring:

Thanks to a breakthrough in the technology known as “fracking,” the hydraulic fracturing of rock, the United States is enjoying a boom in cheap natural gas.

She went to say that “supporters argue that the new technology not only brings new jobs but also provides cleaner energy than coal.”

And what do fracking opponents say? That’s unclear; the counterpoint to fracking’s boosters—”natural gas will do everything we want it to do,” as one soundbite put it—is the observation that “some experts” think that cheap gas means “there’s less incentive to develop clean, renewable energy.”

The tilt in the episode isn’t that surprising, considering who was paying for it. The show was underwritten by the Qatar Foundation International, controlled by the ruling family of the oil-rich nation, and the Stuart Family Foundation, funders of an array of conservative think tanks and advocacy groups.

LNG tanker (cc photo: Amanda Graham)

LNG tanker (cc photo: Amanda Graham)

Qatar’s oil company, QPI, is a world leader in exporting liquefied natural gas (Bloomberg, 12/13/10) and partners with Chevron in “export-oriented LNG facilities.” QPI just invested $1 billion in Canadian natural gas fields, whose fracking-extracted products would be primarily marketed to North American consumers. And QPI recently signed a major deal with ExxonMobil to construct a $10 billion natural gas export terminal in Texas (Bloomberg, 5/9/13).

Are you surprised to learn that ExxonMobil and Chevron are both among America Abroad‘s general funders?

The show’s lead interview was with MIT professor Henry Jacoby, co-chair of an MIT Energy Initiative study titled “The Future of Natural Gas.” Jacoby heralds fracking as a clean technology, discounts renewable energies as currently unrealistic and supports the U.S. market switch to exporting liquefied natural gas.

The segment doesn’t reveal that the MIT Energy Initiative’s governing board and founders include executives from major gas and oil corporations such as Chevron, BP, Shell and Saudi Aramco. Multiple members of the research team were also working for oil and gas companies during the project (Public Accountability Initiative, 3/13).

One of the main messages of the program is that fracking can be a “bridge to the future,” a fossil fuel to exploit until renewables are finally ready to be widely used. As Brand put it, several high-profile solar industry failures “came at the same time fracking technology was fueling a boom in American natural gas production.”

The show also tapped former Shell CEO John Hofmeister, who now runs a group called Citizens for Affordable Energy, to send the same message: Sure, clean energy would be great, “but in the meantime, the most affordable are clearly the traditional hydrocarbons, as well as nuclear, as well as hydropower. I’m talking about oil, natural gas and coal.”

And it was especially revealing to see how the show engaged criticism of fracking. “The controversy over fracking,” Brand commented, “as well as concerns about climate change, in part, led to a renewed and invigorated interest in all things green in political circles.” That led to a mention of Al Gore’s climate activism—but only to make the point that this “politicized the issue of climate change and, by extension, the renewable energy industry to the point where it harmed that industry’s ability to connect with Republicans in certain states.”

America Abroad should have done a better job of balancing the guest list of this program to include more critical voices. But that would have meant directly challenging the business interests of the show’s funders.

ACTION:

Ask America Abroad ombud Jeffrey Dvorkin to investigate the show’s report on fracking and the multiple conflicts of interest of the show’s funding.
CONTACT:

America Abroad Media
Ombudsman
Jeffrey Dvorkin
ombudsman@americaabroadmedia.org

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Obamacare nullification bill on SC Senate agenda

0

Adam Beam
Island Packet
June 4, 2013

South Carolina this week could become the first state in the country to restrict the enactment of Obamacare since the U.S. Supreme Court upheld that law last year.

A proposed bill, on special order in the state Senate, would allow the state attorney general to take businesses, including health insurers, to court if he “has reasonable cause to believe” they are harming people by implementing the law. The bill already has passed the House.

If it passes, the bill could push South Carolina to the forefront of Obamacare resistance, giving the state’s Republican leaders a national stage. It also could push South Carolina into yet another costly legal battle in the federal courts that, critics say, is unnecessary and avoidable.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 4, 2013 at 2:31 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Brain Says Guilty! Neural Imaging May Nab Criminals

0

Tanya Lewis
Live Science
June 4, 2013

Someday soon, judgments of guilt or innocence in a courtroom might be determined from a brain scan, scientists say.

Technologies for imaging the brain have advanced rapidly, to the point where it’s possible to infer, for example, what object a person has stolen based on that person’s neural activity. But how reliable is the science, and should it determine criminal fate? A panel of scientists and legal experts discussed these issues Saturday (June 1) at the World Science Festival, an annual celebration and exploration of science held here.

The panel discussion was based on an upcoming PBS documentary called “Brains on Trial with Alan Alda,” expected to air in September, and moderated by Alda himself.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 4, 2013 at 2:23 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Zimbabwe: The Revolution Continues

0

The coming elections in Zimbabwe are no mere referendum on the leadership of the coalition government. Instead, the decision before Zimbabweans is a clear one: continue on the revolutionary path of Mugabe and ZANU-PF or follow Prime Minister Morgan Tsvangirai’s MDC-T and their pro-US, neoliberal economic agenda.

While much of Africa has been turned into a chaotic, war-ravaged continent stuck in the destructive cycles of violence, terrorism, and dependence on imperial powers, Zimbabwe has managed to maintain the fierce independence and commitment to revolution espoused by President Mugabe stretching all the way back to the post-colonial liberation struggle. However, in order to fully understand the sustained campaign of destabilization and subversion by the Western imperialist ruling class, one must first examine the policies of Mugabe and ZANU-PF that have earned them the ire of Washington and London.

Mugabe’s “Crimes”

Robert Mugabe and his ZANU-PF party emerged from the post-independence conflict as the dominant political party in Zimbabwe, promising to finally address the most pressing issues facing black Zimbabweans who, despite making up the vast majority of the population, continued to be mostly landless, while the white, landowning class maintained their grip on the most arable land. This gross disparity in land ownership, a vestige of the colonial system, became one of the primary needs that the new leadership intended to address. However, the terms of the negotiated settlement of the war of liberation in 1979, known as the Lancaster House Agreement, essentially allowed the white farmers to retain their land if they chose to do so under the “willing buyer, willing seller” principle.

This system continued until 2000 when President Mugabe shifted the policy to a “fast track” land program that sought to unseat white privilege and restore ethnic balance to land ownership. It was precisely this policy shift that earned Mugabe the ire of the imperial powers, particularly the British, which then sought to punish Mugabe and the people of Zimbabwe by instituting crippling sanctions that destroyed the Zimbabwean economy. However, this only strengthened the resolve of ZANU-PF, teaching them a number of important lessons. As Francis Chitsike of Midlands State University in Zimbabwe points out:

What the Zimbabwean government learnt from its own experience is that in an  agriculturally based economy, no development program will succeed if people are not                                 given access to land. Equitable access to means of production is vital to the success of any development program. There is a direct link between poverty reduction and land reform, and issues of poverty reduction cannot be tackled without addressing issues of land reform.[i]

After twenty years of playing by the rules set forth by the British, Mugabe and ZANU-PF realized that in order to achieve the true goals of the revolution (poverty reduction, land redistribution, expanded social services, etc.), they would have to reinvent the country, not simply reform it gradually. And so, ZANU-PF adopted as its slogan “Land is the economy and the economy is land” in order to underscore the government’s commitment to true land redistribution. The results of the fast track land program are impossible to ignore. In a new book entitled Zimbabwe Takes Back Its Land, the authors explain how:

In the biggest land reform in Africa, 6,000 white farmers have been replaced by 245,000 Zimbabwean farmers. These are primarily ordinary poor people who have become more productive farmers. The change was inevitably disruptive at first, but production is increasing rapidly. Agricultural production is now returning to the 1990s level, and resettled farmers already grow 40% of the country’s tobacco and 49% of its maize.[ii]

This incredible accomplishment of land redistribution has far-reaching implications for the people of Zimbabwe. Not only are they finally able to enjoy the fruits of their revolution, but they have charted a course of self-sufficiency that allows the country and its elected officials to be less dependent on foreign powers, giving them a greater degree of autonomy in political and economic matters. However, the significance of the land redistribution goes much further than simply its impact on the people of Zimbabwe. The successful redistribution of land provides a “dangerous” model for other African nations still struggling with the legacy of colonial rule.

Although land remains at the center of the continued revolution, there are other key economic issues which Mugabe and ZANU-PF have addressed in ways that are antithetical to the exploitative goals of Western corporations and their government servants. Perhaps one of the most shocking to financiers and capitalists in the West was the decision to nationalize the mining sector, as the government took majority stakes in most mining companies operating in the country. Naturally, this was yet another slap in the face to corporate interests that saw in Zimbabwe yet another African cash cow to be milked dry. The imperialist mentality in Africa views the resources as belonging to white Europeans and Americans rather than the people of Africa. This fundamental divide is what distinguishes Mugabe and ZANU-PF from many other leaders in Africa who, at every turn, grovel at the feet of their former oppressors.

Perhaps the central principle in Mugabe and ZANU-PF’s economic program is “indigenisation”. This process of reclaiming the economic destiny of the country for the people of Zimbabwe has been difficult, even problematic at times, but has been successful. Not only has the government moved to nationalize the mining sector, it has expanded the program to include banks and other important businesses.

Although this process has been mocked by so-called “experts” in the West, the reality is that the program has been a resounding success, not only economically, but also with the people. As Saviour Kasukewere, Minister of Youth Development, Indigenisation and Empowerment noted in 2011:

This is an imperative we cannot avoid…they [foreign corporations] have been having it too good for too long…if they think by closing a mine they are affecting us, tough luck. Closing a mine doesn’t change anything…Brazil is coming, India is coming…what we have a problem with, is companies with a colonial ownership structure.”[iii]

Kasukewere here articulates perhaps the most important point of all: that the revolution in Zimbabwe is not merely cosmetic, but rather is a decades-long process of unwinding the structures of colonial control — the very imperialist infrastructure which to this day forms the foundation of white capitalist domination of Africa.

Unlike nearly every other African country, Zimbabwe does not play host to US military bases or any AFRICOM presence. No military “advisors” have entrenched themselves in the armed forces as they have throughout the continent. There is no US drone base as in Niger, Djibouti and elsewhere. Zimbabwe has maintained a steady, if somewhat fragile, peace since independence, choosing to maintain support for independent African nations such as Libya while it was free under the leadership of Muammar Qaddafi, and Eritrea which, like Zimbabwe, is vilified by Western imperialists for its unwillingness to be made part of the imperial system. Essentially then, Zimbabwe has in nearly every way asserted its independence from the US-UK sphere.

Naturally though, the imperial powers do not sit idly by and allow this to happen. They have their counter-revolution in Zimbabwe, led and embodied by Morgan Tsvangirai and the MDC-T.

Tsvangirai, the MDC-T, and the Subversion of Zimbabwe

The Movement for Democratic Change (MDC-T) led by current Prime Minister Morgan Tsvangirai is no mere opposition party. Rather, they are the Zimbabwean face of neoliberal capitalism and continued subservience to corporate-imperial power. Although Tsvangirai’s party shrouds itself in the flag of anti-corruption and “sustainable development”, the truth is that these are merely the rhetorical cover for rolling back the gains made by the people of Zimbabwe under the leadership of Mugabe and ZANU-PF.

Despite the obvious need, and overwhelming support, for the land redistribution programs of the last decade, Tsvangirai and his Western puppet party came out against the program and squarely on the side of the entrenched white landowners. In 2011, as the land redistribution and indigenization programs were beginning to take root, Tsvangirai stated publicly that, “We don’t support grabbing property and seizing companies. We support a process of willing seller, willing buyer.” This revealing statement illustrates clearly the degree to which Tsvangirai and MDC-T represent the interests of the British and the imperial-corporate powers who themselves created the “willing seller, willing buyer” concept in the Lancaster House Agreement. Essentially then, when Tsvangirai speaks it is the voice of London, Washington and Wall St.

However, this ideological connection is merely the tip of the iceberg when it comes to Tsvangirai and his relations with the West. A 2010 leaked cable, published by WikiLeaks[iv], revealed that Tsvangirai collaborated with President Obama and the US establishment against the interests of Zimbabwe and the people. The document[v] “showed that he [Tsvangirai] had had been privately urging Washington to maintain sanctions against Harare, while taking the opposite position in public.” This revelation, though certainly not a surprise to many in Zimbabwe and ZANU-PF, reveals the degree to which Tsvangirai and the MDC-T is, for all intents and purposes, a US front group masquerading as political opposition. Of course, were this the only example of the relationship, the case against Tsvangirai would be incomplete. Rather, one must examine the role of US intelligence in shaping the entire agenda of the MDC-T.

Earlier this month, the Zimbabwe Herald reported that:

MDC-T has reportedly invited three Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) agents to attend its policy conference set for [Friday May 17, 2013] as part of last ditch efforts to formulate an appealing election manifesto…the Herald is reliably informed that the three CIA agents were also behind MDC-T’s security policy document titled ‘Policy Discussion Papers — Security Sector Cluster: 1. Defence and National Security, 2. Home Affairs’ [in which] MDC-T announces plans to fire all serving security chiefs…and hire what is termed senior police staff from Western countries to instill ‘professionalism’ in the force.[vi]

The intimate relationship between the MDC-T and US intelligence illustrates the degree to which Tsvangirai is not merely compromised but, in many ways, an outright agent of the United States and the other imperial powers. The MDC-T would seek to transform Zimbabwe into little more than another compliant African client state where the needs of the poor majority would be trumped by the power of the wealthy minority serving the needs of multinational corporations.

The WikiLeaks cables also reveal how the United States has been actively working and preparing for regime change in Zimbabwe. Former US Ambassador to Zimbabwe Christopher Dell wrote that:

Our policy is working and it’s helping drive changes here. What is required is simply the grit, determination and focus to see this through. Then, when the changes finally come we must be ready to move quickly to help consolidate the new dispensation…He [Mr. Tsvangirai] is the indispensable element for regime change, but possibly an albatross around their necks once in power.[vii]

The cables show the intimate working relationship that exists between the so-called opposition and their Western backers. Although this is no secret in Zimbabwe, it comes as news to many in the West who have been thoroughly propagandized to believe that the MDC-T and Tsvangirai represent substantive change and a move toward increased democracy. On the contrary, the MDC-T is the quintessential counter-revolutionary movement specifically designed to destroy the tremendous gains made by ZANU-PF and Mugabe since liberation.

What’s Next?

Zimbabwe’s immediate future is going to be shaped by the impending national elections. Naturally, ZANU-PF and MDC-T will be vying for the leadership mantle in what will be a hotly contested election. That being said, we are seeing the usual forces of “soft power” aligning themselves in preparation for a major destabilization effort around the elections. As we saw most recently in Venezuela, disputing elections is one of the favorite tactics of the imperialist ruling class, allowing them and their minions to engage in protracted subversion of democratic institutions in order to foment civil unrest and thereby delegitimize the elected government.

One well known organ of imperialist propaganda is the George Soros-funded International Crisis Group which recently issued a report entitled “Zimbabwe: Election Scenarios”, laying out in great detail the various ways in which the United States and its allies and clients must intervene in the elections. In particular, the report states that:

The pervasive fear of violence and actual intimidation contradicts rhetorical commitments to peace. A reasonably free vote is still possible, but so too are deferred or disputed polls, or even a military intervention. The international community seems ready to back the Southern African Development Community (SADC), which must work with GPA partners to define and enforce “red lines” for a credible vote…That the elections are likely to be tense and see some violence and intimidation is clear; what is not yet clear is the nature of the violence, its extent, and the response it will generate.[viii]

To the layman, such a description might seem innocuous — a paper outlining the possible outcome of the election. However, even a cursory examination of recent similar episodes in Venezuela, Iran, and elsewhere shows that “disputed elections” are the favorite tool of subversion by the imperial powers which use NGOs such as the International Crisis Group as their unofficial mouthpieces. When the ICG speaks, it is with the voice of US intelligence and the ruling class.

If the experience of Venezuela is any indication, we are likely to see violence in the streets should MDC-T lose the election, particularly if the margin of victory is small. As with Capriles and the US-funded opposition in Venezuela, the creation of violence in the streets is merely a trick employed for the purposes of destabilizing the government in a time of transition, with the goal of creating enough chaos to delegitimize the rule of the victors. And so, ZANU-PF and the Zimbabwean people must remain vigilant as the country heads into these all-important elections

Zimbabwe has come a long way since the official end of the liberation struggle. As years have passed, the nation and its people have been transformed from servants to masters, dependent children to independent and free human beings. In that same time, the former masters have attempted to employ countless strategies to continue their exploitation and domination of the resources and the people. Because of the leadership of Mugabe and ZANU-PF, as well as the determination of the Zimbabwean people, Zimbabwe has metamorphosed into the envy of Africa. Of course, there are very real problems in the country, with wealth not nearly approaching that of other African states that have remained loyal to the imperial system.

However, when wealth is concentrated in the hands of a kleptocratic ruling elite, is that really wealth? Looking at Zimbabwe, we see a true model for Africa: an independent path to progress and equitable development. It is for this reason that the imperial powers look to destroy all that has been built in Zimbabwe…and for this same reason, we must stand to defend her.

 Eric Draitser is the founder of StopImperialism.com. He is an independent geopolitical analyst based in New York City. You can reach him at ericdraitser@gmail.com.

Notes

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

US discloses Israel’s top-secret military base outraging Tel-Aviv

0

The US government has inadvertently revealed the details of a top-secret Israeli missile base in published bid requests, leaving military officials in Tel-Aviv in the state of shock.

Israel has turned to the US government with its plans to build a
state-of-the-art facility to host the new ballistic-missile
defense system, the Arrow 3, McClatchy’s Washington Bureau
reports.

In accordance with its usual procedure, the US Defense Department
has published the details of the $25 million project on a federal
business opportunities website so that contractors could bid on
it.

Over 1,000 pages of specifications included a thorough
description of the future base from the depth of the underground
complex to building materials to be used in construction.

The information on the facility at Tel Shahar is classified in
Israel, with the local military even refusing to officially
confirm its location between the cities of Jerusalem and Ashdod.

“If an enemy of Israel wanted to launch an attack against a
facility, this would give him an easy how-to guide. This type of
information is closely guarded and its release can jeopardize the
entire facility,”
an unnamed Israeli military official
commented, refusing to say if the plans for the base will be
altered as a result of the disclosure.

An Israeli Air Force Sikorsky CH-53 helicopter lands in the Tel Nof air base in central Israel.(Reuters / Baz Ratner)

“This is more than worrying, it’s shocking,” he added.

An Israeli Air Force Sikorsky CH-53 helicopter lands in the Tel Nof air base in central Israel.(Reuters / Baz Ratner)
According to the bid requests, the Arrow 3 system will include
six interceptor missiles in vertical launch positions to be
placed at the base, with a gantry crane to be erected for further
missiles.

High-grade concrete reinforced with steel mesh grids will be used
to build the structures encasing the interceptor system, which
will have steel blast doors and a system to protect electrical
wiring from the pressure during the launch.

The Arrow 3 is a defense system designed to intercept ballistic
missiles outside the Earth’s atmosphere. It’s expected to become
operational in 2015-16 to tackle possible threats from the
nuclear weapon program developed by neighboring Iran.


“We’re thinking mostly about the nuclear threat,”
Col. Aviram
Hasson, who heads the Arrow 3 project, is cited as saying by
UPI.com. “We want to reach a situation in which Israel has a
ready defense for any threat, present or future.”

Earlier, the head of the bidding process at Israel’s Defense
Ministry, Lt. Col. Peleg Zeevi, told Reuters that the project was
given to the Americans as the IDF needed “a player that has the
knowledge, ability and experience” in the field.

Since 1998, the US had built military facilities worth $500
million for the Israeli army, which, according to Zeevi, was
“aware of the security issues that arise in deals with foreign
firms.”
But it seems that the scale of the disclosure of a
top-secret facility was too much to handle for the Israeli
officials.

This article originally appeared on: RT

“Mental Illness” Diagnoses Are the Slippery Slope to Gun Confiscation

0

According to a recent study by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, approximately 20 percent of children in the United States – one out of five – has a mental disorder. Perhaps even more sobering, the latest edition of the “psychiatric Bible,” the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-5), claims there is more than a 50-percent chance that an American will develop a mental disorder in his or her lifetime. The CDC reported that 25 percent of adults already suffer from mental illness and affirmed the idea that the number will rise to 50 percent, as the DSM-5 predicts.

These claims are disputed, however. Dr. Allen Frances, author of the DSM-4, has challenged the claims of the new manual, specifically those concerning ADHD. Frances stated the following about the proliferation of claims of mental illness:

We’re already over diagnosing ADHD. Almost 20 percent of teen boys get the diagnosis of ADHD, and about 10 percent of boys are on stimulant drugs. We don’t need to make it easier to diagnose ADHD. If we decided as a society that the use of stimulants is good, it shouldn’t be done through a fake medical diagnosis.

ADHD, according to a recent study by the CDC, “was the most prevalent current diagnosis among children aged 3-17 years,” and although “scientists are studying the causes … there is no test to diagnose ADHD.” In other words, the most common form of mental illness in children is not testable. Yet both children and adults are still being medicated.

The situation becomes more disturbing when connected with gun control.

While it seems reasonable to prohibit the “dangerously mentally ill” from owning firearms, the high prevalence of mental illness diagnoses is likely to be the slippery slope that leads to widespread gun confiscation.

In fact, merely using present and proposed legislation and tweaking the meaning of a few words would do the trick. New gun-grabbing laws already require some people who have “mental illness” to hand over their weapons to the government – so anti-gun legislators merely need to find an excuse to take guns away from all people with “mental illness.”

Actions by authorities show how close we are to that reality.

New York resident David Lewis received a letter from the Erie County clerk on April 1, informing Lewis that his gun license was being suspended and that failure to comply and hand over his firearms would result in the revocation of his gun license altogether.

The reason for his license suspension and removal of his firearms was that Lewis had taken anti-anxiety medication. Even though he had a clean record, was not reported to be mentally ill, and had stopped taking the prescribed medication the previous year, the New York SAFE Act allowed the government to obstruct his Second Amendment right.

Erie County Clerk, Chris Jacobs, representing the office that sent Lewis the letter, explained that there had been a mistake. “When the State Police called to tell us they made a mistake and had the wrong person, … it became clear that the State did not do their job here, and now we all look foolish.” After an Erie County Supreme Court judge determined that the letter was sent in error, Lewis’ privileges were reinstated.

Similarly, in California, a resident near Los Angeles recently felt the full brunt of a new law Governor Jerry Brown signed last month requiring citizens who legally purchased handguns and assault rifles to surrender them to the government if they have since committed a crime or suffer from mental illness. Nine agents from the California Justice Department, armed with pistols, paid a visit to the man’s home and walked out with his three registered firearms because the gun owner had recently spent two days in a mental hospital.

Another California resident, Lynette Phillips, voluntarily admitted herself to a mental hospital last December, where she spent two days. Phillips says that her medication had been adjusted and that, subsequently, she could not stop crying. A nurse noted in her file, however, that Phillips was involuntarily admitted and suggested that she might be suicidal. Phillips was shocked at these claims. “I kept telling her I had a grand-baby at home and had to be better for Christmas,” she said. “Does that sound like the words of someone who is a risk to themselves and others?”

Nevertheless, nine police officers with the California Justice Department, armed and wearing bulletproof vests, showed up on her doorstep and asked to enter her home. Phillips and her husband, David, had never had problems with the law before, so they let the officers inside without asking for a warrant. Although invasive and unconstitutional, this new gun law does not actually give warrants for officers to look through homes for firearms.

After the couple had politely directed them to where their guns were kept, the officers left with all three of the Phillips’ legally owned firearms.

In Phillips’ case, not only was her gun confiscated, but her husband’s guns as well. Though David Phillips is a law-abiding citizen with no criminal history and no record of mental illness or use of psychotropic drugs, his guns were still taken.

Michelle Gregory, a spokeswoman for the California attorney general’s office, attempted to shed light on the issue. “The prohibited person can’t have access to a firearm,” she said, indicating that the “prohibited person” does not have to be the registered owner of the gun. Since David lived under the same roof as someone who is “mentally ill,” his firearms were taken by the government. After all, his wife could have access to them.

The definition of someone who is officially “mentally ill” could be changed at a moment’s notice once these types of laws are in place, making them an extreme danger to rights. So far, California and New York have implemented them, but other states may follow. California Attorney General Kamala Harris even wrote a letter to Vice President Biden, who was leading a White House review of firearms policy, suggesting that he consider California’s methods an example for the entire nation.

As the situation stands now, the New York law mandates that all mental health professionals, psychiatrists, and psychologists must report any patient they believe may be “dangerous” to local officials, who will then have the authority to seize all firearms that individual might own – don’t make your psychiatrist angry. The dangerous person’s name will then be entered into state and national registries so that no future gun purchases can occur, not legal purchases anyway.
 

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Watford Mayor Takes Cameron to Task Over Bilderberg Security Cost

0

Infowars.com
June 4, 2013

Dorothy Thornhill, the mayor of Watford, presented Prime Minister David Cameron with a letter this week criticizing the government for passing the bill for Bilderberg security on to Hertfordshire taxpayers.

The Watford Observer reports today that Ms. Thornhill found it “galling” that the government would pass the bill for protecting some “the wealthiest people in the world” on to hapless commoners.

“The police have been forced to make quick arrangements with minimal consultation with residents, and these have had ramifications,” Thornhill explained.

“I am also very concerned about the additional strain this must put on Herts Police’s budget, which had already been set for the year ahead,” she added.

“While I realize the conference is funded by a cocktail of contributors, the local constabulary will surely have to pick up a substantial part of the tab, which is all the more galling when the participants in the conference are among the wealthiest people in the world.”

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Trade Deficit in U.S. Widened From Three-Year Low

0

Shobhana Chandra
bloomberg.com
June 4, 2013

The trade deficit in the U.S. widened in April from a more than three year low, reflecting a rebound in imports of consumer goods and business equipment that eases concern about the degree of slowing in economic growth.

The gap grew by 8.5 percent to $40.3 billion from a $37.1 billion in March shortfall that was smaller than previously estimated, Commerce Department figures showed today in Washington. The median forecast in a Bloomberg survey of 68 economists called for the deficit to grow to $41.1 billion. Imports climbed by 2.4 percent, twice the gain in exports.

American demand for foreign-made mobile phones, automobiles and computers accelerated, pointing to gains in household and business spending that will help the world’s largest economy weather government cutbacks. Record U.S. exports of autos and parts and consumer goods also indicate global growth is stabilizing.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 4, 2013 at 2:06 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Karl Marx, Radical Environmentalist: An Ecological Critique of Capitalism

0

International Socialist Review columnist Phil Gasper challenges the myth that Marxism has nothing useful to say about the environment—with help from the old man himself.

At the demonstration in Washington, D.C., in February to oppose the Keystone XL pipeline, which is being built to transport tar sands oil from Western Canada to the U.S. Gulf Coast, members of the Ecosocialist Contingent carried signs reading “System Change, Not Climate Change!”

The slogan was well received, as growing numbers of environmental activists recognize that only fundamental social and economic changes can solve the deepening global ecological crisis.

But what kinds of changes are needed and what strategies can win them? There are serious debates within the movement. What I want to argue here is that activists have much to gain by engaging with the ecological critique of capitalism first developed by Karl Marx and Frederick Engels in the 19th century.

Until quite recently, there was a common myth that Marx and Engels had nothing useful to say about the environment. But over the past 10 to 15 years, this myth has been refuted by writers like the sociologist John Bellamy Foster and the environmental economist Paul Burkett.

In his book Marx’s Ecology, published in 2000, Foster shows that ecological ideas were central to Marx and Engels’ materialist outlook from the early 1840s. For example, in his 1844 Economic and Philosophical Manuscripts, Marx wrote:

Man lives on nature—means that nature is his body, with which he must remain in continuous interchange if he is not to die. That man’s physical and spiritual life is linked to nature means simply that nature is linked to itself, for man is a part of nature.

Both Marx and Engels point out in their later writings that capitalism disrupts the link between humans and the rest of the natural world, to the detriment of both. Marx sometimes calls this the “metabolic rift”—”an irreparable break in the coherence of social interchange prescribed by the natural laws of life.”

In his notebooks for Capital written in the 1850s, later published as the Grundrisse, Marx notes:

It is not the unity of living and active humanity with the natural, inorganic conditions of their metabolic exchange with nature, and hence their appropriation of nature, which requires explanation or is the result of a historic process, but rather theseparation between these inorganic conditions of human existence and this active existence, a separation which is completely posited only in the relation of wage labor and capital.

In capitalist economies, a small minority, driven by competition and the search for ever-greater profits, controls the means of production. The system imposes a drive to accumulate on individual capitalists, and this results in a focus on short-term gains that ignore the long-term effects of production, including its consequences for the natural environment.

According to Engels:

As individual capitalists are engaged in production and exchange for the sake of the immediate profit, only the nearest, most immediate results must first be taken into account. As long as the individual manufacturer or merchant sells a manufactured or purchased commodity with the usual coveted profit, he is satisfied and does not concern himself with what afterwards becomes of the commodity and its purchasers.

Engels points out the way in which this drive for profit can lead to ecological catastrophe:

The same thing applies to the natural effects of the same actions. What cared the Spanish planters in Cuba, who burned down forests on the slopes of the mountains and obtained from the ashes sufficient fertilizer for one generation of very highly profitable coffee trees—what cared they that the heavy tropical rainfall afterwards washed away the unprotected upper stratum of the soil, leaving behind only bare rock!

Engels concludes: “In relation to nature, as to society, the present mode of production is predominantly concerned only about the immediate, the most tangible result; and then surprise is expressed that the more remote effects of actions directed to this end turn out to be quite different, are mostly quite the opposite in character.”

In Capital, drawing on the pioneering research of the German chemist Justus von Liebig, Marx discusses the process by which capitalism tends to deplete soil fertility:

Capitalist production, by collecting the population in great centers, and causing an ever-increasing preponderance of town population, on the one hand concentrates the historical motive power of society; on the other hand, it disturbs the circulation of matter between man and the soil, i.e., prevents the return to the soil of its elements consumed by man in the form of food and clothing; it therefore violates the conditions necessary to lasting fertility of the soil.

Most obviously, human waste that in the past would have been used as fertilizer now has to be disposed of in other ways. “Excretions of consumption are of the greatest importance for agriculture,” Marx points out. “So far as their utilization is concerned, there is an enormous waste of them in the capitalist economy. In London, for instance, they find no better use for the excretion of four and a half million human beings than to contaminate the Thames with it at heavy expense.”

Meanwhile, the problem of soil depletion in 19th century Britain was dealt with first by importing large quantities of bones from Europe and guano from South America, and later with the use of artificial fertilizers, which in turn created their own problems of runoff and ground water contamination. According to Marx:

[A]ll progress in capitalistic agriculture is a progress in the art, not only of robbing the laborer, but of robbing the soil; all progress in increasing the fertility of the soil for a given time, is a progress towards ruining the lasting sources of that fertility…Capitalist production, therefore, develops technology, and the combining together of various processes into a social whole, only by sapping the original sources of all wealth—the soil and the laborer.

In Marx and Engels’ day, the environmental damage caused by capitalism was localized to particular regions or countries. Today, the threat of climate change is global in scope, with the production of greenhouse gases by the most developed capitalist economies threatening ecosystems across the planet.

But while the scale and scope of the environmental crisis today is much bigger and the danger correspondingly greater, the underlying causes—the capitalist imperative to accumulate and grow, and the resulting “metabolic rift” between humans and the rest of the natural world—remain the same.

Because of this, there can be no technological fix for problems like global warming. Of course, new technologies—particularly renewable energy sources based on the sun, wind and tides—are needed. But they will not be sufficient unless they are integrated into an economic system that is not driven by the need to continually expand and that is democratically planned to ensure long-term sustainability.

For Marx, this meant “the associated producers…rationally regulating their interchange with Nature, bringing it under their common control, instead of being ruled by it as by the blind forces of Nature; and achieving this with the least expenditure of energy and under conditions most favorable to, and worthy of, their human nature.”

As Engels pointed out, however, such rational regulation would have to be undertaken with the greatest care:

Let us not…flatter ourselves overmuch on account of our human victories over nature. For each such victory nature takes its revenge on us. Each victory, it is true, in the first place brings about the results we expected, but in the second and third places, it has quite different, unforeseen effects which only too often cancel the first…

Thus at every step we are reminded that we by no means rule over nature like a conqueror over a foreign people, like someone standing outside nature—but that we, with flesh, blood and brain, belong to nature, and exist in its midst, and that all our mastery of it consists in the fact that we have the advantage over all other creatures of being able to learn its laws and apply them correctly.

Marx and Engels both argued that an environmentally sustainable society would require the “abolition of the antithesis between town and country.” Engels spelled out that this meant “as uniform a distribution as possible of the population over the whole country” and “an integral connection between industrial and agricultural production.”

If this analysis is correct, then environmentalists must set their sights not just on changes within the capitalist system, but ultimately on the abolition of capitalism itself. To avoid ecological catastrophe, we need to create a society based not on competition and perpetual growth, but on cooperation, economic democracy and long-term sustainability.

Marx offers the vision of such a society in the final pages of Capital, Volume 3:

From the standpoint of a higher socio-economic formation, the private property of particular individuals in the earth will appear just as absurd as the private property of one man in other men.

Even an entire society, a nation or all simultaneously existing societies taken together are not owners of the earth, they are simply its possessors, its beneficiaries, and have to bequeath it in an improved state to succeeding generations, as boni patres familias [good heads of households].

We hope to put a stop to immediate threats like the Keystone XL pipeline with our activism. But ultimately, the hope of avoiding an environmental Armageddon requires us to take seriously the idea of fighting for the kind of system change that Marx described.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

"FrackNation": Koch Industries and the Ties That Bind

0

Part one of the DeSmogBlog investigation of “FrackNation” – a film made in response to “Gasland 2” – honed in on the past track records and funding streams of co-directors Phelim McAller and Ann McElhinney.

We revealed that Donors Trust/Donors Capital – the “dark money ATM of the right” – partially funded their first two films, “Mine Your Own Business” and “Not Evil, Just Wrong.”

We also revealed that “Not Evil,” a climate change denial documentary, was utilized by a partner of Americans for Prosperity (AFP) to push the Balanced Education for Everyone (BEE) campaign.

That campaign calls for a “balanced” scientific teaching of the climate change “controversy” and parallels ones pushed for via an American Legislative Exchange Council (ALEC) model bill, by the Discovery Institute, and by the Heartland Institute.

Yet, what about “FrackNation”? Who bankrolled it and are the screenings and is the tour really a grassroots endeavor? 

It might seem that way based on its marketing, but as Jean de La Fontaine once said, “Beware, so long as you live, of judging men by their outward appearance.”

Grassroots or Astroturf? Follow the Email List

Interested in where “FrackNation” and its film-making team are getting their funding from, I signed up for its email list. In so doing, I learned that Market Aces LLC runs it. 

“From the start, Market Aces had a vision to offer low-cost website development solutions to small businesses and a niche market within the political and non-profit sector — but only those who are dedicated to protecting the American Dream and freedom,” its website reads. 

Market Aces LLC shares an office with The Leadership Institute (LI). 

According to LI’s website, it “teaches conservative Americans how to influence policy through direct participation, activism, and leadership.” Its website also explains that “since 1979, [it] has trained more than 119,000 conservative activists, leaders, and students.”

Playing by API’s Employee Advocacy Playbook?

Beyond getting email list building help from one of the key “feeder” nodes in the right-wing network, it’s also questionable how many of the funders of “FrackNation” were of the grassroots variety. As the Pittsburgh Post-Gazette explained, 

[T]he roster of “executive producers” who have donated at least $1 includes scores of energy industry associates. The filmmakers said Thursday they plan to return any donations given by “senior” workers in the industry, which they define as executives. 

Among those who donated money to the KickStarter campaign: “the director of an Ohio-based oil and gas outreach program and the head of external affairs at Cabot Oil and Gas, the company that’s fought accusations of water contamination in Dimock, Pa., for the past several years,” according to the Post-Gazette.  

Within four weeks of the Kickstarter fundraising campaign’s launch, “FrackNation” had already raised over $150,000, raising over $22,000 in the first two days of fundraising. 

Perhaps “FrackNation” is playing by the American Petroleum Institute‘s employee advocates’ “corporate citizen” playbook.

In a presentation given at an industry PR conference attended by DeSmogBlog in Houston, TX titled, “Educating Employees On Key Issues To Encourage Brand Management Energy Nation: Empowering Employee Advocates,” API’s Director of External Mobilization Tara Anderson explained how – in essence – to create an armada of fracking advocates from within the employee base of oil and gas corporations. 

“Employees are the best brand ambassador you can come by…The most important principle to remember is to create a culture of advocacy,” she said in Houston. “This is really a community that regularly communicates and engages in the political process. It gives them all the necessary tools and empowers them to get involved and make a difference.” 

This may explain why the film not only raised money with such rapidity, but also has full industry backing for its nationwide tour

“FrackNation” Tour’s Americans for Prosperity Pitstops  

For an alleged grassroots-funded film, “FrackNation” has enjoyed robust support from Big Oil and other corporate interests in the first several months of its roadshow. Both Energy in Depth and the Marcellus Shale Coalition – for example – are also promoting the film.

“The film is a case of the good guys hitting a home run that changes the entire game,” exclaimed Energy in Depth in a Jan. 2013 review of the film. 

Former Big Tobacco lackey Grover Norquist – now head of Americans for Tax Reform (ATR) – also wrote a favorable review of the film to coincide with the film’s premiere on the Mark Cuban-owned AXS TV in Jan. 2013 and ATR’s hosting of the filmmaker’s for lunch.

Ezra Lavant of “Ethical Oil” infamy has also aided in promoting the film. “FrackNation” co-director Magdalena Segieda will speak on Levant’s “Freedom Cruise” in August and he also had McElhinney and McAleer on his show in February.  

In Feb. 2013, Joint Landowner’s Coalition of NY Inc. (JLCNY) hosted two “FrackNation” screenings in upstate New York, both of which McAleer attended. Just three months later in May, JLCNY announced its new partnership with AFP. 

Later, in March, AFP-Michigan played host to a “FrackNation” screening, a fracking battleground state where the toxic process has yet to commence. In April and May, AFP—Illinois hosted a total of eight screenings of “FrackNation,” another state with an ongoing fracking battle. AFP-MT and the Montana Petroleum Association – a state-level API – also screened the film. 

Most recently to coincide with the launch of the grassroots launch of “Gasland 2,” McAleer has taken “FrackNation” on-tour to bird-dog it.

On May 22, AFP-Colorado hosted a “FrackNation” screening at the same time University of Colorado hosted a showing of “Gasland 2,” and the next “showdown of the century” – as the “FrackNation” promoters put it – will take place on May 31 in Santa Barbara, CA. Young America’s Foundation will play host to the “FrackNation” Santa Barbara screening.  

AFP-Maryland also hosted a screening of “FrackNation” on June 2.  

“FrackNation” Screens at House Committee, Josh Fox Arrested in Hearing of Same Committee

“FrackNation” also screened at CPAC in March 2013 and in front of the U.S. House Committee on Science, Space, and Technology in Feb. 2013.   

“It’s important that politicians educate themselves about fracking. It’s the future of American energy,” McAleer wrote in an email promoting the Capitol Hill screening. “With all the lies and misinformation out there, we’re excited to bring the truth about fracking to Capitol Hill.” 

Dave Weigel of Slate reported that “around 40 Republican staffers and members of Congress made time for a private movie screening.”

Among those in the room, according to Weigel, was Committee Chair U.S. Rep. Lamar Smith (R-TX), a climate change denier who took $10,000 from Koch Industries and $83,750 from Big Oil for his 2012 electoral campaign.  

“He was glad to have these points made in an easily digestible way, on screen,” McAleer told Weigel of Smith’s reaction to seeing the film. “People know there’s something smelly about Gasland, but people are suspicious about how it smells.”

As a direct juxtaposition, “Gasland 2” director Josh Fox was arrested at this same Committee’s hearing in Feb. 2012 while filming for his then-upcoming film for “unlawful entry.” Though he had a pass to do the filming during the hearing, he was was slapped with this charge anyway.

“This is a public hearing. I’m within my First Amendment rights, and I’m being taken out,” Fox calmly stated to those in the hearing room while being escorted out during his arrest. 

Independent Journalists? Oh, Really?

Then there’s the big question: how do two so-called independent journalists afford to pay for a $1 million condo off the Pacific Ocean in Marina Del Rey, CA?

This condo was purchased by them in May 2010, according to property records matching the listed address for Hard Boiled Films LLC, the listed producer of “FrackNation.”

   

And though it’s obvious from the filmmaker’s track-records that they have ties to powerful right-wing upper-level circles, sources told DeSmogBlog that McAleer interviewed them under deceptive pretenses. 

McAleer’s Interview Requests Under Misleading Pretenses

One of the featured interviewees in the film is Dimock, PA’s Craig Sautner alongside his wife, Julie. The Sautners were interviewed for the first “Gasland” and had their water contaminated by Cabot Oil and Gas in 2008.

“Trees were cleared and the ground leveled to make room for a four-acre drilling site less than 1,000 feet away from their land,” an account in Vanity Fair explained. “The Sautners could feel the earth beneath their home shake whenever the well was fracked. Within a month, their water had turned brown. It was so corrosive that it scarred dishes in their dishwasher and stained their laundry.”

In an interview with DeSmogBlog, Sautner said McAleer approached him under misleading pretenses, claiming to be an anti-fracking filmmaker hoping to help out in Ireland’s fracking fight. 

“I was hesitant at first to do the interview, but he begged us and we said ‘okay.’ Everything he ended up using in the video he took out of context. He had it all set up from the beggining of what he wanted to show and he wasn’t going to show the truth,” Sautner told DeSmogBlog.

Victoria Switzer, another Dimock victim of Cabot interviewed for “FrackNation” who spent four hours speaking with McAleer in her house (her interview did not appear in the film), also expressed similar sentiments to DeSmogBlog.  

He called he assured me he was doing an unbiased documentary both sides of the issues. I think it is significant because it goes to his lying, his manipulation of the truth, and misrepresentation of his agenda. I never would have let him in my home if I knew what his agenda was. Later when I saw some of his other work I was sickened that this man sat at the table my husband built in the home that is now threatened by the industry he serves! 

McAleer mislead interviewees during the filming of “Mine Your Own Business,” too. Stephanie Roth – a 2005 recipient of the prestigious Goldman Environmental Prize and a grassroots activist who has helped in the anti-mining fight in Romania – was also approached by McAleer for an interview for that film.

The catch: he did so – according to one account – under a psudonym and Roth refused to speak to him because McAleer was uninterested in interviewing any of the local grassroots activists she suggested should be interviewed besides her.

Big Tobacco Player, Climate Changer Deniers Makes Film Apperances

“FrackNation” itself features numerous fossil fuel industry shills-for-hire, climate change deniers, as well as one former Big Tobacco apologist, all posing as “independent experts.” The roster of hired guns is robust: 

–Bruce Ames – Ames sits on the Advisory Board of Collegians for a Constructive Tomorrow (CFACT), a climate change denial, fossil fuel industry-funded group on college campuses nationwide. He also formerly sat on the Advisory Board for The Advancement of Sound Science Coalition (TASSC), created by Philip Morris, as explained in the book “Trust Us We’re Experts” by Sheldon Rampton and John Stauber.

In the film, Ames compares the chemical compounds found in fracking fluid to those found in cabbage.

“If I gave you all of the long names of the chemicals in cabbage that give cancer to rats in high levels, you could get scared, but there’s really no danger in cabbage,” he stated in the film. “If people say fracking’s causing cancer, then they don’t know what they’re talking about.” 

–Robert Bryce – Bryce’s analysis was also featured early-on in the film, though his fellowship at the Manhattan Institute Center for Energy Policy and the Environment – heavily funded by the oil and gas industry – goes unmentioned. Bryce was also interviewed extensively in the industry propaganda film, “Haynseville.” 

–James Delingpole – Delingpole is an infamous climate change denier and columnist for the UK Telegraph. In the film, Delingpole hints that the U.S. anti-fracking movement might be funded by Russia for geopolitical purposes. 

“In fact, I would say Russia is screwed if it can’t export its gas,” Delingpole said in the film. “So, it really is very important for Russia that the shale gas revolution does not happen. It is also in Russia’s interest to fund those environmental groups which are committed to campaigning against fracking. That’s how it works.”

–Terry Engelder – Engelder is viewed by many as a shale gas industry spokesman. He is the co-founder of Appalachian Fracture Systems, a natural gas consulting firm and was interviewed in “Truthland,” a documentary made in response to “Gasland” by Energy In Depth. 

–Jon Entine – Entine is a visiting fellow at the American Enterprise Institute, which The Guardian revealed takes millions to deny climate change from, among others, ExxonMobil. He also has a fellowship at George Mason University, heavily funded by the Koch Brothers.

Mother Jones referred to Entine as an “agribusiness apologist” in a Feb. 2012 piece pointing to some his unsavory advocacy on behalf of multnational agribusiness corporation, Syngenta.   

–Bryan Shaw – Shaw serves as head of the Texas Center for Environmental Quality (TCEQ). He’s also a notorious climate changer denier whose fellow climate change denying boss – TX Republican Gov. Rick Perry – took $5,204,795 from Big Oil before his 2010 electoral victory. Perry has already raised $671,069 in advance of his forthcoming 2014 electoral efforts.  

“Merchants of Doubt” At It Again

McAleer can best be described as a favorite corporate third-party advocate, a hired gun to sow seeds of doubt on the ecological impacts of fracking. 

“[Third party advocacy] offers camouflage, helping to hide the vested interest that lurks behind a message,” wrote Rampton and Stauber in “Trust Us We’re Experts.” “Putting the same message in someone else’s mouth gives it a credibility that it would not otherwise enjoy.”

Thus, while many critics write McAleer off as a convoluted goof ball, there’s more to the story than originally meets the eye: it’s the story of the Tobacco Playbook’s redux and the stakes of the climate crisis couldn’t be higher. 

In Dec. 1953, PR hegemon Hill and Knowlton formed the Tobacco Industry Committee for Public Information, also forming the Tobacco Institute in 1963. The U.S. Dept. of Justice would later say that “deceive[d] the American public about the health impacts of smoking.”

60 years later, more of the same. Hill and Knowlton now represents America’s Natural Gas Alliance (ANGA), the unconventional oil and gas industry’s lobbying tour de force. 

With influential news outlets ranging from The New York Times, Variety, New York Post, National Review, and the Associated Press all covering the film favorably, whoever is bank-rolling “FrackNation” understands how the dark arts of PR are utilized. That is, when “both sides” of a one-sided scientific debate are covered in a news story, the “merchants of doubt” always wins.

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Turkey’s deputy prime minister apologises for ‘wrong and unjust’ protest break-up

0

Ruth Sherlock
telegraph.co.uk
June 4, 2013

Faced with striking unions, continuing mass protests, and efforts to storm the prime minister’s office in Istanbul, Bulent Arinc, the deputy prime minister took a conciliatory tone, trying to “reason” with the protesters.

“The use of excessive force shown against the people who initially started this protest with the motive of protecting the environment was wrong,” he said.

“And it was unfair. So I apologise to those citizens,” Mr Arinc said at a news conference in Ankara.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 4, 2013 at 1:38 pm






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Rubio: Senate immigration reform bill lacks 60 votes

0

Daniel Strauss
thehill.com
June 4, 2013

Sen. Marco Rubio (R-Fla.) on Tuesday said the Senate’s immigration bill does not have 60 votes, contradicting Democrats who say it would pass the chamber in its current form.

Asked by Fox News if the bill approved by the Senate Judiciary Committee had 60 votes, Rubio replied: “No, and I think even the Democrats would concede that.”

Actually, Senate Majority Leader Harry Reid (D-Nev.) said the opposite in an interview last week.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 4, 2013 at 1:45 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Colorado theatre shooting suspect James Holmes enters insanity plea

0

Raf Sanchez
telegraph.co.uk
June 4, 2013

The decision means the 25-year-old will undergo months of mental evaluations but will still face trial and could eventually be executed.

Jurors will be asked to weigh evidence of Holmes’s mental state and could press ahead with the death penalty if they do not accept he was insane at the time of the shootings.

The decision by Judge Carlos Samour is the is the latest development in a long-running legal battle that began when Holmes was arrested outside the Century 16 cinema minutes after the rampage in July last year.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 4, 2013 at 1:35 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

'We Are Movement, Not a Moment': North Carolina Peaceful Uprising Continues

0

Protestors cheer at Halifax Mall in support of “Moral Mondays” protests at the General Assembly in Raleigh on June 3, 2013. At least 1,000 people attended a rally on Halifax Mall, and 151 people were arrested when they refused to leave the Legislative Building. The group is protesting the policies of the Republican lawmakers. (Photo: Chris Seward)Doubling the number of people arrested overall in a single day, 151 people were arrested at this week’s ‘Moral Monday’ protest as they tried to enter the Senate chamber at the state house in Raleigh, North Carolina.

Yesterday’s protest, according to local outlet WRAL, was the largest demonstration yet since the state chapter of the NAACP and other civil rights groups began protesting “GOP policies on social programs, education, criminal justice and taxes” more than five weeks ago. Smaller groups of people had been arrested at previous actions, but each time the number grows as more people attend and the group’s energy increases.

“The people are awake now, and we have decided to stand up,” state NAACP chapter president Rev. William Barber told the crowd Monday. “We are a movement. This is not a moment.”

“We are a movement. This is not a moment.” —Rev. William Barber

Welcoming the comparison of the populist energy in North Carolina to that witnessed previously in Wisconsin in 2011, Barber said there were also differences. “This ain’t Wisconsin,” he told the crowd. “This is the South, where justice was hammered out.”

This video released by the coalition articulates their grievances in North Carolina as it seeks to capture the energy feeding the movement:

This slideshow used the recorded words from Monday’s rally along with images of those gathered:

The civil disobedience action by the more than 150 people arrested was a planned event and the Raleigh News & Observer recounts just one woman’s story about why she participated:

Jennifer Ferrell stopped so her husband could take her picture. Then she waved goodbye to her 3-year-old twins and marched into the Legislative Building to get handcuffed.

“I’m excited. I’m not nervous,” the 34-year-old Raleigh resident said as she walked in a line of demonstrators. “I’m passionate. I’m not crazy.”

For weeks now, Ferrell heard about protesters getting arrested at the statehouse to demonstrate against the Republican majority’s legislative agenda. And like many Monday, she felt compelled to add her voice to the chants and her wrists to the handcuffs. “I knew it was time to stop watching and do it myself,” she said.

Later, as those place under arrest after their attempt to enter the chamber were led away by police, the gathered crowd of hundreds cheered them as they passed to busses waiting to take them to jail for processing.

__________________________________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Congress gives Holder one more day to answer allegations of perjury

0

The United States Department of Justice has responded to allegations that Attorney General Eric Holder lied to Congress, but lawmakers on Capitol Hill aren’t impressed.

Mr. Holder’s reputation within the Justice Department has been
tarnished in recent weeks in the wake of a number of DoJ
scandals, including his office’s investigation of journalists
with the Associated Press and Fox News.

After it was revealed last month that AP journalists were
targeted in an intelligence leak investigation, Holder testified
before Congress on May 16 that he had no involvement in “the
potential prosecution of the press
.” But in the weeks since,
the attorney general has been linked directly to the Justice Department’s investigation
of Fox News reporter James Rosen, a journalist believed to have
received sensitive details leaked by a State Department staffer.

Congress said previously that Holder had until this Wednesday to
clarify his involvement, citing the possibility of lobbing
perjury charges against Holder for lying under oath. Late Monday
night, Principal Deputy Assistant Attorney General Peter Kadzik
responded on behalf of Holder.

“At no time during the pendency of this matter – before or
after seeking the search warrant – have prosecutors sought
approval to bring criminal charges against the reporter
,”
Kadzik said. “The attorney general’s testimony before the
disclosure of classified information was accurate and consistent
with these facts
.”

Only hours after the Justice Department released its statement,
the chairman of the

House Judiciary Committee issued a response of his own expressing
his dissatisfaction with DoJ’s remarks.

“Today’s response from the Justice Department’s Office of
Legislative Affairs raises more questions than it answers
,”
Rep. Bob Goodlatte (R-Va.) said in his statement.

“By having a subordinate send this response rather than
Attorney General Holder himself, this response begs the question
of whether Holder has something to hide
,” Goodlatte added.
“Discrepancies in Attorney General Holder’s congressional
testimony made on the record need to be corrected on the record
to Congress by Attorney General Holder himself
.”

“Attorney General Holder still has yet to respond to our
letter. He can’t outsource the responsibility for his actions to
lower level staff–the buck stops with him. The American people
and Congress deserve answers and accountability from Attorney
General Holder. The House Judiciary Committee anxiously awaits
his response to our May 29 letter by this Wednesday’s
deadline
,” Goodlatte said.

According to a statement made by others on the Hill, the
Committee chairman isn’t alone.

“This response is insulting and further proof that Attorney
General Holder refuses to hold himself accountable
,” Rep.
James Sensenbrenner (R-Wisconsin) added in a statement of his
own. “Not only did the letter come from a low-level staffer at
DOJ, not Holder himself, it fails to answer the questions raised
by his misleading testimony
.”

“Congress and the American people deserve an explanation from
the Attorney General
,” said Sensenbrenner. “It is
increasingly obvious that Eric Holder has something to hide. I
still expect a response from the Attorney General before the
deadline of Wednesday, June 5
.”

Rep. Goodlatte said over the weekend that the subcommittee would
refrain from taking action against Holder unless he declines to
respond personally before this Wednesday’s deadline. Commenting
on potential charges of perjury, Goodlatte told Fox News Sunday
that Congress would consider giving the attorney general an
opportunity to explain himself, even if his remarks so far have
failed to add up.

“Those remarks were made under oath. But we also think it’s
very important the attorney general be afforded the opportunity
to respond
,” Goodlatte said.

Meanwhile, Holder told members of the media last week that the
Justice Department would make changes to its policies in regards
to investigations involving American journalists. Following a
meeting last week initially scheduled to be off the record,
Martin Baron told the Washington Post that Holder and his aides
“completely endorsed the president’s statement that reporters
should not be at legal risk for doing their job
.”

“They acknowledged the need for changes in their own
guidelines and the need to have a more rigorous internal
review
,” he said.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Socialite entwined in Petraeus scandal sues Pentagon

0

Jill Kelley, the Florida socialite who received threatening emails that exposed former CIA Director David Petraeus’ affair, has filed a lawsuit against the FBI and the Defense Department for leaking and defaming her name.

The lawsuit has thrust the woman back into the spotlight one year
after she received threatening emails that were eventually linked
to Petraeus’ biographer and mistress, Paula Broadwell.

The 65-page lawsuit filed this week in US District Court in
Washington alleges that Kelley and her husband were dragged into
the sex scandal for revealing cyberstalking threats attributed to
Broadwell. According to the plaintiffs, Kelley was subsequently
made into “an object of ridicule, morale opprobrium, scorn and
derision, causing her shame, public notoriety, egregious loss of
privacy and security.”

While investigating the Petraeus scandal, the Pentagon last year
discovered emails between Gen. John Allen and Kelley,
correspondence largely reported to the media as “flirtatious,”
raising suspicions that the two had also engaged in a separate
affair. In January, the Defense Department determined that Gen.
Allen did not have an inappropriate relationship with Kelley, but
at that point the woman said her reputation had already suffered
and her name had been defamed.

“Today is an unforgettable day because one year ago
threatening emails shook my life, and ultimately changed our
country’s leadership
,” Kelley wrote in a statement released
by her publicist on Monday.

“It was under the faithful direction of our concerned military
leaders, that I went to the law enforcement to seek the proper
protection for my family, our commanders and top US officials.
But unfortunately, we did not receive the confidentiality and
protection. Instead we received highly hurtful and damaging
publicity from willful leaks from high level government officials
that were false and defamatory
,” she added.

The complaint argues that authorities should have kept her name
confidential after she reported the emails, since she was a
‘victim’ of harassment and therefore should have had the right to
privacy.

Since the Petraeus scandal, Kelley has labeled herself as a
privacy advocate and has written about her support for reform in
a Washington Post op-ed published in January. In a statement
released by her publicist on Monday, she said that she hopes her
lawsuit will strengthen privacy procedures for future law
enforcement investigations. 

“Our government can and should do better than intrude on the
privacy and dignity of citizens like my family and yours, and our
public officials should treat our personal lives with the respect
that our
Constitution, laws like the Privacy Act and
standards of common decency require,” she wrote. “Until our
privacy laws and practices truly give us both privacy and
protection, I’ll continue to advocate for reform, so others don’t
go through the challenges my friends and family endured.”

But rather than shield her name from public ridicule, filing the
lawsuit has to some extent already had the opposite effect, and
Kelley’s name has been thrust back into the spotlight. Tampa Bay
publicist Glen Selig told ABC News that the lawsuit is likely to
shed further negative light on the socialite.

“I think the public views her as an opportunist and I think
this lawsuit will reinforce that belief
,” Selig told the
station, explaining that it is unlikely that Americans will
perceive Kelley as the victim in this case.

“She filed a lawsuit on the anniversary and she released a
statement through a publicist
,” he added. “It seems to me
she wants attention
.”

Kelley and her husband are seeking a public apology, attorney’s
fees, monetary compensation and a declaration that the FBI
violated the Stored Communications Act.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Obama’s Super Secret Treaty Which Will Push The Deindustrialization Of America Into Overdrive

0

Michael Snyder
theeconomiccollapseblog.com
June 3rd, 2013

Did you know that Barack Obama has been secretly negotiating the most important trade agreement since the formation of the World Trade Organization? Did you know that this agreement will impose very strict Internet copyright rules, ban all “Buy American” laws, give Wall Street banks much more freedom to trade risky derivatives and force even more domestic manufacturing offshore? If you have not heard about this treaty, don’t feel bad. Obama has refused to even give Congress a copy of the draft agreement and he has banned members of Congress from attending the negotiations. The plan is to keep this treaty secret until the very last minute and then to railroad it through Congress and have it signed into law by October. The treaty is known as “the Trans-Pacific Partnership”, and the nations that are reported to be involved in the development of this treaty include the United States, Canada, Japan, South Korea, Australia, New Zealand, Chile, Peru, Brunei, Singapore, Vietnam and Malaysia. Opponents of this treaty refer to it as “the NAFTA of the Pacific”, and if it is enacted it will push the deindustrialization of America into overdrive.

The “one world” economic agenda that Barack Obama has been pushing is absolutely killing the U.S. economy. As you will see later in this article, we are losing jobs and businesses at an astounding pace. And each new “free trade” agreement makes things even worse.

For example, just check out the impact that the recent free trade agreement that Obama negotiated with South Korea is having on us…

—A 10 percent decline of U.S. exports to Korea
—The U.S. trade deficit with Korea has climbed 37 percent
—U.S. auto industry has been crippled
—Loss of U.S. control where international trade, banking and finance is concerned
—A projected 159,000 jobs will be lost

Wait a second — I though that “free trade” agreements were actually supposed to increase exports.

So why have they declined by 10 percent?

Did someone make a really bad deal?

And of course we have all seen the economic devastation that NAFTA has wrought.

When NAFTA was pushed through Congress in 1993, the United States actually had a trade surplus with Mexico of 1.6 billion dollars. By 2010, we had a trade deficit with Mexico of 61.6 billion dollars.

And “free trade” with China has turned out to be a complete and total nightmare as well.

Back in 1985, our trade deficit with China was approximately 6 million dollars (million with a little “m”) for the entire year.

In 2012, our trade deficit with China was 315 billion dollars. That was the largest trade deficit that one nation has had with another nation in the history of the world.

But instead of learning from the mistakes of the past, Barack Obama is pressing for more “free trade” agreements.

The New York Times is calling the Trans-Pacific Partnership “the most significant international commercial agreement since the creation of the World Trade Organization in 1995“. It is reportedly going to include a whole host of provisions which would never be able to get through Congress on their own. Even though this treaty will affect all of our daily lives, the Obama administration is keeping this treaty a total secret. In fact, Obama won’t even show it to Congress even though members of Congress have asked repeatedly to see it…

The agreement, under negotiation since 2008, would set new rules for everything from food safety and financial markets to medicine prices and Internet freedom. It would include at least 12 of the countries bordering the Pacific and be open for more to join. President Obama has said he wants to sign it by October.

Although Congress has exclusive constitutional authority to set the terms of trade, so far the executive branch has managed to resist repeated requests by members of Congress to see the text of the draft agreement and has denied requests from members to attend negotiations as observers – reversing past practice.

While the agreement could rewrite broad sections of nontrade policies affecting Americans’ daily lives, the administration also has rejected demands by outside groups that the nearly complete text be publicly released.

So exactly who in the world does this guy think that he is? Why won’t Obama let us know exactly what is in this treaty?

Fortunately, there have been a few leaks. One thing that we have discovered is that this new treaty would reportedly ban all “Buy American laws“.

That certainly would not be popular if it got out.

And do you remember SOPA?

The American people wanted nothing to do with the very strict Internet copyright provisions of SOPA and loudly expressed their displeasure to members of Congress.

Unfortunately, now the provisions of SOPA are back. It is being reported that most of the provisions of SOPA have been quietly inserted into this treaty. If this treaty is enacted, those provisions will become law and the American people will not be able to do anything about it.

And according to the New York Times, there are all sorts of other disturbing things that have been slipped into the treaty…

And yet another leak revealed that the deal would include even more expansive incentives to relocate domestic manufacturing offshore than were included in Nafta – a deal that drained millions of manufacturing jobs from the American economy.

The agreement would also be a boon for Wall Street and its campaign to water down regulations put in place after the 2008 financial crisis. Among other things, it would practically forbid bans on risky financial products, including the toxic derivatives that helped cause the crisis in the first place.

Are you starting to understand why the Obama administration is keeping this treaty such a secret?

If the details of this treaty were revealed to the American people right now, it would create such an uproar that Congress would never approve this treaty.

  • A d v e r t i s e m e n t

So please share this article with as many people as you can. We have got to get the American people educated about this.

Enough damage has already been done to the U.S. economy by “free trade” agreements. Just consider the following statistics…

-The United States has lost more than 56,000 manufacturing facilities since 2001.

-Back in the year 2000, there were more than 17 million Americans working in manufacturing. Now there are less than 12 million.

-There are less Americans working in manufacturing today than there was in 1950 even though the population of the country has more than doubled since then.

-According to the Economic Policy Institute, America is losing half a million jobs to China every single year.

-According to Professor Alan Blinder of Princeton University, 40 million more U.S. jobs could be sent offshore over the next two decades if current trends continue.
’
-Today, corporate profits as a percentage of U.S. GDP are at an all-time high, but wages as a percentage of U.S. GDP are near an all-time low.

-Without enough good jobs, more Americans are becoming dependent on the government. If you can believe it, the number of Americans on food stamps has gone from about 17 million in the year 2000 to more than 47 million today.

-Overall, the United States has run a trade deficit of more than 8 trillion dollars with the rest of the world since 1975.

And things continue to get even worse. The Institute for Supply Management manufacturing index declined to 49.0 in May. Any reading below 50 indicates contraction.

That was the lowest reading that we have seen since June 2009. Just like most of the rest of the world, we are rapidly heading toward another major economic downturn.

And if you want a perfect visual example of what deindustrialization is doing to America, just look at the city of Detroit.

It was once one of the greatest manufacturing cities in the history of the world, but now it is a rotting, decaying, festering hellhole.

According to the New York Times, there are now approximately 70,000 abandoned buildings in Detroit, and at this point the city is so broke that there is talk that the female giraffe at the Detroit Zoo could be sold off to help pay the bills.

For much more on how deindustrialization is ripping the guts out of the U.S. economy, please see the following articles…

1) “55 Reasons Why You Should Buy Products That Are Made In America”

2) “40 Ways That China Is Beating America”

3) “Show This To Anyone That Believes That ‘Things Are Getting Better’ In America”

4) “10 Amazing Charts That Demonstrate The Slow, Agonizing Death Of The American Worker”

5) “22 Stats That Show How The Emerging One World Economy Is Absolutely Killing American Workers”

What Barack Obama is trying to do is a mind blowing mistake.

The “one world” economic agenda that he is pursuing is destroying the American worker and the American middle class.

U.S. workers are being thrown into a global labor pool with workers on the other side of the planet that live in countries where it is legal to pay slave labor wages.

Do you want to directly compete with a worker on the other side of the globe that is doing your job for a dollar an hour with no benefits?

If not, you need to stand up and make your voice be heard.

There is no way in the world that American workers should have to compete for jobs with workers making slave labor wages in communist China.

What we desperately need are some red-blooded economic patriots to arise and to tell both political parties that we do not want this “one world” economic agenda.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 4, 2013 at 1:07 pm






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Monsanto can’t explain how GMO wheat survived

0

RT
June 4, 2013

Monsanto claims it has no idea how its herbicide-resistant strain of wheat made its way onto an Oregon field. The global biotech giant based in Missouri says it abandoned research on it in 2004 and is mystified by its emergence nearly a decade later.

Monsanto tested the GMO varieties in 17 US states between 1998 and 2004. Although it also tested the GM wheat in Oregon, the company claims it destroyed all of the material upon the conclusion of the program and that it never grew the wheat strain on the farm where it was found last month.

“The company’s internal assessments suggest that neither seed left in the soil nor wheat pollen flow serve as reasonable explanations behind this reported detection,” the biotech giant said in a news release Friday.

The company claims that even if the wheat seed had been left in the ground, it would not have survived longer than one or two years in the soil. Monsanto also states that its seed varieties could not have possibly traveled across the state, since 99 percent of wheat pollen is deposited within 10 meters of the plant.

“This report is unusual since our program was discontinued nine years ago, and this is the only report after more than 500 million acres (200 million hectare) of wheat have been grown,” the company said in its statement.

Since May 29, the US Department of Agriculture’s Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service has conducted a multi-state investigation to determine how the GM wheat reached the Oregon farm.

A local farmer discovered it after dousing his field with Monsanto’s “Roundup Ready” pesticide and realizing that some of the wheat plants were resistant to it. He alerted the USDA, which soon determined that the herbicide-resistant wheat crop was the same variety Monsanto tested nearly a decade ago.

  • A d v e r t i s e m e n t

The USDA never approved the strain, and environmentalists have expressed deep concern about potential health risks involving the mysterious GM crop. The finding has already had a detrimental impact on US trade: Japanese authorities last week announced that they would suspend imports of US wheat.

Shortly after the announcement, wheat for July delivery fell by 8.25 cents to $6.945 per bushel on the Chicago Board Trade.

And Monsanto’s asserted bewilderment serves as no comfort to those concerned about the presence of unapproved GM crops in the US, particularly foreign importers who fear that the GM variety may have been present in their crop purchases.

A USDA spokeswoman told Reuters on Monday that there are “no indications that there is any GE wheat in commerce.” But if investigators find any more of the unapproved wheat variety growing on US farms, the agriculture industry could take an even harder hit.

Genetically modified wheat has not been approved for commercial growing, and Asian and European buyers have expressed little interest in it, which in large part influenced Monsanto’s decision not to market the GM crop after testing it.

A team of 15 investigators is continuing its probe into the mysterious crop’s emergence — a phenomenon that Monsanto says it cannot explain.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 4, 2013 at 12:36 pm

Tags: , , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

60,000 protest Japan’s plan to restart nuclear power plants

0

Japan Times
June 4, 2013

An anti-nuclear power rally Sunday near the Diet building drew 60,000 people, according to the three groups that organized the event, including one led by Nobel literature laureate Kenzaburo Oe.

The Metropolitan Police Department, which provided security for the event, estimated the number of participants at 20,000 to 30,000.

The protesters marched to the Diet after staging rallies in a park and a site near the Diet building earlier in the day.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 4, 2013 at 1:06 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Monsanto Mystery Wheat Appears in Oregon, No One Knows Why

0

Photo Credit: Shutterstock.com

June 4, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

How did genetically modified wheat produced by the agricultural corporation Monsanto end up in Oregon? That’s the question many people want answered after the discovery of the wheat by a farmer in Oregon, according to a report in the New Scientist.

Genetically modified wheat has not been cleared for commercial use anywhere in the world, though the Federal Drug Administration approved it as safe for human consumption in 2004. It was never put on the market in the U.S., though, since Monsanto dropped it after citing a lack of demand. The Associated Press reported that the wheat was also not developed because “wheat growers did not want to risk retaliation from their biggest export markets.”

Now, the question is how that wheat ended up in Oregon. Raw Story notes that the farmer who found the wheat discovered it after trying to clear the field it was growing in. The wheat didn’t die, though, even after the farmer used the Monsanto-produced herbicide called Roundup.

Monsanto says it is working with the FDA to discover how the crop, known as Roundup Ready wheat, wound up in Oregon. Production of the wheat occurred in 17 states, including Oregon, but not at the farm where it was discovered, according to Raw Story.

The discovery of the genetically-modified wheat has had international implications. South Korea and Japan temporarily suspended imports of U.S. wheat in response to the news. Monsanto says it doesn’t think the wheat entered into the commercial supply strain, the New Scientist reports.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Megyn Kelly Meltdown

0

On May 30, Lou Dobbs had a panel discussion with Fox News colleagues Doug Schoen, Juan Williams, and Erick Erickson over a Pew Research Center study showing that women are now the primary or sole wage earners in 40 percent of American homes. 

Dobbs views this phenomenon as a function of “society dissolving around us.” Erickson, observing that all throughout the animal kingdom males “typically” assume “the dominant role,” remarked that “having mom as the primary breadwinner is bad for kids.” Williams sees this correlating with “the disintegration of marriage,” while Schoen characterized it as “a catastrophic issue” that threatened to “undermine our social order.” 

Bear in mind, while Erickson of redstate.com leans to the Right, Dobbs is an independent, and Williams and Schoen are both long-time Democrats. Yet whatever political differences they have over other issues were forgotten while discussing this one. As Williams asserted: “Left, right, I don’t see how you can argue” that Pew’s findings are a good thing.

Well, another Fox News celebrity, Megyn Kelly, did indeed try to do what Williams thought impossible. The very next day, she had Dobbs and Erickson on her show.

Kelly wasted no time in getting to the point. To Erickson, she asked: “What makes you dominant and me submissive and who died and made you scientist-in-chief?”

When the imperturbable Erickson replied that the much respected Pew Research Center determined that many in their own study were no less concerned about its findings than he, Kelly shot back: “Just because you have people that agree with you doesn’t mean that it’s not offensive.”

She continued: “I didn’t like what you wrote one bit. To me you sound like somebody who’s judging and then wants to come out and say, ‘I’m not, I’m not, I’m not,’ and now let me judge, judge, judge.”

Kelly alluded to studies that supposedly suggest that children of homosexual parents and single mothers are just as well adjusted as the children of stay-at-home mothers. She also mentioned that once upon a time “science” established that the offspring of interracial unions were inferior. “Tell that to Barack Obama,” she said.

Notice, Kelly didn’t just disagree with her colleagues’ assessment of the Pew study. She was angry at them for it. She found their comments “offensive,” judgmental, and, in short, “didn’t like” them “one bit.” From beginning to end, her exchange with Dobbs and Erickson was marked by sarcasm and hostility.

Yet it was also marked by illogic and irrationality. 

It may come as a newsflash to Kelly, but the truth of a proposition doesn’t depend upon whether she – or anyone – is offended by it. There are still other lessons that she would be well served to learn.

In bullying one’s interlocutor by making insinuations against his character, one neither strengthens one’s own view nor weakens that of one’s opponent. Moreover, even if the charges are accurate, even if, say, one’s opponent really is the jerk, idiot, “sexist,” or “racist” that one suggests, he may still be correct. 

The left-wing blogosphere lionized Kelly for combating “the sexism” of her colleagues. If this is indeed the target upon which she set her sights, then Kelly must be deemed to have failed abysmally, for she only fueled the stereotypical image of the hyperemotional woman. 

Meanwhile, Dobbs and Erickson remained as calm as could be and in good cheer.

That 40 percent of women are primary or exclusive wage earners is no cause for celebration. It is cause for concern. It may not be an occasion for tears – or it may be so. But this is the point: We simply don’t and can’t know for certain the effect that a shift this dramatic, this unprecedented, in an institution as central as the family will have on the fate of civilization. The prudent and wise would never think to treat any change of this magnitude as cavalierly as they would regard a change in bed sheets or lipstick brands.

And they certainly wouldn’t demonize those, like Dobbs and Erickson, who are reasonably pessimistic about such changes.

But Kelly has proven that she is neither prudent nor wise.

Nor, for that matter, is she particularly charitable to those with whom she disagrees – especially when they dare to deviate from the politically correct line on gender relations.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Victory for Press Freedom: Public Gains Manning Trial Transcripts

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]

Despite attempts by the U.S. government to seal off the transcripts of Pfc. Bradley Manning's trial this week, a crowd-funded stenographer is now working in the courtroom and has posted transcripts from the first day online.

[field_image_caption-raw]

read more

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Fresh protests held in Istanbul, Ankara

0

Protesters shout anti-government slogans during a demonstration in Ankara on June 4, 2013.

Turkish protesters have held fresh anti-government protests, despite a heavy-handed police crackdown that has so far left four people dead.

Shouting anti-government slogans, thousands of people took to the streets in the capital, Ankara, and the port city of Istanbul to demand the resignation of Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan.

They also condemned tough police response to protests.

There were no immediate reports of clashes between demonstrators and the riot police. Nearly 1,000 people have been injured and over 2,000 others have been arrested in the past five days.

Hundreds of riot police backed by water cannons were stationed around Ankara’s main square near the prime minister’s office.

Meanwhile, the Confederation of Public Workers’ Unions (KESK), which represents some 240,000 workers, started a two-day strike from Tuesday in support of the protests.

Another bigger union grouping, CISK, which has 420,000 members, said it will also join the strike and protests on Wednesday.

Turkey has been the scene of anti-government protests since Friday after security forces attacked a peaceful four-day sit-in by environmental activists against the demolition of Gezi Park in Istanbul’s Taksim Square.

Turkey’s Deputy PM Bulent Arinc has apologized to protesters injured in the demonstrations, saying the protests were “just and legitimate.” He also said the government has learnt its lesson from the protests.

“The use of excessive force shown against the people who initially started this protest with the motive of protecting the environment was wrong. And it was unfair. So I apologize to those citizens,” Arinc said at a news conference in Ankara.

Environmental activists, however, said his speech lacked any answers about what will now happen to the park.

HM/PR/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Australia holds Afghans in secret prison

0

Australia’s Prime Minister Julia Gillard meets members of the Australian Army 1st Mentoring Task Force during her visit to Multinational Base Tarin Kowt in southern Afghanistan October 2, 2010.

The Australian armed forces are “illegally” holding several Afghan nationals at a secret prison in the troubled southern Oruzgan Province.

Afghan officials say the prison is located at the Australian-controlled Trin Kot military base in the country’s volatile south.

Sources say the exact number of inmates is not known and prisoners have been detained without trial.

The detaineesâ„¢ lawyers said they have been held in custody without charge for several months, which amounts to unlawful detention and internment.

Australia forces are also refusing to hand over the prisoners to Afghan authorities. This is while the regulations require Australia to hand over detainees to Afghan authorities within four days.

Kabul government has already condemned the detention of its nationals by British troops in the UK-run Camp Bastion in the troubled Helmand Province. The British troops are holding up to 90 Afghan detainees suspected of killing British soldiers at the military prison.

Australia has about 1,500 troops in Afghanistan. A total of 38 Australian troops have been killed since the US-led invasion of the country in 2001.

JR/PR

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Reformist campaigns reach major cities

0

Reformist presidential candidate Hassan Rohani waves to his supporters in the southwestern city of Ahvaz on June 3, 2013.

Presidential campaigns of reformist candidates Hassan Rohani and Mohammad Reza Aref have taken on a nationwide scope, and reached major Iranian cities such as Ahvaz, Isfahan, Qazvin and Zanjan.

Addressing their supporters from different walks of life, the candidates touched on a range of topics, including the economy, foreign policy, and domestic issues.

The two candidates emphasized that, if elected president, they would adopt a moderate policy in foreign and domestic affairs.

They said fluctuations in the foreign exchange market will have to stop for any future economic policy to succeed.

The reformist presidential contenders have maintained on several occasions that they will not step aside in favor of each other ahead of the presidential race.

Aref and Rohani are facing six rivals in the upcoming election, including Tehran Mayor Mohammad Baqer Qalibaf, lawmaker Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel, Secretary of the Supreme National Security Council Saeed Jalili, Secretary of Expediency Council Mohsen Rezaei, former Foreign Minister Ali Akbar Velayati, and former Telecommunications Minister Mohammad Gharazi.

The president of Iran is elected for a four-year term in a national election.

Iranians will go to the polls in the nationâ„¢s 11th presidential election on June 14. Over 66,000 polling stations will be set up across the country. Expatriates will be also able to cast ballots at 285 polling stations that will be set up in their respective countries.

MP/KA/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Haddad-Adel blames banks for inflation

0

Presidential candidate Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel speaks in a televised program.

Iranian presidential candidate Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel has blamed Iranian banks for fueling price hikes in the country, criticizing some of the banks for failing to assemble capital and use it effectively.

In a Monday question and answer broadcast live on TV, Haddad-Adel, who is a lawmaker, said Iranian banks have become greedy entities and investors, instead of accepting deposits from public or granting them loans.

The principlist candidate stated that some banks in Iran have become profiteers and greedy, saying that is why they are no longer interested in advancing low-interest loans to public or small businesses.

Haddad-Adel, a former Majlis speaker, also criticized the banks for granting huge loans to certain individuals who have defaulted on debt.

The candidate is a member of the principlist Coalition of Three along with Tehran Mayor Mohammad Baqer Qalibaf and former Foreign Minister Ali Akbar Velayati.

Other candidates include Supreme National Security Council Secretary Saeed Jalili, President of the Strategic Research Center of the Expediency Council Hassan Rohani, Expediency Council Secretary Mohsen Rezaei, former First Vice President Mohammad Reza Aref and former Telecommunications Minister Mohammad Gharazi.

On June 14, Iranians will cast their ballots at over 66,000 polling stations across the country, and some 285 polling stations will be set up for Iranian nationals in other countries.

Nearly 50.5 million Iranians are eligible to vote in the upcoming presidential election, with more than 1.6 million first-time voters.

MKA/KA/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Aref promises one million jobs a year

0

Presidential candidate Mohammad Reza Aref says he will create one million jobs a year if he wins the upcoming presidential election.

Speaking in a radio program on Tuesday, the reformist candidate stressed that his top priorities would be tackling unemployment and price hikes.

Aref, a former First Vice President, also said the state subsidy reform plan is a national scheme, which must be implemented fully by the next administration.

The candidate further called on all Iranians to take part in the countryâ„¢s upcoming presidential and city council elections.

Other candidates include Tehran Mayor Mohammad Baqer Qalibaf, President of the Center for Strategic Research of the Expediency Council Hassan Rohani, lawmaker Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel, Secretary of the Supreme National Security Council Saeed Jalili, Secretary of Expediency Council Mohsen Rezaei, former Foreign Minister Ali Akbar Velayati, and former Telecommunications Minister Mohammad Gharazi.

Iranians will go to the polls in the countryâ„¢s 11th presidential election on June 14. The fourth city and rural council elections are also scheduled to be held on the same day.

Voters will cast their ballots at over 66,000 polling stations across the country, and some 285 polling stations will be set up for Iranian nationals in other countries.

Nearly 50.5 million Iranians are eligible to vote in the upcoming presidential election, with more than 1.6 million first-time voters.

MKA/KA/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Seleka rebels kill dozens in CAR

0

Elements of the Seleka rebel alliance have attacked a number of villages in the central part of the Central African Republic (CAR), killing dozens of people.

On Tuesday, over 12 people were killed by the rebels in and around the town of Bouca situated some 300 kilometers (240 miles) north of the capital Bangui, DPA reported.

Å“They [Seleka rebels] arrived in three vehicles full of weapons and ammunition and attacked the village,” said a merchant who spoke on condition of anonymity.

On May 27, a Red Cross worker said that the rebels have killed at least 25 people, including a pregnant woman and a child, in attacks on different villages near the city of Bossangoa.

The Seleka rebels launched an offensive against the CAR government in December 2012 and have since been accused of killing the civilians and looting.

On January 11, former CAR President Francois Bozizé and representatives of the Seleka rebels signed an agreement in Libreville, Gabon, after three days of negotiations brokered by regional neighbors.

However, Seleka rebels led by Michel Djotodia captured the capital city, Bangui. Djotodia, immediately proclaimed himself president after seizing power from Bozizé on March 24.

There are many mineral resources, including gold and diamonds, in the Central African Republic. However, the country is extremely poor and has faced a series of rebellions and coups since it gained independence in 1960.

MAM/PR

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Video: Alex Jones Confronts Obama Supporters in England

0

Infowars.com
June 4, 2013

Alex and company come upon a field of grazing Obama supporters and test whether they’ll feel inclined to scatter at the least provocation.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 4, 2013 at 12:42 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Relatives demand answers after Chinese fire kills 120

0

Reuters
June 4, 2013

Relatives of workers killed when fire engulfed a chicken processing plant in rural northeast China blocked traffic and scuffled with police on Tuesday, demanding answers to one of China’s worst industrial disasters in recent years. At least 120 people died, and more than 70 were injured.

A handful of men and woman knelt in the middle of the road in Dehui in Jilin province to stop cars, while a crowd of more than 100 people gathered around them. Police dispersed the protesters after about an hour.

Zhao Zhenchun, who lost his wife and sister in the fire, said human error was to blame for the death toll. “I don’t think safety was being managed properly. This should never happen again. They paid the price with their blood. So many of these big disasters in China are caused by lax supervision,” he said.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 4, 2013 at 12:53 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Monsanto can’t explain how GMO wheat survived

0

RT
June 4, 2013

Monsanto claims it has no idea how its herbicide-resistant strain of wheat made its way onto an Oregon field. The global biotech giant based in Missouri says it abandoned research on it in 2004 and is mystified by its emergence nearly a decade later.

Monsanto tested the GMO varieties in 17 US states between 1998 and 2004. Although it also tested the GM wheat in Oregon, the company claims it destroyed all of the material upon the conclusion of the program and that it never grew the wheat strain on the farm where it was found last month.

“The company’s internal assessments suggest that neither seed left in the soil nor wheat pollen flow serve as reasonable explanations behind this reported detection,” the biotech giant said in a news release Friday.

The company claims that even if the wheat seed had been left in the ground, it would not have survived longer than one or two years in the soil. Monsanto also states that its seed varieties could not have possibly traveled across the state, since 99 percent of wheat pollen is deposited within 10 meters of the plant.

“This report is unusual since our program was discontinued nine years ago, and this is the only report after more than 500 million acres (200 million hectare) of wheat have been grown,” the company said in its statement.

Since May 29, the US Department of Agriculture’s Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service has conducted a multi-state investigation to determine how the GM wheat reached the Oregon farm.

A local farmer discovered it after dousing his field with Monsanto’s “Roundup Ready” pesticide and realizing that some of the wheat plants were resistant to it. He alerted the USDA, which soon determined that the herbicide-resistant wheat crop was the same variety Monsanto tested nearly a decade ago.

The USDA never approved the strain, and environmentalists have expressed deep concern about potential health risks involving the mysterious GM crop. The finding has already had a detrimental impact on US trade: Japanese authorities last week announced that they would suspend imports of US wheat.

Shortly after the announcement, wheat for July delivery fell by 8.25 cents to $6.945 per bushel on the Chicago Board Trade.

And Monsanto’s asserted bewilderment serves as no comfort to those concerned about the presence of unapproved GM crops in the US, particularly foreign importers who fear that the GM variety may have been present in their crop purchases.

A USDA spokeswoman told Reuters on Monday that there are “no indications that there is any GE wheat in commerce.” But if investigators find any more of the unapproved wheat variety growing on US farms, the agriculture industry could take an even harder hit.

Genetically modified wheat has not been approved for commercial growing, and Asian and European buyers have expressed little interest in it, which in large part influenced Monsanto’s decision not to market the GM crop after testing it.

A team of 15 investigators is continuing its probe into the mysterious crop’s emergence — a phenomenon that Monsanto says it cannot explain.

Illinois passes bill to allow concealed firearms; last U.S. state to have such a ban

0

foxnews.com
June 4, 2013

The Illinois legislature agreed Friday to allow people to carry concealed guns, which if signed into law would make the state the last in the country to allow the public possession of concealed firearms.

The compromise plan by the House and Senate followed a federal appeals ruling that stated Illinois’ concealed carry ban is unconstitutional and that the state must change it by June 9.

Gov. Pat Quinn, a Democrat, has not said whether he will sign the legislation into law. However, the bill has enough votes in the legislature to override a gubernatorial veto.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 4, 2013 at 12:39 pm

Tags: , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Victory: Connecticut Becomes First State to Require GMO Labeling

0

In a landmark act, Connecticut has become the first state to require the labeling of genetically modified (gmo) foods.

(Photo: MillionsAgainstMonsanto/cc/flickr) The gmo labeling bill overwhelmingly passed in the House in a 134 – 3 vote on Monday.

As the Hartford Courant reports, the bill entails a sort of trigger in order for it to take effect:

For the legislation to take effect four states – including those bordering Connecticut – must pass a similar bill. In addition, any combination of northeastern states (Maine, New Hampshire, Vermont, Massachusetts, Rhode Island, New York, Pennsylvania or New Jersey), with an aggregate population of at least 20 million people, must approve labeling legislation.

Immediately after the vote, cheers could be heard outside the Hall of the House from advocates who had been pushing the labeling requirement.

The Center for Food Safety (CFS) said the trigger “unnecessarily puts on hold what consumers and lawmakers have already validated as important legislation,” but still welcomed the passage of the legislation as a victory in the food movement, and hoped Connecticut’s action would prove a catalyst for other states to enact similar measures.

Mark Kastel, co-director of the Cornucopia Institute, told the New York Times that the trigger may not be entirely negative.

“The hurdles in the Connecticut bill, if surmounted, would mean a critical mass in the marketplace that would emulate the impacts that would have materialized if California had passed its ballot initiative,” said Kastel.

“Numerous other states in the Northeast and around the country are actively considering pending GE food labeling bills. Connecticut’s leadership provides momentum and an incentive for these other states to move forward,” Rebecca Spector, who works on state GMO labeling legislative efforts at CFS, said in a statement. “Other states should now pass GE labeling laws, providing millions of U.S. consumers with the basic right to know how their food is produced.”

The legislation now heads to Gov. Malloy, who is expected to sign it.

_________________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Massive Flooding Grips Central Europe

0

Passau, Germany (Photo: CNN)At least a dozen people are dead as floods continue to damage central Europe. 

As water levels rise, tens of thousands of people have had to leave their homes. The inundation of water is due to heavy and ongoing rainfall.  According to CNN, these floods are the worst since 2002, when Germany, the Czech Republic and communities in Austria, Slovakia, Russia, and Romania experienced severe damage that killed an estimated 17 people. 

German Chancellor Angela Merkel traveled to the region on Tuesday, promising an estimated 100 million euros in aid for the devastated areas. Chancellor Merkel told the press, “even if the water level is slowly retreating…the effects will be felt for a long time.”

Across central Europe, the work of volunteers has been essential in preventing further damage. In the Czech Republic, volunteers worked alongside authorities Monday to construct metal barriers beside the Vltava river and positioned protective sandbags in the capital. In Germany, almost two thousand soldiers have been helping across the affected area.

Sky News reports that forecasters are predicting that decreasing rain will allow water levels in the Czech Republic to drop, while Germany, Slovakia, and Hungary “will be hit in the coming days.”

A statue by British sculptor Kaivalya Torpy depicting Indian spiritual leader Sri Chinmoy is partially submerged by the rising waters of the Vltava River, Prague. (Photo: CNN)

The flooded city centre of Grimma, eastern Germany, on Monday. (Photo:AFP)

Lucia Brown is a summer editorial intern at Common Dreams.

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Turkey, 62 Tons of Tear Gas, and the Interests of Power

0

Tear gas envelops protestors in Istanbul. (Photo: Sedat Suna / European Pressphoto Agency)When a nation’s security apparatus amasses a 62 ton stockpile of tear gas, it’s only a matter of time before they’re likely to use it. And as recent events in Turkey have shown, the results can be frightening.

“Protests in Turkey once again expose these links between capitalist interests and police violence at the heart of tear gas history.” —Anna Feigenbaum, expert

When protests erupted across the country last week, the police responded with massive force–deploying thousands of riot police and armored carriers mounted with water cannons. In addition to standard gear, the police were also armed with tear gas and pepper spray. And plenty of it.

As RT reports, citing the Turkish newspaper Sozcu, the Ankara government “has bought $21 million” worth of “tear gas and pepper spray — mainly from US and Brazil — over the past 12 years.” The amount of both, the news agency reported, was equivalent to 62 tons of noxious, eye-burning, cough-inducing chemical agents either pressurized into canisters or available for the spray guns used by police.

As images of cloud-filled streets in Istanbul and other cities circulated the globe, some used the occasion to once again spotlight the US role as the dominant player in the global tear gas business.

According to RT:

The US has a history of selling tear gas and other crowd control munitions to countries wracked by widespread protest. Amnesty International harshly criticized the US State Department for approving export licenses for the shipment of crowd control munitions and tear gas to Egypt amidst the violent and often lethal crackdowns on protesters by security forces in 2011.

Amnesty confirmed that one US companies had shipped 21 tons of ammunition to Egypt — enough for 40,000 rounds of tear gas grenades and canisters — in addition to a separate shipment of 17.9 tons.

And Anna Feigenbaum, lecturer at Bournemouth University and an expert on the tear gas industry, calls the events in Turkey only the most recent example of a long history in which governments–and sometimes private industry–violently suppress popular uprisings by employing such weapons.

Writing at Common Dreams on Tuesday, Feigenbaum explains:

It is not difficult to trace these tear gas deployments back to corporate profiteers. The majority of the world’s tear gas trade comes from the United States, along with Brazil and Israel. The tear gas industry was founded on alliances between military officers, university chemists and businessmen. Take the example of Federal Laboratories, a major tear gas supplier started by a WWI veteran back in the 1920s with donated samples from the US Chemical Warfare Service. Marketed to local police forces with the help of enlisted PR experts, tear gas was first used on a mass scale to break down worker’s strikes and quell uprisings in colonized territories. Today, as US leaders publicly condemn the so-called ‘weaponization’ of tear gas abroad, its corporations continue to cash in on the profits of mass uprising.

Protests in Turkey once again expose these links between capitalist interests and police violence at the heart of tear gas history. The all too familiar images of streets covered in poison clouds should echo as a message from the trenches. Those soldiers knew all too well that when tear gas filled the air, there was likely something more deadly to follow. Far from a humanitarian weapon, it is time that we see tear gas as a sign of just how inhumane capital-driven visions of peace-keeping have become.

A man runs as riot police use tear gas and pressurized water to quash a demonstration against the demolition of Taksim Gezi Park in Istanbul. (Photo: AP)

__________________________________________________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

British Tory MP abuses housekeeper

0

A British Conservative MP and his wife have abused their lesbian housekeeper to the brink of suicide when they groped her as they proposed a threesome, an employment tribunal has heard.

The couple, known only as Mr and Mrs P, allegedly molested their middle-aged employee and tried to perform a sex act on her as she sat drinking a beer, The Daily Mail reported.

She said she Ëœhad no optionâ„¢ but to resign after being kicked out of the house, Ëœthreatened unreasonably with disciplinary actionâ„¢ and pressured into a compromise agreement.

The tribunal judge heard the housekeeper – who had recently split from her partner – was invited to have a drink in the coupleâ„¢s lounge before the alleged assault in August last year.

She said she reluctantly joined them, adding: Å“Mr P was standing near the fireplace to the right of the sofa and his wife was standing near the television directly opposite”.

Å“A few moments after I sat on the sofa. Mr P came and sat down next to me, quite close so I moved up. Mrs P then came and sat on the floor between his legs. I felt very uncomfortable with Mr P sitting so close to me and opted to sit on the edge of the sofa”, she added.

Å“Following a short conversation, Mrs P placed her drink on a tray and began to French kiss Mr P who was sat next to me”, said the housekeeper.

œI was extremely embarrassed and looked away out the windows to my left as I really did not know what to do. I hoped that they would soon stop.

œInstead, I felt a hand touch me in my crotch.

œI was extremely shocked and jumped at the feel of the hand in this place and saw that it was Mrs P™s hand reaching into my crotch. She was rubbing it and feeling me.

œI shot back into the back of the sofa and as soon as I™d done this, Mr P then proceeded to place his hand on the top of my thigh.

Å“I was very shocked and scared by what was happening and shot to my feet. I said “Iâ„¢m sorry, Iâ„¢m not into this sort of thing” and I quickly left the room.”

She added: œAs I left, I could hear Mrs P giggling. They both clearly thought it very funny but I was extremely upset and scared and went directly into my room and I barricaded my door.

Å“I didnâ„¢t know what was going to happen. My heart was pounding and I didnâ„¢t sleep that night.”

She added that the MP would appear around the house naked and she did not think it was accidental.

Å“I felt considerably low and considered suicide as life did not seem worth living. I was without a job or a home through no fault of my own”, the poor housekeeper said.

MOL/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Kabul urges Afghans to enter Iran legally

0

Kabul has advised Afghan nationals to obtain a visa for immigration into Iran and avoid illegal border crossing into the neighboring country, Press TV reports.

The Afghan Ministry of Foreign Affairs urged Afghan nationals to enter the Islamic Republic of Iran through legal channels to prevent any border incidents.

It warned against crossing through human trafficking cartels given the tightened security at the borders in the run-up to Iranâ„¢s presidential election in mid-June.

Iranian officials say it is impossible to recognize whether those who are trying to cross the border illegally are rural Afghans or they are terrorists, drug smugglers or even spies.

Iranâ„¢s Ambassador to Afghanistan Abolfazl Zohrevand said border issues are considered as one of the most important priorities of Tehran, especially when it comes to its borders with Afghanistan — a country where thousands of US-led foreign troops are stationed.

Iran is currently hosting over three million afghan refugees, but the figure is on the rise given the rampant unemployment in Afghanistan – an issue Zohrevand said the US and its allies which invaded the country must address.

Å“Since 2001, the foreign forces have stayed here in Afghanistan under several pretexts like maintaining peace and security … and creating jobs. But now the question is why thousands of rural Afghans prefer to leave their country to find jobs and are ready to cross any border illegally and accept its negative consequences,” he asked.

Experts believe that observing the immigration laws by Afghan nationals would result in a noticeable decrease in human trafficking, drug smuggling and terrorist operations not only in Afghanistan but in the neighboring Iran and consequently the entire region.

MRS/KA/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Canadian police hit with lawsuit

0

A class-action lawsuit alleging harassment of female members within the Canadian police force has begun at the Supreme Court in the British Colombia province.

Royal Canadian Mounted Police (RCMP) member Janet Merlo filed the lawsuit alleging that she and other female staffers have experienced gender-based discrimination and that the force has failed to do anything about it.

The lawsuit is one of a number of suits alleging harassment or sexual abuse within the force.

The RCMP, however, has issued denials in several of the lawsuits brought up against the force and its officers.

On Monday, at a Senate committee probing harassment and bullying within the force, Commissioner Rob Paulson criticized some of those who have gone public with their allegations against the RCMP.

“I can’t be continually defending against outlandish claims that have not been tested or established, but yet are being put forward as though they are gospel and representative of the modern workplace experience of the RCMP, because they are not,” said Paulson.

An internal report published last year, showed that gender-based harassment was common among female members, who participated in the study.

Police officers within the RCMP in British Columbia have also been accused by Human Rights Watch in February for intimidating and sexually assaulting aboriginal women and girls.

CAH/PR

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Manning Trial Day 2: Live Coverage

0

The second day of Pfc. Bradley Manning’s trial commenced Tuesday.

Three of the witnesses scheduled to testify against the U.S. war crimes whistleblower include two Army Computer Crimes Investigative Unit agents involved in forensic examinations of evidence.

Adrian Lamo, the known hacker turned government informant who turned Manning into federal authorities, will also testify today.

Follow live tweets from journalist on the inside of the courtroom:

On Monday around 20 Manning supporters were allowed into the small courtroom including Princeton University professor and civil rights activist Cornel West and Medea Benjamin from CODEPINK.

However, many of the supporters, hwo wore black t-shirts with the word TRUTH printed across the front, were asked by the military to turn their shirts inside out before entering.

“It’s important to support him,” said Anne Wright, a retired Army colonel and CODEPINK activist. “I spent 29 years in the military, and what Bradley Manning has done is exposed government corruption and brutality.”

In the defense’s opening statements on Monday, lawyer David Coombs outlined Manning’s moral compass which had informed his sense of duty to report the wrong-doings of the U.S. military, saying that Manning felt he “needed to do something to make a difference in the world. He needed to do something to help improve what he was seeing .”

The defense also argued that Manning specifically selected documents that could not be used “against the United States” and “could not be used” to the advantage of a foreign nation.Court sketch of the opening of Bradley Manning’s trial (Reuters)

_______________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Victory: Connecticut Becomes First State to Require GMO Labeling

0

In a landmark act, Connecticut has become the first state to require the labeling of genetically modified (gmo) foods.

(Photo: MillionsAgainstMonsanto/cc/flickr) The gmo labeling bill overwhelmingly passed in the House in a 134 – 3 vote on Monday.

As the Hartford Courant reports, the bill entails a sort of trigger in order for it to take effect:

For the legislation to take effect four states – including those bordering Connecticut – must pass a similar bill. In addition, any combination of northeastern states (Maine, New Hampshire, Vermont, Massachusetts, Rhode Island, New York, Pennsylvania or New Jersey), with an aggregate population of at least 20 million people, must approve labeling legislation.

Immediately after the vote, cheers could be heard outside the Hall of the House from advocates who had been pushing the labeling requirement.

The Center for Food Safety (CFS) said the trigger “unnecessarily puts on hold what consumers and lawmakers have already validated as important legislation,” but still welcomed the passage of the legislation as a victory in the food movement, and hoped Connecticut’s action would prove a catalyst for other states to enact similar measures.

Mark Kastel, co-director of the Cornucopia Institute, told the New York Times that the trigger may not be entirely negative.

“The hurdles in the Connecticut bill, if surmounted, would mean a critical mass in the marketplace that would emulate the impacts that would have materialized if California had passed its ballot initiative,” said Kastel.

Dave Murphy, founder and executive director of Food Democracy Now!, cheered the bill’s passage as a victory of people power over corporate agriculture, saying, “The grassroots have won in Connecticut for a key victory over Monsanto and the biotech lobby.”

“It was inspiring to watch Connecticut legislators supporting GMO labeling stand strong in the face of the biotech industry’s effort to kill the bill,” said Murpy.

“Numerous other states in the Northeast and around the country are actively considering pending GE food labeling bills. Connecticut’s leadership provides momentum and an incentive for these other states to move forward,” Rebecca Spector, who works on state GMO labeling legislative efforts at CFS, said in a statement. “Other states should now pass GE labeling laws, providing millions of U.S. consumers with the basic right to know how their food is produced.”

The legislation now heads to Gov. Malloy, who is expected to sign it.

_________________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Massive Flooding Grips Central Europe

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]

Passau, Germany (Photo: CNN)At least a dozen people are dead as floods continue to damage central Europe.

[field_image_caption-raw]

read more

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Turkey, 62 Tons of Tear Gas, and the Interests of Power

0

Tear gas envelops protestors in Istanbul. (Photo: Sedat Suna / European Pressphoto Agency)When a nation’s security apparatus amasses a 62 ton stockpile of tear gas, it’s only a matter of time before they’re likely to use it. And as recent events in Turkey have shown, the results can be frightening.

“Protests in Turkey once again expose these links between capitalist interests and police violence at the heart of tear gas history.” —Anna Feigenbaum, expert

When protests erupted across the country last week, the police responded with massive force–deploying thousands of riot police and armored carriers mounted with water cannons. In addition to standard gear, the police were also armed with tear gas and pepper spray. And plenty of it.

As RT reports, citing the Turkish newspaper Sozcu, the Ankara government “has bought $21 million” worth of “tear gas and pepper spray — mainly from US and Brazil — over the past 12 years.” The amount of both, the news agency reported, was equivalent to 62 tons of noxious, eye-burning, cough-inducing chemical agents either pressurized into canisters or available for the spray guns used by police.

As images of cloud-filled streets in Istanbul and other cities circulated the globe, some used the occasion to once again spotlight the US role as the dominant player in the global tear gas business.

According to RT:

The US has a history of selling tear gas and other crowd control munitions to countries wracked by widespread protest. Amnesty International harshly criticized the US State Department for approving export licenses for the shipment of crowd control munitions and tear gas to Egypt amidst the violent and often lethal crackdowns on protesters by security forces in 2011.

Amnesty confirmed that one US companies had shipped 21 tons of ammunition to Egypt — enough for 40,000 rounds of tear gas grenades and canisters — in addition to a separate shipment of 17.9 tons.

And Anna Feigenbaum, lecturer at Bournemouth University and an expert on the tear gas industry, calls the events in Turkey only the most recent example of a long history in which governments–and sometimes private industry–violently suppress popular uprisings by employing such weapons.

Writing at Common Dreams on Tuesday, Feigenbaum explains:

It is not difficult to trace these tear gas deployments back to corporate profiteers. The majority of the world’s tear gas trade comes from the United States, along with Brazil and Israel. The tear gas industry was founded on alliances between military officers, university chemists and businessmen. Take the example of Federal Laboratories, a major tear gas supplier started by a WWI veteran back in the 1920s with donated samples from the US Chemical Warfare Service. Marketed to local police forces with the help of enlisted PR experts, tear gas was first used on a mass scale to break down worker’s strikes and quell uprisings in colonized territories. Today, as US leaders publicly condemn the so-called ‘weaponization’ of tear gas abroad, its corporations continue to cash in on the profits of mass uprising.

Protests in Turkey once again expose these links between capitalist interests and police violence at the heart of tear gas history. The all too familiar images of streets covered in poison clouds should echo as a message from the trenches. Those soldiers knew all too well that when tear gas filled the air, there was likely something more deadly to follow. Far from a humanitarian weapon, it is time that we see tear gas as a sign of just how inhumane capital-driven visions of peace-keeping have become.

A man runs as riot police use tear gas and pressurized water to quash a demonstration against the demolition of Taksim Gezi Park in Istanbul. (Photo: AP)

__________________________________________________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Iran’s nuclear reactor bldg cracked following quakes — diplomats

0


Iran’s only power producing nuclear reactor was damaged by earthquakes which struck Iran over April and May, diplomats told the AP. Cracks allegedly appeared in at least one section of the structure following massive tremors in southwestern Bushehr.

DETAILS TO FOLLOW

This article originally appeared on: RT

Who will be Attending the Bilderberg Meeting? What Will be Discussed Behind Closed Doors?

0

Each year, the Bilderberg venue brings together leading members of the financial and corporate elite, politicians, handpicked scholars, journalists and scientists. There are participants from 21 Western countries.

It is An Anglo-Western European-American Venue. There are no participants from Eastern Europe, Asia, Latin America, Africa, the Middle East (with the exception of Turkey). Only 14 women out 140 participants.

The official website of the Bilderberg describes the venue as “a forum for informal, off-the-record discussions about megatrends and the major issues facing the world.” Various dimensions of the New World Order including the economic crisis, the wars in the Middle East, biotechnology, cyberwarfare and Homeland security will be discussed behind closed doors.

This year’s 61st meeting is scheduled to be held at the Grove Hotel near Watford, Hertfordshire, June 6-9, 2013.

The Venue will regroup some 140 participants including George Osborne, UK Chancellor of the Exchequer, Henry Kissinger, Timothy Geithner, former Secretary of the Treasury, David Petreous, former head of the CIA, Christine Lagarde, Managing Director of the IMF, Richard N. Perle, prominent adviser to the Bush Junior administration, Jeff Bezos, Founder and CEO of Amazon.com, Eric Schmidt of Google, two former presidents of the World Bank, James D. Wolfensohn and Robert B. Zoellick, among others.

Prominent members of the Anglo-American financial establishment include David Wright, Vice Chairman of Barclays, J. Michael Evans,Vice Chairman of Goldman Sachs, Douglas J. Flint, Group Chairman of HSBC, Kenneth M. Jacobs, Chairman and CEO of Lazard, Paul M. Achleitner, Chairman of the Supervisory Board, Deutsche Bank.

A handful of establishment journalists, economics professors, representatives from corporate thinks tanks including the American Enterprise Institute, Carnegie and the Council on Foreign Relations will also be in attendance

From the oil industry Simon Henry, CFO, Royal Dutch Shell and Robert Dudley, BP Group Chief Executive are on the list of participants.

Saskatchewan Premier Brad Wall will also be attending. Saskatchewan is one of the largest producers of uranium.

Major trends in medical research are on the agenda. Prominent leaders of the pharmaceutical industry including Mark C. Fishman, President of Novartis Institutes for BioMedical Research, together with Dr. John Bell, Professor of Medicine at Oxford, who is a leading authority in biotechnology, working closely with Big Pharma.

Bilderberg has confirmed that global data banks pertaining to Homeland Security will be discussed under the heading of “big data” and that Eric Schmidt of Google will be addressing the topic.

According to the Bilderberg website, the following vaguely defined topics will be discussed:

– Can the US and Europe grow faster and create jobs?
– Jobs, entitlement and debt
– How big data is changing almost everything
– Nationalism and populism
– US foreign policy
– Africa’s challenges
– Cyber warfare and the proliferation of asymmetric threats
– Major trends in medical research
– Online education: promise and impacts
– Politics of the European Union
– Developments in the Middle East
– Current affairs

Chairman: Henri de Castries, Chairman and CEO, AXA Group

Paul M. Achleitner, Chairman of the Supervisory Board, Deutsche Bank AG

Josef Ackermann, Chairman of the Board, Zurich Insurance Group Ltd

Marcus Agius, Former Chairman, Barclays plc

Helen Alexander, Chairman, UBM plc

Roger C. Altman, Executive Chairman, Evercore Partners

Matti Apunen, Director, Finnish Business and Policy Forum EVA

Susan Athey, Professor of Economics, Stanford Graduate School of Business

Aslı Aydıntaşbaş, Columnist, Milliyet Newspaper

Ali Babacan, Turkish Deputy Prime Minister for Economic and Financial Affairs

Ed Balls, Shadow Chancellor of the Exchequer

Francisco Pinto Balsemão, Chairman and CEO, IMPRESA

Nicolas Barré, Managing Editor, Les Echos

José Manuel Barroso, President, European Commission

Nicolas Baverez, Partner, Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP

Olivier de Bavinchove, Commander, Eurocorps

John Bell, Regius Professor of Medicine, University of Oxford

Franco Bernabè, Chairman and CEO, Telecom Italia S.p.A.

Jeff Bezos, Founder and CEO, Amazon.com

Carl Bildt, Swedish Minister for Foreign Affairs

Anders Borg, Swedish Minister for Finance

Jean François van Boxmeer, CEO, Heineken

Svein Richard Brandtzæg, President and CEO, Norsk Hydro ASA

Oscar Bronner, Publisher, Der Standard Medienwelt

Peter Carrington, Former Honorary Chairman, Bilderberg Meetings

Juan Luis Cebrián, Executive Chairman, Grupo PRISA

Edmund Clark, President and CEO, TD Bank Group

Kenneth Clarke, Cabinet Minister

Bjarne Corydon, Danish Minister of Finance

Sherard Cowper-Coles, Business Development Director, International, BAE Systems plc

Enrico Cucchiani, CEO, Intesa Sanpaolo SpA

Etienne Davignon, Belgian Minister of State; Former Chairman, Bilderberg Meetings

Ian Davis, Senior Partner Emeritus, McKinsey & Company

Robbert H. Dijkgraaf, Director and Leon Levy Professor, Institute for Advanced Study

Haluk Dinçer, President, Retail and Insurance Group, Sabancı Holding A.S.

Robert Dudley, Group Chief Executive, BP plc

Nicholas N. Eberstadt, Henry Wendt Chair in Political Economy, American Enterprise Institute

Espen Barth Eide, Norwegian Minister of Foreign Affairs

Börje Ekholm, President and CEO, Investor AB

Thomas Enders, CEO, EADS

J. Michael Evans, Vice Chairman, Goldman Sachs & Co.

Ulrik Federspiel, Executive Vice President, Haldor Topsøe A/S

Martin S.Feldstein, Professor of Economics, Harvard University; President Emeritus, NBER

François Fillon, Former French Prime Minister

Mark C. Fishman, President, Novartis Institutes for BioMedical Research

Douglas J. Flint, Group Chairman, HSBC Holdings plc

Paul Gallagher, Senior Counsel

Timothy F Geithner, Former Secretary of the Treasury

Michael Gfoeller, US Political Consultant

Donald E. Graham, Chairman and CEO, The Washington Post Company

Ulrich Grillo, CEO, Grillo-Werke AG

Lilli Gruber, Journalist — Anchorwoman, La 7 TV

Luis de Guindos, Spanish Minister of Economy and Competitiveness

Stuart Gulliver, Group Chief Executive, HSBC Holdings plc

Felix Gutzwiller, Member of the Swiss Council of States

Victor Halberstadt, Professor of Economics, Leiden University; Former Honorary Secretary General of Bilderberg Meetings

Olli Heinonen, Senior Fellow, Belfer Center for Science and International Affairs, Harvard Kennedy School of Government

Simon Henry, CFO, Royal Dutch Shell plc

Paul Hermelin, Chairman and CEO, Capgemini Group

Pablo Isla, Chairman and CEO, Inditex Group

Kenneth M. Jacobs, Chairman and CEO, Lazard

James A. Johnson, Chairman, Johnson Capital Partners

Thomas J. Jordan, Chairman of the Governing Board, Swiss National Bank

Vernon E. Jordan, Jr., Managing Director, Lazard Freres & Co. LLC

Robert D. Kaplan, Chief Geopolitical Analyst, Stratfor

Alex Karp, Founder and CEO, Palantir Technologies

John Kerr, Independent Member, House of Lords

Henry A. Kissinger, Chairman, Kissinger Associates, Inc.

Klaus Kleinfeld, Chairman and CEO, Alcoa

Klaas H.W. Knot, President, De Nederlandsche Bank

Mustafa V Koç,. Chairman, Koç Holding A.S.

Roland Koch, CEO, Bilfinger SE

Henry R. Kravis, Co-Chairman and Co-CEO, Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co.

Marie-Josée Kravis, Senior Fellow and Vice Chair, Hudson Institute

André Kudelski, Chairman and CEO, Kudelski Group

Ulysses Kyriacopoulos, Chairman, S&B Industrial Minerals S.A.

Christine Lagarde, Managing Director, International Monetary Fund

J. Kurt Lauk, Chairman of the Economic Council to the CDU, Berlin

Lawrence Lessig, Roy L. Furman Professor of Law and Leadership, Harvard Law School

Thomas Leysen, Chairman of the Board of Directors, KBC Group

Christian Lindner, Party Leader, Free Democratic Party (FDP NRW)

Stefan Löfven, Party Leader, Social Democratic Party (SAP)

Peter Löscher, President and CEO, Siemens AG

Peter Mandelson, Chairman, Global Counsel; Chairman, Lazard International

Jessica T. Mathews, President, Carnegie Endowment for International Peace

Frank McKenna, Chair, Brookfield Asset Management

John Micklethwait, Editor-in-Chief, The Economist

Thierry de Montbrial, President, French Institute for International Relations

Mario Monti, Former Italian Prime Minister

Craig J. Mundie, Senior Advisor to the CEO, Microsoft Corporation

Alberto Nagel, CEO, Mediobanca

H.R.H. Princess Beatrix of The Netherlands

Andrew Y.Ng, Co-Founder, Coursera

Jorma Ollila, Chairman, Royal Dutch Shell, plc

David Omand, Visiting Professor, King’s College London

George Osborne, Chancellor of the Exchequer

Emanuele Ottolenghi, Senior Fellow, Foundation for Defense of Democracies

Soli Özel, Senior Lecturer, Kadir Has University; Columnist, Habertürk Newspaper

Alexis Papahelas, Executive Editor, Kathimerini Newspaper

Åžafak Pavey, Turkish MP

Valérie Pécresse, French MP

Richard N. Perle, Resident Fellow, American Enterprise Institute

David H. Petraeus, General, U.S. Army (Retired)

Paulo Portas, Portugal Minister of State and Foreign Affairs

J. Robert S Prichard, Chair, Torys LLP

Viviane Reding, Vice President and Commissioner for Justice, Fundamental Rights and Citizenship, European Commission

Heather M. Reisman, CEO, Indigo Books & Music Inc.

Hélène Rey, Professor of Economics, London Business School

Simon Robertson, Partner, Robertson Robey Associates LLP; Deputy Chairman, HSBC Holdings

Gianfelice Rocca, Chairman,Techint Group

Jacek Rostowski, Minister of Finance and Deputy Prime Minister

Robert E. Rubin, Co-Chairman, Council on Foreign Relations; Former Secretary of the Treasury

Mark Rutte, Dutch Prime Minister

Andreas Schieder, Austrian State Secretary of Finance

Eric E. Schmidt, Executive Chairman, Google Inc.

Rudolf Scholten, Member of the Board of Executive Directors, Oesterreichische Kontrollbank AG

António José Seguro, Secretary General, Portuguese Socialist Party

Jean-Dominique Senard, CEO, Michelin Group

Kristin Skogen Lund, Director General, Confederation of Norwegian Enterprise

Anne-Marie Slaughter, Bert G. Kerstetter ’66 University Professor of Politics and International Affairs, Princeton University

Peter D. Sutherland, Chairman, Goldman Sachs International

Martin Taylor, Former Chairman, Syngenta AG

Tidjane Thiam, Group CEO, Prudential plc

Peter A. Thiel, President, Thiel Capital

Craig B. Thompson, President and CEO, Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center

Jakob Haldor Topsøe, Partner, AMBROX Capital A/S

Jutta Urpilainen, Finnish Minister of Finance

Daniel L. Vasella, Honorary Chairman, Novartis AG

Peter R. Voser, CEO, Royal Dutch Shell plc

Brad Wall, Premier of Saskatchewan Province, Canada

Jacob Wallenberg, Chairman, Investor AB

Kevin Warsh, Distinguished Visiting Fellow, The Hoover Institution, Stanford University

Galen G.Weston, Executive Chairman, Loblaw Companies Limited

Baroness Williams of Crosby, Member, House of Lords

Martin H. Wolf, Chief Economics Commentator, The Financial Times

James D. Wolfensohn, Chairman and CEO, Wolfensohn and Company

David Wright, Vice Chairman, Barclays plc

Robert B. Zoellick, Distinguished Visiting Fellow, Peterson Institute for International Economics

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Why Is Amazon’s Jeff Bezos Attending 2013 Bilderberg Conference?

0

Donna Anderson
Infowars.com
June 4, 2013

Included among the Bilderberg Group’s list of elite attendees this year is Jeff Bezos, Founder and CEO of Amazon.com. Given the cloak of secrecy that envelopes The Group, we’ll probably never know exactly why Bezos has been invited to attend this year, but it’s safe to assume that it’s not because Bilderberg members want free access to Kindle ebooks. So, why is Bezos attending this year’s conference?

A glance at this year’s agenda gives us a few clues. One of the key topics of discussion this year will be how big data is changing almost everything. Amazon, founded in 1994, is the largest online retailer in the world, so obviously, Bezos understands Internet technology.

More important though is Amazon’s ability to collect and analyze user data to drive sales. Pull up a single item on the site and you’ll automatically start to see recommendations for other products you might be interested in. The more you search, the more targeted those recommendations until soon it seems like someone at Amazon is reading your mind.

Their ability to manipulate the buyer is second only to Google’s. Which leads to another possible tie-in… Amazon’s relationship with Google.

Google CEO, Eric Schmidt will also be attending the Bilderberg conference this year, and it’s no secret that Google has been manipulating search results in favor of big brands for years. After Google’s Panda and Farmer updates in early 2011, many highly competitive small business websites were dropped for the SERPS in favor of five of Google’s big-name buddies: Amazon, eBags, Buy.com, Walmart.com and Office Depot.

Given the fact that Amazon, alone and in conjunction with Google, has managed to annihilate even Wal-Mart’s best efforts to build an online presence, the Bilderberg echelon must be chomping at the bit to learn more so they can apply these techniques in the quest for a new world order.

Of course, it wouldn’t be a Bilderberg meeting without some discussion of how better to transfer the world’s wealth into the hands of the powerful elite. And again, Amazon ranks second only to Google when it comes to manipulating the tax system to their own advantage.

According to Forbes, Jeff Bezos is worth $25.2 billion, ranked #11 in the Forbes 400. Bezos founded Amazon in 1994 at a time when the Internet was experiencing rapid growth. At that time online retailers didn’t have to collect sales taxes on states where they didn’t have a physical presence and Bezos took advantage of this fact. He established his base in Seattle because of its relatively small population, which meant fewer of his future customers would have to pay sales tax.

Since then, Bezos has carefully chosen where and when he builds his Amazon fulfillment centers so he can avoid collecting and paying sales taxes. Amazon is also the biggest target in the ongoing Internet Sales Tax argument in Congress. Undoubtedly, his wealth-building and tax-evasion experience will be a great addition to the Bilderberg plans for total economic control.

But let’s look a little farther into the future. In 2000 Jeff Bezos founded a little company called Blue Origin, a company “committed to decreasing the cost and increasing the safety of spaceflight.” Earlier this year, Bezos was reportedly discussing “business opportunities and strategies” with Richard Branson, the multi-billionaire founder of Virgin Group and the fourth richest citizen in the UK.

It’s possible the Bezos is only interested in exploring space for the betterment of mankind. But given the fact that Amazon, and now Blue Origin, are both operated under-the-radar and in tight-lipped privacy — just like the Bilderberg Group — it’s more likely there’s a nefarious scheme in the works.

Consider this: Bezos originally founded Blue Origin because of his fascination with space travel and his earliest interests were in constructing space hotels and amusement parks and space colonies for 2 or 3 million people. He not only wanted to explore space, he wanted to develop it as a future vacation destination and Real Estate investment.

For the Bilderberg Gang, the idea of owning Space and being able to pick and choose who gets to leave this planet when they get done sucking it dry, must be awfully attractive. But, like I said, we’ll never really know why Jeff Bezos is in attendance this year. Maybe they really do need free ebooks for their Kindles.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 4, 2013 at 12:13 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

TSA gets rid of full-body scanners at US airports

0

foxnews.com
June 4, 2013

The full-body scanners that caused an uproar for taking semi-scandalous snapshots of fliers at security checkpoints have been removed from America’s airports.

The move comes after a congressional mandate and several complaints lodged by privacy-rights activists who likened the scanners to a virtual strip search.

Instead, airports will now use scanners that only show generic images of bodies, according to a letter released Thursday from TSA officials to members of the House Homeland Security Committee.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 4, 2013 at 12:20 pm

Tags: , , , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Spain jobless rate gloomy despite fall

0

People stand in line outside an unemployment office in Madrid, Spain. (File photo)

Although Spain’s jobless rate has fallen by nearly two percent, the decrease is not as encouraging as the government claims, economists say.

Spain Labor Ministry said on Tuesday that the registered jobless rate decreased in May by 1.97 percent, putting the number of unemployed at 4.89 million.

However, economists believe that the figure is deceptive since it does not include Spaniards who have been without work for more than one year.

“To say this data supports the onset of a recovery in the labor market is a bridge too far in my view,” said Martin Van Vliet, an economist at the ING, adding, “It is not necessarily a recovery driven by healthy job growth. It could also be influenced by the recent trend of young people moving abroad in search of work.”

The countryâ„¢s unemployment rate stands at 27 percent and is the second highest in the European Union after Greece.

Among the youth, the number is even worse with a staggering 56.4 percent of young Spaniards being unemployed.

The high number of jobless youths has led many of them to move to other countries in search of work.

Analysts say that even if the country comes out of recession next year, job creation could lag until much later.

On May 3, credit rating agency, Fitch Ratings, said it predicted Spainâ„¢s unemployment rate to peak at 28.5 percent in the first quarter of 2014 as government measures such as wage-setting reforms take effect and a contraction in industrial output reaches its limit.

CAH/PR/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Aref vows better ties with world

0

Reformist candidate Mohammad Reza Aref addresses a group of his supporters in the northwestern city of Qazvin on June 3, 2013.

Reformist presidential candidate Mohammad Reza Aref has censured the foreign policy of the incumbent administration, vowing to improve Iranâ„¢s diplomatic ties with other countries if elected president in the June 14 election.

Å“Currently, we have really poor relations with the world. Our message to the world must be peace. We must defend our legal rights but we should also respect othersâ„¢ rights at the same time,” Aref told a group of his supporters in the northwestern city of Qazvin on Monday.

He added that the next administration can have friendly ties with the world and improve the conditions in the country through such relations.

Å“Our country enjoys a high level of diplomatic-scientific potentials. If we manage to resolve our problems with the world, something which is practical as we did in the reformist administration, it will have valuable outcomes for the country. Nevertheless, it must be within the framework of our rights and national interests as I mentioned earlier,” the former first vice president noted.

Å“We will respect othersâ„¢ interests and welcome interaction and dialogue. Through positive and constructive interaction with the world, and by prioritizing ties with Muslims and Non-Aligned Movement countries, we hope to have good relations with the world,” the reformist candidate pointed out.

Aref is facing seven rivals in the upcoming election, including President of the Center for Strategic Research of the Expediency Council Hassan Rohani, Tehran Mayor Mohammad Baqer Qalibaf, lawmaker Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel, Secretary of the Supreme National Security Council Saeed Jalili, Secretary of Expediency Council Mohsen Rezaei, former Foreign Minister Ali Akbar Velayati, and former Telecommunications Minister Mohammad Gharazi.

The president of Iran is elected for a four-year term in a national election.

Iranians will go to the polls in the nationâ„¢s 11th presidential election on June 14. Over 66,000 polling stations will be set up across the country. Expatriates will also be able to cast ballots at 285 polling stations that will be set up in their respective countries.

MP/KA/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Expert Questions Legitimacy of Organic Food Certification

0

The so-called “organic” foods industry may not be as natural as consumers have been led to believe, owing to a lack of serious testing and other major flaws in the system, according to a former inspector of organic foods in the United States and Canada who grew up on an organic farm. What the expert described as the “globalist environmental movement” – George Soros, for example, and others like him – is also deeply involved in promoting organic foods, he explained.

In an interview with The New American, Mischa Popoff, who serves as a policy advisor to the Heartland Institute and wrote a book exposing “the inside story” of the organic industry, explained that much of the certification process for organic produce today essentially amounts to a “scam.” The crux of the problem, he said, is that there is no field testing of organic crops or livestock anywhere in the world. 

“There is some end-product testing being carried out by the EU, but that’s like testing Olympic athletes after they go home,” said Popoff, who spent five years working as an organic inspector. “Athletes are tested during the games when performance-enhancing drugs are still coursing through their veins, not after.” Despite years of promises, neither the U.S. Department of Agriculture nor the Canadian Food Inspection Agency conduct proper tests to ensure that organic standards are being met, he added.

The way the system works now, Popoff continued, is by having organic farmers and processors keep records of their activities, which are then reviewed once a year during a pre-announced “inspection.” Meanwhile, up-front organic certification fees can cost thousands of dollars, followed by transaction fees collected as sales are made.

That creates problems in the way the system is operated, Popoff said. “It’s clear that instead of having an incentive to stamp out fraud, the private, for-profit certifiers that operate under the aegis of the EU, USDA and CFIA actually have an incentive to rubber stamp the certifications and sales of their clients,” he explained.

Also, despite oft-cited claims that organic agriculture is somehow more “sustainable” than regular farming, Popoff said the environmental benefits are negligible at best. Organic farms, for example, are prohibited from using modern, nitrogen-based fertilizers that drastically increase crop yields. Synthetic pesticides are also prohibited. Because agriculture inherently becomes less productive under such restrictions, it takes far more land and resources to produce the same amount of food.

With a global population of around seven billion, efficient and cost-effective farming, of course, becomes even more crucial. That is why, according to Popoff, globalist environmentalists with deep pockets and dubious motives have taken such an interest in the promotion of organic farming and all things “sustainable.” Among the key figures: John Podesta, former White House chief of staff to President Clinton and current boss of the statist Center for American Progress; self-styled communist and former Obama administration “green jobs” czar Van Jones; and billionaire globalist financier George Soros.  

“But here’s the far more important consideration,” Popoff said. “Everything else the globalist environmental movement ever tried before required that people stop buying things, whether it was fur, meat, wood, fuel for our cars, or cars themselves. But now these activists have found a way to encourage people to buy – i.e. ‘organic,’ local and ‘humane’ food – and thereby fund their anti-technological revolution with genuine market-driven capital.”

“This is unprecedented,” he continued. “Unprecedented in today’s market place, unprecedented in human history. And, in fact, it makes the whole concept of carbon trading look like child’s play by comparison.” At the end of the day, Popoff believes that this may represent “the biggest green scam since Nazism.”

One of the motivations behind the groups and individuals pushing the organic movement is reducing human population levels, Popoff argued, echoing widespread concerns among analysts who monitor the “sustainability” establishment and its schemes. He said that by using a combination of subsidies for organics and stiffer regulations for conventional farming, population-control zealots are gradually – if quietly – winning in their gambit to reduce the number of humans on the planet.

“Anytime an organic activist argues that organic agriculture can feed the world, the unspoken assumption contained in that assertion is that there will be far fewer people to feed in the future,” Popoff said. “How many fewer? Those who support population control but who are unfamiliar with the actual limitations of organic agriculture put the estimate at about half the planet’s current population of human beings. Those who are more informed put it at something closer to a quarter.”

In fairness, there are plenty of experts and countless activists who believe that the push to foist genetically modified agriculture on the world are seeking to reduce the population as well. While the U.S. government claims GM foods are substantially equivalent to traditional crops, a growing number of studies have linked certain biotech products to serious health concerns.

Last year, for example, a major French study using rats found a correlation between genetically modified corn and cancer. While the research was lambasted by biotech firms and their allies, it was hardly the first time scientists have sounded alarms bells on the potential negative effects of certain forms of GMO crops. Alarm about the entire business model, which includes patenting DNA, has also been expressed. So for consumers rightly or wrongly concerned about the issue, buying organic may still represent a good choice, and there are actually mechanisms in place that try to keep GMOs out of the organic food supply.

Popoff, while conceding that some of the companies involved may well be questionable, is a strong supporter of genetic engineering, saying it will help humanity and that concerns are “completely unfounded.” He pointed to synthetic insulin, developed using biotech technology, as an example of the potential benefits that genetically engineered organisms can offer the world.     

Still, companies like Monsanto have been staunch supporters of “sustainability” schemes, too – openly backing the controversial United Nations Agenda 21. As The New American reported in February, the bio-technology behemoth, which recently sparked global protests, officially joined the World Business Council for Sustainable Development, a group of powerful interests including major banks and Big Oil backing the deeply controversial UN “sustainable development” plot.

Despite Popoff’s concerns about the problems in the existing organic regulatory system, he is not necessarily opposed to any and all organic crops. However, he urges consumers to be educated and cautious in choosing what products to buy. Among other recommendations, he said people who want genuine organic foods should try to buy them directly from a farmer they know – preferably right from the farmer’s farm. 

“The consumer has to be his or her own eyes and ears when it comes to determining what’s organic and what’s fake,” Popoff said. “The consumer cannot under any circumstances rely on the public-private bureaucracies of the EU, USDA or CFIA to guarantee anything. They are simply not equipped to find fraud, and can’t be bothered to do so even if they were.”

He also says that a free-market approach to the system for people interested in purchasing healthy, toxin-free foods is not only possible, but “well within reach.” According to Popoff, competition and advances in technology have dramatically slashed the price of proper testing, for example. The current system of asking farmers to keep records for pre-announced “inspections” by federally approved bureaucrats does not keep people honest – and it just will not work.  

“For the last ten years I’ve been saying that instead of record-keeping and record-checking by private, federally accredited certification agencies, let’s instead rely on testing through private labs to prove a farmer or processor is organic,” he said. “There’s no better free-enterprise solution. After all, governments the world over already agree on what constitutes parts-per-million in lab tests.”

The major biotech firms – companies like Monsanto, Dow, DuPont, and others – “love” the current organic system, Popoff explained, saying that they did not want organic certification to become scientific, market-driven, and hence, legitimate. Meanwhile, honest organic farmers are being “crushed” under the weight of bureaucratic compliance. While there may not be a perfect solution, like in virtually all fields, the free market would almost certainly do a better job in helping consumers.

Alex Newman, a foreign correspondent for The New American, is currently based in Europe. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.
.

Related articles:

UN: Let Them Eat Bugs!

GMO Giant Monsanto Joins Big Business Coalition for UN Agenda 21

UN Pushes Population Control Agenda

EU Targets Seeds and Gardeners; Critics Lash Out

Anti-GMO Labeling Campaign Accused of Fraudulent Claims

Two Million March Against Monsanto in Worldwide Protest of GM Foods

Russia Bans GMO Corn Over Cancer Fears as Pressure Builds on Monsanto

UN Sustainability Summit Exposed: Big Business, Dictators, and NGOs

The Real Agenda Behind UN “Sustainability” Unmasked

Despite Setbacks, UN “Sustainability” Agenda Marches on After Rio+20

Alabama Adopts First Official State Ban on UN Agenda 21

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Same-sex Marriage Bill Fails in Illinois

0

Marriage is safe in Illinois – for the time being, at least. On May 31, the Illinois House of Representatives adjourned for the summer without voting on a bill that would have made Illinois the 13th state to legalize same-sex marriage. The homosexual marriage measure had passed the state Senate in February, and Democratic Governor Pat Quinn had promised to sign the bill into law. But while the Democrats had a majority in the House, Christian and pro-family groups succeeded in building grassroots momentum against the bill, leading some key lawmakers to back off on their support and prompting the bill’s sponsor to pull it from consideration.

“This was the hardest thing I’ve done in my life,” Democratic House sponsor Greg Harris (D-Chicago, shown) told the Chicago Tribune after pulling the bill. Harris, who is openly homosexual, said that fellow Democratic lawmakers had asked him to pull the bill and give them more time to talk their constituents into accepting the inevitability of homosexual marriage in the state. “I’ve never been sadder to accept this request,” Harris said after pulling the bill, “but I have to keep my eye, as we all must, on the ultimate prize. They’ve asked for time to go back to their districts, talk to their constituents, and reach out to their minds and hearts and have told me they’ll return in November with their word that they’re prepared to support this legislation.”

Gov. Quinn issued a statement expressing his own disappointment, but emphasized that he would continue to force the issue. “This is not over,” he said. “The fight goes on. We will keep on fighting until marriage equality is law in Illinois.”

Currently Illinois recognizes civil unions, which give homosexual couples legal benefits equal to marriage. But many same-sex couples “said they weren’t satisfied and felt the civil union classification created a second class that wasn’t quite marriage,” reported the Chicago Tribune.

Pro-homosexual groups expressed their dismay at the defeat of what appeared to be an easy victory for same-sex marriage. “The House of Representatives has neglected the rights of its constituents by failing to vote on marriage equality legislation,” said Chad Griffin of the Human Rights Campaign. “For months [homosexual] couples and their children have had their lives put on hold throughout an exhaustive political process that ultimately came up short. Today’s inaction is a prime example of why the U.S. Supreme Court must rule in favor of full marriage equality nationwide to ensure the security and welfare of these and countless other American families aren’t left to chance in future political battles.”

Similarly, Rick Garcia of the Chicago-based Civil Rights Agenda said that his group was “not only deeply disappointed but angry.” He added that “beginning tomorrow, we are starting over. We may need to start over with a new sponsor … who will fight for the families here in Illinois.”

Among those pushing hard for the homosexual marriage measure was President Barack Obama, who told an audience at an Illinois Democratic fundraiser May 29 that “I just want to say for the record it’s something that I deeply support. I am absolutely convinced it is the right thing to do.”

While many homosexual activists considered the bill a shoe-in, the state’s strong Catholic constituency, as well as the heavily pro-traditional-marriage contingent among Chicago’s African-American population, helped to derail the effort.

The Chicago Sun Times reported that there was a particularly “stubborn resistance” against the bill from the House Black Caucus, “a 20-member bloc of African-American lawmakers who have faced a withering lobbying blitz against the plan from black ministers.” Among the black ministers applying pressure to House Democrats were members of the African-American Clergy Coalition, whose co-chairman, the Rev. Larry Trotter, released a statement thanking the Black Caucus for “showing extreme courage in their defense of traditional marriage in Illinois.” Declaring that “today our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ has won,” Trotter said that he and the other members of the black clergy coalition were “proud of the God fearing Black Caucus members who withstood the pressure of the LGBT forces and allowed God’s word concerning marriage to remain between one man and one woman in Illinois.”

Illinois Catholics also expressed their opposition to the measure. In an op-ed published by the Chicago Tribune, Robert Gilligan, executive director of the Catholic Conference of Illinois, wrote that, contrary to the insistence from proponents that support for same-sex marriage was surging, “millions of Illinois residents oppose redefining an institution that underscores the foundation of our society, and have made that opposition known to their state representatives.”

A day before the bill was pulled, the Thomas More Society, a legal advocacy group that concentrates on issues of religious liberty, warned that the Illinois same-sex marriage bill offered “the worst religious liberty protections of any same-sex marriage bill in the country.” In a letter to Illinois House members, Peter Breen, the More Society’s senior counsel and vice president, noted that if passed, the bill would make Illinois “the most hostile state in the country to the religious freedoms of people of faith. SB 10 would generate years of litigation and cause those who faithfully practice their religion to be mislabeled as ‘discriminators,’ stripped of government benefits, and subjected to fines and penalties simply because they abide by their sincerely held beliefs.”

Laurie Higgins of the Illinois Family Institute, which was at the forefront of lobbying against the bill, called the decision by Democratic lawmakers to pull the bill “a truly remarkable victory” for families, adding that “the failure of this bill is a good thing for children, for parental rights, for religious liberty, for the common good, and for truth.”

Photo of Illinois Rep. Greg Harris (D-Chicago) standing alone on the House floor: AP Images

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Auto Draft

0

Steve Dorsey
jpost.com
June 4, 2013

Sitting on a concrete ledge surrounding Istanbul’s Gezi Park overlooking a roadblock constructed from piles of rubble, high school student Alper Kuzgun is working on his math homework.

“I am not a protester, I am a student,” Kuzgun told The Media Line. “But I am here. If the police come, I can help resist.”

Over the past five days, he has been joined by tens of thousands of others his age who have come to voice their frustrations with Turkey’s government led by Prime Minister Recep Tayyip ErdoÄŸan.


Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 4, 2013 at 11:37 am

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

The Manning Trial: Day One

0

More than eleven hundred days after he was arrested, Pfc. Bradley Manning’s court martial finally began in earnest at Ft. Meade, MD, where defense and government lawyers gave opening statements on the intentions behind Bradley’s release of hundreds of thousands of classified military documents to the website WikiLeaks.

Defense: Bradley was following his humanist beliefs

Defense lawyer David Coombs recounted a poignant turning point during Bradley’s time in Iraq. On Christmas Eve, 2009, an Army vehicle narrowly avoided injury after an explosive detonated. But in evading the explosive, the U.S. vehicle drove into a civilian car, carrying five Iraqis, including three children. His fellow soldiers celebrated into the night, cheering the U.S. soldiers’ survival, but twenty-two-year-old Bradley couldn’t forget about the injured Iraqis, who were immediately hospitalized.

“From then on,” Coombs said, “[Bradley] struggled.” Not your typical soldier, Bradley wore customized dog tags that read “humanist.” He strove to help his unit, wanting everyone to come home safely every day, but he wanted the local nationals to go home safely every day too.

Coombs reviewed how this overarching humanism inspired him to release each set of documents. He couldn’t read Afghanistan and Iraq War Logs without thinking of that first injured family in December ’09. He read them “with a burden.” He wanted to make a difference, and he believed this information should be public.

He watched the ‘Collateral Murder’ video, documenting the U.S. Apache killing of innocent Iraqis and Reuters journalists. He thought this video conveyed how the U.S. valued (or, didn’t value) human life, and since the Pentagon failed to follow through on its vow to make it public, he felt had to do so.

When he was given access the State Department cables, he was told to peruse the classified network to understand U.S. diplomacy. He knew the cables were accessed by more than a million people, that they couldn’t contain Top Secret information, and that they wouldn’t reveal sources — he also knew they showed how the U.S. deals with and values human life around the world, and we don’t always do the right thing.

Government suggests WikiLeaks guided Manning’s releases

By contrast, government prosecutor Captain Morrow painted Bradley’s releases as the systemic harvesting of information at WikiLeaks’ behest. He opened his statement with Bradley’s own words: “If you had unprecedented access to classified networks 14 hours a day 7 days a week for 8+ months, what would you do?”

This commenced an effort to characterize Bradley as almost singularly focused on gathering information that WikiLeaks wanted to release. Capt. Morrow said the releases are “what happens when arrogance meets access to classified information,” and that Bradley used his military training to “gain the notoriety he craved,” despite also saying that he worked to conceal his downloading of classified documents.

Capt. Morrow also reviewed each set of files, with two chief contentions: that Bradley indiscriminately harvested and leaked information, and that he was taking orders, directly via chat logs or indirectly by looking at their ‘Most-Wanted List,’ from WikiLeaks.

Press and public struggle for trial access

Just before those opening statements, Judge Denise Lind asked the prosecution to review the procedures in place to provide access to the press and public to Bradley’s trial, presumably in response to a motion filedby Reader Supported News. I say presumably because I watched the proceedings on a video feed in the theater next door to the courtroom (I gave my press pass for today to the Freedom of the Press foundation’s stenographers) — and the feed cut out frequently. We were in the theater because we were told that both the courtroom and the spillover trailer, whose video feed never cut out, were full. But those we talked to from the trailer said it was half-full at most.

Nevertheless, prosecutor Maj. Ashden Fein assured Judge Lind that no member of the public has ever been excluded from viewing Bradley’s proceedings. He didn’t happen to mention a last-minute restriction imposed on attendees: though they’ve been allowed for more than a year of pretrial proceedings, ‘Truth’ t-shirts were banned from the courtroom today, as were “Bradley Manning shirts or any other propoganda,” according to one gun-toting soldier. Pressed about the new limitation, one soldier told the Support Network’s Emma Cape that the decision was made from someone “very high up” and that he figured it was related to increased media access.

Maj. Fein also said that every effort has been made to provide full access to journalists, despite the legion of journalists decrying Ft. Meade’s restrictions on the media.

He said that only five journalists had been denied press credentials to Bradley’s trial. This number was laughable, considering the Military District of Washington has claimed, “More than 350 requests for credentials were received for 70 seats in the media operations center and 10 seats in the courtroom.” We know for certain that the Freedom of Press’s stenographers were denied and that several others were as well.

First witnesses called, forensics underway 

Finally, after lunch, the government called its first witnesses, to prove it was Bradley Manning who actually released the documents. Special Agents Thomas Smith and Toni Graham testified about arriving at Bradley’s base to photograph his housing and work stations and to interview his fellow soldiers. Specialist Eric Baker, Bradley’s roommate at F.O.B. Hammer in Baghdad, testified briefly about Bradley’s computer habits and collection of CDs and a hard drive. The defense didn’t have extensive cross-examination questions for either: in light of Bradley’s February guilty plea to providing information to WikiLeaks, his lawyers largely didn’t contest the fact that the computers in question were Bradley’s.

Tomorrow, the government will call Army Criminal Investigation Command Special Agent David Shaver, who’s expected to testify at much greater length.

Nathan Fuller, a writer for the Bradley Manning Support Network, where this dispatch also appeared. He can be reached at Nathan@bradleymanning.org

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Monsanto can't explain how GMO wheat survived

0

Monsanto claims it has no idea how its herbicide-resistant strain of wheat made its way onto an Oregon field. The global biotech giant based in Missouri says it abandoned research on it in 2004 and is mystified by its emergence nearly a decade later.

Monsanto tested the GMO varieties in 17 US states between 1998
and 2004. Although it also tested the GM wheat in Oregon, the
company claims it destroyed all of the material upon the
conclusion of the program and that it never grew the wheat strain
on the farm where it was found last month.

“The company’s internal assessments suggest that neither seed
left in the soil nor wheat pollen flow serve as reasonable
explanations behind this reported detection,”
the biotech
giant said in a news release Friday.

The company claims that even if the wheat seed had been left in
the ground, it would not have survived longer than one or two
years in the soil. Monsanto also states that its seed varieties
could not have possibly traveled across the state, since 99
percent of wheat pollen is deposited within 10 meters of the
plant.

“This report is unusual since our program was discontinued
nine years ago, and this is the only report after more than 500
million acres (200 million hectare) of wheat have been
grown
,” the company said in its statement.

Demonstrators hold up posters during a protest against U.S.-based Monsanto Co. and genetically modified organisms (GMO), in New York May 25, 2013 (Reuters / Eduardo Munoz)

Since May 29, the US Department of Agriculture’s Animal and Plant
Health Inspection Service has conducted a multi-state
investigation to determine how the GM wheat reached the Oregon
farm.

A local farmer discovered it after dousing his field with
Monsanto’s “Roundup Ready” pesticide and realizing that some of
the wheat plants were resistant to it. He alerted the USDA, which
soon determined that the herbicide-resistant wheat crop was the
same variety Monsanto tested nearly a decade ago. 

The USDA never approved the strain, and environmentalists have
expressed deep concern about potential health risks involving the
mysterious GM crop. The finding has already had a detrimental
impact on US trade: Japanese authorities last week announced that
they would suspend imports of US wheat.

Shortly after the announcement, wheat for July delivery fell by
8.25 cents to $6.945 per bushel on the Chicago Board Trade.

David King, founder and chairman of the Seed Library of Los Angeles, speaks to activists during a protest against agribusiness giant Monsanto in Los Angeles on May 25, 2013 (AFP Photo / Robyn Beck)

And Monsanto’s asserted bewilderment serves as no comfort to
those concerned about the presence of unapproved GM crops in the
US, particularly foreign importers who fear that the GM variety
may have been present in their crop purchases.

A USDA spokeswoman told Reuters on Monday that there
are “no indications that there is any GE wheat in
commerce
.” But if investigators find any more of the
unapproved wheat variety growing on US farms, the agriculture
industry could take an even harder hit. 

Genetically modified wheat has not been approved for commercial
growing, and Asian and European buyers have expressed little
interest in it, which in large part influenced Monsanto’s
decision not to market the GM crop after testing it.

A team of 15 investigators is continuing its probe into the
mysterious crop’s emergence — a phenomenon that Monsanto says it
cannot explain.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Bilderberg’s 60-Year Trajectory Exposed

0

Incrementalism key to Bilderberg’s long-term agenda.

Jurriaan Maessen
Infowars.com
June 4, 2013

Some commenters in mainstream media are trying to downplay Bilderberg’s historical significance by suggesting the annual confabulation is a mostly reactionary body, contemplating current events but never steering them.

Studying the few reports that have managed to slip past the censors in the course of the previous decades, we can see that both the European Union and the European single currency have been nurtured and guided by the far-reaching hands of Bilderberg. For example, in the leaked transcript from the 1955 Bilderberg meeting (chaired by prince Bernhard of the Netherlands) participants speak of the “pressing need to bring the German people, together with the other peoples of Europe, into a common market”, and the desire is expressed to “arrive in the shortest possible time at the highest degree of integration, beginning with a common European market.”

In March of 2009 viscount Etienne Davignon- former Bilderberg chairman and current participant, bragged to the EUobserver online newspaper that the creation of the Euro was helped by the Bilderberg Group in the 1990’s:

“A meeting in June in Europe of the Bilderberg Group- an informal club of leading politicians, businessmen and thinkers chaired by Mr. Davignon- could also ‘improve understanding’ on future action, in the same way it helped create the Euro in the 1990s, he said.”

We now know of course that the process toward a single European currency, as well as single European “voice” has been in the making much longer than that- and has been a process developed largely under cover of secret meetings. Back in 1970, the same Etienne Davignon published a report in which the ministers of Foreign Affairs of six European nations pledged to further the European agenda through mostly informal gatherings. Furthermore, the report- to which the ministers of Foreign Affairs of all major European nations pledged allegiance- admits that the further integration of nations must follow a gradual, incremental path in carefully pre-planned “successive stages”.

  • A d v e r t i s e m e n t

The report, named after the viscount himself, was published in the bulletin of the European Communities in November of 1970 and details how the European power-elite has planned European integration, not by chance- or as wishful thinking on the part of the political and economic elite, but rather through carefully calculated “successive stages and the gradual development of the method and instruments best calculated to allow a common political course of acti on”, so states the Davignon Report. Here is the quote in full:

“(…) implementation of the common policies being introduced or already in force requires corresponding developments in the specifically political sphere, so as to bring nearer the day when Europe can speak with one voice. Hence the importance of Europe being built by successive stages and the gradual development of the method and instruments best calculated to allow a common political course of action.”

The ministers involved also stated that this common political course can be best achieved by setting an example in foreign policy before it can spread to a common economic calling:

“(…) foreign policy concertation should be the object of the first practical endeavors to demonstrate to all that Europe has a political vocation. The Ministers are, in fact, convinced that progress here would be calculated to promote the development of the Communities and give Europeans a keener awareness of their common responsibility.”

Furthermore, the report stresses that not so much through formal, but rather informal meetings should this incremental push be coordinated to completion. Although the Report attempts to project the illusion of democratic oversight by stating that “Public opinion and its spokesmen must be associated with the construction of the political union”, the Report goes on to say that the “Ministers and the members of the Political Affairs Committee of the European Parliament will hold six monthly meetings to discuss questions which are the subject of consultations in the framework of foreign policy cooperation. These meetings will be informal, to ensure that the parliamentarians and Ministers can express their views freely.”

This description of informal meetings as a way to unwind elected officials into expressing themselves without the usual reserve is the exact same given by the Bilderberg group from the moment of its creation in 1954, namely that the “private nature” of the meetings allows for the participants to disregard “the conventions of office”.

Informal and private means the members may deliberate outside the reach of journalists, allowing them to share thoughts without some irritating news person running around recording their exchanges. In an attempt to downplay Bilderberg’s importance in setting policy, Davignon told the BBC in 2005: “It is unavoidable and it doesn’t matter. There will always be people who believe in conspiracies but things happen in a much more incoherent fashion.”

Well, not so according to the Davignon commission which he chaired back in the early 1970s, and the subsequent Davignon report which he co-wrote. In the report, Davignon and his co-conspirators outline that all these informal meetings are anything but “incoherent”.

We now know of course that the process toward a single European currency, as well as single European “voice” has been in the making much longer than that. According to a scholarly 1995 paper there was indeed a common and thought-out strategy at the root of the European Union, describing Davignon’s work on utilising “transnational networks and expertise to launch the drive for a technological research programme for the EC”:

“The actions of the Commissioner for Industry in the Thorn Commission, Etienne Davignon, were a precursor of the strategies followed by the Delors Commissions. Delors presented the single market programme as a response to a changing international situation which had reduced the competitiveness of the European economy, and so posed problems for European governments.”

On September 7, 1992, two term President of the European Commission Jacques Delors gave a speech to the Royal Institute of International Affairs titled The European Community and the New World Order. Invoking the famous New World Order-speech of George H.W. Bush in 1991, Delors took its meaning one step further, speaking of “world government”, “transferring sovereignty” and a “worldwide single market”.

The speech is especially interesting when we take into account that Delors took part in the Bilderberg meeting just four months earlier, held in Evian-les-Bains, France: the same conference in which Henry Kissinger delivered his famous speech concerning people and their willingness to relinquish their individual rights “for the guarantee of their wellbeing granted to them by their world government.”

Starting off by saluting the audience which he addressed, Jacques Delors bowed and stated: “I would not presume to offer such an illustrious audience as this the last word on the new world order of which President Bush spoke in September 1990 when the Gulf Crisis was building up.”

“The interdependence of the world’s nations seems somehow inevitable”, the European Commission chairman continued, “though it must evolve in an orderly fashion; the reality is there, but we have not yet grasped it fully enough to devise the principles and rules of the new international game.”

As the speech by Jacques Delors progressed, it appears he became increasingly bold in his statements to his audience, allowing himself to be swept away by his own “eloquence”:

“Today many economists speak of the transition to a new stage- a quantum leap to a worldwide single market. There is plenty of evidence of this; the international credit card in the consumer’s wallet is particularly symbolic.”, Delors notes in his speech for the Royal Institute of International Affairs.

Using the excuse of “promoting democracy”, he advocates the destruction of national sovereignty of nation states as a remedy:

“International apathy about human rights violations will not be able to hide behind pretext of immutable, inviolable national sovereignty much longer.”

Jacques Delors has proven himself to be sort of a prophet- as the borders are eroding worldwide while the central banks are consolidating power. After he elaborates further on the fact that globalization is often counteracted by grass roots movements, attempting to preserve national sovereignty, Delors throws up his arms and sighs:

“I would add- and I will not go into detail- that economic integration, unless it is backed by a strong political will, will not in itself produce stronger international institutions or help create world government. This is why, although the need for a new world order is self-evident, our era is one of trial and error or, as the harsher critics among us would have it, of impotence, inability to take on world challenges.”

The President of the European Commission talking openly about world government. He also admits that economic integration, such as developed in the decade after, is not sufficient when this overarching goal is to be achieved. Again: this is exactly what Etienne Dávignon was saying when he spoke of the successive stages by means of which further European integration should be secured. Speaking on the role of the European Commission in the creation of the new world order, Delors mentions the plans of the Anglo-American establishment for a North-American Union:

“Our trading partners are gradually being won over to the idea that regional integration has a dynamic impact on all, and the European model is an inspiration for others- witness the recent agreements concluded by the United States, Canada and Mexico.”

Indeed, the merger of the three nations into one North-American community ranked and ranks very high on Bilderberg’s list of objectives.

“I believe”, the European Commissioner stated, “it is not too presumptuous to claim that it (the European Community) still has something revolutionary about it, that it is something of a “laboratory” for the management of interdependence.”

However, he complains, “(…) giving birth to institutions to which sovereignty is to be transferred and which are to be given power manage cooperation and settle disputes is a slow and arduous process.” Delors goes on to emphasize: “The contribution that the Community as such can make to the new world order can, to use an image of the plant world, be considered something of a hybrid, what is produced by crossing a world power with an international organisation.”

In closure, Delors expresses his ultimate belief and that of his fellow conspirators: “The conclusion, Your Excellencies, Ladies and Gentlemen, is that the Community’s contribution to a new world order is, like the Community itself, something original: a method which will serve as a reference, a body whose presence will be felt.”

One of Delors’ main “accomplishments” was writing the so-called Delors Report: a document in which he outlined how a European economic and monetary union could be established as quickly and effectively as possible. Submitted in 1989, the Delors Report envisions three stages along which the road to world government will be reached. It comes as no surprise that the most important factor within this process is the complete and total “independence” of the European central bank.

The first stage would be accomplished with the completion of a single European market. The second stage would consist primarily of the merging of the different central banks into one giant European central bank like an octopus spreading its tentacles across the continent. The third and final stage Delors proposes would see the establishment of a single European currency.

The main thread of his report is: total monetary independence should be transferred from the elected politicians to the unelected network of central banks throughout the European continent. In addition, this “independence” must over time be widened with the help of a single currency. Of course, today we know that the report was anything but an idle document written by a transnational daydreamer. It was a policy blueprint for the elite rather, outlined in the immediate aftermath of the Second World War. As the cascading events unfolding in the “eurozone” in the last few years point out, the proposed “stages” are coming to pass with staggering accuracy.

Before and since all hell broke loose in the financial markets, European political heads of state have called for more power to be transferred to the European Central Bank to buy up bonds and inject additional financial life into the corpse that is Europe. In a speech delivered in 2000, member of the executive board of the ECB, Sirkka Hämäläinen referred to a prediction made by Bilderberg regular Paul Volcker:

“(…) He might be right, and we might one day have a single world currency. Maybe European integration, in the same way as any other regional integration, could be seen as a step towards the ideal situation of a fully integrated world. If and when this world will see the light of day is impossible to say. However, what I can say is that this vision seems as impossible now to most of us as a European monetary union seemed 50 years ago, when the process of European integration started.”

The prophecy by Paul Volcker the speaker is referring to, went something along the following lines: “if we are to have a truly global economy, a single world currency makes sense.” But, as it turns out, 50 years ago the process she talks about was far from impossible to imagine. In fact, as the Bilderberg memos of 1955 reveal, plans for a fully integrated European central government were well beyond the stage of geopolitical daydreaming. On another occasion, Hämäläinen repeated her wish for a global economic integration:

“As a longer-term vision, one should see European integration as a step towards improving global co-operation and securing peaceful and balanced development in the whole world.”

Global government, in other words, must replace the sovereignty of the nation state of old. In this context the word “peaceful” translates to the absence of war- for once potentials rivals are eliminated, there is no longer conflict. A consolidation of power, in other words, by the central banks of the world. In addition, it is- again- admitted that regional integration is just a steppingstone towards global integration with Central Banks calling out the shots. A former ECB executive and Bilderberg participant, Jurgen Stark, at the international conference of central bankers and economic educators in 2006, pressed the point that only an independent central bank should be given the instruments of setting interest rates, maintaining price stability and overseeing the economy as a whole:

“Central Bank independence is nowadays enshrined in many central bank laws and statutes around the world. In order to ensure that this achievement also prevails in the future, broad public awareness of the benefits of central bank independence is essential. Fostering and preserving such awareness requires, in particular, that the independence of a central bank, once granted, is respected by the government in question and not undermined by political interference.”

Both the European Central Bank and the Federal Reserve have claimed that political oversight and transparency will be somehow disastrous for their operations and, subsequently, the world economy. The rationale behind all these outrageous preconditions can be summed up with the words of Jean-Claude Trichet in 2005, the former president of the ECB and Bilderberg steering committee member:

“We Europeans know that we can deliver structural reforms: we have done that efficiently in the past. The new state of the world is only adding new reasons to proceed in a direction which has been the European strategy since the late ‘50s, and has contributed, over almost half a century, to productivity progress, prosperity and jobs.” In a prepared speech, condensed in spoken form at the Council on Foreign Relations headquarters in New York on April 26th 2010, Trichet outlines the chosen path toward “the significant transformation of global governance that we are engineering today”:

“Overall, the system is moving decisively towards genuine global governance that is much more inclusive, encompassing key emerging economies as well as industrialized countries.”

Aside from the fact he accurately paraphrases the key-ingredients of Agenda 21, Trichet mentions three distinct arms of “global governance” as envisioned by the central banks:

“The significant transformation of global governance that we are engineering today is illustrated by three examples. First, the emergence of the G20 as the prime group for global economic governance at the level of ministers, governors and heads of state or government. Second, the establishment of the Global Economy Meeting of central bank governors under the auspices of the BIS as the prime group for the governance of central bank cooperation. And third, the extension of Financial Stability Board membership to include all the systemic emerging market economies.”

Trichet’s definition of Global Governance? Just so you know who exactly the money-changers are who are now screaming for one world government at the top of their lungs, here it is:

“There are numerous definitions of global governance. In the economic and financial sphere I will propose that global governance comprehends not only the constellation of supranational institutions — including the international financial institutions — but also the informal groupings that have progressively emerged at the global level. Those informal forums (G7, G10, G20, etc.) are key in improving global coordination in all the areas where decision making processes remain national — whether in helping to work out agreed prudential standards and codes or to facilitate where appropriate, the coordination of economic macro-policies.”

Notice the importance of these “informal” gatherings in the minds of the regular attendees, described by Trichet as “key in improving global coordination”.

From these statements and writings a clear picture emerges. The plans for further economic, political, and military integration, pre-scripted for many-a-decade, is designed to expand from regional to global in successive, pre-scripted stages, following a meticulous consensus presided over by the world’s aristocratic elites as well as big economic and political players. Prime Bilderberg kingpins have, as we seen, described this incremental process in detail, lauding the unchecked meetings through which this process is fine-tuned. Contrary to what many mainstream media figureheads will make you believe, Bilderberg is one of these key informal gatherings.

Jurriaan Maessen’s article first appeared at ExplosiveReports.Com.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 4, 2013 at 11:46 am






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Egypt courts hands jail terms to 43 NGO workers, including 15 US citizens

0

Cairo criminal court has convicted 43 NGO workers, including at least 16 Americans, for illegally operating in Egypt. It also ordered the closure of offices and the seizure of assets belonging to US NGOs.

The court sentenced Egyptian and foreign defendants, most of whom
were not present at the hearing, to jail terms of one to five
years.

Twenty-seven defendants received five years in prison, another
five – two years and 11 were given one-year terms.

Judge Makram Awad gave five-year sentences in absentia to at
least 15 US citizens who were not in the country.

Many of the foreigners – nationals of the US, five Serbs, two
Germans and three non-Egyptian Arab nationals – have already left
the country.

Among the Americans is Sam LaHood, the head of the Egypt office
of the Washington-based International Republican Institute and
the son of the US Transportation Secretary. He managed to leave
the country after a travel ban against them was lifted in March
2012. All of them were initially barred from leaving Egypt.

The defendants say they will appeal against the sentences,
according to AFP.

Besides the jail terms, the court ordered the closure of the
non-governmental organizations, including the US-based
International Republican Institute (IRI), chaired by Republican
senator John McCain, and the National Democratic Institute (NDI),
Freedom House and Germany’s Konrad Adenauer Foundation.

However, the NGOs deny the charges. They insist the Egyptian
government knew about their activities throughout the country.
For instance, NDI claims that it was given formal permission to
conduct monitoring for the country’s first democratic elections
that followed the ouster of Hosni Mubarak.

The NGO scandal, which has already soured relations between Egypt
and the US, dates back to December 2011. At that time police
conducted armed raids on 17 NGO offices across Cairo,
detaining employees and seizing equipment. The Egyptian military
government accused 43 employees of non-profit groups of illegally
using foreign funds to instigate unrest in the country. The US
characterized the raids as “inconsistent with the bilateral
cooperation”.

Tuesday’s verdict has already been predicted to worsen already
strained relations between former allies. There was no immediate
comment from Washington on Tuesday’s ruling.

For more than three decades the two states cooperated with the
Egyptian military receiving more than $1bn (£650m) in aid
annually. In addition to the $1.3bn in US military aid, Egypt
also receives about $250m in economic aid every year.

Germany has responded to the verdict saying it was “outraged
and highly disturbed”.
Foreign Minister Guido Westerwelle
said that Germany would support the defendants in their efforts
to have the court’s decision reversed.

Meanwhile, Egypt’s Parliamentarians are debating a new bill,
which Human Rights Watch and 40 Egyptian rights groups fear will
restrict the funding and activities of NGOs in the country.

Proposed by Islamist President Mohammed Morsi, the bill is aimed
at committing NGOs to the principles of transparency and striking
a balance with “the openness of Egypt”, Morsi said
earlier. Once signed into law, it would allow the state to
control NGOs’ activities as well as their domestic and
international funding.

Last week the New York-based Human Rights Watch and 40 Egyptian
rights groups expressed concerns that a draft law would undermine
liberties in the country.

Under Mubarak, local and foreign NGOs were not allowed to align
themselves with political parties, involvement in politics was
tightly restricted.

This article originally appeared on: RT

6 dead, 19 hurt in weekend NY shootings

0

Detectives at the scene of a shooting in Brooklyn, New York on June 2, 2013. (File photo)

At least six people have been killed and 19 more wounded in separate gun-related incidents in the US city of New York in less than 48 hours.

On Sunday, three people were killed and eight others wounded by firearms from the boroughs of Brooklyn to the Bronx, the police said.

This is while three others were shot and killed in separate gun-related crimes in New York on Friday and Saturday, bringing the total number of shootings in the city to 25 over the weekend.

19 people were also wounded in the weekend shootings including a 15-year-old girl who was shot in the leg after protecting a toddler, as well as an 11-year-old girl who was shot in the neck – paralyzing her for the rest of her life.

The two days of carnage represented 5 percent of New Yorkâ„¢s total firearm-related deaths for 2013, bringing the yearly figure to 440 shootings.

New York became the first state to pass major gun control laws since the Newtown shootings in Connecticut on December 14, 2012 when twenty children and six adult victims were fatally shot by Adam Lanza – who later killed himself.

Every year, more than 30,000 people are shot and killed in the US. The country averages 87 gun deaths each day as a function of gun violence, with an average of 183 injuries, according to the University of Chicago Crime Lab and the Centers for Disease Control.

The year 2012 was a record setting year for gun sales in the US.

GMA/PR

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Shellfire kills one near Russia Embassy

0

File photo shows damaged vehicles near the Russian Embassy building (rear C) after an explosion in central Damascus.

At least one civilian has been killed and several others injured near the Russian Embassy in Damascus by shellfire from militants fighting against the Syrian government.

According to Syria’s official news agency, SANA, two mortar shells hit al-Adawi area in Damascus on Tuesday. Opposition sources, however, claimed that five shells have hit the area with some of them striking near the Russian Embassy.

Residents in the area said the mortars landed about 150 meters from the building that houses the Russian Embassy, AP reported.

Two mortar shells fired by militants also landed in the nearby Barada Club Park in al-Faihaa, causing material damage only.

Militants have targeted the Russian Embassy several times since the beginning of unrest in Syria two years ago.

Meanwhile, Syrian troops have pushed foreign-backed militants out of several Damascus suburbs, including, Joubar, Zamalka and Hijjera, and restored security and stability to the areas. Scores of militants are reported to be killed in the security operations to clear Damascus suburbs of terrorist groups.

There are also reports of clashes between the Syrian army and militants in several other cities, including Homs, Aleppo an al-Qusayr.

Syria has been gripped by deadly unrest since March 2011, and many people, including large numbers of government forces, have been killed in the violence.

Several international human rights organizations have said that the militants are committing war crimes.

HM/PR

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Protestors in Turkey Demand Freedom

0

Steve Dorsey
jpost.com
June 4, 2013

Sitting on a concrete ledge surrounding Istanbul’s Gezi Park overlooking a roadblock constructed from piles of rubble, high school student Alper Kuzgun is working on his math homework.

“I am not a protester, I am a student,” Kuzgun told The Media Line. “But I am here. If the police come, I can help resist.”

Over the past five days, he has been joined by tens of thousands of others his age who have come to voice their frustrations with Turkey’s government led by Prime Minister Recep Tayyip ErdoÄŸan.


Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 4, 2013 at 11:37 am

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Manning Trial Day 2: Live Coverage

0

The second day of Pfc. Bradley Manning’s trial commenced Tuesday.

Three of the witnesses scheduled to testify against the U.S. war crimes whistleblower include two Army Computer Crimes Investigative Unit agents involved in forensic examinations of evidence.

Adrian Lamo, the known hacker turned government informant who turned Manning into federal authorities, will also testify today.

Follow live tweets from journalist on the inside of the courtroom:

On Monday around 20 Manning supporters were allowed into the small courtroom including Princeton University professor and civil rights activist Cornel West and Medea Benjamin from CODEPINK.

However, many of the supporters, hwo wore black t-shirts with the word TRUTH printed across the front, were asked by the military to turn their shirts inside out before entering.

“It’s important to support him,” said Anne Wright, a retired Army colonel and CODEPINK activist. “I spent 29 years in the military, and what Bradley Manning has done is exposed government corruption and brutality.”

In the defense’s opening statements on Monday, lawyer David Coombs outlined Manning’s moral compass which had informed his sense of duty to report the wrong-doings of the U.S. military, saying that Manning felt he “needed to do something to make a difference in the world. He needed to do something to help improve what he was seeing .”

The defense also argued that Manning specifically selected documents that could not be used “against the United States” and “could not be used” to the advantage of a foreign nation.Court sketch of the opening of Bradley Manning’s trial (Reuters)

_______________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

UK vehemently opposes boycotting Israel

1

The British ambassador to Tel Aviv has clearly and unambiguously affirmed the UKâ„¢s vehement opposition to boycotting Zionist regime, even if exported products are labeled from Ëœoccupied Palestinian territoriesâ„¢.

“They (boycotts) do nothing to build understanding, they put up walls when we should be tearing them down,” Matthew Gould moaned as he was hosting a celebration of Queen Elizabeth II’s 87th birthday.

The Jewish envoy acknowledged that Britain may disagree with Tel Aviv over the issue of illegal settlements being expanded on occupied lands, but he claimed “the important thing is that we disagree as friends, and we will stand alongside Israel as a friend.”

He did not say how the disagreement between the two could possibly benefit the Palestinians, whose lands and properties are being usurped on a daily basis by the expansionist regime of Zionists.

Gould lauded cooperation on security in the face of challenges in the region, meaning that Britain and Israeli regime are hatching each and every plot in the Middle East to provide for their own interests.

“The friendship isn’t limited to science,” he stressed. “In the past year weâ„¢ve built huge strides in building a relationship in technology; weâ„¢ve continued to grow the level of trade between Britain and Israel, so we are now Israelâ„¢s biggest export market in the world, after the United States.”

Shimon Peres, the Israeli regimeâ„¢s president, used the occasion to thank the ambassador for Britainâ„¢s cooperation.

“Mr Ambassador I came really to thank you for this occasion, for your wise choice to make it at the Weitzman Institute,” Peres moaned. “It couldnâ„¢t be a more proper occasion and a proper way to express our thanks and admiration for Great Britain as an empire and Great Britain as a partner.”

MOL/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Egypt court convicts 43 NGO employees

0

Friends of Egyptian suspects react as they listen to the judge’s verdict at a courtroom during a case against foreign non-governmental organizations in the capital Cairo, on June 4, 2013.

An Egyptian court has convicted 43 local and foreign employees of non-governmental organizations (NGOs), including the US nonprofit groups, of receiving foreign funds to incite unrest in the North African country.

Out of the 43 defendants, 27 workers, including at least 16 Americans who went on trial in absentia on Tuesday, were sentenced to up to five years in jail.

The court also ordered the closure and seizure of the offices and assets of the foreign nonprofit groups in Egypt including the International Republican Institute, the National Democratic Institute, and the Freedom House.

Most of the American defendants, including Sam LaHood, the son of US Transportation Secretary Ray LaHood, departed from Cairo in a US government plane in March 2012. The departure came despite the travel ban imposed on the Americans.

The trial of the defendants guilty of receiving illegal funds and running unlicensed NGOs in Egypt began in 2012 after the Egyptians started a revolution against the former dictator Hosni Mubarakâ„¢s regime in January 2011 and ousted him in February 2011.

In late December 2011, Egyptian security forces stormed the offices of several NGOs and seized documents and computers. The crackdown led to a crisis in the relations between Cairo and Washington.

MAM/PR/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Abstract Immigrants

0

One of the many sad signs of our times is the way current immigration issues are discussed. A hundred years ago, the immigration controversies of that era were discussed in the context of innumerable facts about particular immigrant groups. Many of those facts were published in a huge, multi-volume 1911 study by a commission headed by Senator William P. Dillingham.

That and other studies of the time presented hard data on such things as which groups’ children were doing well in school and which were not; which groups had high crime rates or high rates of alcoholism, and which groups were over-represented among people living on the dole.

Such data and such differences still exist today. Immigrants from some countries are seldom on welfare but immigrants from other countries often are. Immigrants from some countries are typically people with high levels of education and skills, while immigrants from other countries seldom have much schooling or skills. 

Nevertheless, many of our current discussions of immigration issues talk about immigrants in general, as if they were abstract people in an abstract world. But the concrete differences between immigrants from different countries affect whether their coming here is good or bad for the American people.

The very thought of formulating immigration laws from the standpoint of what is best for the American people seems to have been forgotten by many who focus on how to solve the problems of illegal immigrants, “living in the shadows.”

A recent column in the Wall Street Journal titled “What Would Milton Friedman Say?” tried to derive what the late Professor Friedman “would no doubt regard as the ideal outcome” as far as immigration laws were concerned.

Although I was once a student of Professor Friedman, I would never presume to speak for him. However, he was a man with the rare combination of genius and common sense, and he published much empirical work as well as the analytical work that won him a Nobel Prize. In short, concrete facts mattered to him.

It is hard to imagine Milton Friedman looking for “the ideal outcome” on immigration in the abstract. More than once he said, “the best is the enemy of the good,” which to me meant that attempts to achieve an unattainable ideal can prevent us from reaching good outcomes that are possible in practice.

Too much of our current immigration controversy is conducted in terms of abstract ideals, such as “We are a nation of immigrants.” Of course we are a nation of immigrants. But we are also a nation of people who wear shoes. Does it follow that we should admit anybody who wears shoes?

The immigrants of today are very different in many ways from those who arrived here a hundred years ago. Moreover, the society in which they arrive is different. The Wall Street Journal column ends by quoting another economist who said, “Better to build a wall around the welfare state than the country.”

But the welfare state is already here – and, far from having a wall built around it, the welfare state is expanding in all directions by leaps and bounds. We do not have a choice between the welfare state and open borders. Anything we try to do as regards immigration laws has to be done in the context of a huge welfare state that is already a major, inescapable fact of life.

Among other facts of life utterly ignored by many advocates of de facto amnesty is that the free international movement of people is different from free international trade in goods.

Buying cars or cameras from other countries is not the same as admitting people from those countries or any other countries. Unlike inanimate objects, people have cultures and not all cultures are compatible with the culture in this country that has produced such benefits for the American people for so long.

Not only the United States, but the Western world in general, has been discovering the hard way that admitting people with incompatible cultures is an irreversible decision with incalculable consequences. If we do not see that after recent terrorist attacks on the streets of Boston and London, when will we see it?

“Comprehensive immigration reform” means doing everything all together in a rush, without time to look before we leap, and basing ourselves on abstract notions about abstract people.

Thomas Sowell is a senior fellow at the Hoover Institution, Stanford University, Stanford, CA 94305. His website is www.tsowell.com. To find out more about Thomas Sowell and read features by other Creators Syndicate columnists and cartoonists, visit the Creators Syndicate Web page at www.creators.com.
COPYRIGHT 2013 CREATORS.COM

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Nuclear States Defy Treaty, Up Stockpiles, Watchdog Warns

0

Military superpowers around the world continue to steadily increase, not decrease, their nuclear weapons capabilities in defiance of the Treaty on the Non-Proliferation of Nuclear Weapons, the Stockholm International Peace Research Institute (SIPRI) said on Monday.

Israel’s Netanyahu at the UN General Assembly accusing Iran of approaching the ‘red line’ for nuclear development (Photo: Reuters) “Once again there was little to inspire hope that the nuclear-weapon-possessing states are genuinely willing to give up their nuclear arsenals,” said SIPRI senior researcher Shannon Kile on the institute’s SIPRI Yearbook 2013 released this week. “The long-term modernization programs under way in these states suggest that nuclear weapons are still a marker of international status and power.”

To start, the five reportedly “official” nuclear states under the non-proliferation treaty– US, UK, China, France, and Russia – “appear determined to retain their nuclear arsenals indefinitely,” despite promises to slowly disarm the institute reports in their yearly review.

However, three states known to have have nuclear weapons that never signed the treaty–India, Israel, and Pakistan–are also expanding their stockpiles and capabilities.

Among them, SIPRI said, Israel has approximately 80 intact nuclear weapons alone, 50 for its Jericho II medium-range ballistic missiles and 30 for gravity bombs carried by aircraft.

“Israel may also have produced non-strategic nuclear weapons, including artillery shells and atomic demolition munitions,” the Guardian reports.

Israel has never outwardly admitted the extent of their nuclear weapons program, but has continuously accused Iran of developing nuclear weapons, most insistently throughout the past year–while threatening military intervention.

Israel has, however, failed to provide remotely ample evidence for its accusations.

According to the report, by 2013, the eight states – the US, Russia, UK, France, China, India, Pakistan and Israel – had at least 4,400 operational nuclear weapons, with 2,000 kept in a state of “high operational alert.”

“If all nuclear warheads are counted, these states together possess a total of approximately 17,265 nuclear weapons,” the Guardian reports.

_______________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

'People Are Angry, Very Angry': Protests, Demands Grow in Turkey

0

In Zucotti: #OccupyGezi solidarity (Twitpic: Justin Wedes)Protests continue to swell across Turkey as tens of thousands of people joined the fourth consecutive day of anti-government actions in which “the demands of the protesters have broadened with their numbers.”

“We have had enough of the way [Prime Minister Recep Tayyip] Erdogan understands democracy and the way he wants to dictate his rules,” Ozgur Aksoy, an engineer demonstrating in Gezi Park on Monday, told Agence France-Presse.

“It’s not only about the park here, it is about everything else in the last 10 years. People are angry, very angry.”

Justin Wedes, one of the original organizers of Occupy Wall Street and who is in Turkey now, describes how the protest that started out to save a public park quickly morphed into something much bigger:

The protest began to save the park, but it quickly escalated into a full-out popular referendum on the legitimacy of the Erdogan administration, a religiously conservative and increasingly autocratic government. While broadly popular for its economic gains, the government has been increasingly scrutinized by groups that see it infringing more and more on people’s secular rights: a recent decree banned drinking in public places after 10 p.m., and women’s rights have been curtailed. At the same time, Erdogan has been pushing forward a very ambitious urban gentrification program, and Gezi Park – the “life center” of Istanbul according to a cafe owner I met here yesterday – was the last straw, for many people, in the over-development program. As in many cities around the world, over-gentrification leads to a squeezing of the working class and higher and higher pressure for job growth and salary increases, which aren’t keeping pace.

Now, the demands of the protesters have broadened with their numbers, and they’re calling for Erdogan’s resignation. They’re also calling for a more democratic government, a fairer media, and a whole host of other environmental and social demands. The protests are incredibly non-partisan, with youth in Gezi requiring people to put their political party flags away when entering the park. The only flags that remain are the Turkish ones, and many calls for “one united Turkey.”

Erdogan has brushed off calls that the protests marked the start of a “Turkish Spring,” and called social media, which helped mobilize thousands of poeple to “resist for their future,” the real threat society faces.

“There is now a menace which is called Twitter,” Erdogan said. “The best examples of lies can be found there. To me, social media is the worst menace to society.”

Speaking on Democracy Now! on Monday, Koray ÇaliÅŸkan, assistant professor of political science at a university in Istanbul, described the protests’ growth and the heavy use of tear gas by the police:

Three days ago, 700 people gathered to protest this, and police gassed them. Next day, 7,000 people gathered in the same square, and the police gassed them. And on Saturday, 700,000 people came together, and then the police fled.

On Monday, Turkey’s Confederation of Public Workers’ Unions (KESK), which has nearly a quarter million members across 11 unions, announced that it will hold a two-day strike starting Tuesday to protest what it desribes as “the state terror implemented against entirely peaceful protests” that “threatens civilians’ life safety.” KESK said the brutal crackdown by police showed the world the government’s “enmity to democracy.”

Watch a live stream here:

Video streaming by Ustream

The Guardian has video of protests on Sunday evening showing police firing tear gas at demonstrators:

A girl near Gezi park. (Twitpic: OccupyWallStNYC)

_______________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Carbon Rise Leads to 'Urgent' Call for Climate Action at UN

0

Concerned over the sharp rise in carbon dioxide in the atmosphere, UN delegates launched a new round of climate talks this week, in which they conferred over the ‘urgent’ action needed in order to curb climate change.

Chief of the UN Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) Christiana Figueres (Photo via Flickr / UNclimatechange / Creative Commons License) “I do not need to remind you that we simply cannot afford not to deliver implementation results urgently,” Chief of the UN Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) Christiana Figueres told fellow delegates.

The 12-day talks in Bonn, Germany are aimed to develop a new international framework to reduce greenhouse gasses that will be the foundation of a treaty that will be presented to the COP 19 conference in Warsaw in November.

Sparking Figueres’ urgency is the discovery by scientists last month that the atmosphere has surpassed 400 parts per million (ppm) of CO2–well over the 350 ppm threshold climate scientists have urged the world to heed.

Agence France-Presse reports:

After discussions among two technical bodies on Monday, the talks get down to tougher business on Tuesday.

They will try to flesh out commitments for the deal, expected to be signed in late 2015, and to beef up action in the years before the pact takes effect in 2020.

The negotiations lead up to the UNFCCC’s annual minister-level talks, which this year will take place in Warsaw from November 11 to 22.

Political interest on tackling climate change at a global level peaked in the runup to the 2009 Copenhagen Summit.

But the low-level compromise that was brokered there, amid scenes of chaos and finger-pointing, has dashed expectations that the UN forum can do very much.

However, Greenpeace chief Kumi Naidoo warned not to put too much faith in the UN on climate, adding that he had “no reason to have even any sense of optimism” that anything has changed since the last UNFCCC meeting failed in in Doha, Qatar last December.

“The UN negotiating system is cumbersome, it is problematic, it is tedious. However, the UN, warts and all, is the best and only vehicle we have to ensure we can move forward as a united global family to address climate change.”

_____________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Frank Lautenberg, the Last of the New Deal Liberals

0

Frank Lautenberg, the son of a Paterson, New Jersey, silk mill worker and the last World War II veteran serving in the US Senate, took his cues from another political time: a time when liberals were bold and unapologetic, a time when it was understood that government could and should do great things.

Frank Lautenberg speaks on Hurricane Sandy, December 5, 2012. (AP Photo/Manuel Balce Ceneta) One of the few members of Congress who could remember listening to Franklin Delano Roosevelt on the radio and going to college on the initial GI Bill, Lautenberg served five terms in the US Senate as a champion of great big infrastructure investments–especially for Amtrak and urban public transportation–great big environmental regulations, great big consumer protections and great big investigations of wrongdoing by Wall Street.

It can fairly be said that the New Jersey senator, who died Monday at age 89, kept the New Deal flame lit. Indeed, one of the last major pieces of legislation proposed to renew one of FDR’s greatest legacies: the Works Progress Administration, which provided public-works employment for millions of Americans during the Great Depression that defined Lautenberg’s youth.

When he introduced his “21st Century WPA Act” two years ago, Lautenberg declared, “Our economy will not recover and our nation will not move forward until we put jobs first. Establishing a 21st Century Works Progress Administration would immediately put Americans to work rebuilding our nation and strengthening our communities. Across the country, we continue to benefit from projects completed under President Roosevelt’s WPA, which employed more than three million Americans during a time of great need. A 21st Century WPA would tackle our nation’s job crisis head-on and accelerate our economic recovery.”

A self-made millionaire who paid his own way into politics at age 58, Lautenberg never forgot that government programs lifted him out of poverty. And he refused to bend to the austerity fantasies of official Washington. Indeed, he attacked them with gusto, especially after returning to the Senate in 1983 following a bizarre turn of political events in the early years of George W. Bush’s presidency.

First elected to the Senate in 1982, Lautenberg retired in 2000, saying he was sick of the money chase required to fund big-budget campaigns. Two years later, New Jersey Senator Robert Torricelli, a more centrist Democrat with whom Lautenberg had frequently sparred, was hit with a corruption scandal in the midst of the 2002 campaign. Torricelli had to quit, creating a circumstance where it looked as if the Republicans would take the seat virtually by default. But Lautenberg elbowed his way into the race, fought in the courts for a place on the ballot and was easily reelected to the Senate at age 78.

While other Democrats were still trying to figure out how to take on the Bush administration, Lautenberg arrived ready for a fight–calling for investigations into the Bush-Cheney White House and launching blistering attacks on political cronyism. He was, as well, an ardent foe of the social-conservative policies of the administration–and of Democrats who were willing to compromise with the White House. Unabashedly pro-choice and pro—LGBT rights, Lautenberg was a leading champion of gun control who, when his long battle with cancer and related ailments took a turn for the worse this spring, said that one of his biggest regrets was missing the debates over new gun-control legislation because “my victories over the gun lobby are among my proudest accomplishments.” The senator was, as well, a fierce defender of affirmative action–earning the admiration of the NAACP, along with a 100 percent rating for his votes.

Lautenberg’s liberalism was robust. Unlike many members of the Democratic Caucus, his commitment to the ideology was of the broad-spectrum variety. Yes, Lautenberg was one of the most committed social liberals in the Senate. But like his old friend Paul Wellstone, Lautenberg was equally committed to economic liberalism.

The New Jersey senator sided with organized labor and earned top ratings from the Drum Major Institute for his battles on behalf of working families. A businessman who never forgot that his dad sweated in the silk mills and died young, Lautenberg fought for minimum-wage hikes, factory safety and fair trade–a commitment that led him to break with the Clinton administration to oppose the North American Free Trade Agreement. But his biggest fight was for a renewal of the New Deal commitment of government to invest in job creation.

Lautenberg really did believe in putting the government to work on the task of putting people to work. His legislative record was packed with proposals for infrastructure investment and jobs programs–including the recent American Infrastructure Investment Fund Act of 2013, with its plan for a $5 billion fund to incentivize private, state and regional investments in transportation projects around the country by providing eligible products with financial assistance.

Even after he announced that he would retire in 2015, at the end of his current term (which will now be filled by an interim senator appointed by Republican Governor Chris Christie), Lautenberg kept that New Deal flame lit. Barely a week before his death, the senator was one of the first members of Congress to respond to the bridge collapse of the Interstate 5 in Washington State.

“The bridge collapse in Washington State is simply unacceptable. Families in America should not have to worry that the bridges they cross are unstable,” he said. “Far too many bridges across the country and in my home state of New Jersey are aging and in urgent need of repair. This scary bridge collapse shows why the Senate should act quickly to pass my bill to strengthen America’s crumbling infrastructure, create jobs and boost our economy.”

Frank Lautenberg, who made his fortune in the private sector before ever considering a political career, had no patience with those who would limit the ability of government to respond to the physical crisis of a bridge collapsing or the human crisis of widespread unemployment. Like FDR, he understood the power of government to renew the economy.

To a greater extent than all but a few in Congress, he kept alive the New Deal faith that Roosevelt articulated in one of those “fireside chats” Lautenberg listened to as child growing up poor in mill towns of north Jersey: “To those who say that our expenditures for Public Works and other means for recovery are a waste that we cannot afford, I answer that no country, however rich, can afford the waste of its human resources,” FDR said. Demoralization caused by vast unemployment is our greatest extravagance. Morally, it is the greatest menace to our social order. Some people try to tell me that we must make up our minds that for the future we shall permanently have millions of unemployed just as other countries have had them for over a decade. What may be necessary for those countries is not my responsibility to determine. But as for this country, I stand or fall by my refusal to accept as a necessary condition of our future a permanent army of unemployed.”

© 2013 The Nation

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

As UN Warns of 'Human Costs,' US Sends More Weapons to Syria Border

0

Despite a warning in a new UN report on Syria saying “there is a human cost to the increased availability of weapons” inside the war torn country, the US is sending more military hardware into the region by stationing Patriot missile batteries and F-16 fighter jets in neighboring Jordan.

Though the Pentagon says the weapons are being sent for military exercises, indications were also made that the weapons could remain for an extended period.

As Al-Jazeera reports:

The decision to possibly station F-16s and missile batteries in Jordan will fuel speculation of a potential US military intervention, which the White House so far has described as a remote possibility.

Patriot missiles are designed to shoot down Scud or other short-range missiles, known to be in the Assad regime’s arsenal.

Tensions rose between the US, Russia, and other nations early last week when Russia said it would send advanced missiles systems to the embattled government of President Bashar al-Assad, which only built on larger concerns that the internal Syrian struggle would spiral into a larger regional conflict as those backing different factions inside the country jockeyed for position and traded threats over weapon shipments.

The UN report released on Tuesday sought to address earlier ‘murky’ reports about use of chemical weapons inside Syria. Though the investigation found evidence that some ‘limited‘ forms of poisonous agents may have been used, the extent and details of their deployment remained largely unclear.

As the Guardian reports:

UN investigators say there are reasonable grounds to believe that limited quantities of toxic chemicals have been used in at least four attacks in Syria‘s civil war, but said more evidence is needed to determine the precise substances or who used them.

The UN commission of inquiry said it needed to test samples taken directly from victims or the site of the alleged attacks. It called on Damascus to allow a team of experts into the country.

The commission’s report to the UN human rights council on violations in Syria’s conflict accused both sides of committing war crimes. In an apparent message to European countries considering arming Syrian rebels, the report warned that the transfer of arms would heighten the risk of violations, leading to more civilian deaths and injuries.

“War crimes and crimes against humanity have become a daily reality in Syria where the harrowing accounts of victims have seared themselves on our conscience,” the report said. “There is a human cost to the increased availability of weapons,” it added.

_______________________________________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Obama’s top appointees use secret email accounts — AP

0

Some of US President Barack Obama’s high-ranked political appointees are using secret government email accounts, which they say are necessary to prevent their inboxes from being overwhelmed with unwanted messages and spam.

The scale of secret email use across the government remains
unknown, as most US agencies have failed to provide lists of
political appointees’ email addresses, which AP requested under
the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) over three months ago.
 

The news agency asked for the addresses after it was revealed
last year that a former administrator of the Environmental
Protection Agency had used separate email accounts during her
work, including a secret one under the name ‘Richard
Windsor.’

The secret accounts raise suspicions that government officials
are trying to hide their actions or decisions from the general
public, AP wrote in its report. They also complicate an agency’s
legal responsibilities to find and turn over emails in response
to relevant requests — an employees assigned to fulfill such
requests may not know of a secret account’s existence.

“What happens when that person doesn’t work there anymore? He
leaves and someone makes a request [to review emails] in two
years,”
Kel McClanahan, executive director of government
transparency watchdog National Security Counselors told AP. 
“Who’s going to know to search the other accounts? You would
hope that agencies doing this would keep a list of aliases in a
desk drawer, but you know that isn’t happening.”

The agencies revealed to have used secret addresses, including
the Labor Department and Health and Human Services, explained
that maintaining non-public email accounts allows senior
officials to separate their internal messages with agency
employees from emails they exchange with the public. They also
assured that, as with public emails, non-public accounts are
always searched in response to official requests, and records are
provided as necessary.

U.S. Secretary of Health and Human Services Kathleen Sebelius (Alex Wong / Getty Images / AFP)
According to AP, at least three senior officials at Health and
Human Services have secret accounts, including Secretary Kathleen
Sebelius.

Despite objections from the government, AP revealed Sebelius’
non-public address — KGS2(at)hhs.gov — due to the secretary being
a high-ranking civil servant who oversees the implementation of
Obama’s signature healthcare law.

The Labor Department initially asked AP to pay over $1 million to
cover the costs of recovering the requested data, contradicting
the agency’s own rules that prohibit it from charging news
organizations.

Labor Department spokesperson Carl Fillichio later apologized and
provided journalists with email addresses for the agency’s
Senate-confirmed appointees, including the secret addresses for
Acting Secretary Seth D. Harris — harris.sd(at)dol.gov.

Ten US government agencies have not yet turned over lists of
their email addresses to AP, saying they are still working on a
response. These include the Environmental Protection Agency, the
Pentagon and the departments of Veterans Affairs, Transportation,
Treasury, Justice, Housing and Urban Development, Homeland
Security, Commerce and Agriculture.

Aaron Mackey, an FOIA attorney with the Reporters Committee for
Freedom of the Press, stated that “an email address given to
an individual by the government to conduct official business is
not private,”
and cannot be labeled confidential
information.  

The Freedom of Information Act allows both US citizens and
foreigners to compel the government to turn over copies of
federal records for free, as long as the disclosure does not
threaten national security, violate personal privacy or expose
business secrets.

In his first week in office, President Obama pledged to make the
US government more open and transparent, saying in a memo to his
Cabinet that the nation’s signature open-records law would be
“administered with a clear presumption: In the face of doubt,
openness prevails.”

This article originally appeared on: RT

US Islamic Group Files Complaint in FBI Killing of Boston Bombing Suspect’s Friend

0

rian.ru
June 4, 2013

A US Islamic rights group has filed a formal complaint with the US Department of Justice over shooting death a 27-year-old Chechen man while he was being questioned by federal authorities about his ties to a suspect in the Boston Marathon bomb attack.

In the complaint, the Council on American-Islamic Relations (CAIR) calls on the Justice Department to launch “an independent, thorough and transparent investigation” into the circumstances surrounding the death of Ibragim Todashev, who was shot by an agent of the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) in Orlando on May 22 while being questioned about his links to Boston bombing suspect Tamerlan Tsarnaev.

“Based on several of the reports, it seems unlikely that the agents were justified in using deadly force against a single unarmed suspect,” CAIR’s civil rights director, Thania Diaz Clevenger, said in the complaint, a copy of which was obtained by RIA Novosti.

“The circumstances surrounding the shooting are at the very least alarming.”

Hours after the shooting media reports quoting law enforcement officials said Todashev was being interviewed by the FBI about a possible connection to a Sept. 11, 2001 triple murder in Waltham, Massachusetts. The officials said Todashev had acknowledged his involvement in the murders and had also implicated Tsarnaev.

Both Todashev and Tsarnaev moved to the United States from the former Soviet Union and both men had ethnic and family roots in the volatile southern Russian republic of Chechnya. Tsarnaev was killed during a shootout with police several days after the April 15 Boston Marathon twin bomb attack.

Accounts from law enforcement officials published by US media in the immediate aftermath of the shooting were contradictory, with some saying Todashev was armed with a knife and others saying he attempted to grab an FBI agent’s gun.

  • A d v e r t i s e m e n t

However on Wednesday, the Washington Post, quoting an unnamed law enforcement official, reported that Todashev was not holding a gun or a knife when he was shot seven times by the FBI agent.

The complaint to the Justice Department, which CAIR said it filed over the weekend, states that Todashev’s final questioning was preceded by three similar interrogations “at FBI headquarters” and other contact with authorities over the course of five weeks.

“One of these encounters included six law enforcement agents approaching Mr. Todashev with guns drawn and pushing him to the ground,” Diaz Clevenger wrote in the complaint.

Meanwhile, a US military judge this week ruled that US Army psychiatrist Nidal Hasan can represent himself in his court martial on charges of murdering 13 people in a 2009 rampage shooting at the Ft. Hood military base in Texas.

A lawyer representing victims in the shooting in a negligence lawsuit against the US government said Hasan would be “making a mockery” of the American judicial system if he uses the trial to promote extremist Islamist ideology, The Associated Press reported.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 4, 2013 at 11:00 am






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Michael Savage on danger of Bilderberg 2013 and New World Order

0

Infowars.com
June 4, 2013

Talk radio host Michael Savage explains why the Bilderberg meeting in Watford, England is a big deal.

Full 54 min clip here

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 4, 2013 at 10:33 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Florida Man Shoots Wife's Lover Dead, Jury Acquits Citing Stand Your Ground

0

June 4, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

As trial approaches for the man who generated national controversy over Stand Your Ground laws when he shot dead 17-year-old Trayvon Martin on a Florida street, a jury has acquitted another man under Florida’s controversial law, after he shot dead a man he caught having sex with his wife.

Ralph Wald, a 70-year-old Vietnam veteran, walked into his home around midnight, and less than ten seconds later, fired three shots at Walter Conley, according to ABC News. He told the jury he thought Conley was raping his wife when he saw them having intercourse in his home. But during a 911 call, when the dispatcher asked Wald if the man was dead, Wald responded, “I hope so!” and refused to help the man. He asked for medical help for his wife, Johnna Flores, since he thought he accidentally shot her also. He said he didn’t recognize Conley even though he had been roommates with his wife prior to her relationship with Wald, lived next door to Wald, had tattoos of Flores on his neck and back, and worked for Flores at her fencing company.

Prosecutors argued that Wald, who suffered from erectile dysfunction, killed Conley in a jealous rage, pointing out that Wald used the word “fornicate” in reports to police, and never the word “rape.”

To acquit Wald under the state’s Stand Your Ground law, Wald had to prove only that he believed his wife was being raped. It doesn’t matter that he shot immediately without taking time to assess the situation, nor that he could have likely taken other measures short of firing three shots into Conley’s head and back. Stand Your Ground laws authorize the unfettered use of deadly force where someone fears assault, without even a duty to first attempt to retreat.

Studies have shown that Stand Your Ground laws are racially discriminatory, associated with higher homicide rates, and don’t deter crime. But even after outrage over Florida’s law in the wake of Trayvon Martin’s death, attempts to repeal and change these NRA and ALEC-backed statutes have overwhelmingly failed.

Even without a Stand Your Ground law, there are other charges and defenses for heat-of-the-moment crimes like this one with significantly lesser punishment than premeditated murder. Stand Your Ground laws, by contrast, exonerate defendants who kill without hesitation from any criminal liability at all. And it encourages the sort of cowboy justice that might empower one to believe they could take punishment into their own hands – whether it be for adultery or some other wrong – under the guise of self-defense.

Nicole Flatow is the Deputy Editor of ThinkProgress Justice. Previously, she was Associate Director of Communications for the American Constitution Society. Nicole has also worked for several legal and general circulation newspapers, including The Daily Record and The New York Law Journal, and was a legal fellow at Bread for the City, where she represented low-income D.C. residents in housing and public benefits matters. She received her J.D. from the University of Virginia School of Law, and her B.A. in Philosophy, Politics and Law from Binghamton University, where she was editor in chief of her campus newspaper.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Smoking employees cause US businesses billions in indirect losses

0

US companies spend $6,000 more each year on employees who smoke than on those who don’t, say researches from the University of Ohio.

America has an estimated 43.8 million smokers over the age of 18,
which means companies are losing billions.

Those with the habit tend to take 30 minutes longer breaks during
a workday, which annually causes about $3,000 in indirect losses
to company owners, the University paper suggests. Also, a smoking
employee spends on average $2,000 more on medical insurance.
Statistics also showed that smokers are less disciplined and
efficient. They skive off work more often and achieve less
progress at work.


One of the few ‘benefits’ smoking employees bring to companies is
lower payments in corporate pension systems. Due to the earlier
deaths of smokers, each of them save their companies about $296 a
year, the report calculated.


The paper was published at a time when US employers are revising
their attitude towards smokers. Some companies have chosen to
either stop hiring smokers or make them quit by a particular
date. Sometimes employers just charge more for medical insurance.
The Ohio University experts said they wanted to help employers
calculate their risks, while hiring.


In the move to cut smoking, Russia decided to take a larger scale
action. The country enacted the anti-tobacco law this Saturday,
which prohibits smoking in public places. Efficiency of
the law is now being argued, with some calling it “unreal” for
the country where about 40% of the population regularly light up.
“Our country isn’t ready for this law,” as the Christian
Science Monitor quoted Russian legal expert Mikhail Barshchevsky.
The expert compared the anti-tobacco law to the unpopular effort
by the former Soviet leader Mikhail Gorbachev’s to crack down on
drinking under his “perestroika” reforms of the late 1980s. Given
the low chance many Russian smokers will kick the habit and abide
by the law, more bribery of policemen would be an outcome,
Borshevsky concluded.


The advocates of the law say foreign practice shows that such
action could be efficient. France managed to cut the number of
smokers by 30% in 5 years, reminded Aleksey Lysakov, a member of
State Duma committee on health protection. 


Data from the World Health Organization shows that about 6
million people across the world die from diseases related to
smoking. Above 600,000 die of a so called passive smoking. If no
measures are taken the number of such deaths is set to rise to 8
million by 2030. 


In 2004 Ireland became the first country to ban smoking in public
places.

Among the countries where a non — tobacco laws is now
active are Belgium, Bulgaria, Great Britain, France, Italy,
Germany, Greece, Denmark, India, Egypt, Spain, and China.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Shadow Banking and Financial Fraud: Massive Asset Inflation, Who Really Benefits?

0

Have you ever wondered why when over 40 million Americans are on food stamps, millions of homes foreclosed and millions more unemployed, there is hardly any social unrest in the United States?

In the European Union, the economic situation is dire as well, but again there is hardly any social unrest. Sure there were demonstrations, but it is abundantly clear that the people in these countries have no idea as to the actual culprits who have caused them to suffer such poverty and hardship and why there have been no massive bail-outs for them.

There have been hundreds of thousands of articles published on the Global Financial Tsunami and many have pointed out the scams perpetrated by the banks and other financial institutions which resulted in movements such as “Occupy Wall Street”. But, such protests were not sustainable and were also largely unsupported by the very people who were affected by these financial scams.

Ask any debtor why he has not taken any action, and he would most likely say that he cannot really complain as he was in debt and could not pay off the debt and as such he must suffer the consequences, be it bankruptcy or foreclosures. This is the response of a typical brainwashed debtor!

Joe Six-Packs never even pondered that debtor-banks never had to suffer any consequences of their indebtedness as a result of their reckless speculations and other financial shenanigans! In fact, such banks were given freebies and back-stopped by the FED and other central banks. They were not allowed to fail, to be declared insolvent and liquidated. The banks were just Too Big To Fail and must be given a life-line.

That Joe Six-Packs have not started a revolution to throw out the power elites and shut down the Too Big To Fail Banks is because they are ignorant and do not understand the mechanics and the intricacies of banking in general and shadow banking in particular and how financial frauds have been perpetrated by these banks with the connivance of the FED and other central banks as well as the governing regimes. The judiciary willingly turned a blind-eye to these criminal activities.

So, I have decided to explain in as simple a language as I can muster in the hope that the Joe Six-Packs of the world would take action and put right the injustice that has been perpetrated by the global financial elites and reclaim their hard-earned money that was stolen from them.

Before explaining the reasons for the massive asset inflation engineered by the FED and other central banks, we must have some idea of banking and the securities / collaterals given to banks for the credit extended to borrowers (i.e. the Joe Six-Packs etc.)

Lesson 1

When a borrower takes out a loan, invariably he or she is required to provide collaterals in the form of a property, public quoted shares, government bonds etc. to secure the loan.

Usually, the bank will provide a loan in an amount equivalent to 80 per cent of the value of the security. So, if a house is worth US$100,000 or in Malaysia RM100,000, the bank would extend a loan of US$80,000 or RM80,000. The reason being, in a default the bank has a cushion of US$20,000 / RM20,000 to cover any fall in value of the house and or a lower price in a foreclosure sale. Thus, when there is a foreclosure there will always be more than enough money to cover the outstanding loan. Such a security is referred to as a “mortgage”.

In the case of shares of a company listed in a stock exchange e.g. shares in Citibank, Wal-Mart, General Motors, Sime Darby, MMC etc., the bank would extend a loan usually not exceeding 60 per cent of the value of the shares pledged to the bank. This is the rule of thumb. But, banks in different countries and jurisdictions have different rules and regulations governing such securities. But, for the purposes of this article we shall use the 80 per cent rule for mortgages and 60 per cent rule for shares. For simplicity sake, I will not refer to other types of securities offered.

These collaterals (mortgages etc.) were then packaged and repackaged and sold to investors as “Collateralised Debt Obligations” (CDOs etc.) and or re-hypothecated many times over (the technical jargon for using the securities to secure further loans) thereby compounding the exposure and risks should there be a default.

Lesson 2

What happens when there is a financial crisis?

Malaysians will recall that during the 1997/1998 Asian Financial Crisis, shares worth RM30 or more plummeted to less than RM1. But, price of houses did not suffer as much depreciation as the property bubble was confined to commercial properties.

During the Global Financial Tsunami, Citibank shares fell to less than US$5 from a peak of US$550 in early 2007. Citigroup’s market capital was US$147 Billion
on December 31, 2007, and on March 5, 2009, the market capital of Citigroup dropped to US$5 Billion, eroding over 96% of the companies’ value.
When the sub-prime bubble exploded, house prices fell by as much as 30 per cent or more resulting in the outstanding loan value exceeding the value of the mortgage.

This was a bloody disaster for the banks!

By banking regulations, the value of the security must be written down to the actual value i.e. in the case of Citibank shares to US$5. And, in the case of houses, it had to be written down to the actual depressed price e.g. from US$100,000 to US$60,000.

Borrowers could not repay their debts and in many cases refused to pay the debt because they have purchased a house which value has depreciated to the extent that it is less than the loaned sum! There were massive defaults and as such these loans must be declared as “Non-performing Loans” (NPLs).

And by accounting standards, NPLs must be written off. If and when these NPLs are written off, the banks would be insolvent and unless the banks’ shareholders pump in more money to increase the share capital sufficient to offset the losses, the banks cannot continue doing banking business. This is so basic.

The shareholders did not have the monies to increase the share capital and neither were they in any position to borrow any money to keep the banks afloat.

The global banks were starring at a bottomless black-hole!

Lesson 3

The FED and other central banks came to the rescue of the Too Big To Fail Banks (TBTF banks) by providing loans, guarantees etc. such as the TARP program, followed later by Quantitative Easing (QE).

Remember that the TBTF banks were not allowed to be bankrupted. But, the toxic “assets” (i.e. massive undervalued securities and NPLs) cannot remain on the balance sheet of the banks if marked-to-market. The world would know that the banks were insolvent. There has to be a cover-up.

How was the cover-up implemented?

Firstly, banks need not mark-to-market these toxic assets. This is outright fraud — what was worth e.g. US$5 was declared as US$300 in the case of shares. A house worth US$60,000 was declared to be worth US$100,000.

This cover-up bought the TBTF banks and the central banks time to implement the second fraud.
Bear in mind that the losses were in the US$ Trillions.

So, there was no way for the FED and other central banks to print digitally US$ Trillions in one swoop to bail out the banks. This would result in a massive devaluation of the fiat currency be it the US dollar, the Pound Sterling or the Euro and the consequential hyperinflation. All currencies would be toilet papers overnight.

So, like the thief in the night, the FED and the other central banks did so quietly and in “batches” for want of a better term.

The FED printed digital money (i.e. virtual money) via the computer and made simple book entries.

The FED and other central banks acting in concert bought the toxic assets from the bank at book value (i.e. at or close to the original price) thereby reducing the amount of toxic assets on the TBTF banks’ balance sheets. This has been going on since 2008/2009 and will continue for a long time to come, at least a decade from 2008. So, by reducing the amount of the toxic assets on the TBTF banks’ balance sheet, the amount of share capital as well as bank reserves would likewise be reduced. In fact, the Bank of International Settlements (BIS), the Central Bank of central banks have allowed the TBTF banks till 2019 to comply fully the Basel III Accords relating to capital requirements.

Lesson 4

The third cover-up is more subtle.

This third cover-up is to do with the scam of artificially raising the value of the shares pledged to the TBTF banks.

You will remember that these shares, pledged as securities were shares quoted in the stock exchange such as the NYSE, the London Stock Exchange etc. The value have all plummeted and are worth a fraction of the value when first pledged to the banks as illustrated above in the case of Citibank shares.

Therefore, there is a need to jack up the value of the shares quoted in the stock market. This is common sense. If the value of Citibank shares remain at US$5, the bank would not be able to cover-up this glaring black-hole if these shares have not been sold to the FED or other central banks and remained on the balance sheet.

And in the case of the FED, sooner or later, even the common man on Main Street would realise that the FED has a lot of junk on its balance sheet.
Technically, in such a circumstance, the FED would be insolvent!

Bernanke’s infamous QEs were the solution. The new digital monies were applied to buy toxic assets of the TBTF banks (which in turn were converted into bank reserves) and US treasuries. The new monies were also diverted to the stock market to push up the value of the shares as well as to shore up the depressed housing market.
In the result, there was a rally in the market and the Dow rose to a record high, even higher than what was achieved in 2007 prior to the Global Financial Tsunami. Citibank shares rose by leaps and bounds as did other shares.

In technical jargon, this is “asset inflation” — the artificial rise in value of shares as a result of the FED’s digital monies being diverted to the stock market.
The net effect is that the “toxic shares” on the TBTF banks’ balance sheet also rose in value (albeit not to its original price) as well as those shares on the FED’s balance sheet. The losses of the banks were thereby reduced.

Lesson 5

Many have moaned and groaned that the FED ought to apply QE monies to Main Street and not to Wall Street.

To the FED, what is most important to the American economy and its superpower status is that the banking system must be protected and preserved as the foundation of the entire financial edifice is global confidence in the US$ fiat money. The US$ fiat toilet paper is the fuel that drives the US economy and is the most valuable US export, an export product that does not require any manufacturing or engineering skills or technology. All it needs is a printing press (or more appropriately a digital printing press).

The above explanation is at the most basic level as the above schemes and scams are merely to shore up the first tranche of the financial rubbish that have been dumped onto Main Street. We have not even addressed the problems of those toxic assets that have been packaged and re-packaged, re-hypothecated many times over in the Shadow Banking System. Suffice to say that if the FED cannot solve the problems at the most basic level, it would be futile to address the nuclear financial waste of the Shadow Banking System.

Final Comments

Please read the extract of the article below by Chris James in 2011 entitled, “Why Citigroup Will Not Go Back to Its 2007 Highs” carefully.

In 2007, Citigroup was over $550 per share on a split adjusted basis. Investors have eagerly watched Citigroup’s stock since the March 2009 lows for it to return to its all time highs. The thing is, no matter how soon the economic recovery is, Citigroup’s stock will not return to its all time highs in the near to long term future.

Following the economic crash of 2008, Citigroup had to do multiple secondary offerings of stock to keep the company from going bankrupt. A secondary offering is when a company sells new stock to the public, diluting current shareholders. One secondary offering after another, Citigroup shareholders saw their stakes in the company diluted over and over again. Although the secondary offerings were necessary to keep Citigroup alive through the economic recession, they did permanent damage to the share value of the company.

Citigroup’s market capital was 147 Billion on December 31, 2007, and it’s share price was $294.40 on a split adjusted basis. The market capital is a measure of the value of the company, based on the sum of all the outstanding shares of a company. On March 5, 2009, the market capital of Citigroup dropped to 5 Billion, eroding over 96% of the companies’ value. Now Citigroup’s market capital ranges from 110 Billion to 145 Billion, almost back to its 2007 highs. By market capital, Citigroup is worth nearly what it was in 2007, so why is the share price only a fraction of what it was?

To do this we have to go back to dilution. In 2007, Citigroup had 5 Billion outstanding shares, and before the 1:10 reverse stock split in May 2010, there were 29 Billion outstanding shares. In other words, Investors saw their shares diluted by over 80% from secondary offerings, and as of now, their shares are still diluted. The market capital of Citigroup nearly recovered, but the share price has not, and probably will not in the near to long term future. In order for the share price to return to 2007 levels, Citigroup would have to grow to a market capital of 1.5 Trillion dollars. 1.5 Trillion! That’s assuming over a thousand percent growth. Growth like that typically takes over a decade or more for banks.

Another way Citigroup could get its historic share price back for shareholders is to introduce stock buybacks. A stock buyback is the reverse of a secondary offering. A stock buyback is when the company buys back shares on the open market and cancels them, reducing the number of shares outstanding. This creates more value per share for investors. Currently Citigroup is still recovering from the financial crisis and does not have enough cash for a stock buyback program. Therefore, Citigroup investors may have to wait much longer than they thought they would to see 2007 highs in share price again.

The point of quoting this Article written in 2011 is that after four years Citibank has yet to return to the 2007 highs for investors. The same would apply to banks who were holding these shares as collaterals.

We are now in 2013 and Citibank has yet to return to the 2007 highs for its share price.

Therefore should we be surprised that Bernanke has stated that QE would continue to 2015?

But, of course there would be some tapering as over the years, the toxic assets would have been reduced and for some of these assets, the value would have recovered somewhat though not to the 2007 high. So, instead of purchasing US$85 billion toxic assets and treasuries per month, the FED may continue with QE 4 and 5 at reduced rates i.e. US$60 billion or whatever lesser amount.

The scam will continue, the fraud will continue and Main Street will continue to suffer unless Joe Six-Packs take some drastic action through collective action to expose the fraud and the scam and shut down the ponzi scheme.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Iran mission appointed chair of UNCPC

0

File photo shows a view of the UN General Assembly Hall.

Iran Permanent Mission to the United Nations has been appointed as the new chair of the UN Committee for Program and Coordination (UNCPC).

Iran Mission to the UN is, therefore, chairing the 53rd session of the UNCPC, which kicked off on June 3 and will run until June 28 at the UN headquarters in New York.

The UNCPC is the major subsidiary organ of the UN Economic and Social Council (ECOSOC) and the General Assembly for planning, programming and coordination.

The body is tasked with significant mandates such as reviewing the program framework of the UN activities as well as monitoring and giving recommendations on plans and initiatives for coordination between different entities of the UN.

The committee is composed of 34 UN member states, which are elected for a three-year term on the basis of equitable geographical distribution. The seats of the UNCPC are currently occupied by 31 countries.

MKA/KA/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

US trade deficit widened in April

0

The US economy shrank by 0.1 percent in the fourth quarter of 2012, casting doubt on the strength of economic recovery in the country.

The US Commerce Department says the countryâ„¢s trade deficit widened in April as demand for imported goods outpaced growth in US exports.

The trade gap widened by 8.5 percent in April from March to reach USD 40.3 billion after a rise in the imports of consumer goods, the government agency said Tuesday.

This is while the rate of exports reached the second-highest level on record, up by 1.2 percent to USD 187.4 billion.

Meanwhile, US exports to the recession-hit Europe has declined as the deficit in the 27-nation EU increased 25.6 percent to USD 12.4 billion.

Poor growth conditions are likely to continue for the April-June quarter, as US consumers import more foreign goods than they take in from overseas sales.

On Monday, the Institute for Supply Management (ISM) said that US manufacturing growth has contracted to its lowest reading in four years.

The US economy shrank by 0.1 percent in the fourth quarter of 2012, casting doubt on the strength of economic recovery in the country.

A new survey conducted by Thomson Reuters/University of Michigan found that the US consumer confidence has fallen in April as the Americans are more cynical about their financial prospects.

According to the report, consumers are also pessimistic about the economic outlook for the coming months.

GMA/PR

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

No Fly-Zone Enacted Over Bilderberg Meeting

0

Police regard confab as potential “terrorist” target

Steve Watson
Infowars.com
June 4, 2013

Police in Hertfordshire have enacted a no-fly zone over this weekend’s Bilderberg meeting at The Grove hotel in Watford, claiming that they did not previously publicly acknowledge that the event was taking place so as not to attract “terrorists”.

While Watford Chief Inspector, Nick Caveney, said: “There is no information regarding a terrorism threat,” he added, “However it must be recognised that there will be a number of high-profile people involved in going to this event and with previous terrorist events we have had not intel that something would happen.”

The comments were made at a community meeting last night at Watford Town Hall, at which local reporters were told that police will be ready to enforce anti-terror laws to ensure security.

“That was the reason it was not appropriate for us to be speaking and recognising publicly that the event was going on.” Caveney added, in a claim that appears to be nothing more than a convenient excuse on behalf of Hertfordshire police to explain away the routine secrecy surrounding Bilderberg.

Now that the mainstream media has caught wind of the event, mainly owing to reports on Infowars.com and in The Watford Observer, the veil of secrecy has been somewhat lifted.

The stubborn incompetence of Watford council in denying protesters access to public parkland, has also raised awareness of the meeting, with local resident furious that their roads have been offered as parking sites to protestors.

In response to a backlash against Bilderberg stemming from the fact that taxpayers will have to foot the security bill, it is claimed that the group has made a “donation”, to cover some of those costs. Police have still refused to say exactly how much that amount is, however, claiming that anyone who wants to know will be able to find out after the event, via the Freedom of Information Act.

“I am confident the operation will be cost neutral for the taxpayers of Hertfordshire. A donation has been made by the organisers of the conference.” said Chief Inspector Dave Rhodes.

“That is a private amount not to be disclosed at this stage. We don’t know how much the operation will cost at this stage.” he added.

Police also said that they believed reports of thousands of potential protesters converging on Watford were overhyped, indicating that they only expect around 100 people to come into the area, based on previous Bilderberg group meetings.

Of course, previous Bilderberg meetings, including last year’s, have been held in remote sites such as the Swiss Alps. Watford, being a 30 minute journey from London, is hardly in the same boat.

Yesterday, Alex Jones arrived at The Grove hotel and witnessed workmen erecting a huge ring of steel perimeter. This begs the question, if police believe only 100 people are going to protest the event, why are such measures necessary?

–––––––––––––––––––––-

Steve Watson is the London based writer and editor for Alex Jones’ Infowars.com, and Prisonplanet.com. He has a Masters Degree in International Relations from the School of Politics at The University of Nottingham, and a Bachelor Of Arts Degree in Literature and Creative Writing from Nottingham Trent University.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 4, 2013 at 10:18 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Cops Beat Woman Holding a Toddler After Her Friend Videotaped Them

0

Police in Philadelphia.
Photo Credit: Zuzu/Wikimedia Commons

June 4, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

A Philadelphia police officer beat a woman, injured her toddler and arrested her and her friend in May 2011, a newly filed federal lawsuit alleges.

The Philadelphia Daily News reports that Angelique Gerald-Porter was near her home watching a violent arrest that her friend, Salimah Milton, was videotaping. After Gerald-Porter got off her steps, a police officer told her to get back. According to the lawsuit, she complied, but the officer, Ian Nance, told her to walk to the end of the block. Gerald-Porter refused since she lived steps away.

Then Nance said: “This is our property right now,” and took Gerald-Porter to the ground. In the ensuing altercation, Nance allegedly punched her in the stomach, and dragged her down her steps by her hair. Her two-year-old son was pinned beneath her and was kicked, according to the lawsuit. Gerald-Porter “was bloodied, her clothes torn and she was nearly naked in the street, the suit says. Gerald-Porter and her son were both treated for injuries at Lankenau Hospital,” the Daily News reports.

While both Gerald-Porter and Milton were arrested on charges of disorderly conduct, they were eventually released with the allegations against them dropped.

“If a citizen is not interfering with a police officer’s ability to conduct an investigation and standing at a distance . . . [they’re] able to videotape it. It should not be a problem,” Gerald-Porter’s attorney told the media outlet.

The lawsuit seeking $150,000 in damages charges that the police officer’s conduct violated Gerald-Porter’s First Amendment rights and the 1871 Civil Rights Act, which is used to redress a situation where a state authority violates constitutional rights. The lawsuit adds that the mayor and police commissioner of Philadelphia does not properly train officers how to avoid police brutality or discipline them in those case, particularly concerning Black residents of the city.

The officer named in the suit has been accused of physical abuse five times since 2008, but none of the complaints have been sustained.

The lawsuit comes about five months after a separate lawsuit was filed by the American Civil Liberties Union charging that cops in the city were arresting people for videotaping arrests. The police chief in the city, Charles Ramsey, told his department that Philadelphia residents have the right to record officers in public after the Daily News first exposed the problem of the police arresting those who videotape their actions.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

New US sanctions on Iran target currency and automobile industry

0

President Barak Obama has announced new economic sanctions against Iran, targeting the country’s currency and its automobile industry in a bid to force Iran to abandon its pursuit of nuclear weapons.

The new economic sanctions were announced Monday, following
demands from the Congress to increase pressure on Tehran in reply
to the State’s unwillingness to compromise with the West’s
demands to pull out its nuclear development program.

The latest sanctions are aimed to weaken Iran’s economy by
devaluing its currency, so that the country will have to
seriously consider abandoning their nuclear developments, which
Iran claims are peaceful.

The new sanctions will stop large transactions involving the
Iranian currency in foreign banks. It is expected to further
lessen the value of rial, which has already slid by two-thirds
since June 2011. Foreign financial institutions that do business
in Iran’s currency outside of Iran, will be banned from keeping
large amounts of the money, and also from conducting derivative
or swaps deals based on the rial’s value.

“The idea here is to make the rial essentially unusable
outside of Iran
,” a senior administration official said
following the announcement.

According to the Iranian parliament’s deputy speaker Mohammad
Reza Bahonar, the authorities can stabilize the rial. “The
government has no lack of currency and can inject it into the
market for a long time,”
he is quoted by the Mehr news
agency as saying.

The rial was trading at about 37,500 to the US dollar in the free
market on Tuesday, having slid from around 34,200 at the close on
Monday, Reuters reports referring to a foreign exchange trader in
Tehran. Other traders, who preferred to remain unnamed, spoke of
38,000 or even 40,000 marks.

New sanctions will also strike Iran’s auto industry, which is
seen by the US as a cover to supply the nuclear infrastructure.

The new sanctions that will come into effect on July 1, are being
imposed just a month before the presidential election in Iran,
due on July 14. The US did something similar in 2009, when it
presented the world with a package of sanctions just weeks before
the previous presidential election in Iran.

“This is a significant step up in the force and reach of our
sanctions, but there is more to come,”
LA Times quotes a
senior Obama administration official who preferred to remain
anonymous.

According to the Los Angeles Times, US experts do not believe
that the new sanctions will influence the election, which will
see eight conservative candidates running for the top post.

BBC News reports that all eight approved candidates are
“considered hardline conservatives”. All reformist
candidates, including former president Ali Akbar Hashemi
Rafsanjani, have been barred from the race by Iran’s supervisory
electoral body.

This article originally appeared on: RT

ICRC pulls out staff from Afghanistan

0

An Afghan policeman stands guard beside the burnt wreckage of vehicles belonging to the International Red Cross after an attack in Jalalabad on May 29, 2013.

International Committee of the Red Cross (ICRC) says it is removing some of their international staff from Afghanistan due to the deteriorating security situation across the war-ravaged country.

The announcement comes days after a deadly attack on a Red Cross office in the volatile eastern Afghan city of Jalalabad killed at least one person and severely injured several others.

“We have decided to reduce the number of expatriates in the field and in Kabul simply because we don’t understand what happened in Jalalabad,” ICRC spokesman Robin Waudo said, adding that “It was a serious security incident. We are trying to understand how it came about.”

The spokesman however declined to give the exact number of staff being withdrawn or the affected services.

“This is a temporary measure that impacts on operations, but we will maintain our humanitarian services for those affected by conflict,” he noted.

The developments come after at least one security guard was killed and several others, including a foreign national, injured after an explosion took place at the ICRC gate in the city on Wednesday.

Following the explosion, unknown gunmen stormed the compound and a gun-battle broke out between Afghan security forces and the assailants.

No person or group has claimed responsibility for the attacks. However, Taliban militants are usually blamed for similar attacks.

The Taliban recently announced the start of their annual “spring offensive” across Afghanistan and vowed to increase their attacks on US-led troops stationed in the country as well as Afghan forces.

The US-led war in Afghanistan, which has caused record-high civilian and military casualties, has become the longest military conflict in the American history.

JR/PR

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Justice Dept. moves to end Fla. lawsuit, citing national security

0

upi.comJune 4, 2013

A declaration in support of ending a Fort Lauderdale, Fla., lawsuit says the suit’s classified information could compromise FBI security investigations.

An assertion by FBI official David Hardy, in a sworn 33-page declaration, says disclosure of certain classified information about Florida residents who hurriedly left their homes after the Sept. 11, 2001, attack “would reveal current specific targets of the FBI’s national security investigations.”

The declaration is in support of a U.S. Department of Justice that seeks to end a Freedom of Information Act lawsuit filed in 2012 by the Florida online newspaper BrowardBulldog.org, the newspaper said.

Read more

Editor’s note: You may read the FOIA documentation at browardbulldog.org.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 4, 2013 at 10:06 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

MP warns Qatar against anti-Iran plots

0

Following the dismantlement of an Arab-linked terror cell in Iran, a senior Iranian lawmaker has warned Qatar over its attempts to undermine the Islamic Republicâ„¢s security.

In an interview with Lebanese satellite channel Al Mayadeen, Chairman of Iran Majlis National Security and Foreign Policy Committee Alaeddin Boroujerdi confirmed Dohaâ„¢s role in having dispatched the suspected terrorists to the Islamic Republic.

On June 2, Iranian Intelligence Ministry said it had uncovered a Mossad-trained network of terrorists with links to the spy agency of an Arab state, plotting to sabotage Iran’s upcoming presidential election, which is scheduled to be held on June 14.

The statement did not name the Arab country in question, but described it as “one of the most dependent and reactionary Arab countries in the region,” whose dependence on the Israeli regime has become more obvious in recent years.

Å“The destructive role of Qatar in the region is clear. The Intelligence Ministryâ„¢s statement also made [indirect] reference to Qatar. We warn Qatar against continuing to play such a role,” Boroujerdi stated.

Å“We will not compromise with anyone when it comes to our national security. We did not compromise with Britain or the United States, let alone a country like Qatar…,” the lawmaker stressed.

On Tuesday, Iran Foreign Ministry summoned Qatar chargé d™affaires in Tehran to relay the Islamic Republic™s strong objection to his country™s authorities over the dismantled spy cell.

MRS/KA/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

‘Greece must not relax fiscal effort’

0

IMF Chief Christine Lagarde speaks to reporters in Paris on May 24, 2013.

International Monetary Fund (IMF) chief has said Greece must not relax a fiscal effort and instead Athens must focus on its main fiscal challenge, which is revenue collection.

Christine Lagarde gave the statement on Tuesday as a group of experts from the European Union (EU), the IMF and the European Central Bank (ECB) arrived in Athens to audit Greece’s finances.

“There are some really positive developments but obviously more needs to be done in terms of revenue collection, in terms of independence of the tax administration going forward, in terms of product and service market reforms,” said Lagarde.

The group is to determine if Greece should receive a part of its bailout deal amounting about 2.2 billion euros (USD 4.3 billion), which was approved in May.

Athens also hopes for an approval by the EU and IMF to lower its 23 percent general sales tax in an attempt to increase demand during the coming tourist season.

After six years of recession, the countryâ„¢s economy is expected to continue to shrink by 4.5 percent this year; however, a slight growth is forecast for 2014.

This comes while international officials disagree whether it is possible for Greece’s economy to grow or not.

Greece has been at the epicenter of the eurozone debt crisis and harsh austerity measures have left tens of thousands of people without jobs.

CAH/PR

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Noam Chomsky: Are We on the Verge of Total Self-Destruction?

0

June 4, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

To stay on top of important articles like these, sign up to receive the latest updates from TomDispatch.com here.

What is the future likely to bring? A reasonable stance might be to try to look at the human species from the outside. So imagine that you’re an extraterrestrial observer who is trying to figure out what’s happening here or, for that matter, imagine you’re an historian 100 years from now — assuming there are any historians 100 years from now, which is not obvious — and you’re looking back at what’s happening today. You’d see something quite remarkable.

For the first time in the history of the human species, we have clearly developed the capacity to destroy ourselves. That’s been true since 1945. It’s now being finally recognized that there are more long-term processes like environmental destruction leading in the same direction, maybe not to total destruction, but at least to the destruction of the capacity for a decent existence.

And there are other dangers like pandemics, which have to do with globalization and interaction. So there are processes underway and institutions right in place, like nuclear weapons systems, which could lead to a serious blow to, or maybe the termination of, an organized existence.

How to Destroy a Planet Without Really Trying

The question is: What are people doing about it? None of this is a secret. It’s all perfectly open. In fact, you have to make an effort not to see it.

There have been a range of reactions. There are those who are trying hard to do something about these threats, and others who are acting to escalate them. If you look at who they are, this future historian or extraterrestrial observer would see something strange indeed. Trying to mitigate or overcome these threats are the least developed societies, the indigenous populations, or the remnants of them, tribal societies and first nations in Canada. They’re not talking about nuclear war but environmental disaster, and they’re really trying to do something about it.

In fact, all over the world — Australia, India, South America — there are battles going on, sometimes wars. In India, it’s a major war over direct environmental destruction, with tribal societies trying to resist resource extraction operations that are extremely harmful locally, but also in their general consequences. In societies where indigenous populations have an influence, many are taking a strong stand. The strongest of any country with regard to global warming is in Bolivia, which has an indigenous majority and constitutional requirements that protect the “rights of nature.”

Ecuador, which also has a large indigenous population, is the only oil exporter I know of where the government is seeking aid to help keep that oil in the ground, instead of producing and exporting it — and the ground is where it ought to be.

Venezuelan President Hugo Chavez, who died recently and was the object of mockery, insult, and hatred throughout the Western world, attended a session of the U.N. General Assembly a few years ago where he elicited all sorts of ridicule for calling George W. Bush a devil. He also gave a speech there that was quite interesting. Of course, Venezuela is a major oil producer. Oil is practically their whole gross domestic product. In that speech, he warned of the dangers of the overuse of fossil fuels and urged producer and consumer countries to get together and try to work out ways to reduce fossil fuel use. That was pretty amazing on the part of an oil producer. You know, he was part Indian, of indigenous background. Unlike the funny things he did, this aspect of his actions at the U.N. was never even reported.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

British troopers abused Afghan kids

0

A court martial hearing has been held in Germany for two British troopers, who have admitted abusing Afghan civilians, including children, media outlets reported.

The trial was held in Sennelager, northwest Germany, it has been reported.

At the hearing, it was revealed that one of the troopers had racially abused an Afghan man, and the other pleaded guilty to indecent behaviour towards a child.

According to reports, one of the guilty troopers identified as ËœSoldier Xâ„¢ admitted that in December 2011 he pulled an Afghan boyâ„¢s hand towards his crotch and instructed him to Ëœtouch my special placeâ„¢.

ËœSoldier Xâ„¢ further admitted to insulting a different Afghan child between October 2011 and January 2012. He was cleared of forcing an Afghan girl to touch him on a separate occasion.

He pleaded guilty to ‘an act that is prejudicial to good order and service discipline.’

The second soldier, known as ËœSoldier Y,â„¢ admitted to being involved in photographing a grown Afghan man with a sign reading Å“Silly Paki” hung around his neck, between October 2011 and January 2012.

He pleaded guilty to a racially aggravated offense likely to cause harassment, alarm or distress under the Crime and Disorder Act.

The soldiers were granted anonymity on the grounds that identifying them could endanger them and their families.

MOL/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Pressure Cooker found in Mass. Mall Parking Lot

0

Janet Wu
whdh.com
June 4, 2013

The Square One Mall in Saugus was evacuated Monday after suspicious device was found in a parking garage at the mall.

“It appears to probably be a 2.5-quart pressure cooker, stainless steel in nature,” said Lt. Ronald Giorgetti of the Saugus police department.

Pressure cookers were used in the Boston Marathon bombs, which killed three people and injured more than 260.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 4, 2013 at 9:22 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

The Profits of Doom

0

The end of the world is coming.

And you’re gonna need food. A lot of food.

That’s where Jim Bakker comes in.

Yes, that Jim Bakker–as in Jim and Tammy Faye and “The PTL Club” television empire.

Yes, the selfsame Jim Bakker who, at the time of his epic fall from grace, seemed to embody all those deeply Christian and quintessentially American values broadcast globally by that fascinating genus of human being we call “the televangelist.”

Their holy trinity–a tax-free entrepreneurial spirit, a convenient confusion of “praying on” with “preying upon” and a devout belief that devout belief is a God-given market opportunity–keeps them rolling in clover until they inevitably get caught rolling in the hay.

But, as self-described “sinners” perpetually washed in the blood of a radical, 2000 year-old rabbi, they’ve always got the ultimate get-out-of-moral-peril-for-free card tucked up their finely-tailored sleeves. For the upwardly mobile Evangelical, forgiveness is always at hand.

So, emulating the classic Christian motif, Jim has done his time and he’s risen again to take to the airwaves. Now re-married to another bubbly-blonde co-host, he’s once-again spreading the word of God.

Well, he’s willing to spread the word of God, if you are willing to spread his “favorite” soy-nut butter.

That’s just one of the hard bargains Jim’s driving in his new incarnation as survivalist food pitchman. In fact, Jim’s got a whole catalog of foodstuffs that he is willing to “give” you as a “thank you” in return for your “love gift” to his “ministry.”

Forget those bland, chintzy wafers the Catholics are handing out. The menu for your “gift” of “love” can be quite tasty. And remunerative.

Jesus turned water into wine for free, but Jim is turning it into carrot juice for $35.00.

Forget loaves and fishes. How about chips and salsa? It only “costs” $65.00 to feed the multitudes (at your next Super Bowl party).

Yes, miracles are hard to come by, but your “act of love” will bring back a sampler box of Jim’s favorite miracle food–“Salba”–for a mere $100.00.

Now, this proposition may seem decidedly outside the generally-accepted practice of “religion” and, more directly, in violation of the highly profitable tax exemption afforded to various practitioners of the “spiritual arts” here in the good ol’ US of A. But fret not, oh ye of little faith–there is a “religious” connection to this de facto supermarket Jim’s running via a website and daily television show. You see, all this food is meant to prepare you for the days of woe foretold in the Book of Revelations.

This is not a simple matter of exchanging your “love” for “thank you” gifts.

No, Jim’s food is designed to prepare you for the End of the World as we know it. But you and your family will feel fine. Or, at the very least, you will face the coming of the Antichrist on a full stomach.

And what better way to prepare for the impending “Time of Trouble” than with buckets of food?

Seriously. Actual buckets of food.

Buckets that don’t have his name on ’em.

Why? Jim says the absence of his name will protect you from the derision and hatred that would most assuredly come if your neighbors saw “Jim Bakker” emblazoned all over the survivalist larder you’re assembling in your basement.

Now, that’s some truth on non-advertising.

Imagine the ridicule–particularly if you tell friends and neighbors that you gave Jim $1,000.00 of your hard-earned “love” for ten buckets of dehydrated black bean burger.

In fact, you can spend up to $3,000 (donation + shipping) on a massive “Time of Trouble” kit that will keep for years and, when the holy water hits the fan, will provide you and yours 7,675 servings of dehydrated food to see you through to the triumphant return of the Lord as he finally invites his faithful flock to join him on his elevator to eternity.

And the elevator is coming, my friends. The signs are manifold. The trick, according to Jim, is to know what it all means. On his blog, Jim writes: “One of the dangers of the End Times is hearing so much and understanding so little.”

Truer words have rarely been written.

So, rather than “understanding” all that science about extreme weather and climate change, Jim wants you to know that the tornadoes in Oklahoma and hurricanes like Katrina are the direct result of American policies toward Israel. In fact, the deadly tornado in Moore came shortly and suspiciously after President Obama appeared with Turkey’s Prime Minister and called for a two-state solution to the plight of the Palestinians.

The persecution of believers is another flashing sign of the Apocalypse. Enter the IRS. They targeted Franklin Graham. Even worse, the IRS went after “God’s People” by targeting pro-Israeli groups–and, says Jim, God doesn’t like it. Expect more climatologically-expressed displeasure from the Almighty.

These are “harbingers,” which also happens to be the title of a book written by Jim’s other favorite rabbi. In it, Rabbi Jonathan Cahn (pronounced “Con”) details the ways America is just like Israel of the Old Testament. Amping up Christian Zionism, Cahn’s perfect pitch deftly exploits many Protestants’ long-standing envy of God’s special preference for Jews as his Chosen People. According to Cahn, not only is Passover a suitable holiday for Christians, but “…if you are Born Again, you are a citizen of Israel.” Even better, says Cahn, if you are Born Again “…you are as Jewish as I am!”

Can’t you just see the mayo on the knishes?

If that’s not a sign of the Apocalypse, what is?

How about Bee Colony Collapse Disorder? Jim weighed in on dying bees, which he (of course) calls “Bee-mageddon.” Talking at length about the massive decline in bee populations, Jim never mentioned pesticides or the EU’s ban on neonicotinoids. Rather, this is all part of the coming lack of food foretold in Matthew 24:7.

Which offers a perfect segue into a pitch for his buckets of food. And it is a perfect diversion from the hard truths and scientific realities of the world as it is rather than how it was for ancient tribesmen living in a magical world of competing gods, supernatural events, severe misogyny and ritual sacrifice. In that ancient world, God sanctioned genocide (more than once), manipulated history, chose sides and appointed mere mortals as his proxies on earth.

Today, those self-appointed and self-aggrandizing proxies are the real harbingers of catastrophe. They keep too many Americans locked in the darkened, candlelit world of Creationism, clinging to anti-scientific tropes and hypnotized by a bizarre affixation of ruthless capitalism to God’s will. They are slow-motion suicide bombers armed with a self-fulfilling prophecy that divorces humanity from the despoiling of the planet and embraces the world’s end as a welcomed event.

Progress on climate, circumspection about two centuries of messianic imperialism and concern for the environmental consequences of human greed–these do not factor into the whiz-bang millenarianism of Christian fundamentalists. In fact, the worse it gets, the more evidence they see of God’s action-packed plan for a big finish to the whole of history.

And until that day comes, my friends, Jim Bakker will be collecting the profits of doom.

JP Sottile is a freelance journalist, published historian, radio co-host and documentary filmmaker (The Warning, 2008). His credits include a stint on the Newshour news desk, C-SPAN, and as newsmagazine producer for ABC affiliate WJLA in Washington. His weekly show, Inside the Headlines w/ The Newsvandal, co-hosted by James Moore, airs every Friday on KRUU-FM in Fairfield, Iowa. He blogs under the pseudonym “the Newsvandal“.

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Turkey workers on strike over crackdown

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Turkey’s main union federation has launched a two-day strike to protest against the violent police crackdown on anti-government demonstrations.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

ExxonMobil Shareholders Reject Homosexual Agenda

0

For the 14th year in a row, shareholders of ExxonMobil, the world’s largest oil company, have soundly rejected a proposal that would have added homosexuality to the company’s non-discrimination employment policy. The proposal, voted down by an overwhelming 81 percent of ExxonMobil’s shareholders on May 30 read, “The Shareholders request that ExxonMobil amend its written equal employment opportunity policy to explicitly prohibit discrimination based on sexual orientation and gender identity and to substantially implement the policy.”

While the terms “sexual orientation” and “gender identity” do not appear in the company’s written policy on discrimination, ExxonMobil insists its “global zero-tolerance policy” fully applies to “all forms of discrimination, including discrimination based on sexual orientation and gender identity.” The company said in a statement that harassment, “even in its most subtle forms, directly conflicts with company policy and will not be tolerated. All employees are subject to disciplinary action, including termination, for any act of harassment.”

In a proxy statement before the vote, ExxonMobil’s board of directors encouraged the shareholders to reject the proposal, which would have added anti-discrimination language specific to lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender (LGBT) individuals. “The Board has reviewed in detail ExxonMobil’s existing global policies that prohibit all forms of discrimination, including those based on sexual orientation and gender identity, in any Company workplace, anywhere in the world,” the statement read. “In fact, ExxonMobil’s policies go beyond the law and prohibit any form of discrimination. Based on these existing all-inclusive, zero-tolerance policies, the Board believes the proposal is unnecessary.”

Tim Wildmon of the American Family Association said that had the shareholders approved the proposal, “the company would have been forced to begin promoting and providing ‘acceptance’ training of homosexuality to all employees, even if they had religious objections.”

CNSNews.com noted that a week before the vote, Exxon “was sued by the LGBT advocacy group Freedom to Work, which alleges that ExxonMobil discriminated on the basis of sexual orientation by hiring a less-qualified administrative assistant rather than one who served as treasurer of the Gay and Lesbian Victory Fund.”

Peter Romer-Friedman, an attorney for Freedom to Work, called Exxon “an outlier that refuses to follow industry standards. The concern is that it’s one of the largest corporations in the world yet won’t adopt an express policy prohibiting sexual orientation and gender identity discrimination.”

According to the Los Angeles Times, the homosexual activist group Human Rights Campaign “gave Exxon a negative 25 score on its most recent rankings of major companies for its Corporate Equality Index” – a report that ranks businesses according to their willingness to embrace the homosexual culture. The Human Rights Campaign noted that many other firms scored higher than 80 on a scale of 100.

Freedom to Work president Tico Almeida complained that Texas-based ExxonMobil “stands virtually alone in the Fortune 100 in denying qualified gay and transgender Americans a fair shot to get a job based on their talents and hard work.” According to the Times, the group had sent the company two phony resumes “in response to a December listing for a job in Illinois. The group alleged that the candidate who volunteered for a feminist college group and earned a 3.9 grade-point average in college received more call-backs than the applicant with a 3.98 GPA and served as treasurer of the Gay and Lesbian Victory Fund.”

“Exxon might make money from fossil fuels, but it’s lagging behind most other Fortune 500 companies with fossilized workplace policies,” Almeida said in a statement on the Freedom to Work’s Facebook page. “Exxon remains on the wrong side of history.”

However, Tony Perkins of the conservative Family Research Council applauded Exxon’s decision to stand firm against the homosexual bullying that has intimidated other companies into submission. “While other businesses drift away from their principles or capitulate under pressure, Exxon is putting its stock in something other than political correctness,” said Perkins in a statement. “For the 14th straight year, shareholders voted to maintain their reputation as a company that upholds the commonsense principle that managers should be able to determine what conduct contributes to and what conduct detracts from the effective performance of an employee’s duties.”

Perkins said that the four-to-one margin against the pro-homosexual resolution “is a strong indication that the homosexual community’s agenda is not resonating beyond the most liberal states. Exxon is setting a good example for other businesses who think promoting extreme political views is the only away to avoid the strong arm tactics of far left special interests.”

Peter Sprigg, FRC’s senior fellow for policy studies, told CNSNews, that “the fact ExxonMobil has adopted none of the pro-homosexual policies demanded by groups like the Human Rights Campaign, yet remains the second largest corporation in America, demonstrates the falsehood of claims that such policies are necessary to attract a quality workforce. On the contrary, other corporations would be wise to follow ExxonMobil’s example, focusing on their core business rather than on appeasing small populations and special interest groups.”

Perkins applauded Exxon “for standing firm and not ceding the moral high ground to the bullies of the left. Their conviction is a refreshing change from companies like Target and Amazon.com, who continue to alienate customers with their radical political views.”

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Media Put Socialist Spin on Words of Pope Francis

0

There’s an old patriotic joke about how the Soviet media spun a two-auto race in which an American car bested a Russian one. Went the reportage: “Russian car finishes second in race.

American car comes in next to last.”

But this joke has nothing on the modern Western media’s practices, which were on full display in the coverage of a recent Vatican speech on finances given by Pope Francis to visiting new ambassadors. For instance, The Telegraph ran the headline, “Pope Francis urges global leaders to end ‘tyranny’ of money.” Author Nick Squires then went on to “explain,” “He [the pope] said free-market capitalism had created a ‘tyranny’…. [That is,][u]nchecked capitalism had created ‘a new, invisible, and at times virtual, tyranny’, said the former Cardinal Jorge Bergoglio.”

The problem?

The pope never used the term “free-market capitalism.”

For that matter, he never mentioned capitalism or the “free market” at all.

Nor did his speech include the phrase the “tyranny of money.”

In fairness, Squires didn’t present the absent terms and phrases as quotations, but as elements of his own interpretation of what the pope meant. But his journalistic divination clearly is blind to the divine, as he thoroughly mischaracterized the theme of Francis’s speech.

To wit: Financiers, politicians, and economists should cultivate a God-centered ethics when pursuing their endeavors.

In fact, the words “ethics” and “ethical” were mentioned eight times in the pope’s 1000-word speech (which took mere minutes to deliver), and “God” appeared four times. But while Squires used terms in his article that Francis never uttered, he mentioned “ethical” only once, in passing, and “God” not at all.

This is deceptive – if not deceitful. Even if a reader notes your cut-and-paste efforts – which are a legitimate part of good summarization – he will likely assume that you’re seeking to distill, not distort, the essence of the story. And in Squires’ case the reader can’t easily compare notes, either, since the author departed from common practice and did not provide a link to what the pope actually said. Surprise, surprise.

Of course, to focus on the speech’s actual theme – ethics – would have contradicted the media narrative that the pope was calling for government, and not godly, control. For ethics lies outside of law. Sure, we want our politicians to be ethical in their personal lives and when crafting legislation, but we also want our auto mechanics, teachers, parents, doctors, lawyers, and clergymen to be ethical. And you can have ethics without government – but you cannot have good government without ethics.

Moreover, the pope correctly tied ethics in with God, writing:

Indebtedness and credit distance countries from their real economy and citizens from their real buying power. Added to this, as if it were needed, is widespread corruption and selfish fiscal evasion which have taken on worldwide dimensions. The will to power and of possession has become limitless.

Concealed behind this attitude is a rejection of ethics, a rejection of God.

And since baby-in-philosophy journalists have long insisted that you can be good without God, they’re loath to tie ethics in with Him.

Also note that in talking about how indebtedness is distancing “countries from their real economy and citizens from their real buying power,” the pope is clearly criticizing the budget-busting spending of Western nanny-state governments. But the media also found this unworthy of mention.

Having said this, a couple of Francis’s lines did give the leftist media grist for the mill, such as when he said, “While the income of a minority is increasing exponentially, that of the majority is crumbling. This imbalance results from ideologies which uphold the absolute autonomy of markets and financial speculation, and thus deny the right of control to States.” Of course, while there are ideologies espousing the absolute autonomy of markets, they haven’t had much influence in an over-regulated West that increasingly sucks the life out of the private sector. So, no, Pope Francis wasn’t echoing Milton Friedman – nor will I hold my breath waiting for a South American Jesuit to do so. But unlike what the media would have us believe, he wasn’t channeling Karl Marx, either.

So why would the media think they could get away with such deceptive reportage on the Catholic Church? Mainly because they always have (just consider the shameless distortions of Pope Pius XII’s actions during WWII). Remember that the pope oversees a vast world of 1.2 billion Catholics and isn’t aware of every disgorgement of Western media spin; even if he were, however, popes just don’t address such things (that’s the job of people such as I). Thus, the media know they can say anything they want with relative impunity.

Sometimes, though, it’s not only that the media are trying to fool us but that they long ago fooled themselves. As the saying goes, “When you’re a hammer, everything looks like a nail.” When leftist media types evaluate something, they relate what they feel is relevant. Now, these people wouldn’t put much stock in talk about God; to them that’s just window dressing, something politicians and prelates say that’s as meaningful as hello or goodbye. So Francis’s true focus must have been a call for statism; by “ethics” he must mean edicts, by “solidarity” he surely means the collective. God is not real, you see, so what could the higher power be other than government?

Of course, though, these leftists are also the people who gave us the concept of a living Constitution. So perhaps they believe the pope’s speech is living, too, and changed between its delivery and their publication.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Cruz: ‘Abolish the IRS’

0

Daniel Strauss
thehill.com
June 4, 2013

Sen. Ted Cruz (R-Texas) on Monday pressed for eliminating the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) amid the scandal over the agency’s targeting of conservative political groups.

Cruz called for replacing the current tax system with a flat tax.

“I think we ought to abolish the IRS and instead move to a simple flat tax where the average American can fill our taxes on a postcard, put down how much you earn, put down a deduction for charitable contribution, for home mortgage, and how much you owe,” Cruz said in an interview with Fox News on Monday.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 4, 2013 at 8:55 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Bilderberg Authoritarianism Destroys Humanity

0

Sartre
Infowars.com
June 4, 2013

“It is difficult to re-educate people who have been brought up on nationalism to the idea of relinquishing part of their sovereignty to a supra-national body.” Prince Bernhard

Knowing the accuracy of historical reality is difficult, but accepting the truth in that chronicle is almost impossible for most people to accept. This reluctance to deal with the stark and calculated obliteration of societal freedom is the ultimate curse of the human condition. The denial of the authoritarian plan by elites like the Bilderberg cabal is the equivalent of Satan’s greatest lie, convincing us he does not exist. Well, the days of casting the smear of conspiracy over any reporting on the secret and hidden conclave of global manipulators, is officially over.

At this year’s Bilderberg conference, for the first time, there will be a Press Office — hosted by the Bilderberg Welcoming Committee — located on the hotel grounds. The aim of the Press Office will be to facilitate the mainstream and alternative media in their coverage of the meeting.

There will be liaison officers from the Hertfordshire Constabulary present in the Reception Zone for the duration of the conference.

This is the first officially sanctioned Press Office for the Bilderberg conference, and is a considerable step forward in the relations between the conference and the press.

With the dramatic public reversal of deniability of their existence and the acknowledgement that the newly elected leader of the Swedish social-democratic party, Stefan Löfven, will be the guest of Jacob Wallenberg — a prominent member of the Bilderberg steering committee, Bilderberg confirmation of the decades of reporting by the late Jim Tucker is vindicated.

Additional background and a comparison of How the media covers Bilderberg meetings and Bilderberg Propaganda Rules the Planet is worth a review. For a persuasive critique of the investigations and research of Daniel Estulin into the underlying implication of these gatherings, read the entire summary by Stephen Lendman of “The True Story of the Bilderberg Group” and What They May Be Planning Now.

“Whatever its early mission, the Group is now “a shadow world government….threaten(ing) to take away our right to direct our own destinies (by creating) a disturbing reality” very much harming the public’s welfare. In short, Bilderbergers want to supplant individual nation-state sovereignty with an all-powerful global government, corporate controlled, and check-mated by militarized enforcement.”

Even more significant is the account of the age-old struggle for global control that can be traced to the Ancient Roots of Bilderberg Reveal Prusso-Teutonic Agenda for World Domination. Author Jurriaan Maessen provides a provocative analysis.

“As Paul Joseph Watson reported in his May 11 2009 article Top Nazis Planned EU-Style Fourth Reich, top Nazi industrialists were present at the cradle of the European Union and, through the creation of the Bilderberg group, guided her growth during all stages of development into the post-war era. German industrialists, it seems, have aligned themselves with the Anglo-American establishment after the war, teaming up to form what is better known as the New World Order. As reported in the article, a group of top ranking German industrialists planned for an economic super state founded upon a common market for the whole of Europe. It has also been confirmed that the Bilderberg group had their plans for a European Union and currency in place by at least 1955.

The idea of uniting Europe in a closed trade bloc is no longer shocking if Germany assumes domination over such a bloc”, wrote one of the founding Nazi-ideologues in the 19th century. The man who arranged for Hitler to become Chancellor of Germany, Von Papen, had also written about the possibility of a “European Federation” under strict German control of course, with Berlin as its glorious power center.

NATO has provided for the international army, while the European Central Bank does the same for international finance. All these activities have been developed under the careful direction of the Bilderberg Group and subsequently carried out by its designated subdivisions.”

Authoritarianism is not new to the blue-blood lineage of continental nobility. Millenniums of succeeding empires shared the same ambition — rule the world.

The next citation provided the linkage that many “PC” armchair observers are afraid to deal with.

The David Icke Newsletter argues in the The Zionist Elephant In The Room:

“Today, Rothschild Illuminati fronts like the Council on Foreign Relations, Trilateral Commission, Bilderberg Group, Royal Institute of International Affairs, and others, still answer to the Round Table which string-pulls and coordinates from the shadows. This is why Zionists in government are invariably connected with these Rothschild-controlled organizations.

Let’s get this straight. Zionism doesn’t give a damn about Jewish people. To the Rothschilds and their Zionist gofers and thugs the Jewish people as a whole are merely cattle to be used and abused as necessary — just like the rest of the human population.

The networks of the House of Rothschild were behind Hitler and the rise of the Nazi Party in the Rothschild heartland of Germany where they had changed their name from Bauer in 18th century Frankfurt and launched the dynasty that was to control global finance.”

Under this explanation of the forbidden knowledge that if kept from your scrutiny by the mainstream press, the Bilderberg summits were protected for decades from objective observation of their agenda and strategy for implementing their New World Order absolutism.

The iconoclastic Brother Nathanael — Street Evangelist rants, “One of the Bilderberg’s deceptions is to invite insignificant leaders in the academic & scientific realms as a “decoy.” Here Are The Real Players Attending the 2008 Bilderberg & They Are Jewish Bankers:

Ben Shalom Bernanke: Chairman of the privately held US Federal Reserve Bank.

James Wolfensohn: International Jewish financier. Chairman of Wolfensohn & Company Investments. A former World Bank President, this Jew has more than 140 employees and offices in London, Tokyo and Moscow. Wolfensohn also has a banking partnership with Fuji Bank of Japan and Jacob Rothschild of Britain.

Robert Zoellick: Chairman of the US World Bank Group a covert subsidiary of the Rothschild run International Monetary Fund.

Josef Ackermann: Chairman of the Executive Committee of Deutsche Bank AG of Zurich Switzerland. Ackermann is a Rothschild partner in white collar crime.

Kenneth Jacobs: Deputy Chairman Head of Lazard Bank North America. Lazard Bank, a Rothschild associate bank, operates in 39 cities throughout North America, Europe, Australia, Asia, and South America.

David Rockefeller: Owner of Chase Manhattan Bank. Former Chairman of the Council on Foreign Relations & Founder of the Trilateral Commission. Though not a Jew, Rockefeller is a Rothschild stooge.

Now the relevant viewpoint is that the Bilderberg assembly is by invitation from the highest echelon of committed agents of globalism. Their decisions become policy and governance turns into a continuous decent into slavery. The manifestation of the Bilderberg coalition is in keeping with the Round Table, a secret society started around the turn of the 20th century by Freemason and Rothschild agent, Lord Alfred Milner, who was entrusted the mission by Cecil Rhodes.

The Anglo-American dominance of international intervention is rooted in Bilderberg discussions organized on the principle of reaching consensus for global hegemony. Pro Zionist financiers impose the objectives of the House of Rothschild upon America and England. The origins of totalitarian assimilation under the banner of the centralized authority oppression stems from the cult of the moneychangers.

Keeping informed on the latest schemes of Bilderberg 2013 In The UK with Press For Truth by watching the video is a must view. Also, follow the Bilderberg 2013 Stream page that has several links covering live feeds from the meetings. Finally, the Infowars coverage of Bilderberg with Alex Jones and David Icke promises to be groundbreaking.

Exhaustive arguments and proofs of the cataclysmic consequences coming out of every Bilderberg session encircle our globe with even incremental policy that fosters the New World Order. The names of the elites vary over time, but the globalist authoritarian culture only grows.

The fact that the exposure of the Bilderberg union is gaining traction gives solace to guardians of the human race. The sect of banksters devotion to the mischievous sprite and the dark side cannot force their tyranny on an awakened public dedicated to the defeat of the Illuminati empire.

The first step is to accept the truth that globalism is the engine of national destruction and a world governance substitute, under the control of an aristocratic bloodline, is the existential nihilist end of civilization. The Amschel Moses Rothschild — Cecil Rhodes vision of competing world dominance has merged into a technocratic intercellular substance of subjugation and extermination.

The days of allowing a massive media cover-up of the actual intentions of the Bilderberg clan are over. The alternative press has the credibility to speak truth to power. The public has the responsibility to mature emotionally and reject the delusional myths that protect the fabricated privileges of evil elites.

The secrecy of secret societies in a global telecommunication environment is doomed. Only with greater levels of planetary oppression, can the controllers of the Bilderberg fraternity maintain their cruel imperium. It is up to the citizens of the world to neuter this lineage of deranged plutocrats.

This post first appeared on the Batr.org website.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 4, 2013 at 8:48 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

The Big Banks and Commodities Future Trading Commission Conspired to Hide Speculation from Congress

0

Big Banks and Government Agency Have Been Cooperating In Market Manipulation for Decades

One of our favorite topics is the many ways that big banks manipulate prices.

Last night, Rolling Stone financial writer Matt Taibbi gave some very interesting details about how the big banks have gamed commodities prices.

For 60 to 70 years, the regulations preventing speculators from betting on commodities worked pretty well. Only commodity producers or buyers — you know, the people who are supposed to set prices — could hedge their bets.

But in the early 1990s, the big financial companies starting applying to the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) for “exemptions” … so that they could speculate on commodities.

Specifically, they asked to be artificially treated as real commodity producers or consumers — even though they weren’t producing or buying commodities — so that they could “hedge” bets (in name only) on products they didn’t even possess. (Sound familiar?)

In 1991, the CFTC started issuing exemption letters. The first letter was written to J. Aron, a subsidiary of … Goldman Sachs.

Pretty soon, every major bank in the U.S. was given an exemption.

Congress didn’t know about the exemptions. Indeed, the House Agricultural Commission — which oversees the CFTC — didn’t even find out about the exemptions until 6 years later … in 1997.

When a congressman on the Agricultural Commission asked the CFTC for a sample of one of the exemption letters, the CFTC official said he had to ask Goldman Sachs whether or not the CFTC could show a copy to Congress. In other words, the banks were already running D.C. by the 90s.

Commodities speculation has exploded since the exemption letters were issues.

For example, in 2003, there was only $29 billion in speculative activity in the commodities markets. By 2007-2008, there was over $300 billion in commodities speculation.

Disclaimer: The contents of this article are of sole responsibility of the author(s). The Centre for Research on Globalization will not be responsible for any inaccurate or incorrect statement in this article. The Center of Research on Globalization grants permission to cross-post original Global Research articles on community internet sites as long as the text & title are not modified. The source and the author’s copyright must be displayed. For publication of Global Research articles in print or other forms including commercial internet sites, contact: publications@globalresearch.ca

www.globalresearch.ca contains copyrighted material the use of which has not always been specifically authorized by the copyright owner. We are making such material available to our readers under the provisions of “fair use” in an effort to advance a better understanding of political, economic and social issues. The material on this site is distributed without profit to those who have expressed a prior interest in receiving it for research and educational purposes. If you wish to use copyrighted material for purposes other than “fair use” you must request permission from the
copyright owner.

For media inquiries: publications@globalresearch.ca

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

NATO to send team of experts to Libya

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]NATO will send a team of experts to Libya to give technical advice to the Libyan military in terms of training as the North African country faces a flow of fighters from Mali.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Poverty, Unemployment, Enriching the Few: The 2008 Economic Crisis and the Restructuring of Class Relations in America

0

The Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis released a report Friday showing that, after adjusting for inflation, the average US household has recovered only 45 percent of the wealth it lost during the 2008 crash. This undermines claims that the US is experiencing an “economic recovery,” and points to the vast effects of the collapse in home values, falling wages, and mass unemployment.

After noting that 62 percent of the increase in aggregate wealth since 2009 has come from increasing share values–which are overwhelmingly owned by the rich–the report notes with understatement, “Considering the uneven recovery of wealth across households, a conclusion that the financial damage of the crisis and recession largely has been repaired is not justified.”

A principal factor in the collapse of household wealth beginning in 2007 was the collapse of the housing market bubble. This particularly affected lower-income families, whose main asset is their home. While the stock market has soared back to record highs as a result of government policy, the housing market has remained stagnant.

Even the St. Louis Fed report, however, masks the vast redistribution of wealth that has taken place during the economic collapse of 2007-2008 and the so-called “recovery” starting 2009. The aggregate figure–a 45 percent increase in average household wealth–masks vast inequalities.

According to figures from the Census Bureau, between 2005 and 2009, the median net worth of the lowest fifth of income earners fell from $6,870 to $3,500, an astonishing drop of 50 percent. By contrast in the same period, the wealth of a typical household in the top fifth of earners fell from $343,863 to $283,081–a reduction of only 18 percent.

While the wealth of the super-rich has surged with the roaring stock market, the vast majority of the population has had no recovery in its wealth. In fact, between 2009 and 2011, the poorer 93 percent of households had their wealth fall by four percent, according to a Pew Research Center analysis of Census Bureau data.

The top seven percent of households, however, had their wealth increase dramatically, by 28 percent–from $2.4 million to $3.2 million, on average.

The Pew report concluded, “From the end of the recession in 2009 through 2011… the 8 million households in the U.S. with a net worth above $836,033 saw their aggregate wealth rise by an estimated $5.6 trillion, while the 111 million households with a net worth at or below that level saw their aggregate wealth decline by an estimated $0.6 trillion.”

Five years since the 2008 crash, over twenty million people remain unemployed or underemployed, while wages continue to fall. Between 2007 and 2011, the US median household income has plunged by 11.6 percent, from $57,143 (in 2011 dollars) to $50,502.

What has taken place since the beginning of the crisis in 2007 is a massive intensification in the social oppression of the working class, reflected in a vast transfer of wealth from the working class–that is, the vast majority of the population–to the rich.

This is the product of policies pursued by the ruling class and its political representatives, under Bush and then Obama. The US government responded to the 2008 crash by offering hundreds of billions of dollars in bailouts and trillions in free credit to the banks. Working households, over ten million of which foreclosed on their houses since 2008, were offered nothing.

Vast sums were made on the basis of speculation in the housing market and predatory lending prior to the collapse of the housing bubble. When housing prices collapsed, the value of the principal asset of working people was wiped out, while those who speculated on subprime mortgage assets were bailed out. The financial aristocracy made money on the way up, largely preserved it during the crash, and have accumulated even more during the “recovery.”

Nearly five years after the economic crash, the Federal Reserve still underwrites the profits of the financial system through $85 billion per month in asset purchases, half of which go to prop up toxic mortgage-backed securities held by Wall Street.

As a result of these parasitic operations, the major US banks have once again posted record profits in the first quarter of this year: $40.3 billion. These profits are not made from creating jobs or boosting economic production, but rather by impoverishing the working population and blowing new financial bubbles that are sowing the seeds of the next, even more explosive crisis.

This confirms the analysis made by the World Socialist Web Site that the 2008 crisis was not a passing conjunctural crisis, but one rooted in deep underlying contradictions of American and world capitalism. The entire past period has shown that there can be no solution in the interests of the working class that does not direct itself at overturning the dictatorship of the financial aristocracy through the socialist transformation of economic life.

Now, the ruling class has turned to cutting social services that keep millions out of poverty. Two million people had their unemployment benefits slashed in the latest round of “sequester” budget cuts, not to mention cuts to food assistance programs, Medicare, and education.

Meanwhile in Washington, amid a deluge of scandals regarding tax avoidance by the rich and major corporations, all talk is of “tax reform,” that is, of slashing corporate taxes and putting the burden of the government’s endless wars and bank bailouts on the working class.

The only way to fight poverty and mass unemployment is to break the stranglehold of this parasitic financial aristocracy over political and economic life. This can only be done by building a mass movement of the working class, armed with a socialist program of nationalizing major corporations, seizing ill-gotten profits, and reorganizing society to meet the social needs of the many, not to enrich the few.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Iran summons Qatar envoy over terror gang

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Iran Foreign Ministry has summoned Qatar chargé d’affaires in Tehran following reports of the dismantlement of a terrorist network with links to the spy agency of an Arab state.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

War at the World Bank

0

There is a battle going on within and outside of the World Bank right now over the Bank’s flagship “Doing Business” (DB) report and index. Now this is not exactly a household word, but the fight is a very significant one for a number of reasons.

DB ranks countries according to the “ease of doing business,” including such things as starting a business, enforcement of contracts, paying taxes, and other indicators. It has been under attack for years because it has a built-in bias against many regulations that people who care about the progress of humanity might see as important: employment protections, necessary taxation, health, safety and environmental regulation, and of course most state-led development policies. As noted recently, the fact that the Bank gives higher marks for “fewer restrictions on permits for construction [and] ignoring safety and environmental concerns” can contribute to such disasters as the Bangladesh factory collapse that killed more than 1,000 people.

There is evidence [PDF] that countries have de-regulated in harmful ways in order to get a better ranking. And despite years of controversy and a 2008 internal evaluation critical of DB — the Bank still uses it as a criterion for lending to low-income countries.

Now comes Jim Kim, president of the World Bank since last July, appointing a panel to evaluate DB. Never mind that he chose South African finance minister Trevor Manuel, well-trusted in neoliberal circles, to head the panel, or that the panel did not contain a single member from the numerous, and in some cases quite large, civil society organizations critical [PDF] of DB. Important people are worried.

Dan Runde of the Center for Strategic and International Studies describes the concerns of Washington’s foreign policy establishment rather nakedly in Foreign Policy: “Doing Business was incubated with strong support from the Bush administration through contributions to the methodology from USAID, funding from USAID, and political support from State and Treasury … Because the World Bank should be a force multiplier of American influence in the world, Republicans supported (and rightly so) the renewal of the general capital increase of the World Bank … the U.S. should be expected to retain its “big seat” at the table and exercise that influence with Jim Kim and bring in allied shareholders in favor of strengthening Doing Business.”

The financial press has inaccurately portrayed the fight as “China seeks to water down key World Bank report” — the headline of the Financial Times’ report on the controversy. But China is just one of many countries, and a latecomer at that, which have opposed DB within the Bank. Opposition has come from Brazil, Argentina, India, and other developing countries.

And that is perhaps the greatest significance of this fight: developing countries are beginning to organize within the World Bank (and the IMF) in order to change their policies.These two institutions have been controlled by Washington, with varying amounts of input from other rich countries, since their founding nearly seven decades ago. Many of their policies have been harmful to developing countries. But in contrast to the World Trade Organization — where developing countries form blocs and fight for their interests — the world’s majority has mostly let the rich countries, led by Washington, run the show in the IMF and World Bank.

Over the past decade, the IMF lost most of its power in developing countries; and as a result, Washington also lost its most important avenue of influence over their policies. The middle income countries of Asia, most of Latin America, Russia, and others all made sure that they would never have to borrow again from the Fund. The World Bank has exercised much of its influence in conjunction with the IMF; but this arrangement, too, has been weakened. So now the Bretton Woods twins have most of their power over weaker and poorer developing countries. (Ironically, the vast majority of the IMF’s loans are now in Europe, but the Fund is not the main decider there.)

Jim Kim is an anomaly at the World Bank; the first president with real, positive development experience after more than six decades of bankers at the helm (with a couple of war criminals thrown in). It remains to be seen how much he can change the institution.But it’s a good sign that developing countries are beginning to put up a fight.

Mark Weisbrot is an economist and co-director of the Center for Economic and Policy Research. He is co-author, with Dean Baker, of Social Security: the Phony Crisis.

This essay originally appeared in The Guardian

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

‘Apple is not alone’: 18 top American companies avoid $92 billion in taxes

0

Apple isn’t the only big name company taking advantage of offshore tax loopholes, according to a new study. American Express, Dell, Microsoft, Nike, and other Fortune five hundred companies bear evidence of tax haven profits in their financial reports.

The Citizens for Tax Justice (CTJ), a central-leftist think tank
in Washington DC, released a report on Monday which censures 18
other companies also suspected of holding profits in tax havens,
declaring, in the reports title, ‘Apple is not alone.’

In their latest annual report, Apple disclosed they would pay at
least a 30 percent US tax rate on the offshore income if
repatriated. An indication that there is still profit being
stashed away in tax havens, such as Bermuda and the Cayman
Islands, the report suggests.

The CTJ report outlines 18 corporations’ disclosures which fix an
amount to un-repatriated income, in millions, which indicated
they have paid very little tax on their profits to any government
yet.

The Citizens for Tax Justice table showing the 'unrepatriated' income from 18 Fortune 500 companies. image from http://ctj.org

According to the report, 55 US companies minimized their tax
payments by $127.5 billion by funneling profits through offshore
jurisdictions, and would collectively owe the US government this
sum if a tax repatriation proceeded. 

235 of the Fortune 500 companies are ‘non-disclosing’, which the
center calculates holds $720 billion in un-repatriated offshore
income. Google, General Electric, Coca-Cola, Wal-Mart, and Cisco
Systems are among the ‘non-disclosing’ bloc.

Under the current law, corporations can indefinitely defer paying
US income taxes on their offshore profits.

Avoiding or minimizing the payment of taxes, as opposed to
evasion is not a criminal offense. However, the authorities have
defined tax evasion as immoral and contrary to the spirit of
entrepreneurship and law in the US.

Mr. Cook, Apple CEO, sat before the permanent Senate
subcommittee on May 21st , as they questioned him on why his
company had avoided paying tax on $74 billion of profit between
2009 and 2011.

Cook has repeatedly denied Apple uses ‘tax gimmicks’ or has an
elaborate offshore profit scheme. Before the hearing, Apple
released Cook’s prepared speech which certified Apple was the
country’s biggest corporate taxpayer in 2012, and paid nearly $6
billion in taxes.

A two-pronged tax avoidance strategy, Carl Levin (D-MI) the
chairman of the committee, coined it, accusing Cook’s company of
single-handedly rewriting rules of intellectual property as well
as knowingly shielding offshore income from US taxes.

Apple CEO Timothy Cook (Chip Somodevilla / Getty Images / AFP)

Apple has $102 billion in offshore accounts, shifting profits
away from US subsidiaries to Ireland, where it paid a tax rate of
less than 2 percent, according to the senate panel report.

Senators John McCain (R-AZ) and Levin suggested the Irish
government played an assisting role in helping Apple trim its
taxes in a ‘highly questionable’ offshore entity sum which never
trickled back to US income taxes.

Ireland has vehemently denied it is a tax haven and on Wednesday
called for an international clampdown on multinationals, yet sits
at the center of the controversy. Apple Inc. paid just 2 percent
on $74 billion in overseas income, which was mostly facilitated
by a loophole in Ireland’s tax code.

The ‘Irish double dip’ allows a company to file two subsidiaries
in Ireland with a corporate tax rate of 12.5 percent, which is
far less than the 35 percent rate in the US, for example.

The theme of Apple, and many other companies use of ‘legitimate
tax abuse’ will be discussed by the OECD at the G20 summit in
July.

This article originally appeared on: RT

US Supreme Court allows Police to take DNA Samples of Arrestees

0

The 5-4 decision has vast implications not just for facilitating the growth of the state database of genetic information–which currently includes more than 11 million individuals–but for the basic right to be free from unreasonable searches and seizures. The decision allows for the collection of DNA information of individuals who are not convicted of a crime, and are therefore presumed innocent, to be used as evidence in cases for which the state has no reasonable suspicion that they are guilty.

In overturning a previous ruling by the Maryland Court of Appeals, Justice Anthony Kennedy, who wrote the majority opinion, argued that swabbing for DNA samples is akin to fingerprinting and mugshots–a “legitimate police booking procedure” that can be used to identify the arrestee. In fact, the acquired evidence is not used primarily for identification, but for submission in government databases.

Kennedy was joined by most of the traditional right-wing of the court, including Chief Justice John Roberts and Justices Clarence Thomas and Samuel Alito, along with a traditional liberal, Justice Stephen Breyer. The dissent was written by conservative Justice Antonin Scalia, who was joined by Justices Ruth Bader Ginsberg, Sonia Sotomayor and Elena Kagan.

The case, Maryland vs. King, involved a Maryland man, Alonzo Jay King Jr., who was arrested in 2009 on assault charges. Before being convicted on assault, his DNA was obtained. This led to his conviction in an unrelated rape charge from 2003.

The Maryland appeals court overturned the rape conviction, ruling that the state law authorizing DNA collection from arrestees was a violation of the Fourth Amendment, which says that the “right of the people to be secure in their persons, house, papers and effects, against unreasonable searches and seizures, shall not be violated.”

The Maryland court ruled that the “weighty and reasonable expectation of privacy against warrantless, suspicion-less searches” overruled any “purported interests in assuring proper identification,” and that DNA provided a “vast genetic treasure map” for the state to utilize.

It speaks to the decay of liberalism that it was left to the arch-reactionary Scalia to make certain valid points, from a libertarian perspective, in opposition to the majority ruling. Reading his decision from the bench, Scalia noted that the majority was carrying out a “sleight of hand” by justifying the collection of DNA data as necessary for identification.

“Make no mistake about it: because of today’s decision, your DNA can be taken and entered into a national database if you are ever arrested, rightly or wrongly, and for whatever reason.” He added that “the proud men who wrote the charter of our liberties would not have been so eager to open their mouths for royal inspection.”

The same logic that is used to justify warrantless seizure of DNA evidence could be employed to argue for a vast array of intrusive information-gathering activities by the state–any one of which might also have the effect of obtaining information to solve past crimes.

In opposing the decision, Steven Shapiro, the legal director for the American Civil Liberties Union, noted that it “creates a gaping new exception to the Fourth Amendment,” which “has long been understood to mean that the police cannot search for evidence of a crime–and all nine justices agreed that DNA testing is a search–without individualized suspicion. Today’s decision eliminates that crucial safeguard.”

Moreover, while Maryland’s law limits DNA collection to those arrested for “serious” crimes, laws in other states are much broader. Twenty-seven states as well as the federal government have laws or regulations that allow for this practice.

A friend of the court brief from the Electronic Privacy Information Center noted that the Combined DNA Indexing System (CODIS) has been vastly expanded over the past several years. While it “once included DNA profiles of only convicted sex offenders,” it “now contains more than eleven million profiles.”

The EPIC brief noted, moreover, that CODIS “is not strictly limited, as all law enforcement agencies in the country, at the federal, state and local levels, have access for purposes of DNA matching. As CODIS expands, individual privacy rights are implicated, and not just for the individuals whose DNA is collected; the ability to search for partial matches also implicates the privacy rights of family members whose DNA is a close enough match that the person is flagged in a CODIS DNA search.”

Over the past decade, the state, under the banner of the “war on terror,” has begun constructing vast databases of emails, text messages, Internet activity, financial information and criminal and medical records. There is no doubt that DNA data will be incorporated into this systematic spying operation directed at the American people.

The Supreme Court decision is another in a long line of judicial attacks on fundamental democratic rights.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

‘More poor Americans now live in suburbs’

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]For the first time in the United States’ history, more poor Americans are living in the suburbs than in metropolitan cities, a report reveals.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Iran candidates urged to respect law

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]A senior cleric has called on Iran’s presidential candidates to adhere to the Constitution while avoiding mudslinging against their rivals and pro-Western gestures.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Which Bilderberg name did you notice first?

0

James Higham
nourishingobscurity.com
June 4, 2013

Some days ago, this blog said the Bilderberg meetings were just theatre. What does Kissinger still have to offer, other than cheering on the latest atrocity?

However, a glance at the Bilderberg list via Wikiguido via Ian shows some other things:

Chairman: Henri de Castries, Chairman and CEO, AXA Group
George Osborne, Chancellor of the Exchequer
Ed Balls, Shadow Chancellor of the Exchequer
Kenneth Clarke, Cabinet Minister
Baroness Williams of Crosby, Member, House of Lords
Eric E. Schmidt, Executive Chairman, Google Inc.
José Manuel Barroso, President, European Commission
Timothy F Geithner, Former Secretary of the Treasury
Henry A. Kissinger, Chairman, Kissinger Associates, Inc.
Christine Lagarde, Managing Director, International Monetary Fund
Marcus Agius, Former Chairman, Barclays plc
Jeff Bezos, Founder and CEO, Amazon.com
Sherard Cowper-Coles, Business Development Director, International, BAE Systems plc
Robert Dudley, Group Chief Executive, BP plc
Thomas Enders, CEO, EADS
J. Michael Evans, Vice Chairman, Goldman Sachs & Co.
François Fillon, Former French Prime Minister
John Kerr, Independent Member, House of Lords
John Micklethwait, Editor-in-Chief, The Economist
H.R.H. Princess Beatrix of The Netherlands
David H. Petraeus, General, U.S. Army (Retired)y
Mark Rutte, Dutch Prime Minister
Peter D. Sutherland, Chairman, Goldman Sachs International

You’d possibly note Balls, Clarke and Osborne in there, some might note Barosso and Geithner but I noticed one name straight away — Fillon.  Fillon, Fillon?!  Who TF is Fillon?

Let’s go back to last year’s UMP elections, in which Copé and Fillon fought it out.   Copé announced he’d won and Fillon acted like a petulant child. At the time, I wondered how much more to it there was. The narrative clearly wanted Fillon in there. A Sarkozy henchman, Bilderberger and EUist, he was supported by the Ken Clarkes and George Osbornes of the UMP, whereas Copé represented the popular conservative vote — you know, jobs, small government, family — that sort of thing.

He is not a Bilderberger.  He is, though, called anti-Muslim, misogynist, homophobic, a right-wing extremist, a man who would “wreck” France with his extremism.   It’s quite true he feels very, very strongly about the family and jobs and France for the French. That’s oh so extreme, is it not, a veritable Hitler?

No prizes for which one I’d vote for, given the chance. In the pic at the top, Copé is the one smiling and Fillon is to the front right.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 4, 2013 at 8:27 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Police Seek To Undermine Bilderberg Gathering By Allowing Only One Portable Speaker, No Platform Or Proper Sound System

0

nw0.eu
June 4, 2018

Officers are reported to have ‘scoffed’ as they told residents that only three to four hundred people are likely to show up over Friday, Saturday and Sunday to protest at the manipulations of this despicable organisation.

Well, if The People’s Voice is still not being heard then we will have to shout even louder then. Potentially, especially on Saturday, there is a very good chance that this estimate of the turnout is going to be wildly inaccurate and the police are going to look absolutely ridiculous.

Give The People the right to a proper sound system and speaker platform and stop being silly. How much are you spending again on the security for 140 super-rich ‘elite’ bankers, corporate leaders and politicians? Millions.

Disgusting.

This is the number for Hertfordshire police to make your feelings peacefully known about this: 01707 354000. And here is their email: www.herts.police.uk/contact_us/feedback.aspx

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 4, 2013 at 8:39 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Bilderberg Authoritarianism Destroys Humanity

0

Sartre
Infowars.com
June 4, 2013

“It is difficult to re-educate people who have been brought up on nationalism to the idea of relinquishing part of their sovereignty to a supra-national body.” Prince Bernhard

Knowing the accuracy of historical reality is difficult, but accepting the truth in that chronicle is almost impossible for most people to accept. This reluctance to deal with the stark and calculated obliteration of societal freedom is the ultimate curse of the human condition. The denial of the authoritarian plan by elites like the Bilderberg cabal is the equivalent of Satan’s greatest lie, convincing us he does not exist. Well, the days of casting the smear of conspiracy over any reporting on the secret and hidden conclave of global manipulators, is officially over.

At this year’s Bilderberg conference, for the first time, there will be a Press Office — hosted by the Bilderberg Welcoming Committee — located on the hotel grounds. The aim of the Press Office will be to facilitate the mainstream and alternative media in their coverage of the meeting.

There will be liaison officers from the Hertfordshire Constabulary present in the Reception Zone for the duration of the conference.

This is the first officially sanctioned Press Office for the Bilderberg conference, and is a considerable step forward in the relations between the conference and the press.

With the dramatic public reversal of deniability of their existence and the acknowledgement that the newly elected leader of the Swedish social-democratic party, Stefan Löfven, will be the guest of Jacob Wallenberg — a prominent member of the Bilderberg steering committee, Bilderberg confirmation of the decades of reporting by the late Jim Tucker is vindicated.

Additional background and a comparison of How the media covers Bilderberg meetings and Bilderberg Propaganda Rules the Planet is worth a review. For a persuasive critique of the investigations and research of Daniel Estulin into the underlying implication of these gatherings, read the entire summary by Stephen Lendman of “The True Story of the Bilderberg Group” and What They May Be Planning Now.

“Whatever its early mission, the Group is now “a shadow world government….threaten(ing) to take away our right to direct our own destinies (by creating) a disturbing reality” very much harming the public’s welfare. In short, Bilderbergers want to supplant individual nation-state sovereignty with an all-powerful global government, corporate controlled, and check-mated by militarized enforcement.”

Even more significant is the account of the age-old struggle for global control that can be traced to the Ancient Roots of Bilderberg Reveal Prusso-Teutonic Agenda for World Domination. Author Jurriaan Maessen provides a provocative analysis.

“As Paul Joseph Watson reported in his May 11 2009 article Top Nazis Planned EU-Style Fourth Reich, top Nazi industrialists were present at the cradle of the European Union and, through the creation of the Bilderberg group, guided her growth during all stages of development into the post-war era. German industrialists, it seems, have aligned themselves with the Anglo-American establishment after the war, teaming up to form what is better known as the New World Order. As reported in the article, a group of top ranking German industrialists planned for an economic super state founded upon a common market for the whole of Europe. It has also been confirmed that the Bilderberg group had their plans for a European Union and currency in place by at least 1955.

The idea of uniting Europe in a closed trade bloc is no longer shocking if Germany assumes domination over such a bloc”, wrote one of the founding Nazi-ideologues in the 19th century. The man who arranged for Hitler to become Chancellor of Germany, Von Papen, had also written about the possibility of a “European Federation” under strict German control of course, with Berlin as its glorious power center.

NATO has provided for the international army, while the European Central Bank does the same for international finance. All these activities have been developed under the careful direction of the Bilderberg Group and subsequently carried out by its designated subdivisions.”

Authoritarianism is not new to the blue-blood lineage of continental nobility. Millenniums of succeeding empires shared the same ambition — rule the world.

The next citation provided the linkage that many “PC” armchair observers are afraid to deal with.

The David Icke Newsletter argues in the The Zionist Elephant In The Room:

“Today, Rothschild Illuminati fronts like the Council on Foreign Relations, Trilateral Commission, Bilderberg Group, Royal Institute of International Affairs, and others, still answer to the Round Table which string-pulls and coordinates from the shadows. This is why Zionists in government are invariably connected with these Rothschild-controlled organizations.

Let’s get this straight. Zionism doesn’t give a damn about Jewish people. To the Rothschilds and their Zionist gofers and thugs the Jewish people as a whole are merely cattle to be used and abused as necessary — just like the rest of the human population.

The networks of the House of Rothschild were behind Hitler and the rise of the Nazi Party in the Rothschild heartland of Germany where they had changed their name from Bauer in 18th century Frankfurt and launched the dynasty that was to control global finance.”

Under this explanation of the forbidden knowledge that if kept from your scrutiny by the mainstream press, the Bilderberg summits were protected for decades from objective observation of their agenda and strategy for implementing their New World Order absolutism.

The iconoclastic Brother Nathanael — Street Evangelist rants, “One of the Bilderberg’s deceptions is to invite insignificant leaders in the academic & scientific realms as a “decoy.” Here Are The Real Players Attending the 2008 Bilderberg & They Are Jewish Bankers:

Ben Shalom Bernanke: Chairman of the privately held US Federal Reserve Bank.

James Wolfensohn: International Jewish financier. Chairman of Wolfensohn & Company Investments. A former World Bank President, this Jew has more than 140 employees and offices in London, Tokyo and Moscow. Wolfensohn also has a banking partnership with Fuji Bank of Japan and Jacob Rothschild of Britain.

Robert Zoellick: Chairman of the US World Bank Group a covert subsidiary of the Rothschild run International Monetary Fund.

Josef Ackermann: Chairman of the Executive Committee of Deutsche Bank AG of Zurich Switzerland. Ackermann is a Rothschild partner in white collar crime.

Kenneth Jacobs: Deputy Chairman Head of Lazard Bank North America. Lazard Bank, a Rothschild associate bank, operates in 39 cities throughout North America, Europe, Australia, Asia, and South America.

David Rockefeller: Owner of Chase Manhattan Bank. Former Chairman of the Council on Foreign Relations & Founder of the Trilateral Commission. Though not a Jew, Rockefeller is a Rothschild stooge.

Now the relevant viewpoint is that the Bilderberg assembly is by invitation from the highest echelon of committed agents of globalism. Their decisions become policy and governance turns into a continuous decent into slavery. The manifestation of the Bilderberg coalition is in keeping with the Round Table, a secret society started around the turn of the 20th century by Freemason and Rothschild agent, Lord Alfred Milner, who was entrusted the mission by Cecil Rhodes.

The Anglo-American dominance of international intervention is rooted in Bilderberg discussions organized on the principle of reaching consensus for global hegemony. Pro Zionist financiers impose the objectives of the House of Rothschild upon America and England. The origins of totalitarian assimilation under the banner of the centralized authority oppression stems from the cult of the moneychangers.

Keeping informed on the latest schemes of Bilderberg 2013 In The UK with Press For Truth by watching the video is a must view. Also, follow the Bilderberg 2013 Stream page that has several links covering live feeds from the meetings. Finally, the Infowars coverage of Bilderberg with Alex Jones and David Icke promises to be groundbreaking.

Exhaustive arguments and proofs of the cataclysmic consequences coming out of every Bilderberg session encircle our globe with even incremental policy that fosters the New World Order. The names of the elites vary over time, but the globalist authoritarian culture only grows.

The fact that the exposure of the Bilderberg union is gaining traction gives solace to guardians of the human race. The sect of banksters devotion to the mischievous sprite and the dark side cannot force their tyranny on an awakened public dedicated to the defeat of the Illuminati empire.

The first step is to accept the truth that globalism is the engine of national destruction and a world governance substitute, under the control of an aristocratic bloodline, is the existential nihilist end of civilization. The Amschel Moses Rothschild — Cecil Rhodes vision of competing world dominance has merged into a technocratic intercellular substance of subjugation and extermination.

The days of allowing a massive media cover-up of the actual intentions of the Bilderberg clan are over. The alternative press has the credibility to speak truth to power. The public has the responsibility to mature emotionally and reject the delusional myths that protect the fabricated privileges of evil elites.

The secrecy of secret societies in a global telecommunication environment is doomed. Only with greater levels of planetary oppression, can the controllers of the Bilderberg fraternity maintain their cruel imperium. It is up to the citizens of the world to neuter this lineage of deranged plutocrats.

This post first appeared on the Batr.org website.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 4, 2013 at 8:48 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

A Victory for Secular Education in Italy

0

On May 26-27, Italy was focused on local elections in the capital Rome and other parts of the country. But in the northern, traditionally ‘red’ city of Bologna, a different popular vote was being held: a referendum to end a policy that has seen ever more scarce public funds being ploughed into private education.  The last time Italians were asked to vote on privatisation — in June 2011 in a national referendum over the sell-off of public water assets —  they voted 96% against. This time the vote — over nursery provision — was local and not as overwhelming, but nevertheless 59% came out in favour of channelling municipal funding solely to state schools.

The campaigners behind the referendum initiative should be cheered by the result. Starting with literally a handful of people, over the past few months more and more parents, teachers, trade unionists and other members of civil society groups joined the battle against myriad of powerful vested interests. They named their campaign after the key principle at stake — Articolo 33, a defence of constitutional law number 33 that lays down that state-run schools are open to all, and that public bodies and private individuals have the right to establish schools and education institutes, but this should be at no cost to the state.

State Education Starved of Funds

The context of the campaign is the collapsing Italian public school system, suffering from long term neglect, and since the 2008 economic crisis, brutal austerity cuts. Kindergartens and primary schools — providing childcare to children from a few months to six years old — have been among the hardest hit in the education sector.

Only 12% of these children are able to find a place in the stated school system. In the South, this drops to 7.5%. Where both parents are working, the lack of full-time places among state providers means the kids are sent to private nurseries (18.7% of the families in the South, 12.3% in the North and 13.6% in the Central region). These cost more than 500 euros a month in a country where the average wage is around 1,900 euros a month (millions earn much less). A disproportionate number in low paid jobs are women — so many choose to leave work to take care of their children, rather than having to shell out so much money.

Bologna and the Reggio model

The situation is not nearly as bad in Bologna. For decades Emilia Romagna’s kindergartens and primary schools have been emulated, within Italy and also across Europe. The ”Reggio model” (named after the city of Reggio Emilia), developed in the 1960s, is an innovative system of public, non-religious nurseries focused on art education, team work and giving children control over the direction of their learning. Despite its success and the strong reputation of many state-run nurseries in the region, in Bologna last year there was a 16% rise in women who left their job after the birth of their first child. And many of these women said this was linked to the lack of state nursery places.

While the state system continues to face budget cuts, city government funding to private schools is on the rise. And oddly for a city that was the stronghold of the Italian Communist Party (PCI) and then under the control of the Democratic Party (PD), a centre-left party, it is private and mainly Catholic schools which are being favoured.  The funding system challenged by campaigners started in the mid-1990s in local government and then guarantees to private schools for access to public funding was rolled out nationally under a centre-left administration, following legislation passed in 2000.

Profiting From Nursery Education

State funds for education, in Italy, as elsewhere, have attracted much self-serving interest. There’s big money to be made and influence to be had. Private schools can be lucrative and they are important outposts of power for the powerful Catholic church, which is the main beneficiary of public funds.

To be clear, the referendum is consultative. Its result should be taken seriously by the city government, but it cannot change policy. Furthermore, its weight depends on the number of people who voted (turnout out was around 28%). In its initial reaction, the city government  – a centre-left majority led by the Democratic Party — has used this to try and dodge the fundamental issue at stake.

However this could be risky. The 50,000 who voted to abolish state funding to private schools represent half the electorate that voted in Democrat Party mayor of Bologna, Virginio Merola, in 2011. And the poorer districts where the Democratic party is strongest, such as Borogo Panigale and San Donato, the people voted to end funding to private schools — only in the wealthy areas did the contrary vote prevail.

Public Money ‘Drugging’ Private Provision

It was in the name of this wealthy, catholic minority, in Bologna and elsewhere in the country, that a high profile media campaign was waged against the referendum by, on the centre-left, the Democrats (who, it should be noted, include former christian democrats) and on the Right, the nasty Northern League and billionaire tax evader Silvio Berlusconi, and his People of Freedom party.

The argument they peddled was that state funding to private schools would see children who currently attend private schools abandoned as the state system would not be able to cope with the increased demand. In reality, many of the kids who attend private nurseries are from well to do families and will continue being sent to them, even if fees have to go up to make up for a loss of public subsidies. Which may not be necessary if private sponsorship from mummy and daddy’s well-connected friends, or from within the Church establishment, plug that gap.

What’s more the latest figures for Bologna show that there is not only a substantial shortage of state nursery places but also a large number of unfilled places in private nurseries – evidence that private provision has been ‘drugged’ by public funds paid for by rationing in state provision. In any case, the logic of the argument pursued by the campaign’s opponents was that the Italian state cannot afford to guarantee non-religious, public education for all, regardless of the constitution. Their arguments don’t stand up, whether on principle, or the facts of the case.

Wider Implications

In the home of the Vatican, of the order of 1.5 billion euros annually is estimated to be channelled in subsidies in various guises into the Church’s private schools overall. Compare that to cuts to state education over the past four years of 3.5 billion euros. There’s money to fund state provision of all ages, it is just a political choice whether to do so or not.

The referendum’s success creates an important precedent that  could kick start a debate in Italy about a system that is funded by the taxes of the many yet that excludes the many, for the benefit of the few. Indeed, potentially a new nationwide movement in favour of non-religious state education could fuse with the broader protests against cuts in education, including in the universities, led by students, parents and teachers.

Across Europe, as spending cuts in education bite ever deeper — hitting, above all, working class kids and their life chances — privateers as well as religious and other ideologically regressive forces are pulling out the stops to protect and expand their cut of the public purse. This, small, but important victory, should provide inspiration to all progressives who want free, quality secular education for all.

Tom Gill is a London-based writer and journalist. He blogs at www.revolting-europe.com on European affairs from a radical left perspective.

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

British conman threatens to kill Harry

0

A man who has been remanded in custody in London after making threats to kill Prince Harry is a well-known con artist from Northern Ireland, local media reported.

Mark Townley, 30, appeared in Uxbridge Magistrates Court in England on May 25 after turning himself in to police for making threats to kill the third-in-line to the throne the day after the murder of Drummer Lee Rigby in Woolwich, The Belfast Telegraph reported.

Following the threat, security was tightened up around Prince Harry after Scotland Yard found Townleyâ„¢s laptop contained a history of having visited firearms and terrorist websites.

Townley, who has a long history as a conman, was remanded in custody after pleading guilty to the charges.

The Co Down man has also been known as Mark Hamill and Antonio Mendez and is now using the name Ashraf Islam following a decision to become a Muslim when he fled Northern Ireland over his latest scam.

Townley, using the name Antonio Mendez, was first convicted of fraud in Liverpool when he advertised bodyguard courses with the guarantee of security work in Iraq. Dozens of former soldiers paid a £250 registration fee, but when they turned up at an isolated Welsh beach they found there was no course and no sign of Townley.

He returned to Northern Ireland and set up a firm called National Task Force and proceeded to rip off youth, gymnastic and boxing clubs of thousands with the promise of mini buses and equipment. As his cheques bounced he fled to Dublin.

Once there he set up shop selling topless photographs to newspapers which quickly evolved into a Ëœmodel agencyâ„¢, but he fled north again after being threatened by creditors. He then set up office on the Dublin Road in Belfast offering courses in photography. Twenty six people signed up to ËœMark Hamillâ„¢ paying £150 each. When the people turned up on a Monday he was nowhere to be seen.

MOL/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Which Bilderberg name did you notice first?

0

James Higham
nourishingobscurity.com
June 4, 2013

Some days ago, this blog said the Bilderberg meetings were just theatre. What does Kissinger still have to offer, other than cheering on the latest atrocity?

However, a glance at the Bilderberg list via Wikiguido via Ian shows some other things:

Chairman: Henri de Castries, Chairman and CEO, AXA Group
George Osborne, Chancellor of the Exchequer
Ed Balls, Shadow Chancellor of the Exchequer
Kenneth Clarke, Cabinet Minister
Baroness Williams of Crosby, Member, House of Lords
Eric E. Schmidt, Executive Chairman, Google Inc.
José Manuel Barroso, President, European Commission
Timothy F Geithner, Former Secretary of the Treasury
Henry A. Kissinger, Chairman, Kissinger Associates, Inc.
Christine Lagarde, Managing Director, International Monetary Fund
Marcus Agius, Former Chairman, Barclays plc
Jeff Bezos, Founder and CEO, Amazon.com
Sherard Cowper-Coles, Business Development Director, International, BAE Systems plc
Robert Dudley, Group Chief Executive, BP plc
Thomas Enders, CEO, EADS
J. Michael Evans, Vice Chairman, Goldman Sachs & Co.
François Fillon, Former French Prime Minister
John Kerr, Independent Member, House of Lords
John Micklethwait, Editor-in-Chief, The Economist
H.R.H. Princess Beatrix of The Netherlands
David H. Petraeus, General, U.S. Army (Retired)y
Mark Rutte, Dutch Prime Minister
Peter D. Sutherland, Chairman, Goldman Sachs International

You’d possibly note Balls, Clarke and Osborne in there, some might note Barosso and Geithner but I noticed one name straight away — Fillon.  Fillon, Fillon?!  Who TF is Fillon?

Let’s go back to last year’s UMP elections, in which Copé and Fillon fought it out.   Copé announced he’d won and Fillon acted like a petulant child. At the time, I wondered how much more to it there was. The narrative clearly wanted Fillon in there. A Sarkozy henchman, Bilderberger and EUist, he was supported by the Ken Clarkes and George Osbornes of the UMP, whereas Copé represented the popular conservative vote — you know, jobs, small government, family — that sort of thing.

He is not a Bilderberger.  He is, though, called anti-Muslim, misogynist, homophobic, a right-wing extremist, a man who would “wreck” France with his extremism.   It’s quite true he feels very, very strongly about the family and jobs and France for the French. That’s oh so extreme, is it not, a veritable Hitler?

No prizes for which one I’d vote for, given the chance. In the pic at the top, Copé is the one smiling and Fillon is to the front right.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 4, 2013 at 8:27 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Police Seek To Undermine Bilderberg Gathering By Allowing Only One Portable Speaker, No Platform Or Proper Sound System

0

nw0.eu
June 4, 2018

Officers are reported to have ‘scoffed’ as they told residents that only three to four hundred people are likely to show up over Friday, Saturday and Sunday to protest at the manipulations of this despicable organisation.

Well, if The People’s Voice is still not being heard then we will have to shout even louder then. Potentially, especially on Saturday, there is a very good chance that this estimate of the turnout is going to be wildly inaccurate and the police are going to look absolutely ridiculous.

Give The People the right to a proper sound system and speaker platform and stop being silly. How much are you spending again on the security for 140 super-rich ‘elite’ bankers, corporate leaders and politicians? Millions.

Disgusting.

This is the number for Hertfordshire police to make your feelings peacefully known about this: 01707 354000. And here is their email: www.herts.police.uk/contact_us/feedback.aspx

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 4, 2013 at 8:39 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Bilderberg Authoritarianism Destroys Humanity

0

Sartre
Infowars.com
June 4, 2013

“It is difficult to re-educate people who have been brought up on nationalism to the idea of relinquishing part of their sovereignty to a supra-national body.” Prince Bernhard

Knowing the accuracy of historical reality is difficult, but accepting the truth in that chronicle is almost impossible for most people to accept. This reluctance to deal with the stark and calculated obliteration of societal freedom is the ultimate curse of the human condition. The denial of the authoritarian plan by elites like the Bilderberg cabal is the equivalent of Satan’s greatest lie, convincing us he does not exist. Well, the days of casting the smear of conspiracy over any reporting on the secret and hidden conclave of global manipulators, is officially over.

At this year’s Bilderberg conference, for the first time, there will be a Press Office — hosted by the Bilderberg Welcoming Committee — located on the hotel grounds. The aim of the Press Office will be to facilitate the mainstream and alternative media in their coverage of the meeting.

There will be liaison officers from the Hertfordshire Constabulary present in the Reception Zone for the duration of the conference.

This is the first officially sanctioned Press Office for the Bilderberg conference, and is a considerable step forward in the relations between the conference and the press.

With the dramatic public reversal of deniability of their existence and the acknowledgement that the newly elected leader of the Swedish social-democratic party, Stefan Löfven, will be the guest of Jacob Wallenberg — a prominent member of the Bilderberg steering committee, Bilderberg confirmation of the decades of reporting by the late Jim Tucker is vindicated.

Additional background and a comparison of How the media covers Bilderberg meetings and Bilderberg Propaganda Rules the Planet is worth a review. For a persuasive critique of the investigations and research of Daniel Estulin into the underlying implication of these gatherings, read the entire summary by Stephen Lendman of “The True Story of the Bilderberg Group” and What They May Be Planning Now.

“Whatever its early mission, the Group is now “a shadow world government….threaten(ing) to take away our right to direct our own destinies (by creating) a disturbing reality” very much harming the public’s welfare. In short, Bilderbergers want to supplant individual nation-state sovereignty with an all-powerful global government, corporate controlled, and check-mated by militarized enforcement.”

Even more significant is the account of the age-old struggle for global control that can be traced to the Ancient Roots of Bilderberg Reveal Prusso-Teutonic Agenda for World Domination. Author Jurriaan Maessen provides a provocative analysis.

“As Paul Joseph Watson reported in his May 11 2009 article Top Nazis Planned EU-Style Fourth Reich, top Nazi industrialists were present at the cradle of the European Union and, through the creation of the Bilderberg group, guided her growth during all stages of development into the post-war era. German industrialists, it seems, have aligned themselves with the Anglo-American establishment after the war, teaming up to form what is better known as the New World Order. As reported in the article, a group of top ranking German industrialists planned for an economic super state founded upon a common market for the whole of Europe. It has also been confirmed that the Bilderberg group had their plans for a European Union and currency in place by at least 1955.

The idea of uniting Europe in a closed trade bloc is no longer shocking if Germany assumes domination over such a bloc”, wrote one of the founding Nazi-ideologues in the 19th century. The man who arranged for Hitler to become Chancellor of Germany, Von Papen, had also written about the possibility of a “European Federation” under strict German control of course, with Berlin as its glorious power center.

NATO has provided for the international army, while the European Central Bank does the same for international finance. All these activities have been developed under the careful direction of the Bilderberg Group and subsequently carried out by its designated subdivisions.”

Authoritarianism is not new to the blue-blood lineage of continental nobility. Millenniums of succeeding empires shared the same ambition — rule the world.

The next citation provided the linkage that many “PC” armchair observers are afraid to deal with.

The David Icke Newsletter argues in the The Zionist Elephant In The Room:

“Today, Rothschild Illuminati fronts like the Council on Foreign Relations, Trilateral Commission, Bilderberg Group, Royal Institute of International Affairs, and others, still answer to the Round Table which string-pulls and coordinates from the shadows. This is why Zionists in government are invariably connected with these Rothschild-controlled organizations.

Let’s get this straight. Zionism doesn’t give a damn about Jewish people. To the Rothschilds and their Zionist gofers and thugs the Jewish people as a whole are merely cattle to be used and abused as necessary — just like the rest of the human population.

The networks of the House of Rothschild were behind Hitler and the rise of the Nazi Party in the Rothschild heartland of Germany where they had changed their name from Bauer in 18th century Frankfurt and launched the dynasty that was to control global finance.”

Under this explanation of the forbidden knowledge that if kept from your scrutiny by the mainstream press, the Bilderberg summits were protected for decades from objective observation of their agenda and strategy for implementing their New World Order absolutism.

The iconoclastic Brother Nathanael — Street Evangelist rants, “One of the Bilderberg’s deceptions is to invite insignificant leaders in the academic & scientific realms as a “decoy.” Here Are The Real Players Attending the 2008 Bilderberg & They Are Jewish Bankers:

Ben Shalom Bernanke: Chairman of the privately held US Federal Reserve Bank.

James Wolfensohn: International Jewish financier. Chairman of Wolfensohn & Company Investments. A former World Bank President, this Jew has more than 140 employees and offices in London, Tokyo and Moscow. Wolfensohn also has a banking partnership with Fuji Bank of Japan and Jacob Rothschild of Britain.

Robert Zoellick: Chairman of the US World Bank Group a covert subsidiary of the Rothschild run International Monetary Fund.

Josef Ackermann: Chairman of the Executive Committee of Deutsche Bank AG of Zurich Switzerland. Ackermann is a Rothschild partner in white collar crime.

Kenneth Jacobs: Deputy Chairman Head of Lazard Bank North America. Lazard Bank, a Rothschild associate bank, operates in 39 cities throughout North America, Europe, Australia, Asia, and South America.

David Rockefeller: Owner of Chase Manhattan Bank. Former Chairman of the Council on Foreign Relations & Founder of the Trilateral Commission. Though not a Jew, Rockefeller is a Rothschild stooge.

Now the relevant viewpoint is that the Bilderberg assembly is by invitation from the highest echelon of committed agents of globalism. Their decisions become policy and governance turns into a continuous decent into slavery. The manifestation of the Bilderberg coalition is in keeping with the Round Table, a secret society started around the turn of the 20th century by Freemason and Rothschild agent, Lord Alfred Milner, who was entrusted the mission by Cecil Rhodes.

The Anglo-American dominance of international intervention is rooted in Bilderberg discussions organized on the principle of reaching consensus for global hegemony. Pro Zionist financiers impose the objectives of the House of Rothschild upon America and England. The origins of totalitarian assimilation under the banner of the centralized authority oppression stems from the cult of the moneychangers.

Keeping informed on the latest schemes of Bilderberg 2013 In The UK with Press For Truth by watching the video is a must view. Also, follow the Bilderberg 2013 Stream page that has several links covering live feeds from the meetings. Finally, the Infowars coverage of Bilderberg with Alex Jones and David Icke promises to be groundbreaking.

Exhaustive arguments and proofs of the cataclysmic consequences coming out of every Bilderberg session encircle our globe with even incremental policy that fosters the New World Order. The names of the elites vary over time, but the globalist authoritarian culture only grows.

The fact that the exposure of the Bilderberg union is gaining traction gives solace to guardians of the human race. The sect of banksters devotion to the mischievous sprite and the dark side cannot force their tyranny on an awakened public dedicated to the defeat of the Illuminati empire.

The first step is to accept the truth that globalism is the engine of national destruction and a world governance substitute, under the control of an aristocratic bloodline, is the existential nihilist end of civilization. The Amschel Moses Rothschild — Cecil Rhodes vision of competing world dominance has merged into a technocratic intercellular substance of subjugation and extermination.

The days of allowing a massive media cover-up of the actual intentions of the Bilderberg clan are over. The alternative press has the credibility to speak truth to power. The public has the responsibility to mature emotionally and reject the delusional myths that protect the fabricated privileges of evil elites.

The secrecy of secret societies in a global telecommunication environment is doomed. Only with greater levels of planetary oppression, can the controllers of the Bilderberg fraternity maintain their cruel imperium. It is up to the citizens of the world to neuter this lineage of deranged plutocrats.

This post first appeared on the Batr.org website.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 4, 2013 at 8:48 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

A Victory for Secular Education in Italy

0

On May 26-27, Italy was focused on local elections in the capital Rome and other parts of the country. But in the northern, traditionally ‘red’ city of Bologna, a different popular vote was being held: a referendum to end a policy that has seen ever more scarce public funds being ploughed into private education.  The last time Italians were asked to vote on privatisation — in June 2011 in a national referendum over the sell-off of public water assets —  they voted 96% against. This time the vote — over nursery provision — was local and not as overwhelming, but nevertheless 59% came out in favour of channelling municipal funding solely to state schools.

The campaigners behind the referendum initiative should be cheered by the result. Starting with literally a handful of people, over the past few months more and more parents, teachers, trade unionists and other members of civil society groups joined the battle against myriad of powerful vested interests. They named their campaign after the key principle at stake — Articolo 33, a defence of constitutional law number 33 that lays down that state-run schools are open to all, and that public bodies and private individuals have the right to establish schools and education institutes, but this should be at no cost to the state.

State Education Starved of Funds

The context of the campaign is the collapsing Italian public school system, suffering from long term neglect, and since the 2008 economic crisis, brutal austerity cuts. Kindergartens and primary schools — providing childcare to children from a few months to six years old — have been among the hardest hit in the education sector.

Only 12% of these children are able to find a place in the stated school system. In the South, this drops to 7.5%. Where both parents are working, the lack of full-time places among state providers means the kids are sent to private nurseries (18.7% of the families in the South, 12.3% in the North and 13.6% in the Central region). These cost more than 500 euros a month in a country where the average wage is around 1,900 euros a month (millions earn much less). A disproportionate number in low paid jobs are women — so many choose to leave work to take care of their children, rather than having to shell out so much money.

Bologna and the Reggio model

The situation is not nearly as bad in Bologna. For decades Emilia Romagna’s kindergartens and primary schools have been emulated, within Italy and also across Europe. The ”Reggio model” (named after the city of Reggio Emilia), developed in the 1960s, is an innovative system of public, non-religious nurseries focused on art education, team work and giving children control over the direction of their learning. Despite its success and the strong reputation of many state-run nurseries in the region, in Bologna last year there was a 16% rise in women who left their job after the birth of their first child. And many of these women said this was linked to the lack of state nursery places.

While the state system continues to face budget cuts, city government funding to private schools is on the rise. And oddly for a city that was the stronghold of the Italian Communist Party (PCI) and then under the control of the Democratic Party (PD), a centre-left party, it is private and mainly Catholic schools which are being favoured.  The funding system challenged by campaigners started in the mid-1990s in local government and then guarantees to private schools for access to public funding was rolled out nationally under a centre-left administration, following legislation passed in 2000.

Profiting From Nursery Education

State funds for education, in Italy, as elsewhere, have attracted much self-serving interest. There’s big money to be made and influence to be had. Private schools can be lucrative and they are important outposts of power for the powerful Catholic church, which is the main beneficiary of public funds.

To be clear, the referendum is consultative. Its result should be taken seriously by the city government, but it cannot change policy. Furthermore, its weight depends on the number of people who voted (turnout out was around 28%). In its initial reaction, the city government  – a centre-left majority led by the Democratic Party — has used this to try and dodge the fundamental issue at stake.

However this could be risky. The 50,000 who voted to abolish state funding to private schools represent half the electorate that voted in Democrat Party mayor of Bologna, Virginio Merola, in 2011. And the poorer districts where the Democratic party is strongest, such as Borogo Panigale and San Donato, the people voted to end funding to private schools — only in the wealthy areas did the contrary vote prevail.

Public Money ‘Drugging’ Private Provision

It was in the name of this wealthy, catholic minority, in Bologna and elsewhere in the country, that a high profile media campaign was waged against the referendum by, on the centre-left, the Democrats (who, it should be noted, include former christian democrats) and on the Right, the nasty Northern League and billionaire tax evader Silvio Berlusconi, and his People of Freedom party.

The argument they peddled was that state funding to private schools would see children who currently attend private schools abandoned as the state system would not be able to cope with the increased demand. In reality, many of the kids who attend private nurseries are from well to do families and will continue being sent to them, even if fees have to go up to make up for a loss of public subsidies. Which may not be necessary if private sponsorship from mummy and daddy’s well-connected friends, or from within the Church establishment, plug that gap.

What’s more the latest figures for Bologna show that there is not only a substantial shortage of state nursery places but also a large number of unfilled places in private nurseries – evidence that private provision has been ‘drugged’ by public funds paid for by rationing in state provision. In any case, the logic of the argument pursued by the campaign’s opponents was that the Italian state cannot afford to guarantee non-religious, public education for all, regardless of the constitution. Their arguments don’t stand up, whether on principle, or the facts of the case.

Wider Implications

In the home of the Vatican, of the order of 1.5 billion euros annually is estimated to be channelled in subsidies in various guises into the Church’s private schools overall. Compare that to cuts to state education over the past four years of 3.5 billion euros. There’s money to fund state provision of all ages, it is just a political choice whether to do so or not.

The referendum’s success creates an important precedent that  could kick start a debate in Italy about a system that is funded by the taxes of the many yet that excludes the many, for the benefit of the few. Indeed, potentially a new nationwide movement in favour of non-religious state education could fuse with the broader protests against cuts in education, including in the universities, led by students, parents and teachers.

Across Europe, as spending cuts in education bite ever deeper — hitting, above all, working class kids and their life chances — privateers as well as religious and other ideologically regressive forces are pulling out the stops to protect and expand their cut of the public purse. This, small, but important victory, should provide inspiration to all progressives who want free, quality secular education for all.

Tom Gill is a London-based writer and journalist. He blogs at www.revolting-europe.com on European affairs from a radical left perspective.

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

British conman threatens to kill Harry

0

A man who has been remanded in custody in London after making threats to kill Prince Harry is a well-known con artist from Northern Ireland, local media reported.

Mark Townley, 30, appeared in Uxbridge Magistrates Court in England on May 25 after turning himself in to police for making threats to kill the third-in-line to the throne the day after the murder of Drummer Lee Rigby in Woolwich, The Belfast Telegraph reported.

Following the threat, security was tightened up around Prince Harry after Scotland Yard found Townleyâ„¢s laptop contained a history of having visited firearms and terrorist websites.

Townley, who has a long history as a conman, was remanded in custody after pleading guilty to the charges.

The Co Down man has also been known as Mark Hamill and Antonio Mendez and is now using the name Ashraf Islam following a decision to become a Muslim when he fled Northern Ireland over his latest scam.

Townley, using the name Antonio Mendez, was first convicted of fraud in Liverpool when he advertised bodyguard courses with the guarantee of security work in Iraq. Dozens of former soldiers paid a £250 registration fee, but when they turned up at an isolated Welsh beach they found there was no course and no sign of Townley.

He returned to Northern Ireland and set up a firm called National Task Force and proceeded to rip off youth, gymnastic and boxing clubs of thousands with the promise of mini buses and equipment. As his cheques bounced he fled to Dublin.

Once there he set up shop selling topless photographs to newspapers which quickly evolved into a Ëœmodel agencyâ„¢, but he fled north again after being threatened by creditors. He then set up office on the Dublin Road in Belfast offering courses in photography. Twenty six people signed up to ËœMark Hamillâ„¢ paying £150 each. When the people turned up on a Monday he was nowhere to be seen.

MOL/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Which Bilderberg name did you notice first?

0

James Higham
nourishingobscurity.com
June 4, 2013

Some days ago, this blog said the Bilderberg meetings were just theatre. What does Kissinger still have to offer, other than cheering on the latest atrocity?

However, a glance at the Bilderberg list via Wikiguido via Ian shows some other things:

Chairman: Henri de Castries, Chairman and CEO, AXA Group
George Osborne, Chancellor of the Exchequer
Ed Balls, Shadow Chancellor of the Exchequer
Kenneth Clarke, Cabinet Minister
Baroness Williams of Crosby, Member, House of Lords
Eric E. Schmidt, Executive Chairman, Google Inc.
José Manuel Barroso, President, European Commission
Timothy F Geithner, Former Secretary of the Treasury
Henry A. Kissinger, Chairman, Kissinger Associates, Inc.
Christine Lagarde, Managing Director, International Monetary Fund
Marcus Agius, Former Chairman, Barclays plc
Jeff Bezos, Founder and CEO, Amazon.com
Sherard Cowper-Coles, Business Development Director, International, BAE Systems plc
Robert Dudley, Group Chief Executive, BP plc
Thomas Enders, CEO, EADS
J. Michael Evans, Vice Chairman, Goldman Sachs & Co.
François Fillon, Former French Prime Minister
John Kerr, Independent Member, House of Lords
John Micklethwait, Editor-in-Chief, The Economist
H.R.H. Princess Beatrix of The Netherlands
David H. Petraeus, General, U.S. Army (Retired)y
Mark Rutte, Dutch Prime Minister
Peter D. Sutherland, Chairman, Goldman Sachs International

You’d possibly note Balls, Clarke and Osborne in there, some might note Barosso and Geithner but I noticed one name straight away — Fillon.  Fillon, Fillon?!  Who TF is Fillon?

Let’s go back to last year’s UMP elections, in which Copé and Fillon fought it out.   Copé announced he’d won and Fillon acted like a petulant child. At the time, I wondered how much more to it there was. The narrative clearly wanted Fillon in there. A Sarkozy henchman, Bilderberger and EUist, he was supported by the Ken Clarkes and George Osbornes of the UMP, whereas Copé represented the popular conservative vote — you know, jobs, small government, family — that sort of thing.

He is not a Bilderberger.  He is, though, called anti-Muslim, misogynist, homophobic, a right-wing extremist, a man who would “wreck” France with his extremism.   It’s quite true he feels very, very strongly about the family and jobs and France for the French. That’s oh so extreme, is it not, a veritable Hitler?

No prizes for which one I’d vote for, given the chance. In the pic at the top, Copé is the one smiling and Fillon is to the front right.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 4, 2013 at 8:27 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Everyone at Bilderberg, the world’s most elite conference

0

David Yanofsky
qz.com
June 4, 20134

In a world where anyone who’s willing to pay can attend the World Economic Forum, where are the global elite supposed to gather and discuss matters too private for the 2,630 who gather in Davos, Switzerland? One answer is the Bilderberg Meeting, which starts Thursday at an undisclosed location in Hertfordshire, a county in southern England.

Originally established in 1954 and named for the hotel in which the first gathering occured, Bilderberg is held annually with little fanfare, intense secrecy, and high security. The stated mission is to “foster dialogue between Europe and North America.”

It was only recently that the Bilderberg Group, which organizes the meeting, released details about the event to the public. The organization recently posted a list of this year’s 138 attendees along with ”key topics for discussion,” which include “How big data is changing almost everything” and “Online education: promise and impacts.”

Attending this year’s meeting is a rarefied set of current and former executives, academics, and government officials: Klaus Kleinfeld, chairman and CEO of Alcoa; Mario Monti, former prime minister of Italy; Tim Geithner, former US Treasury secretary; to name a few.

Twenty-three financial institutions are represented, including Goldman Sachs (through its chairman Peter Sutherland), Thiel Capital (founder Peter Theil), and Lazard (CEO Kenneth Jacobs). Henry Kravis, co-founder of private equity firm KKR, is listed, as well.

From media, John Micklethwait the Economist’s editor-in-chief, is attending. So are Washington Post Co. CEO Donald Graham, Financial Times columnist Martin Wolf, and Grupo PRISA executive chairman Juan Luis Cebrián.

There are three attendees from Harvard University, two from Stanford, and one from both Oxford and Princeton.

  • A d v e r t i s e m e n t

Bilderberg Group says it only invites delegates from North America and Europe. That evidently includes Turkey, which has six attendees this year, according to our analysis.

The exclusion of other areas of the world means that the discussion of “Developments in the Middle East” will go forward next weekend with Turkish delegates as the only Middle Eastern voices. “Africa’s challenges” will be discussed without anyone from that continent. And “Cyber warfare and the proliferation of asymmetric threats” will be debated without a Chinese or Russian viewpoint.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 4, 2013 at 8:18 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Bilderberg guest list includes George Osborne and Ed Balls

0

Ben Quinn
guardian.co.uk
June 4, 2013

George Osborne and his Labour shadow, Ed Balls, are on a list of those attending this week’s UK summit of the secretive Bilderberg group alongside the heads of Amazon and Google, both of which are under unprecedented political pressure over their companies’ aggressive tax avoidance policies.

Jeff Bezos, Amazon’s founder and chief executive, and Google’s executive chairman, Eric Schmidt, will rub shoulders with dozens of other figures from the global political and financial elite at the annual four-day meeting of the organisation, this year held near Watford. The group’s lack of transparency has long caused critics to characterise it as a secretive cabal.

A list of about 140 participants, made up almost overwhelmingly of white males but described as “a diverse group of political leaders and experts from industry”, was published on Monday by the organisation. It included only 14 women. The organisation said that those attending the summit at the Grove hotel would discuss topics including “jobs, entitlement and debt”, “how big data is changing almost everything” and “can the US and Europe grow faster and create jobs?”

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 4, 2013 at 8:12 am






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Meet the Doctor Big Pharma Can't Shut Up

0

May 30, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

For the last 33 years, David Healy, an Irish psychiatrist and professor at Cardiff University School of Medicine in Wales, has written heavily researched university press books and academic journal articles on various aspects of psychopharmaceuticals. His output includes 20 books, 150 peer-reviewed papers and 200 other published works. He is not only well-pedigreed, with degrees and fellowships from Dublin, Galway and Cambridge medical schools, he is a widely recognized expert in both the history and the science of neurochemistry and psychopharmacology.

Yet Healy says his output and reputation have had little to no effect–both on the pharmaceutical industry he argues buries relevant information about prescription drug harms, and on the psychiatric and medical professions he claims are being “eclipsed” by drug companies.

“It’s been clear to me that writing books or articles banging on the risks and hazards of drugs is just going to increase the sale of drugs,” said Healy, who speaks calmly, dresses mostly in black and looks a bit like Rod Serling.

Rather than write another university publication, Healy has taken his frustration to the street. In November, he launched a nonprofit website called Rxisk.org with a group of like-minded and highly credentialed international colleagues. The site aggregates FDA data about prescription drug side effects and urges patients to submit a detailed report on their own pharmaceutical drug reactions.

Healy is not the first psychiatrist to express boiling frustration with the pharmaceutical industry or to pen dire warnings about drug-based healthcare. He is joined by people like American psychiatrist Peter Breggin, who has written several books critical of “biological psychiatry,” and Irving Kirsch, who directs the Program in Placebo Studies at Harvard Medical School/Beth Israel Deaconess Medical School and is best known for The Emperor’s New Drugs: Exploding the Antidepressant Myth. Healy is the author of such dire sounding titles as Pharmageddon and Let Them Eat Prozac: The Unhealthy Relationship Between the Pharmaceutical Industry and Depression.

For years, it was fairly easy for people in the pharmaceutical and medical industries to label Healy, Kirsch and Breggin as alarmists. But two summers ago, one of the most prominent members of U.S. medical establishment, Marcia Angell, former editor-in-chief of New England Journal of Medicine, published an article damning the over-prescription of psychoactive drugs. In two essays in the June 23, 2011 and July 14, 2011 New York Review of Books, Angell backed arguments by the university clinician Kirsh, the mental heath journalist Robert Whitaker, and Boston psychiatrist Daniel Carlat that there is something extremely suspicious about the following trends: the number of people treated for depression has tripled since the launch of Prozac in 1987; 10 percent of Americans over age six are taking antidepressants; and 30 antipsychotics like Risperdal, Zyprexa and Seroquel are replacing cholesterol-lowering agents as the top-selling class of drugs in the U.S., largely because they are being prescribed to children.

Angell’s articles should have been a bomb on the medical establishment. She wrote:

“The industry-sponsored studies usually cited to support psychoactive drugs–and they are the ones that are selectively published–tend to be short-term, designed to favor the drug, and show benefits so small that they are unlikely to outweigh the long-term harms. … Both the pharmaceutical industry and the psychiatry profession have strong financial interests in convincing the public that drug treatment is safe and the most effective treatment for mental illnesses, and they also have an interest in expanding the definitions of mental illness.”

But like Healy, Angell’s warnings have fallen on deaf ears. Recent data indicates that U.S. prescription drug use is growing. The September 2012 Consumer Reports National Research Center report found that among the 46 percent of American adults taking prescription drugs, a fourth of those ages 18 to 39 regularly take two prescription drugs, indicating that multiple drug use is no longer confined to older Americans. Congressional testimony in 2012 by the American Society of Interventional Pain Physicians revealed that Americans consume 80 percent of opiate painkillers produced in the world. And a January 2011 report from Stanford University Medical School warned that antispychotics are now regularly being prescribed to treat conditions for which they have not been approved, including anxiety, attention-deficit disorder, sleep difficulties, behavioral problems in toddlers and dementia.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Give Nutrition a Chance

0

CounterPunch is popular because it addresses topics that are either largely ignored by the mainstream media or incorrectly written about. Herewith I present a topic even more avoided than CounterPunch’s choices: the strong correlation between animal protein and disease, discussed by nutrition researcher Colin Campbell in his new book, “Whole”. The subject may even make some of my fellow Counterpunch readers uncomfortable.

Colin Campbell’s research career in the field of Nutrition culminated in his China Study, the largest study of diet and nutrition ever made, which he (and son Tom) described in their 2005 book of the same name. His research identified animal protein—which includes all milk products—as being correlated with all the major diseases, and recommends a whole foods plant based (WFPB) diet as the best for human health. The China Study results were as conclusive as such research can provide.

Although it should follow that such findings are of the utmost importance, they have been basically ignored by the mainstream media, the medical and health communities, and even by scientists. Despite this, “The China Study” has been consistently popular with the general public and is one of Amazon’s 10 best sellers in the last 10 years. Nevertheless, the daily talk we hear about diet, nutrition, weight loss, etc. is pretty much a waste of time, and the phrase “good diet” has come to be meaningless.

Colin Campbell has now published a follow-up to “The China Study” entitled “Whole”, subtitled “Rethinking the Science of Nutrition”. Where “The China Study” told of his research results, “Whole” addresses the reasons why they have been ignored, and discusses this in the context of a number of areas, including the way doctoring and medical research are now being conducted. One can easily guess some of those reasons for his work being ignored: imagine the damage to the meat, dairy, medical, hospital, and pharmaceutical industries if the WFPB diet that he recommends were widely followed and there were, say, half as many cancer deaths each year. This is not a fanciful surmise; his research findings makes it easy to believe that a widespread following of his WFPB diet could lead to such results. Campbell’s and others research indicates that diet not only can prevent cancer and other major diseases but that it can reverse it. Such findings are not considered at all in the our medical treatments for health.

Another reason for the avoidance of serious discussion about his research can be summarized very simply by the story he tells of a talk he gave at an international scientific meeting in Korea on animal protein and cancer. After the talk, a colleague got up and said, “Colin, you’re taking away my favorite foods”. This explains in a nutshell perhaps the major reason for the resistance he faces.

There is far more discussed in “Whole” than the obvious, American marketplace reasons for his being ignored. Campbell goes into an in-depth discussion of the paradigms that prevail and direct not only how research is done, which shows how our thinking in all areas is controlled by the current paradigms of any given area. The two that he encountered early in his research (and that are still prevalent) are that protein is the key factor in our nutrition and that animals are the best source for it. His initial tasks thus involved countering those two entrenched beliefs; an uphill battle right from the start. Accepting paradigms is always an easy way out.

An even more important fact to be addressed in nutrition research is that it must necessarily be about the whole body, i.e. must be “wholistic”, whereas the basic approach to scientific research is reductionist. He explains reductionism best with the example of an elephant being examined by a group of scientists. Each one examines a specific part:, trunk,, tail, leg, etc. Large amounts of data are collected and a great many specific details are known about the elephant, but none of the scientists knows about the whole elephant. Although reductionism is a proper approach for some research undertakings, it is not the way to study nutrition. The question to be answered is: how does a recommended diet affect the whole body’s health? An example of the reductionist approach in our daily lives is the way our health problems are handled by our doctor. Doctoring today involves responding to specific symptoms with a drug that alleviates those symptoms. If that first drug causes unpleasant side effects or does not work a second one may be prescribed. At no time is the whole body’s health considered.

The drug industries’ dominant position in treating health problems gives them power to influence the way health research is conducted. It is mostly reductionist research—what drug will counteract a specific symptom of a specific disease—and it’s main goal is, of course, making a profit. Thoughts of disease prevention do not fit in. Cancer research today is basically involved with (money-making) cancer treatments; new chemotherapy drugs, radiation treatments, and surgical methods, and much of that research has its beginnings at the government’s largest place of research, the National Institutes of Health, which is funded by our tax dollars. There is intense competition for research dollars and the overwhelming portion, because of drug industry influence, is granted to reductionist endeavors. Nutrition’s portion of the NIH budget is around 2%.

A major competitor to adoption of the WFPB diet is the recently emerged supplement industry. It came into being around 30 years ago when the government came out with its recommended daily allowances (RDA) of vitamins. Immediately companies began extracting these vitamins from whole foods and publicizing their containing the needed RDAs. The negative effects of poor eating habits supposedly could be overcome with the proper vitamin pills.

Over two-thirds of American adults take vitamin supplements, which are a perfect example of reductionism. Specific “active” ingredients are identified, then extracted and provided for in pills. Rather than eating an apple, one can supposedly get its main components in a pill. There are lots of problems with that, the main one being that an apple contains far more—probably hundreds more—ingredients than those few that have been identified, and that multitude of items act together, holistically, to give us all the nutrition contained in an apple. Taking vitamins C and A as separate entities and assuming that this gives anything close to the nutrition from an apple is pretty absurd. But the supplement industry is firmly established and, despite the many scientific studies showing their products lack of worth, it continues unabated, with its heavy advertising and heavy profits. (Someone who might be bit suspicious of its claims might also think that, well, vitamins couldn’t hurt. That turns out not to be true, with many examples of illnesses from vitamin overdoses.)

Campbell’s basic recommendation of a WFPB diet is not only best for our health, leading to an enormous saving in the medical costs associated with the major diseases, but it presents the major way of addressing the protection of the environment. All the ills connected with raising livestock—its enormous requirements for fossil fuel, grain, and water and the resulting deforestation—make it a bigger danger to the environment than even driving cars. Al Gore’s documentary about saving the environment, “An Inconvenient Truth”, which featured such recommendations as using more efficient light bulbs, etc., conveniently left eliminating animal protein from the diet out of the suggested listing of solutions .

Campbell mentions a seemingly very positive meeting of environmentalists that he attended; everyone supposedly had the right outlook on how to protect the environment; biodegradable plates were used at the meal, etc. However, when it came to the eating part of the event, practically everyone was consuming a meat and dairy-laden meal. Somehow no one there had connected the problems of protecting the environment with cattle-raising, or if they did, their desire for meat overrode, at the time, their feelings for the environment. Things cannot get better that way.

Back to the real world after finishing the book. On a recently televised baseball game, a big sign behind home plate reads: “Support the Fred Hutchinson Cancer Research Center.” A fan wearing a tee-shirt with big writing: “Support Childhood Diabetes Research”. Who could not support that?

It’s a tough world, if you know too much.

Marvin Shapiro can be reached at: mbs31@cox.net

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Double-Think on China at the Washington Post

0

Sometimes, as an observer of the news, one comes across a particular opinion column that is so brazen, so audacious, that one must stare at the headline for thirty seconds or so, simply to make sure it’s not a hallucination. Such was my experience this morning when I saw that Fred Hiatt wrote a column for The Washington Post titled “Will Xi Jinping’s ‘Chinese dream’ include the rule of law?” Irony is officially dead.

Hiatt, for those who don’t know, is the editorial page editor at the Post, and someone who lives and breathes for war. Not in the sense that he has ever volunteered to go fight in one, of course. That’s for Other People to do. Hiatt prefers to fight the good fight from his comfortable D.C. office. There’s much more money and prestige in doing it that way.

One must stipulate that, while he loves war with all of his heart, Hiatt, like all serious, sophisticated, reasonable Beltway intellectuals, has at times seemed fairly torn on the far more perplexing issue of torture. Whether or not to flagrantly violate domestic and international law and disregard the most basic conceptions of human morality by torturing other people — this always represented a profound moral quandary for the intellectual class. Hiatt did eventually make his thoughts on this matter clear, though, by hiring an absolute lunatic by the name of Marc Thiessen to grace the pages of his newspaper’s prestigious opinion section; Thiessen mostly used his space to explain why torture is so awesome and underrated.

We do know, beyond a reasonable doubt, that Fred Hiatt does not believe in the rule of law. In enthusiastically supporting the attack on Iraq, which, as a war of aggression, constituted the “supreme international crime,” Hiatt forever forfeited any right to even talk about the rule of law. One doesn’t get to cheerlead, fanatically, for the most colossal international crime in a generation, and maintain any credibility on “the rule of law.” This cannot really be debated, unless one also wants to argue in favor of consulting Bill Clinton on marital fidelity, or O.J. Simpson on domestic tranquility.

Hiatt, though, is evidently very concerned about the future of the rule of law. Not in the United States, naturally, but, rather, in China. In his new column, Hiatt worries that China, under Xi, might continue its heinous “bullying” in the international arena and its regular flouting of international norms. Fred Hiatt just hates when countries do this. He encourages President Obama — the man who refuses to investigate and prosecute the torturers and killers of the Bush administration on the astonishing grounds that it’s preferable to Look Forward, Not Backward — to lecture the Chinese on appreciating the rule of law and respecting human rights. Hiatt sternly warns the Chinese that they risk losing the “trust” of the United States if they don’t cease their unconscionable imprisonment of peaceful activists and their disregard for due process. He writes this as peaceful American activist Bradley Manning, after sitting in a cage for more than two years, is now going on trial for the offense of telling people about his country’s war crimes, and as more than 100 prisoners of the United States continue to wage a hunger streak to protest their lack of due process. Hiatt has apparently, through some sort of mental process, airbrushed both stories from his brain, despite the fact that both are currently receiving an astounding amount of international attention.

This column represents one of the most exquisite examples of Orwell’s “doublethink” in recent memory.

Justin Doolittle writes a political blog called Crimethink. He has an M.A. in public policy from Stony Brook University and a B.A. in political science from Coastal Carolina University.

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

‘Enrichment should reach full capacity’

0

Presidential candidate Saeed Jalili addresses a group of his supporters in the southwestern city of Ahvaz on June 3, 2013.

Presidential candidate Saeed Jalili says uranium enrichment activities of the Islamic Republic of Iran should reach full capacity.

Addressing a group of his supporters in the southwestern city of Ahvaz on Monday evening, the secretary of the Supreme National Security Council said Tehran is now among the top ten nuclear nations in the world due to its resistance and young scientists.

The chief nuclear negotiator further noted that Iran’s enemies are using the nuclear energy issue as a pretext to threaten and pressure Iran.

The United States, Israel, and some of their allies have repeatedly accused Iran of pursuing non-civilian objectives in its nuclear energy program.

Iran rejects the allegation, arguing that as a committed signatory to the Non-Proliferation Treaty and a member of the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA), it has the right to use nuclear technology for peaceful purposes.

Jalili warned that crude oil reserves will eventually dry up and therefore Iran should make every effort to wean its economy off petrodollars.

He said it is possible to curb consumer price hikes by keeping liquidity in check and boosting domestic production.

Tehran Mayor Mohammad Baqer Qalibaf, President of the Center for Strategic Research of the Expediency Council Hassan Rohani, MP Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel, former Foreign Minister Ali Akbar Velayati, Expediency Council Secretary Mohsen Rezaei, former First Vice President Mohammad Reza Aref, and former Telecommunications Minister Mohammad Gharazi are Jaliliâ„¢s seven rivals.

Iranians will go to the polls in the countryâ„¢s 11th presidential election on June 14.

Nearly 50.5 million Iranians are eligible to vote in the upcoming presidential election, with more than 1.6 million first-time voters.

MP/KA/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

The Monsanto Engame: Genetically Engineered Wheat in Oregon, Concerns of Contamination across North America

0

by National Farmers Union (Canada)

Unapproved GE Wheat Found on Oregon Farm Raises Contamination Concerns

May 30, 2013

(Saskatoon) — Genetically engineered (GE) winter wheat was found in the USA this spring when an Oregon farmer noticed volunteer wheat that survived after he sprayed with glyphosate (Roundup) in preparation for spring seeding. Yesterday, the USDA confirmed that it is Monsanto’s Roundup Ready Wheat, which has not been approved in the USA or anywhere else in the world. The GE wheat was tested in experimental field plots in 16 states between 1998 and 2005. The last test in Oregon was in 2001.

“Of course the first thing that comes to mind on hearing this news is the GE Triffid flax contamination disaster, which cost Canadian farmers multi millions of dollars in lost sales, reduced prices, testing and massive efforts to eradicate the rogue seed from our system ten years after we thought we had gotten rid of it by getting it de-registered and destroying seed stocks before it went to market,” said Terry Boehm, National Farmers Union President. “Now, unfortunately, American farmers may well be facing the same type of situation with their winter wheat.”

“It is highly unlikely that this particular US contamination problem has spread to Canada because of our strict rules around importation of seed, however, it is both a warning and a lesson for Canada’s regulatory system,” Boehm continued. “Monsanto was allowed to do field testing of Roundup Ready wheat in Alberta, Saskatchewan and Manitoba from 1998 until 2004. It was only after intense pressure from farmers that the Canadian Food Inspection Agency tightened up the GE wheat testing protocol to somewhat reduce the risk of contamination.”

American wheat farmers are now very worried about losing export markets and suffering price discounts as a result of this confirmed contamination incident. If this happens, their losses could be enormous.

“Consider the liability issues. Why is a biotech company such as Monsanto allowed get away with setting loose their unapproved genetic material via experimental field tests and yet pay none of the consequences when it escapes?” asked Glenn Tait, NFU Board member. “The market impacts of contamination are always borne by farmers who had no say in whether, how, or where these field tests took place. This is an injustice and it is not acceptable.”

Canada’s legal system does not address GE contamination liability matters, nor does the regulatory system consider the market impacts of genetically engineered crops or the effects of contamination on farmers who choose not to grow them. “Canada should not allow any new GE crops — such as Roundup Ready Alfalfa – to be field tested, approved or sold until the regulatory system is revamped to take both market issues and contamination risks seriously.”

For more information:

Terry Boehm, President: (306) 255-2880, (306) 257-3689 or (306) 255-7638 (cell)

Glenn Tait, NFU Board Member: (306) 481-4449

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Everyone at Bilderberg, the world’s most elite conference

0

David Yanofsky
qz.com
June 4, 20134

In a world where anyone who’s willing to pay can attend the World Economic Forum, where are the global elite supposed to gather and discuss matters too private for the 2,630 who gather in Davos, Switzerland? One answer is the Bilderberg Meeting, which starts Thursday at an undisclosed location in Hertfordshire, a county in southern England.

Originally established in 1954 and named for the hotel in which the first gathering occured, Bilderberg is held annually with little fanfare, intense secrecy, and high security. The stated mission is to “foster dialogue between Europe and North America.”

It was only recently that the Bilderberg Group, which organizes the meeting, released details about the event to the public. The organization recently posted a list of this year’s 138 attendees along with ”key topics for discussion,” which include “How big data is changing almost everything” and “Online education: promise and impacts.”

Attending this year’s meeting is a rarefied set of current and former executives, academics, and government officials: Klaus Kleinfeld, chairman and CEO of Alcoa; Mario Monti, former prime minister of Italy; Tim Geithner, former US Treasury secretary; to name a few.

Twenty-three financial institutions are represented, including Goldman Sachs (through its chairman Peter Sutherland), Thiel Capital (founder Peter Theil), and Lazard (CEO Kenneth Jacobs). Henry Kravis, co-founder of private equity firm KKR, is listed, as well.

From media, John Micklethwait the Economist’s editor-in-chief, is attending. So are Washington Post Co. CEO Donald Graham, Financial Times columnist Martin Wolf, and Grupo PRISA executive chairman Juan Luis Cebrián.

There are three attendees from Harvard University, two from Stanford, and one from both Oxford and Princeton.

  • A d v e r t i s e m e n t

Bilderberg Group says it only invites delegates from North America and Europe. That evidently includes Turkey, which has six attendees this year, according to our analysis.

The exclusion of other areas of the world means that the discussion of “Developments in the Middle East” will go forward next weekend with Turkish delegates as the only Middle Eastern voices. “Africa’s challenges” will be discussed without anyone from that continent. And “Cyber warfare and the proliferation of asymmetric threats” will be debated without a Chinese or Russian viewpoint.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 4, 2013 at 8:18 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Syria and the Sham of Humanitarian Intervention

0

I continue to be amazed with the ease with which the dividing line is blurred between what is real and what is fiction in the reporting on Syria by the Western media. The press in the U.S. continues to dutifully report on the “objective diplomacy” by the Obama administration to broker a “peaceful” resolution to the conflict in Syria. However, those stories of noble and innocent efforts to avert the catastrophic human suffering that has eventually engulfed Syria has sanitized the bloody complicity of U.S. policy. Diplomacy, for the U.S., has meant calling for regime change from the outset and then encouraging Qatar, Saudi Arabia and Israel, their client states in the region, to arm, train and provide political support for a military campaign with the objective of effectively dismembering the Syria State.

Two years later, with tens of thousands killed, millions uprooted and the delicate social fabric of the country shredded by sectarian brutality, the next phase in the propaganda war leading to more direct intervention by the West to finish off the regime is being organized in the form of a peace conference scheduled to take place in June.

Co-sponsored by Russia with a stake in maintaining the integrity of the Syria State, the U.S. approach to the conference, however, gives the impression that the gathering is a charade meant to mollify those elements in the U.S. Congress and public still hesitant to support another expensive military adventure. The U.S. demand that a peaceful solution to the conflict is predicated on a “transitional government” being established in which Assad should play no role, means effectively that there will be no serious attempt to resolve the conflict short of regime change and the surrendering of Syrian sovereignty. The U.S. position also confirms the real objective of the conference which is to justify more direct military intervention by the U.S. once the conference “fails” to bring peace.

While this is absolutely clear for many people around the world, the U.S. public, along with much of what used to be called the progressive and/or radical sectors, continue to be hoodwinked by some of the most crude and obvious manipulation I have ever witnessed. It was precisely the smooth efficiency with which the public was being manipulated that motivated me to write an earlier article on Syria that attempted to offer an explanation for the reasons why U.S. State propagandists, and I include the mainstream media in this category, have been so successful in confusing the general public and dividing the anti-war, anti-imperialist movement.

I believe part of their success has been due to the fact that they have used the concept of humanitarian intervention as one of their main tools. In my article, I made the argument that humanitarian intervention, along with the concept of the “right to protect” (R2P) has developed into the most effective ideological weapon the liberal human rights community provided Western imperialism since the fall of the Soviet State. Humanitarian intervention has proven to be an even more valuable propaganda tool than the “war on terror,” because as the situation in Libya and now Syria has demonstrated, it provides a moral justification for imperialist intervention that can also accommodate the presence of the same “terrorist” forces the U.S. pretends to be opposed to. And of course, in the eyes of the U.S. government, tyrannical and dictatorial governments that need to be deposed are only those that present an obstacle to the realization of U.S. geo/political interests–never those paragons of freedom and morality like Saudi Arabia and Israel.

As I said in my earlier article:

“Humanitarian intervention provided the U.S. State the perfect ideological cover and internal rationalization to continue as the global “gendarme” of the capitalist order. By providing the human rights rationale for the assertion that the “international community” had a moral and legal responsibility to protect a threatened people, mainstream human rights activists effectuated a shift in the discourse on international human rights that moved the R2P assertion from a contested legal and moral augment to a common-sense assumption. And because of their limited perspective, it did not occur to any of these theoreticians that what they propagated was a thinly updated version of the “white man’s burden.” The NATO intervention in Bosnia and Kosovo, the assault on Iraq to “save” the Iraqi people from Saddam Hussein, and most recently the NATO attack on Libya that brought to power a rag-tag assortment of anti-African racists, have solidified the idea among many in the U.S. that humanitarian intervention to protect human rights through aggressive war is justifiable. The consequence of this for U.S. policy makers and for the likely targets of U.S. aggression in the global South is that if properly framed, war could be moved back to the center of strategic options without much fear of a backlash from the American people–a development especially important for a declining power that appears to have concluded that it will use military means to attempt to maintain its global empire.”

The propagandists of the U.S. war strategy have been spectacularly successful in inculcating this shift in consciousness in the general population and the self-muting of the anti-war and anti-imperialist movements in the West, with the exception of a few organizations. The assertion of the right to unilaterally attack any State that it deems unfit for sovereignty is not a new articulation of White supremacist, imperialist ideology but in this current period where there are few constraints on the global exercise of “White power,” the internalization of this position by the European and U.S. publics, irrespective of ethnicity or race, has made the world a much more dangerous place for Black and Brown people: 50,000 killed in Libya, 80,000 in Syria, 1,000,000 in Iraq, and 30,000 in Afghanistan.

The normalization of war as a contemporary expression of the West’s responsibility to bring liberal democracy and capitalist freedom to the non-White hordes, and the fact that most of the people being killed in the process of “being saved” by the West are non-European, is a graphic confirmation of the White supremacist assumptions of humanitarian intervention. The people being “saved” by the West are framed as people who would embrace the Western way of life if given a choice. That is why Madeline Albright could say with a straight face that the “price was worth it” in response to the 500,000 children that died in Iraq as a result of U.S. sanctions.

So as the U.S. government prepares to wage war in Syria, the imperative for all of us who believe in peace and fundamental human rights is to attempt to persuade as many people as possible to choose peace instead of the war objectives of the 1%. The Syrian government has a significant social base that is made up of Alawites, Druze, Christians and significant numbers of Sunnis who fear the takeover of the country by Islamic fundamentalists. This is a fact that is being hidden from the public in the U.S. Those in the U.S. who would like to see an end to the bloodshed in Syria, and I believe that is the majority of people, should call on their representatives to support real initiatives for peace that respect the sovereignty of Syria and the desires of all of the people in that country.

But really what the people of Syria and the world want and many have demanded, is for the U.S. and its Western allies — the minority who make up 10% of the world but pretend to be the world — to intervene into their own societies who are experiencing their own humanitarian crisis brought on by a moribund capitalism and leave the rest of the world alone.

Ajamu Baraka was the founding Director of the US Human Rights Network ( USHRN ). Baraka is currently an Associate Fellow at the Institute for Policy Studies (IPS) and is editing a new book on human rights in the U.S. entitled: “The Struggle for a People-Centered Human Rights: Voices from the Field.”  He can be reached at Ajamubaraka.com

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Plant Growth Surges As CO2 Levels Rise

0

http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/plant_growth_surges_as_co2_levels_rise_20130604/

Posted on Jun 4, 2013

This article originally appeared on: TruthDig

The (Less Than) Eternal Sea

0

http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/the_less_than_eternal_sea_20130604/

Posted on Jun 4, 2013

This article originally appeared on: TruthDig

“The Monsanto Protection Plan”: Monsanto’s Deception Game on GMO in Europe

0

On May 31 world media headlines read similar to this from Reuters: “Monsanto backing away from GMO crops in Europe.” The original source for the story is attributed to a German left daily, TAZ which printed excerpts from an interview with an official spokeswoman of Monsanto Germany.

 Ursula Lüttmer-Ouazane reportedly told Taz “We’ve come to the conclusion that this has no broad acceptance at the moment.” Her remarks were circulated worldwide and Reuters interviewed Monsanto corporate spokesman Thomas Helscher who reportedly said, “We’re going to sell the GM seeds only where they enjoy broad farmer support, broad political support and a functioning regulatory system. As far as we’re convinced this only applies to a few countries in Europe today, primarily Spain and Portugal.” [1]

 Before the world opens the champagne to celebrate the death of GMO and its paired herbicides such as Roundup, it is worthwhile to look more closely at what was officially said and what not.

 What Monsanto itself says

 A visit to the official website of Monsanto Germany presents an official company press release referring to the media statements:

“Aktuell überschlagen sich die Medien mit der Nachricht, dass Monsanto die Vermarktung von gentechnisch verbessertem Saatgut in Deutschland und Europa eingestellt haben soll.

Das stimmt so nicht. Monsanto bietet schon seit einigen Jahren nur dort gentechnisch verbesserte Sorten an, wo ein funktionierendes Zulassungssystem und breite Unterstützung auf landwirtschaftlicher und politischer Ebene für die Technologie vorhanden ist. Aber grundsätzlich ist es richtig, dass Monsanto sich in Deutschland und Europa auf die Züchtung und Verkauf von konventionellem Saatgut und Pflanzenschutzmitteln konzentriert.” [2]

Translated, the essential part says,

”Right now the media is flooded with reports that Monsanto has stopped the marketing of GMO seeds in Germany and the EU. That is not correct…”

Then on the parent website of Monsanto in St. Louis, the following statement appears:

“We have a robust business selling high-quality, conventional corn, oilseed rape and vegetable seeds to our farmer customers in Europe. We’ve been telling people in Europe for several years now that we’ll only sell biotech seeds where they enjoy broad farmer support, broad political support and a functioning regulatory system. These conditions apply only to a few countries in Europe today, primarily Spain and Portugal. As Hugh Grant, our CEO told the Financial Times in 2009, ‘Europe’s going to make up its own mind in its own time.’ The only GM trait grown in Europe today is a corn resistant to the European corn borer, an insect that can do considerable damage to crops. Its cultivation accounts for less than 1% of the all corn cultivated in Europe (by hectares).” [3]

Both statements are worth closer attention.

First the German statement is a bit different from the US version. It officially denies as false the press reports that they have ceased marketing of GMO seeds in the EU.

Second, their statement that they concentrate on breeding and sale of conventional seeds and plant protection chemicals is nothing other than a description of what the present status of Monsanto sales in the EU, nothing more. Because of the limited use so far of Monsanto GMO seeds in the EU, Monsanto business by definition is focuses now where it earns money.

However the “plant protection chemicals” Monsanto refers to are primarily its own Roundup herbicide, which by license agreement with farmers must be sold paired with all Monsanto GMO seeds, but is also the number one weed killer sold in Europe and the world. It has also been proven to be highly toxic even to human embryo cells.

 The US statement has interesting important differences. First it gives no hint of any change in Monsanto policy towards spreading GMO seeds in the EU. It states explicitly they will continue to spread GMO seeds in Spain and Portugal, both EU countries. And it cites chairman Hugh Grant, not to be confused with the Hollywood actor, indicating the company expects the EU to come around on allowing its GMO. And it cites the present status of its GMO corn in the EU. Nothing more. No statement of a stop to GMO in the EU.

 Suspicious Timing…

 Yet for most of the world who don’t have time to research the official statements of Monsanto but merely glance at a Reuters or TAZ headline, the message has been delivered that Monsanto has given up its EU effort on proliferating its GMO seeds. The timing of the TAZ interview is suggestive of what seems to be a carefully orchestrated Monsanto PR deception campaign. The TAZ original by writer Jost Maurin appeared on the same day, May 31, less than one week after March against Monsanto , a worldwide protest demonstrations against Monsanto, took place in more than 400 cities in some 52 countries around the world. [4] The TAZ article that was then used as reference for all world media after, appeared under the emotional and factually misleading headline: Sieg für Anti-Gentech-Bewegung: Monsanto gibt Europa auf (Victory for anti-GMO Movement: Monsanto Gives up Europe).

The March against Monsanto was notable in several key respects. Most alarming for Monsanto and the GMO cartel was the fact that it was the first such demonstration not organized by anti-GMO NGOs such as Greenpeace or BUND or Friends of the Earth. In Germany where this author participated as a speaker in one of the events, it was all organized by concerned activists via facebook. But the NGOs who formally oppose GMO were reportedly nowhere to be found as sponsors or even reportedly as active organizers.

That march presented Monsanto and friends with a frightening new element–the danger that that grass roots anti-GMO protest would spread and make life even more difficult for GMO proliferation in Africa, in China, India, Latin America and of course eastern and western Europe. All indications are that the timing of the well-formulated TAZ interview, notably with a left newspaper openly opposed to Monsanto GMO, was an orchestrated attempt to “manage perceptions” and take the headwind out of the sails of the growing anti-GMO sentiment in the EU and abroad. For the moment, Monsanto has gained a tactical victory in propaganda points as the broad public takes the retreat at face value. As one experienced opponent of Monsanto GMO put it, it bears all the hallmarks of a slick PR campaign, “like a Burson & Marsteller tactic that applies to many controversial bad practices and part of why it works is that it takes a long time to build consumer/activist energy and momentum, whereas the PR-company can start on a very short runway …”

What Monsanto has not done is to recall its already commercialized GMO Maize in the EU, that despite damning independent scientific study of some 200 rats over a two year span showing rats fed GMO maize and Monsanto Roundup herbicide showed dramatically more cancer tumors, higher death rates and organ damage compared with non-GMO-fed rats.[5]

Moreover, Monsanto openly admits it is pushing its way deep into the eastern European market for seeds, though mentioning only conventional seeds. Monsanto Vice President for International Corporate Affairs, Jesus Madrazo,  stated that the company has been focusing on gaining market share in the conventional corn market in Ukraine, and that Eastern Europe and South America are key growth areas for the company now.

Then in the USA, it has leaked out that Monsanto directly worked with its apparent current favorite US Senator, Roy Blunt, a Republican from Monsanto’s home state of Missouri and one of the major recipients of Monsanto campaign finance, to draft for Blunt an obscure paragraph Blunt got into a spending bill, a bombshell that exempts Monsanto from being sued for any damage its crops or chemicals cause.[6]

Called by opponents the Monsanto Protection Act, many members of Congress were apparently unaware that the Monsanto Protection Act was a part of the spending bill that they were voting on. The Monsanto bill, signed into law by President Obama despite hundreds of thousands of protest petitions not to, essentially gives Monsanto and other GMO purveyors legal immunity, even if future research shows that GMO seeds cause significant health problems, cancer, anything. The federal courts no longer have any power to stop their spread, use, or sales. [7] The only other corporations in the US enjoying such outrageous legal immunity are the pharmaceutical vaccine makers.

What we have is a quite different picture from the slick spin reported by TAZ and from there picked up worldwide uncritically by mainstream media. Monsanto by its own open admission has not ceased marketing its GMO products and herbicides in the EU. It has not ceased imports of its GMO soybeans and GMO corn into the EU where it has managed to escape the EU GMO labeling law.

Monsanto also states it is concentrating on building market share in eastern Europe, where often regulators are more “relaxed” and in the notoriously corrupt Ukraine. They do not deny promoting GMOs there either; rather they state positively their focus on conventional seeds only. Simply put, the geopolitical stakes behind Monsanto and the attempt to control the world’s most vital seeds of life are far too high for the company to raise the white flag of surrender so easily.

A Monsanto precedent

There is a relevant precedent for this Monsanto PR deception campaign. In 1999, after months of growing worldwide anti-Monsanto protest over the fact Monsanto had made a takeover bid to buy Mississippi company, Delta & Pine Land in order to acquire Delta’s patent on a radical new GMO technique known officially as GURTS (Genetic Use Restriction Technology) and popularly as Terminator technology. Delta has won a patent together with the US Government’s USDA for the Terminator. It would force a GMO seed or plant to “commit suicide” after only one harvest, forcing the farmer to return each year to Monsanto to buy new seeds regardless the price or availability.

The Terminator image threatened to derail the entire fledgling GMO project at the outset such that Rockefeller University President and GMO financial sponsor, Gordon Conway, president of the Rockefeller Foundation, made a rush visit to meet Monsanto’s board and convince them to make what was a tactical retreat in order to limit damage to a very fragile GMO campaign worldwide. Monsanto announced, deceptively it proved, that it would not pursue “commercialization” of Terminator technology and it dropped its takeover bid for patent holder Delta & Pine Land. The anti-GMO NGOs claimed a huge victory and nothing was heard for seven years until, with no fanfare, in 2006 Monsanto announced it was acquiring Terminator patent co-holder Delta & Pine Land. This time there was scarcely a peep from the anti-GMO lobby. They had lost momentum and the deal went ahead. [8]

It remains to be seen if the forces for healthy non-GMO agriculture today prove as gullible as in 1999.

Notes

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

UN fails to determine perpetrator of Syria chemical attacks, urges on-site inquiry

0

A UN probe has failed to establish which side in the Syrian conflict used chemical weapons, but has “reasonable grounds” to believe that such attacks, though limited scale, took place. The investigators were not able to visit Syria for the probe.

The UN launched its investigation into four alleged incidents in
which chemical weapons were used in war-torn Syria in March and
April. Rebel forces and the Syrian government have accused each
other of perpetrating the attacks.

“There are reasonable grounds to believe that limited
quantities of toxic chemicals were used. It has not been
possible, on the evidence available, to determine the precise
chemical agents used, their delivery systems or the
perpetrator,”
Paulo Pinheiro, who chairs the UN commission of
inquiry, told a news conference in Geneva.

The conclusion is based on witness accounts and video footage.
The UN team, which included more than 20 investigators, spoke to
witnesses in neighboring countries and some in Syria via Skype.
It also examined video evidence, including footage from YouTube.

The commission said that an on-site investigation at the
locations of the suspected attacks, which would include taking
samples, is needed for more conclusive findings. Damascus has
denied entry to UN experts, citing concerns over their safety and
objectivity.

“We do not trust the American and British experts from a
political point of view,”
Syrian Information Minister Omran
Ahed al-Zouabi told RT at the time. “We also do not trust their
qualifications. Their aim is to juggle with facts.”

“We won’t mind if Russians would be among the experts, quite
the contrary, we only welcome this idea. We are quite sure in
their high qualification and ability to clearly see into such
matters,”
al-Zouabi added. “Russian and Chinese experts
were not included in the team to ensure it was unbiased, the
United Nations said.

Unofficially, Syria has also voiced concerns that international
investigators may gather intelligence that would later be leaked
to rebel forces, or to their supporters outside Syria.

In late May, Turkish media reported that a 2kg cylinder of toxic
sarin gas was confiscated by national security forces at the home
of members of the Nusra Front Islamist group, which is fighting
against the Syrian government. Syrian news agency SANA also
reported in early June that government troops seized a small
amount of the chemical from a Nusra Front cache.

As the UN probe was underway in May, lead investigator Carla Del
Ponte said their findings showed the rebels were behind at least
one of the attacks. “This was use on the part of the
opposition, the rebels, not by the government authorities,”

Del Ponte told Swiss TV.

The UN commission also said they found plentiful evidence of
atrocities not related to the use of chemical weapons. Both the
government and various rebel groups are committing such crimes,
the commission report said, putting greater blame on the Syrian
government. The experts called on the UN Security Council to
ensure that those guilty of war crimes and crimes against
humanity are held accountable.

The Syrian conflict has continued for more than two years, with
the UN estimating that over 80,000 have died from the violence so
far. Hundreds of thousands of Syrians have fled to neighboring
countries, or were internally displaced.

The US and Israel both said that the use of chemical weapons by
Damascus against rebels would be a ‘red line,’ which would
justify direct intervention into the crisis. Russia has
maintained that conclusive evidence of any alleged atrocities is
needed, and called for thorough investigation of all reports.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Palestinians as Fall Guys, Again

0

Under heavy pressure from the US, the Israeli prime minister, Benjamin Netanyahu, has paid grudging lip service over the past four years to the goal of Palestinian statehood. But his real agenda was always transparent: not statehood, but what he termed “economic peace”.

Ordinary Palestinians, in Netanyahu’s view, can be pacified with crumbs from the master’s table: fewer checkpoints, extra jobs and trading opportunities, and a gradual, if limited, improvement in living standards. All of this buys time for Israel to expand the settlements, cementing its hold over the West Bank and East Jerusalem.

After 20 years of pursuing Palestinian statehood implied in the Oslo Accords, the US indicated last week it was switching horses. It appears to be adopting Netanyahu’s model of “economic peace”.

The US secretary of state, John Kerry, flanked by the Israeli president, Shimon Peres, and the Palestinian Authority chairman, Mahmoud Abbas, at the World Economic Forum in Jordan, revealed an economic programme for getting peace talks on track.

Some 300 Israeli and Palestinian business people were on board, he said, and would invest heavily in the Palestinian economy in a venture that was “bigger, bolder and more ambitious than anything since the Oslo accords”.

No more details were forthcoming, except that it will be overseen by Tony Blair, Britain’s former prime minister who has been the Quartet representative, the international community’s “man in Jerusalem”, since 2007.

He is a strange choice indeed, given that the Palestinian leadership has publicly dismissed him as “Israel’s defence attorney” and privately argued – as revealed in the Palestine Papers leaked in 2011 – that he advocates “an apartheid-like approach to dealing with the occupied West Bank”.

Kerry’s claims for his programme were grand yet vague. Some $4 billion in private investment over three years would boost the Palestinian economy by 50 per cent; agricultural production and tourism would triple; unemployment fall by two-thirds; wages rise by 40 per cent; and 100,000 homes would be built.

But the proposal left few impressed, and for good reason.

Kerry is simply repackaging the task Blair was entrusted with six years ago. His job has been to develop the Palestinian economy and build up Palestinian institutions in preparation for eventual statehood, so far to little effect.

As David Horovitz, editor of the right wing Times of Israel newspaper, scoffed: “If there was $4 billion to be had in private investment in the Palestinian economy, you can rest assured that Tony Blair would have found it.”

Or seen another way, the Palestinian economy’s problem is not a lack of investment; it is a lack of viable opportunities for investment. Palestinians have no control over their borders, airspace, radio frequencies, water and other natural resources, not even over the currency or internal movement of goods and people. Everything depends on Israel’s good will. And few investors will be prepared to bet on that. Israel has repeatedly shown itself more than ready to crush the PA’s finances by, for example, withholding Palestinian tax revenues it collects and is mandated to pass on.

Blair’s role has been heavily criticised because his narrow focus on economic development has not only failed to foster a climate conducive to talks but has served as cover for Israel and Washington’s inaction on Palestinian statehood. Instead of rethinking Blair’s failed mandate, Kerry appears set on perpetuating and expanding it.

Abdallah Abdallah, a senior Fatah official, summed up the Palestinian response: “We are not animals that only want food. We are a people struggling for freedom”.

Israel, meanwhile, is only too ready to push Kerry down this hopeless path.

From Israel’s perspective, the US plan usefully distracts attention from the Arab Peace Initiative, the Arab states’ renewed offer last month of full diplomatic relations with Israel in return for its withdrawal from most of the occupied territories.

Netanyahu, worried the offer might corner him into serious talks, has responded with stony silence. At the same time, Yair Lapid, the supposedly centrist finance minister who was originally promoted by the West as a peacemaker, has squashed the idea of a deal with the Palestinians as unrealistic. He told the New York Times last month that he supported expanding the settlements.

Israel, it seems, hopes that the Palestinian Authority, now permanently mired in financial crisis, can be arm-twisted with promises of billions of dollars in sweeteners. According to Palestinian sources, Abbas is facing intense pressure from the US, with the Kerry plan intended to leverage him into dropping his condition that Israel freeze settlement growth before negotiations restart.

Israel is keen to win that concession. Despite reports that Netanyahu has quietly promised the Americans he will avoid embarrassing them for the next few weeks with announcements of settlement building, a rash of projects is in the pipeline.

At the weekend, media reports disclosed a plan for 300 new homes in East Jerusalem, while nearly 800 more are to be released for sale. Several settlement outposts established without authorisation from the Israeli government are expected to be made legal retrospectively, including hundreds of homes in Eli, near Ramallah.

Reuters reported yesterday that Kerry expects a decision on restarting peace talks within two weeks — or, his officials say, he will walk away from the peace process. He told a meeting of the American Jewish Committee the same day: “If we do not succeed now, we may not get another chance.”

For Netanyahu, such threats are hollow. If the US absents itself from the conflict, Israel will simply be left with a freer hand to intensify its subjugation of the Palestinians and the theft of their land.

Even though much more is at stake for the Palestinians, the PA has so far been quietly dismissive of the Kerry plan. It has stated it will not make “political concessions in exchange for economic benefits” — a diplomatic way of saying it will not be bribed to sell out on statehood.

But the real danger for the Palestinians, as they remember only too well from the 2000 Camp David talks, is that they are being set up as the fall guy. Should they refuse to sign up to the latest version of economic peace, Israel and the US will be only too ready to blame them for their intransigence.

This is win-win for Netanyahu, and another moment of disastrous slippage in the diplomatic process for the Palestinians.

Jonathan Cook won the Martha Gellhorn Special Prize for Journalism. His latest books are “Israel and the Clash of Civilisations: Iraq, Iran and the Plan to Remake the Middle East” (Pluto Press) and “Disappearing Palestine: Israel’s Experiments in Human Despair” (Zed Books).  His new website is www.jonathan-cook.net.

A version of this article first appeared in The National, Abu Dhabi.

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

W. Virginia Professor Says NRA Members Deserve Firing Squad For Treason

0

Infowars.com
June 4, 2013

In an op/ed article for the Charleston Gazette, Christopher Swindell, a journalism professor at Marshall University in West Virginia, says NRA advocates are a treasonous bunch and they should all be executed before a firing squad.

In his article, Swindell says, “Watching the celebration at the NRA convention over the defeat of background checks was the most nauseating experience of the day.”

Swindell goes on to explain that he’s not a “New York gun control liberal.” He says he supports having a shotgun for home defense, a handgun for limited conceal/carry, and having an assortment of hunting rifles.

But, he says the gun safety debate is “B.S.” “This foaming at the mouth, Obamar is coming for the guns, Nanny Bloomberg is a bad billionaire, and most despicable of all, those survivors and victims are pawns in the liberal agenda is knuckle-dragging Cretan talk.”

And then Swindell really gets riled up:

“Here it is. The NRA advocates armed rebellion against the duly elected government of the United States of America. That’s treason, and it’s worthy of the firing squad. The B.S. needs a serious gut check. We are not a tin pot banana republic where machine gun toting rebel groups storm the palace and depose the dictator.”

“We put the president in the White House. To support the new NRA president’s agenda of arming the populace for confrontation with the government is bloody treason. And many invite it gladly as if the African-American president we voted for is somehow infringing on their Constitutional rights.”

  • A d v e r t i s e m e n t

Swindell says he’s normally a peaceable man, but in this case he’s willing to “answer the call to defend the country. From them.”

Referring to Toby Keith’s “Courtesy of the Red, White and Blue”, Swindell says instead of putting a boot in your –, “It’ll be an M1A Abrams tank, supported by an F22 Raptor squadron with Hellfire missiles. Try treason on for size. See how that suits. And their assault arsenal and RPGs won’t do them any good.”

Swindell calls on the 85% of Americans who support restrictive background checks to step forward and make gun safety a deciding issue for 2014, because, he says, “The NRA certainly has.”

“And when the next domestic terrorist with an assault rifle comes along, we can blame the leaders and fringe of the NRA for arming them.”

I don’t know what’s scarier, Swindell’s hate-infused ideology or the fact that there’s a newspaper in West Virginia that saw no problem with printing Swindell’s hellfire and brimstone opinion — or the fact that Swindell is responsible for educating the youth of America.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 4, 2013 at 7:59 am

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Congressional Report Proves Taxpayers Are Subsidizing Wal-Mart Employees

0

Infowars.com
June 4, 2013

A Congressional report released Thursday confirms what many Americans have suspected all along: Taxpayers are subsidizing Wal-Mart’s workforce. The running-joke that says “for every dollar you save at Wal-Mart you spend two dollars more in taxes” isn’t far off the mark.

The report, prepared by Democrats in the House Committee on Education and the Workforce, focused on “Wal-Mart’s low wages and their effect on taxpayers and economic growth” and found that Wal-Mart pays its employees such low wages they can’t even afford the necessities of life, and taxpayers are forced to pick up the tab.

“Taxpayer-funded public benefit programs make up the difference between Wal-Mart’s low wages and the costs of subsistence.”

The report analyzed data released by Wisconsin’s Medicaid program, because Wisconsin had the most recent information, and their findings were appalling.

They estimate that a single 300-person Wal-Mart Supercenter store in Wisconsin likely costs taxpayers at least $904,542 per year. And if you add in the fact that many Wal-Mart employees who receive Medicaid benefits also benefit from other taxpayer-funded programs such as food stamps, WIC, and other federal aid, the total cost to taxpayers is more like $1,744,590 per year — about $5,815 per Walmart employee — and that’s just for one store.

According to the report, Walmart employs approximately 1.4 million American workers. Multiply that by $5,815 per worker and the total is almost $82 billion annually that Americans pay to keep Wal-Mart workers from starving to death.

Meanwhile, back in Bentonville, the Walton family now has a combined wealth of more than $89.5 billion and the company grossed $17 billion in profits in 2012.

  • A d v e r t i s e m e n t

The report comes just as Senators Tom Harkin (D-Iowa) and George Miller (D-Calif.) have introduced legislation to raise the federal minimum was limit to $10.10 per hour. But, it’s not Wal-Mart’s low wages alone that keep their employees living below the poverty level. The company also limits access to full-time employment.

Limiting a large percentage of their employees to less than 30 hours per week means Wal-Mart can avoid paying for comprehensive health insurance plans for most of their associates. While Wal-Mart claims that fewer than half its hourly workforce is part-time, according to the report, “Data Wal-Mart reported to the Partnership for a healthy America revealed that it recently hired 6,758 employees to work in ‘newly built or existing expanded/remodeled stores’” and “a majority (3,537) were hired on a part-time basis.”

For those employees who are scheduled more than 30 hours per week, Wal-Mart’s healthcare plan is still out of reach because wages are so low. Consequently, even full-time employees often have to rely on federal programs just to survive.

The report makes several recommendations, such as raising the minimum wage, hiring more full-time employees, better training, less gender discrimination, and so on, but we all know nothing’s going to come of this report. After all, the Walton’s have their very own Congressional representative, Republican Steve Womack of Bentonville, Ark.

The idea that Wal-Mart employees can just up and quit and go somewhere else if they aren’t making enough money doesn’t work. In suburban and rural areas, Wal-Mart is often the largest employer around and they set the status quo for wages. In larger metropolitan areas, unemployment is already so high, where else would they all go?

But American consumers have grown comfortable shopping at Wal-Mart. They can find everything they need (but not necessarily everything they want, and there’s certainly not much of a selection) and they believe they’re getting it at the best price in town. Too bad more consumers don’t understand that for every dollar they save at Wal-Mart they’re sending $2 more to Uncle Sam.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 4, 2013 at 7:48 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Auto Draft

0

Ben Quinn
guardian.co.uk
June 4, 2013

George Osborne and his Labour shadow, Ed Balls, are on a list of those attending this week’s UK summit of the secretive Bilderberg group alongside the heads of Amazon and Google, both of which are under unprecedented political pressure over their companies’ aggressive tax avoidance policies.

Jeff Bezos, Amazon’s founder and chief executive, and Google’s executive chairman, Eric Schmidt, will rub shoulders with dozens of other figures from the global political and financial elite at the annual four-day meeting of the organisation, this year held near Watford. The group’s lack of transparency has long caused critics to characterise it as a secretive cabal.

A list of about 140 participants, made up almost overwhelmingly of white males but described as “a diverse group of political leaders and experts from industry”, was published on Monday by the organisation. It included only 14 women. The organisation said that those attending the summit at the Grove hotel would discuss topics including “jobs, entitlement and debt”, “how big data is changing almost everything” and “can the US and Europe grow faster and create jobs?”

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 4, 2013 at 8:12 am






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

As UN Warns of 'Human Costs,' US Sends More Weapons to Syria Border

0

Despite a warning in a new UN report Syria saying “there is a human cost to the increased availability of weapons” inside the war torn country, the US is sending more military hardware into the region by stationing Patriot missile batteries and F-16 fighter jets in neighboring Jordan.

Though the Pentagon says the weapons are being sent for military exercises, indications were also made that the weapons could remain for an extended period.

As Al-Jazeera reports:

The decision to possibly station F-16s and missile batteries in Jordan will fuel speculation of a potential US military intervention, which the White House so far has described as a remote possibility.

Patriot missiles are designed to shoot down Scud or other short-range missiles, known to be in the Assad regime’s arsenal.

Tensions rose between the US, Russia, and other nations early last week when Russia said it would send advanced missiles systems to the embattled government of President Bashar al-Assad, which only built on larger concerns that the internal Syrian struggle would spiral into a larger regional conflict as those backing different factions inside the country jockeyed for position and traded threats over weapon shipments.

The UN report released on Tuesday sought to address earlier ‘murky’ reports about use of chemical weapons inside Syria. Though the investigation found evidence that some ‘limited‘ forms of poisonous agents may have been used, the extent and details of their deployment remained largely unclear.

As the Guardian reports:

UN investigators say there are reasonable grounds to believe that limited quantities of toxic chemicals have been used in at least four attacks in Syria‘s civil war, but said more evidence is needed to determine the precise substances or who used them.

The UN commission of inquiry said it needed to test samples taken directly from victims or the site of the alleged attacks. It called on Damascus to allow a team of experts into the country.

The commission’s report to the UN human rights council on violations in Syria’s conflict accused both sides of committing war crimes. In an apparent message to European countries considering arming Syrian rebels, the report warned that the transfer of arms would heighten the risk of violations, leading to more civilian deaths and injuries.

“War crimes and crimes against humanity have become a daily reality in Syria where the harrowing accounts of victims have seared themselves on our conscience,” the report said. “There is a human cost to the increased availability of weapons,” it added.

_______________________________________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Libyan Rebels and International Criminal Court (ICC) Battle Over Seif al-Islam, Gaddafi’s Son

0

A disagreement between the International Criminal Court (ICC) and the current Libyan government has highlighted the crises that have worsened during the post-Gaddafi era in the North African state of Libya. Seif al-Islam Gaddafi, the son of the martyred leader of Libya, has been held nearly two years by a militia group in Zintan in the western region of the country.

Seif was captured after the United States and NATO supported rebels had seized control of the capital of Tripoli and the city of Sirte, which held out for eight months against rebel attacks and a massive bombing campaign that resulted in 26,000 sorties and 9,600 airstrikes between March 19 and October 31 of 2011. In addition to Seif al-Islam, thousands of people are still being held illegally inside the country.

During the course of the war against Libya, the ICC initiated a perfunctory “investigation” into alleged human rights violations and crimes against humanity. The charges which resulted from these ICC activities were related to the Libyan government’s defense against the western-backed rebels and the U.S.-NATO airstrikes which caused an estimated 50,000-100,000 deaths and the displacement of two million Libyans and foreign nationals.

Libya prior to the war had the most prosperous state in Africa with living standards that rivaled those in western industrialized states. The political system of Jamahiriya, which was based on local governing councils, provided food, housing, land, medical services and education as part of the social rights inherited by the Libyan people.

Today, since the toppling of the previous government, Libya has become a source of instability and economic underdevelopment both domestically and regionally. Armed militias roam the cities and countryside carrying out atrocities against civilians.

With the failure of the General National Congress (GNC), the new political system inside the country, to provide security and social services to the majority of the Libyan people, it will be impossible for Seif al-Islam to receive any semblance of justice relying on the almost non-existent criminal justice structures. Access to legal advice, bond hearings and a reasonable method of determining the legitimacy of the charges being brought against Seif al-Islam and other political prisoners inside Libya is completely absent.

Even during 2012, when a delegation of ICC legal observers visited Seif al-Islam who was being held by the militia, several of their personnel were detained by the rebels. It was only through international pressure that these individuals were released.

ICC Orders Rebel Government to Handover Seif al-Islam

After determining that the legal and political system in Libya cannot provide the necessary resources for a trial, the ICC has demanded that the GNC and the militia group holding Seif al-Islam hand him over to the international body based in The Hague. The GNC government in Libya has rejected this decision and has launched an appeal against the entire process.

“We will give what is needed to convince the ICC that Libya is capable of conducting a fair trial in accordance with international standards,” Justice Minister Salah al-Marghani told the official GNC news agency. “Libya will appeal the decision … A team of Libyan and international experts is working on preparing the appeal.” (Telegraph, UK, June 3)

This challenge by the post-Gaddafi regime in Libya is taking place at the same time that the African Union (AU) recently condemned the role that the ICC is playing on the continent. At the AU Jubilee Summit in Addis Ababa, Ethiopia in May, a draft resolution was discussed which would have called for the withdrawal of African states from the Rome Statute, the document which provided the legal basis for the creation of the ICC.

What eventually was agreed upon at the AU Summit was, in the case of Kenya, that the ICC should remand the case back to Nairobi for resolution. AU Commission Chair, Dr. Nkosazana Dlamini-Zuma, stated that since Kenya had adopted a new constitution and held internationally-supervised elections, then the country should be allowed to address the charges brought by the ICC against President Uhuru Kenyatta and Deputy President William Ruto.

Charges against President Kenyatta and Deputy President Ruto stemmed from the post-election violence in Kenya during 2007-2008 where over 1,000 people were killed. Both Kenyatta and Ruto have pledged to cooperate with the ICC which has refused to drop the charges or follow the recommendations from the AU Summit.

The New York-based group Human Rights Watch (HRW), which also played a role in attempts to isolate the Libyan government under Gaddafi, issued a statement supporting the ICC position saying that the GNC regime should abide by their wishes. However, HRW has said very little about the gross human rights violations being carried out by the western-backed regime in Tripoli or the imperialist states that routinely abuse civilians in Afghanistan, Yemen, Somalia and Pakistan.

Both the ICC and the GNC regime in Libya have no right to place Seif al-Islam on trial. The ICC is clearly biased against African governments and rebel leaders who are their sole pre-occupation. It is the role of the ICC in Africa through its attacks against the leaders of Sudan, Libya and Kenya that has drawn such harsh criticism by the AU.

Imperialist leaders and their allies have not been targeted for investigation or prosecution by the ICC despite all of the well-documented war crimes and crimes against humanity committed by the U.S., Britain, France, Israel and various NATO states. The ICC has been utilized to bolster imperialist aims and objectives internationally and this is being carried out while the U.S. and other western states are not even signatories to the Rome Statute and are therefore exempt from review by the ICC.

The only real just settlement of the legal crises in Libya would come from a popular movement for the removal of the current regime and the holding of internationally-monitored elections where a government of the people could be created. Since the war in 2011, those loyal to the Jamahiriya have been banned from the political process.

Within the new political dispensation even those who were former members of the Gaddafi government have been forced to resign by legislative action that was prompted by armed actions from various rebel militias. Even though these individuals had long turned their backs on the Libyan people and joined the counter-revolution sponsored by the U.S. and NATO, they have still been forced to leave any positions of putative authority inside the country.

Short of a people’s revolution in Libya, Seif al-Islam and the thousands of other political prisoners should be released and given an option to take up residence in a third country where their safety could be ensured. The western-backed GNC rebels are actively hunting down former members of the Gaddafi government who have taken refuge in Niger, Mauritania, Egypt, South Africa and other African states.

The political atmosphere inside Libya is turning violently against the U.S.-backed GNC forces. Attacks have been carried out against the U.S. compound in Benghazi last September as well as other diplomatic outposts from the Western European nations that participated in the overthrow of the Gaddafi government in 2011.

Developments in Libya illustrate clearly the bankruptcy of U.S. and NATO foreign policy in Africa. The imperialists have nothing to offer the people of Africa and other parts of the world except poverty, internal divisions, political chaos and perpetual insecurity and war.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Congressional Report Proves Taxpayers Are Subsidizing Wal-Mart Employees

0

Infowars.com
June 4, 2013

A Congressional report released Thursday confirms what many Americans have suspected all along: Taxpayers are subsidizing Wal-Mart’s workforce. The running-joke that says “for every dollar you save at Wal-Mart you spend two dollars more in taxes” isn’t far off the mark.

The report, prepared by Democrats in the House Committee on Education and the Workforce, focused on “Wal-Mart’s low wages and their effect on taxpayers and economic growth” and found that Wal-Mart pays its employees such low wages they can’t even afford the necessities of life, and taxpayers are forced to pick up the tab.

“Taxpayer-funded public benefit programs make up the difference between Wal-Mart’s low wages and the costs of subsistence.”

The report analyzed data released by Wisconsin’s Medicaid program, because Wisconsin had the most recent information, and their findings were appalling.

They estimate that a single 300-person Wal-Mart Supercenter store in Wisconsin likely costs taxpayers at least $904,542 per year. And if you add in the fact that many Wal-Mart employees who receive Medicaid benefits also benefit from other taxpayer-funded programs such as food stamps, WIC, and other federal aid, the total cost to taxpayers is more like $1,744,590 per year — about $5,815 per Walmart employee — and that’s just for one store.

According to the report, Walmart employs approximately 1.4 million American workers. Multiply that by $5,815 per worker and the total is almost $82 billion annually that Americans pay to keep Wal-Mart workers from starving to death.

Meanwhile, back in Bentonville, the Walton family now has a combined wealth of more than $89.5 billion and the company grossed $17 billion in profits in 2012.

  • A d v e r t i s e m e n t

The report comes just as Senators Tom Harkin (D-Iowa) and George Miller (D-Calif.) have introduced legislation to raise the federal minimum was limit to $10.10 per hour. But, it’s not Wal-Mart’s low wages alone that keep their employees living below the poverty level. The company also limits access to full-time employment.

Limiting a large percentage of their employees to less than 30 hours per week means Wal-Mart can avoid paying for comprehensive health insurance plans for most of their associates. While Wal-Mart claims that fewer than half its hourly workforce is part-time, according to the report, “Data Wal-Mart reported to the Partnership for a healthy America revealed that it recently hired 6,758 employees to work in ‘newly built or existing expanded/remodeled stores’” and “a majority (3,537) were hired on a part-time basis.”

For those employees who are scheduled more than 30 hours per week, Wal-Mart’s healthcare plan is still out of reach because wages are so low. Consequently, even full-time employees often have to rely on federal programs just to survive.

The report makes several recommendations, such as raising the minimum wage, hiring more full-time employees, better training, less gender discrimination, and so on, but we all know nothing’s going to come of this report. After all, the Walton’s have their very own Congressional representative, Republican Steve Womack of Bentonville, Ark.

The idea that Wal-Mart employees can just up and quit and go somewhere else if they aren’t making enough money doesn’t work. In suburban and rural areas, Wal-Mart is often the largest employer around and they set the status quo for wages. In larger metropolitan areas, unemployment is already so high, where else would they all go?

But American consumers have grown comfortable shopping at Wal-Mart. They can find everything they need (but not necessarily everything they want, and there’s certainly not much of a selection) and they believe they’re getting it at the best price in town. Too bad more consumers don’t understand that for every dollar they save at Wal-Mart they’re sending $2 more to Uncle Sam.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 4, 2013 at 7:48 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Bradley Manning’s Legal Duty to Expose War Crimes

0

Although whistleblower Bradley Manning pled guilty to 10 offenses that will garner him 20 years in custody, military prosecutors are pursuing further charges — aiding the enemy and violation of the Espionage Act — that carry life in prison.

The court-martial of Bradley Manning, the most significant whistleblower case since Daniel Ellsberg leaked the Pentagon Papers, has begun. Although Manning pled guilty earlier this year to 10 offenses that will garner him 20 years in custody, military prosecutors insist on pursuing charges of aiding the enemy and violation of the Espionage Act, carrying life in prison.

The Obama administration, which has prosecuted more whistleblowers under the Espionage Act than all prior presidencies combined, seeks to send a strong message to would-be whistleblowers to keep their mouths shut.

A legal duty to report war crimes

Manning is charged with crimes for sending hundreds of thousands of classified files, documents and videos, including the “Collateral Murder” video, the “Iraq War Logs,” the “Afghan War Logs” and State Department cables to Wikileaks. Many of the things he transmitted contain evidence of war crimes.

The “Collateral Murder” video depicts a US Apache attack helicopter killing 12 civilians and wounding two children on the ground in Baghdad in 2007. The helicopter then fired on and killed the people trying to rescue the wounded. Finally, a US tank drove over one of the bodies, cutting the man in half. These acts constitute three separate war crimes.

Manning fulfilled his legal duty to report war crimes. He complied with his legal duty to obey lawful orders but also his legal duty to disobey unlawful orders.

Section 499 of the Army Field Manual states, “Every violation of the law of war is a war crime.” The law of war is contained in the Geneva Conventions.

Article 85 of the First Protocol to the Geneva Conventions describes making the civilian population or individual civilians the object of attack as a grave breach. The firing on and killing of civilians shown in the “Collateral Murder” video violated this provision of Geneva.

Common Article 3 of the Geneva Conventions requires that the wounded be collected and cared for. Article 17 of the First Protocol states that the civilian population “shall be permitted, even on their own initiative, to collect and care for the wounded.” That article also says, “No one shall be harmed . . . for such humanitarian acts.” The firing on rescuers portrayed in the “Collateral Murder” video violates these provisions of Geneva.

Finally, Section 27-10 of the Army Field Manual states that “maltreatment of dead bodies” is a war crime. When the Army jeep drove over the dead body, it violated this provision.

Enshrined in the US Army Subject Schedule No. 27-1 is “the obligation to report all violations of the law of war.” At his guilty plea hearing, Manning explained that he had gone to his chain of command and asked them to investigate the “Collateral Murder” video and other “war porn,” but his superiors refused. “I was disturbed by the response to injured children,” Manning stated. He was also bothered by the soldiers depicted in the video who “seemed to not value human life by referring to [their targets] as ‘dead bastards.’ ”

The Uniform Code of Military Justice sets forth the duty of a service member to obey lawful orders. But that duty includes the concomitant duty to disobey unlawful orders. An order not to reveal classified information that contains evidence of war crimes would be an unlawful order. Manning had a legal duty to reveal the commission of war crimes.

Bradley Manning (Image by Jared Rodriguez / Truthout)

No reason to believe leak could harm US or aid foreign power

To prove Manning violated the Espionage Act, prosecutors must prove beyond a reasonable doubt that he had “reason to believe” the files could be used to harm the United States or aid a foreign power. When he pled guilty, Manning stated, “I believed if the public, particularly the American public, could see this, it could spark a debate on the military and our foreign policy in general as it applied to Iraq and Afghanistan.” He added, “It might cause society to reconsider the need to engage in counterterrorism while ignoring the situation of the people we engaged with every day.” These are hardly the words of a man who thought his actions could harm the United States or help a foreign power. To the contrary. Manning will be permitted to introduce evidence about his belief that certain documents would not cause harm to national security if publicly released. It was after Wikileaks published evidence of the commission of war crimes against the Iraqi people that Iraq refused to grant criminal and civil immunity to US troops if their stay in Iraq was prolonged, causing Obama to withdraw them from Iraq. This saved myriad American and Iraqi lives.

Making an example: cruel, inhuman and degrading treatment

Manning was 22 years old when he courageously committed the acts for which he stands criminally accused. For the first 11 months of his confinement, he was held in solitary confinement and subjected to humiliating forced nudity during inspection. In fact, Juan Mendez, UN special rapporteur on torture, characterized the treatment of Manning as cruel, inhuman and degrading. He said, “I conclude that the 11 months under conditions of solitary confinement (regardless of the name given to his regime by the prison authorities) constitutes, at a minimum, cruel, inhuman and degrading treatment in violation of article 16 of the Convention against Torture. If the effects in regards to pain and suffering inflicted on Manning were more severe, they could constitute torture.” Mendez could not conclusively say Manning’s treatment amounted to torture because he was denied permission to visit Manning under acceptable circumstances. Mendez also concluded that, “Imposing seriously punitive conditions of detention on someone who has not been found guilty of any crime is a violation of his right to physical and psychological integrity as well as of his presumption of innocence.”

Obama himself has also violated Manning’s presumption of innocence, saying two years ago that Manning “broke the law.” But although the Constitution requires the President to enforce the laws, Obama refuses to allow the officials and lawyers from the Bush administration who sanctioned and carried out a regime of torture — which constitutes a war crime under Geneva — to be held legally accountable. Apparently if Bradley Manning had committed war crimes, instead of exposing them, he would be a free man, instead of facing life in prison for his heroic deeds.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

‘Bank of America sold out its customers’

0

Bank of America has sold out its customers who had invested in failed mortgage securities during the 2008 financial crisis, Press TV reports.

Å“It was a shameless sellout of people who were literally robbed blind in the home mortgage crisis of the post Glass-Steagall repeal period,” said Jeff Steinberg, a US economic analyst.

This is while Bank of America headed to court on Monday to push for an $8.5 billion settlement with investors in mortgage securities that went bad during the financial crisis.

Opponents criticized the move, saying the settlement represented only pennies on the dollar for the billions that were lost in the wake of the 2008 financial crisis.

Several state attorneys general said that losses to the trusts might exceed $100 billion, and that the banking giant is liable to its customers.

Å“New York State Attorney General [Eric] Schneiderman and a number of other state attorneys general who are going back in to prosecute, to re-sue these banks over the fact that they failed to even live up to the demands of that deal that was a sweetheart deal to begin with,” said Steinberg.

A bank settlement would leave investors without the option of a trial as well as strike the ability to hold the bank responsible for misrepresentations on the quality of the underlying mortgages.

Following the housing crisis in 2008, a massive investigation revealed that many US banks were responsible for pushing unaffordable mortgages, issuing higher rates to minorities who were qualified for a better rate, having employees Ëœrobo-signâ„¢ foreclosure documents, and other offenses.

In 2012, the Justice Department found that banking giant Bank of America had illegally requested information from potential customers who had requested loans.

The Federal Reserve found in 2011 that Wells Fargo is accountable for steering up to 10,000 customers into subprime loans even though they qualified for better rates. The bank has so far failed to compensate the victims.

GMA/PR

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Moscow mayor announces resignation plans, calls for early election

0


Moscow Mayor Sergey Sobyanin says he will ask Russian President Vladimir Putin to hold early mayor elections, and that he will run for re-election.

DETAILS TO FOLLOW

This article originally appeared on: RT

Putin warns against meddling in Syria

0

Russian President Vladimir Putin has warned against any attempt at foreign military intervention in Syria, stressing that the move would only make the situation worse.

Speaking at a joint news conference after a summit with European Union leaders in Yekaterinburg, Putin said on Tuesday that any future foreign military intervention in Syria is doomed to fail.

“We once again underscored that any attempts to influence the situation through force and direct military intervention are doomed to failure,” Putin said.

He also criticized the EU for not extending an arms embargo on militants fighting against the Syrian government.

The Russian president also defended his countryâ„¢s decision to deliver advanced S-300 air defense missile systems to the Syrian government, saying it complies with the international law and will help to tilt the balance of power in the region.

“It’s perhaps the best such weapon in the world. It’s indeed a serious weapon. We don’t want to throw the region off balance,” Putin added.

He, however, said that Russia has not yet fulfilled the contract, which was signed a few years ago.

On May 28, Russian Deputy Foreign Minister Sergei Ryabkov said that Moscow will go ahead with the delivery of S-300 anti-aircraft missiles to Syria, and that the arms will help deter foreign intervention in the Arab country.

He also stated that the air defense system was a “stabilizing factor” that could dissuade “some hotheads” from entering the unrest in Syria.

The US, Israel and several Western countries have been pressuring Russia not to go through with a promised delivery of S-300 missiles to the Syrian government.

The S-300 missile system, which has a range of up to 200 kilometers and the capability to track down and strike multiple targets simultaneously, could increase Syria’s air defense potential and at the same time limit the Israeli air force’s ability to hit targets inside Syria. Israel has threatened to attack the missiles if they are delivered.

HM/PR/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Syria and the Sham of “Humanitarian Intervention”

0

I continue to be amazed with the ease with which the dividing line is blurred between what is real and what is fiction in the reporting on Syria by the Western media. The press in the U.S. continues to dutifully report on the “objective diplomacy” by the Obama administration to broker a “peaceful” resolution to the conflict in Syria. However, those stories of noble and innocent efforts to avert the catastrophic human suffering that has eventually engulfed Syria has sanitized the bloody complicity of U.S. policy. Diplomacy, for the U.S., has meant calling for regime change from the outset and then encouraging Qatar, Saudi Arabia and Israel, their client states in the region, to arm, train and provide political support for a military campaign with the objective of effectively dismembering the Syria State. 

Two years later, with tens of thousands killed, millions uprooted and the delicate social fabric of the country shredded by sectarian brutality, the next phase in the propaganda war leading to more direct intervention by the West to finish off the regime is being organized in the form of a peace conference scheduled to take place in June.

Co-sponsored by Russia with a stake in maintaining the integrity of the Syria State, the U.S. approach to the conference, however, gives the impression that the gathering is a charade meant to mollify those elements in the U.S. Congress and public still hesitant to support another expensive military adventure. The U.S. demand that a peaceful solution to the conflict is predicated on a “transitional government” being established in which Assad should play no role, means effectively that there will be no serious attempt to resolve the conflict short of regime change and the surrendering of Syrian sovereignty. The U.S. position also confirms the real objective of the conference which is to justify more direct military intervention by the U.S. once the conference “fails” to bring peace.

While this is absolutely clear for many people around the world, the U.S. public, along with much of what used to be called the progressive and/or radical sectors, continue to be hoodwinked by some of the most crude and obvious manipulation I have ever witnessed. It was precisely the smooth efficiency with which the public was being manipulated that motivated me to write an earlier article on Syria that attempted to offer an explanation for the reasons why U.S. State propagandists, and I include the mainstream media in this category, have been so successful in confusing the general public and dividing the anti-war, anti-imperialist movement.

I believe part of their success has been due to the fact that they have used the concept of humanitarian intervention as one of their main tools. In my article, I made the argument that humanitarian intervention, along with the concept of the “right to protect” (R2P) has developed into the most effective ideological weapon the liberal human rights community provided Western imperialism since the fall of the Soviet State. Humanitarian intervention has proven to be an even more valuable propaganda tool than the “war on terror,” because as the situation in Libya and now Syria has demonstrated, it provides a moral justification for imperialist intervention that can also accommodate the presence of the same “terrorist” forces the U.S. pretends to be opposed to. And of course, in the eyes of the U.S. government, tyrannical and dictatorial governments that need to be deposed are only those that present an obstacle to the realization of U.S. geo/political interests–never those paragons of freedom and morality like Saudi Arabia and Israel.

As I said in my earlier article:

“Humanitarian intervention provided the U.S. State the perfect ideological cover and internal rationalization to continue as the global “gendarme” of the capitalist order. By providing the human rights rationale for the assertion that the “international community” had a moral and legal responsibility to protect a threatened people, mainstream human rights activists effectuated a shift in the discourse on international human rights that moved the R2P assertion from a contested legal and moral augment to a common-sense assumption. And because of their limited perspective, it did not occur to any of these theoreticians that what they propagated was a thinly updated version of the “white man’s burden.” The NATO intervention in Bosnia and Kosovo, the assault on Iraq to “save” the Iraqi people from Saddam Hussein, and most recently the NATO attack on Libya that brought to power a rag-tag assortment of anti-African racists, have solidified the idea among many in the U.S. that humanitarian intervention to protect human rights through aggressive war is justifiable. The consequence of this for U.S. policy makers and for the likely targets of U.S. aggression in the global South is that if properly framed, war could be moved back to the center of strategic options without much fear of a backlash from the American people–a development especially important for a declining power that appears to have concluded that it will use military means to attempt to maintain its global empire.”

The propagandists of the U.S. war strategy have been spectacularly successful in inculcating this shift in consciousness in the general population and the self-muting of the anti-war and anti-imperialist movements in the West, with the exception of a few organizations.  The assertion of the right to unilaterally attack any State that it deems unfit for sovereignty is not a new articulation of White supremacist, imperialist ideology but in this current period where there are few constraints on the global exercise of “White power,” the internalization of this position by the European and U.S. publics, irrespective of ethnicity or race, has made the world a much more dangerous place for Black and Brown people: 50,000 killed in Libya, 80,000 in Syria, 1,000,000 in Iraq, and 30,000 in Afghanistan.

The normalization of war as a contemporary expression of the West’s responsibility to bring liberal democracy and capitalist freedom to the non-White hordes, and the fact that most of the people being killed in the process of “being saved” by the West are non-European, is a graphic confirmation of the White supremacist assumptions of humanitarian intervention. The people being “saved” by the West are framed as people who would embrace the Western way of life if given a choice. That is why Madeline Albright could say with a straight face that the “price was worth it” in response to the 500,000 children that died in Iraq as a result of U.S. sanctions.

So as the U.S. government prepares to wage war in Syria, the imperative for all of us who believe in peace and fundamental human rights is to attempt to persuade as many people as possible to choose peace instead of the war objectives of the 1%. The Syrian government has a significant social base that is made up of Alawites, Druze, Christians and significant numbers of Sunnis who fear the takeover of the country by Islamic fundamentalists. This is a fact that is being hidden from the public in the U.S. Those in the U.S. who would like to see an end to the bloodshed in Syria, and I believe that is the majority of people, should call on their representatives to support real initiatives for peace that respect the sovereignty of Syria and the desires of all of the people in that country.

But really what the people of Syria and the world want and many have demanded, is for the U.S. and its Western allies — the minority who make up 10% of the world but pretend to be the world — to intervene into their own societies who are experiencing their own humanitarian crisis brought on by a moribund capitalism and leave the rest of the world alone.

Ajamu Baraka was the founding Director of the US Human Rights Network ( USHRN ). Baraka is currently an Associate Fellow at the Institute for Policy Studies (IPS) and is editing a new book on human rights in the U.S. entitled: “The Struggle for a People-Centered Human Rights: Voices from the Field.”

He can be reached at Ajamubaraka.com

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Shellfire kills one near Russia Embassy

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]At least one civilian has been killed and three others injured by shellfire from militants fighting against the Syrian government near the Russian Embassy in Damascus.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

President Putin says he is bored with the same sex marriage issue, but ready to sign adoptions ban

0

The Russian President has told reporters he was very tired of their persistent interest in his attitude to same sex marriage, but promised to support the ban on adoptions by foreign same sex couples if parliament approves it.

“You really got me with these same sex marriages. Wherever I
go… When I come to Europe they are waving their flags there, I
come here — now you start pestering me with this
,” the
Russian leader told the press at a news conference at the
Russia-EU summit in Yekaterinburg.

“As for the bill banning the adoption of Russian children by
same sex couples, I currently have no such bill and I have not
read it. But if such bill is approved by the national parliament
I would sign it
,” the president said.

Putin also added that in his view all people must be more
tolerant and show less aggression, this equally applies to
persons of traditional and non-traditional sexual orientation.
“Less aggression and less emphasis on these problems would
benefit everybody,” he noted.

The Russian President said that the laws in his country were very
liberal in regard of LGBT issues and there was no discrimination.
“People of all preferences are working in our country, making
careers. We recognize them at state level for particular
achievements in the fields where they work
,” he said.

In January the Russian national parliament approved a law banning
gay propaganda.

After France — one of few countries that have bilateral
agreements on adoption with Russia — moved to legalize same sex
marriage, Russian politicians said that foreign same sex couples
should not be allowed to adopt Russian kids. The bill on the
subject is still at a preparatory stage.

Russia recognizes only marriage between a man and a woman.

Male homosexuality was a criminal offence punishable by a prison
term in the Soviet Union, but this was repealed in 1993.
Minorities still accuse the Russian authorities of infringing
their rights as they refuse to legalize gay marriage and
regularly refuse to license gay pride events.

Officials usually quote public opinion polls saying that the
majority of the population would react violently to such moves.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Greeks rally to support Turkish protests

0

Greek protesters march towards the Turkish embassy in Athens on June 3, 2013.

A few thousands of Greeks have held a rally in the capital in support of the ongoing Turkish protesters against Prime Minister Tayyip Erdogan and his government.

Greek authorities said the march on Monday was held near the Turkish Embassy in Athens, adding that about 1,500 people attended the event. This comes while others estimate that more than 2,000 participated.

“From Taksim Square to Athens, we fight poverty and hunger,” chanted the protesters.

A similar rally in support of the Turkish protesters was held in the northern city of Thessaloniki on Sunday.

Greeceâ„¢s second largest political party Syriza has criticized the use of excessive force by the Turkish police against the protesters and called on the European Union to put pressure on Ankara.

“All over Turkey there are protests over press freedom, union rights, the rights of Kurds, women and the right to protest. It is imperative that Erdogan listens,” said Syriza.

At least three protesters have been killed and more than 410 injured since the clashes in Turkey erupted on Friday.

Initially, the protests were held as a local environment campaign but later turned into a protest against Prime Minister Tayyip Erdoganâ„¢s government, calling for his resignation.

CAH/PR

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

China hacking Vs. Pentagon whacking: An arms race in cyber-space?

0
<!–Nile Bowie–>

Nile Bowie is a political analyst and photographer currently residing in Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia.

Fresh allegations of hacking and cyber-theft between China and the United States as well as resources channeled into cyber-warfare and digital troops by both superpowers show uncertain diplomatic terrain ahead.

As the Obama administration imposes gouging cuts on fundamental
social spending, the White House is allocating $13 billion for
the US Cyber Command, tasked with waging ‘offensive cyber
strikes’
to defend the homeland. In ‘Pentagonese’ that
translates to building malicious computer viruses designed to
subvert disable, and destroy targets and their
computer-controlled infrastructure. 

Gen. Keith Alexander, who leads both the Cyber Command and the
NSA, even claimed that 13 of the 40 existing cyber battalions are
tasked specifically with waging pre-emptive attacks against other countries.

In keeping with the logic of American exceptionalism, which
supposes that the US maintain unrivalled supremacy in every
tactical or military field, the Pentagon is now working in
earnest to extend its dominance to cyberspace. 

It’s no secret that China has made the modernization of its armed
forces a top priority. As Beijing develops new types of hardware,
including aircraft carriers, strategic missile submarines and
advanced aircraft, white papers issued by the People’s
Liberation Army (PLA) highlight the desire to digitalize the
nation’s military by utilizing modern information
technology. 

Washington is no stranger to scare tactics, and as establishment
figures routinely warn of America’s power grids and financial
systems being overtaken by e-terrorists, the US is positioning
itself to enact that same scenario onto others under the guise of
national defense.

While the US gives itself the space to pre-emptively cyber-strike
others with impunity, the Pentagon says that any computer-based
attacks and hacking from foreign countries can be considered acts of war, which could merit a ’use of
force’ retaliation. 

The US Cyber Command is part of a worldwide offensive cyber
warfare system that includes all branches of the US military, in
addition to our friends in NATO — its chief, Anders Fogh
Rasmussen, even went as far as saying that he wants to “extend
the definition of attacks which trigger activation of the
alliance to include cyber attacks.”
While the US devises ways
to warmonger through programming code, President Obama provocatively phoned Chinese President Xi
Jinping immediately after his inauguration in March to demand
that Beijing stop hacking, a charge China vehemently denies.
Obama’s national security adviser, Thomas Donilon, also called
out China by name during a speech, lamenting how “the
international community cannot tolerate such activity from any
country.”
(Except the United States, obviously.)

Crying foul over China

The Obama administration accuses Chinese hackers of waging
cyber-attacks on a number of US entities, including
billion-dollar corporations and governmental departments, and
Beijing has recently been charged with stealing blueprints for
combat aircraft as such the F/A-18 fighter jet and the F-35 Joint
Strike Fighter, in addition to specs on naval vessels and missile
defense systems. 

Three F-35 Joint Strike Fighters (Reuters / Lockheed Martin / Darin Russell / Handout)

The Chinese Defense Ministry dismissed the accusations as ridiculous, saying that
the US underestimates the intelligence of the Chinese people and
their capacity to develop tactically competitive military technology. 

US security experts also previously claimed that a 12-story
office building on the outskirts of Shanghai was the headquarters
of an elusive squadron of the PLA operating under the name Unit
61398, tasked with attacking international computer networks and
engaging in espionage.

Beijing claims that findings lack technical
proof, because the report relied solely on suspicious IP
addresses that originate in China, which the Defense Ministry
suggests can be easily usurped by hackers outside of China. In
truth, there is a glaring absence of any cyber-smoking gun that
definitively corroborates US claims. However, it remains highly
plausible that Beijing would have an interest in obtaining the
intimate tech-specs of Washington’s military hardware to reverse
engineer it and build more reliable defensive mechanisms for
itself. After all, China is being encircled by a pivoting
military power that has waged aggressive wars outside of
international law — any Beijing-backed espionage seen through
this perspective becomes understandable. Ironically enough, the
Chinese embassy in Washington claims it is a victim of computer
hacking that originates in the United States.

Let’s ask the Iranians

Its common knowledge that Israel and the United States engineered
the Stuxnet virus that sabotaged Iran’s nuclear facility in
Natanz, it was even claimed by people close to the matter that it
was President Obama’s personal directive. Stuxnet remains the most
sophisticated malware discovered thus far, the virus targets
industrial systems such as nuclear power plants and electrical
grids from a Microsoft Windows-based PC. The virus exploits
security gaps referred to as zero-day vulnerabilities to attack
specific targets; the Pentagon reportedly pays top dollar to get its hands on such
programming vulnerabilities, which are the essential ingredient
in any cyber-weapon. 

An aerial view of the Pentagon building in Washington (Reuters / Jason Reed JIR / CN)

Upon delivery of the Stuxnet payload via USB, the malicious
malware manipulated the operating speed of centrifuges spinning
nuclear fuel to create distortions that deliberately damaged the
machines, while disabling emergency controls. Stuxnet took out
nearly 1,000 of the 5,000 centrifuges spinning uranium at the
facility, while numerous Iranian nuclear scientists have been
assassinated.  

Even after acts of overt hostility and open sabotage, Iran’s
response has been completely muted. If the shoe was on the other
foot, could the United States ever exercise the same restraint?
By the Pentagon’s definition, it would have the legal right to
retaliate with force if ever found itself on the receiving end of
a Stuxnet-type virus. 

When asked about the Stuxnet worm in a press conference, former
White House WMD Coordinator Gary Samore boasted, “I’m glad to hear they are having
troubles with their centrifuge machines, and the US and its
allies are doing everything we can to make it more complicated.”
Never in any of the detailed
exposés published in the New York Times and elsewhere on the
Stuxnet episode, is there any moral or legal questioning of
Washington and Tel Aviv’s blatantly illegal tactics; mainstream
reports on the subject read more like White House press
statements than anything that resembles journalism.

Who’s hacking who?

Congress claims that poor internet security has surpassed
terrorism to become the single greatest threat to the homeland,
and ironically, US tax dollars are flowing to skilled hackers
affiliated with criminal groups who supply government agencies
with vulnerabilities in existing software programs. Because these
vulnerabilities are the main components of cyber-weapons,
security holes in widely used software remain unrepaired.
Reuters has even suggested that Washington is
“encouraging hacking and failing to disclose to software
companies and customers the vulnerabilities exploited by the
purchased hacks.” 

Despite the posturing and scare tactics, US Director of National
Intelligence James Clapper testified before the Senate Intelligence Committee
that there was only a “remote chance” of a serious
cyber-attack on the US. Clapper also spoke about how cyber-theft
directly threatened “America’s economic competitiveness and
innovation edge,”
suggesting that the US Cyber Command serves
a dual economic purpose.

Washington’s Cyber Command takes a two-prong approach: it’s
tasked with churning out malicious cyber-weapons like Stuxnet
while stringently guarding the intellectual property and data of
major US corporations. Claims of China being involved in hacking
and cyber-theft should not be dismissed off the bat, but if
Beijing is indeed stealing military secrets from the US, it is
likely motivated by genuine defensive concerns and its own IT
sovereignty. Just as Washington partners itself with questionable
figures and organizations to execute its foreign policy
objectives, the Pentagon’s warm embrace of hackers is bound to
create some form of e-blowback in due time. This much is clear —
Cyber-Imperialism is the highest stage of Capitalism — somebody
pass Lenin the memo.

The statements, views and opinions expressed in this column are solely those of the author and do not necessarily represent those of RT.

This article originally appeared on: RT

‘West human rights slogans empty’

0

Principlist candidate Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel addresses people in the holy city of Qom on June 4, 2013.

Principlist candidate Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel says the so-called advocates of human rights in the West have failed in their deeds, arguing that Muslim nations know from experience that Western slogans are empty.

Speaking to a group of people at Imam Hassan al-Askari Mosque in the holy city of Qom on Monday evening, Haddad-Adel stated that there exists a connection between Iranâ„¢s 1979 Islamic Revolution, and the recent regional developments.

He said Arab revolutions and uprisings have been inspired by the Islamic movement initiated by the late founder of the Islamic Revolution, Imam Khomeini.

Haddad-Adel also censured US-engineered unilateral sanctions against Iran, stressing that the measures are designed to wreak havoc on Iran and affect the outcome of the forthcoming presidential election.

He said the West is seeking to ensure that the winner of the June 14 election will be conciliatory and to their liking.

Haddad-Adel is facing seven rivals in the upcoming election, including Tehran Mayor Mohammad Baqer Qalibaf, President of the Center for Strategic Research of the Expediency Council Hassan Rohani, former First Vice President Mohammad Reza Aref, Secretary of the Supreme National Security Council Saeed Jalili, Secretary of Expediency Council Mohsen Rezaei, former Foreign Minister Ali Akbar Velayati, and former Telecommunications Minister Mohammad Gharazi.

The president of Iran is elected for a four-year term in a national election.

Iranians will go to the polls in the nationâ„¢s 11th presidential election on June 14. Over 66,000 polling stations will be set up across the country. Expatriates will be also able to cast ballots at 285 polling stations that will be set up in their respective countries.

MP/KA/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Bradley Manning Court-Martial: Secrecy and Injustice on Trial

0

America honors its worst. It persecutes its best. Manning is heroic. He risked great personal harm. He did so to reveal vital truths. Washington has no right to conceal them. People have a right to know.Secrecy, lawlessness, and contempt for humanity define US policy. Evidence vital to Manning’s defense is prohibited. Information refuting charges of “aiding the enemy” is barred from trial proceedings.

Claiming it’s not relevant or harmful to national security doesn’t wash. Excluding it reflects police state justice.

On June 3, United States v. Bradley Manning court-martial proceedings began. Pre-trial, Obama pronounced him guilty by accusation. Doing so denies any possibility of judicial fairness. His word is final.

“We are a nation of laws,” he claimed. “We don’t let individuals make decisions about how the law operates. (Manning) broke the law.”

No nation spurns inviolable laws more egregiously than America. Obama reflects the worst of US governance. He rules by diktat authority. He does so secretly. He’s waging war on humanity. He does so at home and abroad.

With a stroke of his pen he could free Manning. Pronouncing guilt by accusation assures his conviction. Doing so publicly leaves no doubt.

So do secret trial proceedings. They violate constitutional law. The Sixth Amendment states:

“In all criminal prosecutions, the accused shall enjoy the right to a speedy and public trial, by an impartial jury of the State and district wherein the crime shall have been committed, which district shall have been previously ascertained by law, and to be informed of the nature and cause of the accusation; to be confronted with the witnesses against him; to have compulsory process for obtaining witnesses in his favor, and to have the Assistance of Counsel for his defence.”

The Constitution mandates ALL criminal prosecutions. Pentagon ones aren’t exempt. Especially high-profile cases like Manning. If convicted, he faces possible life in prison. At issue is convicting him for doing the right thing.

Manning’s trial proceedings will be secret, not public. Doing so violates constitutional law.

It mandates the right to a speedy trial by an impartial jury. He’s denied both. The Uniform Code of Military Justice (UCMJ) calls for trial within 120 days of restraint and arraignment.

The Rule for Court Martial (RCM) 707 mandates the same thing. It’s to assure speedy trial proceedings. Manning’s been held over three years without trial.

He’s been isolated throughout much of it. Doing so violates Eight Amendment protection against “cruel and unusual punishments.” US statute laws were violated.

So was UCMJ’s Article 13. It prohibits pre-trial confinement conditions “any more rigorous” than what’s minimally needed to ensure the accused appears for court hearings.

America should be on trial, not Manning! He revealed war crimes too egregious to be kept secret. He should be honored for doing so. Top culpable civilian and military officials should be held fully accountable. Justice demands no less.

Manning faces 22 charges. He pleaded guilty to 10 lesser ones. He denied 12 greater ones. He called war logs given WikiLeaks “some of the most important documents of our time.” He chose ones he believed “wouldn’t cause harm to the United States.”

He hoped a national debate would follow his revelations. It’s sorely needed more than ever.

America’s “obsessed with capturing and killing people,” he said. “Collateral murder” is policy. US helicopter pilots gunned down innocent civilians.

They murdered anyone trying to help them. Shooting wounded victims was like “a child torturing ants with a magnifying glass,” he said.

He wanted everyone to know. It’s their right. At issue are high crimes of war and against humanity. They’re too grave to ignore.

Manning’s charges include 1917 Espionage Act violations. Doing so contradicts the law’s intent. It doesn’t deter Justice Department or Pentagon officials from using it. It passed shortly after America’s entry into WW I. Over time, it’s been amended numerous times.

Originally it prohibited interfering with US military operations, supporting the nation’s enemies, promoting insubordination in the ranks, or obstructing military recruitment.

In 1921, its most controversial provisions were repealed. In 2010, Manning was wrongfully charged under the Act. Technically its under Articles 104 and 134 of the Uniform Code of Military Justice (UCMJ). It includes parts of the US Code.

Colonel Denise Lind is both judge and jury. Official transcripts of proceedings will be kept secret. Weeks earlier, Freedom of the Press Foundation “launched a campaign to crowd-fund a court stenographer.”

Manning’s trial “will have an enormous impact on press freedom and the rights of future whistleblowers,” it said. “The government refuses to make its transcripts available to the public.”

Floyd Abrams is a constitutional law expert. Yochai Benkler is Harvard Law School’s Berkman Professor of Entrepreneurial Legal Studies.

In March 2013, their New York Times op-ed headlined “Death to Whistle-Blowers?”

At issue is Manning’s trial. If found guilty on serious charges, “the prosecution will establish a chilling precedent: national security leaks may subject the leakers to a capital prosecution or at least life imprisonment.”

“Anyone who holds freedom of the press dear should shudder at the threat that the prosecution’s theory presents to journalists, their sources and the public that relies on them.”

Former Supreme Court Justice Hugo Black one said:

“The guarding of military and diplomatic secrets at the expense of informed representative government provides no real security for our Republic.”

What’s more destructive than imposing capital penalties or imprisoning heroic whistleblowers for life for doing the right thing.

According to Abrams and Benkler, Manning’s “leaks included important disclosures (and) their publication is protected by the First Amendment no less than the publication of the Pentagon Papers was.”

“We cannot allow our concerns about terrorism to turn us into a country where communicating with the press can be prosecuted as a capital offense.”

Both contributors agreed. WikiLeaks is part of the Fourth Estate. It’s right to publish is no less than any other media organization or contributor.

Over 350 media sources submitted applications to witness Manning’s trial. Only 70 got permission. In other words, those considered safe may do so. Others are prohibited.

Claiming space limitations denies others doesn’t wash. Proceedings can be held anywhere. According to the Freedom of the Press Foundation (FPF):

“In previous hearings, the Army has opened a public overflow theater with live audio and video streaming of the hearing.”

“Additionally, the Army has sole discretion over which room(s) to designate as media rooms — including how many rooms to make available.”

FPF enlisted a reputable court stenographer firm. With permission, its stenographers will work in shifts.

Doing so will provide a public record. All media sources will have access. Independent alternative ones are most important. People will learn what otherwise they won’t know.

On June 1, FPF headlined “Crowd-funded Stenographers Denied Press Passes to the Bradley Manning Court Martial.”

It said three of its media partners were denied them. It remains to be seen if FPF’s request discussed above will or won’t fare better.

Manning’s trial will be held at Fort Meade, MD. On June 2, Bradley Manning.org headlined “Nearly two thousand rally for Bradley Manning at Ft. Meade.”

They did so on June 1. Washington charged Manning with indirectly “aiding the enemy.” Saying so defies reason. It mocks fundamental constitutional rule of law principles.

Manning’s a political prisoner. Amnesty International (AI) claims otherwise. It refuses to name him a prisoner of conscience. From January 2012 — January 2013, former Hillary Clinton aide Suzanne Nossel headed AI USA. She’s an imperial insider.

Interim co-executive directors Bob Goodfellow and Frank Jannuzi replaced her. They’ve acted no less irresponsibly than she did.

According to Francis Boyle:

“Amnesty International is primarily motivated not by human rights but by publicity. Second comes money.” It relies on corporate foundations and other dubious sources to provide it. Services rendered in return are expected. Conflicts of interest are rife.

The Bradley Manning Support Fund is “100%” responsible for his legal expenses. Around 20,000 supporters contributed over $1.25 million.

David Coombs represents Manning. On June 2, he said:

“On behalf of both myself and PFC Manning, I would like to thank everyone for their continued support over the last three years.”

“I especially appreciate the the tireless fundraising and awareness efforts of Courage to Resist and the Bradley Manning Support Network.”

“Finally, a special thank you to those journalists who have been reporting on PFC Manning since the beginning and who have brought worldwide attention to this important case.”

“I AM BRADLEY MANNING.”

We’re all Bradley Manning! His fate is ours!

Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago. He can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net.

His new book is titled “Banker Occupation: Waging Financial War on Humanity.”

http://www.claritypress.com/LendmanII.html

Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com.

Listen to cutting-edge discussions with distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network.

It airs Fridays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening.

http://www.progressiveradionetwork.com/the-progressive-news-hour

http://www.dailycensored.com/bradley-manning-court-martial-secrecy-and-injustice-on-trial/

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

The Right to the City Movement and the Turkish Summer

0

  by Jay Cassano

As I write this, Istanbul is under siege. The might of Istanbul’s entire police force–the largest city police force in Europe–is violently cracking down on peaceful occupiers in Gezi Park.

The protest, which began on 27 May, is ostensibly over a planned shopping center to be built over a park in Istanbul’s central Taksim Square. Nevertheless, massive popular movements like this do not emerge out of nowhere. Typically, they are the result of the tireless groundwork of activists over the course of an extended period. And then, something happens: a spark sets off the lighter fluid accumulating unnoticed at everyone’s feet.

[A protestor and police in Gezi Park. 31 May 2013. From Yücel Tunca via Nar Photos.]

The protests began with approximately seventy Right to the City protesters in Gezi Park on 27 May when demolition of the park was set to begin. These activists successfully stopped demolition and a little more than a dozen activists spent that night in the park. They erected two large tents, brought guitars, and made their opinions known to passersby. These activists were comprised of members of Taksim Solidarity and the Taksim Gezi Park Protection and Beautification Association as well as some unaffiliated but concerned individuals.

On 28 May, a coalition of Right to the City associations presented a petition to Istanbul’s Council to Protect Culture Heritage calling on it protect the park. At 1:30 in the afternoon on 28 May, bulldozers returned a second time. The protesters resisted and police used tear gas to clear the park. One activist climbed a tree and was unable to be dislodged, further stalling demolition. Demolition resumed and continued until pro-Kurdish rights Peace and Democracy Party (BDP) and secularist opposition Republican People’s Party Members of Parliament Sırrı Süreyya Önder and Gülseren Onanç blockaded bulldozers. This yet again stopped demolition and a protest was called for 7pm that night. Protesters slept in the park again.

The day of 29 May was more low-key as a few hundred people came out for protests in the park and created a festival-like atmosphere with films and concerts. Throughout the day, activists planted seedlings in the park as a token of resistance. Numbers swelled and 150 people slept in the park that night as the state regrouped.

On 30 May Turkish police, unwilling to allow a major tourist hub to be blighted in this fashion, gave the occupiers a five in the morning wake-up call in the form of tear gas. In case the message was not clear enough, they also set fire to occupiers’ tents. With the park cleared and the state clear that it meant business, demolition resumed until at 7:50 in the morning, Önder yet again blockaded the bulldozers with his own body. After news broke on social media of the early-morning raid and concomitant police violence, people accumulated throughout the day and slept over in the park en masse.

The police tried the same tactics on the morning of 31 May, this time with several hundred people sleeping over in the park. The raid was more vicious than the day before and media was banned from the park. After this, Taksim Square officially became contested territory as police violence escalated and protesters clashed with police throughout the day.

In the ensuing mayhem, famed freelance Turkish journalist, Ahmet Şık was hospitalized after being struck in the head by a teargas canister. Onlookers claimed that Şık, who in 2011 penned a book about police corruption in Turkey that was banned from publication, was fired on intentionally from a distance of about ten yards. Önder himself was hospitalized after also being hit by a tear gas canister.

What likely would have blown over with no lasting impact suddenly ignited into one of the biggest mobilizations in recent Turkish history. Estimates during the day of 31 May put the number of protesters between five thousand and ten thousand, and police have attempted mass arrests of anyone occupying the park. Police forces have been making liberal use of teargas, resulting in a flood of instantly iconic images that capture the spirit of dissent. There are in fact reports that the police have used so much tear gas that Istanbul’s police force has had to ship in more from the nearby city of Bursa. On Friday, #DirenGeziParki [Resist Gezi Park] was, for most of the day, the number one worldwide trending hashtag on Twitter.

Late in the night on 31 May, the police barricaded the park and closed all of the roads and public transportation leading to Taksim Square. This completed the square’s transformation into a battleground as protesters attempted–and in some instance succeeded–to break the barricades. With news spreading that Taksim was barricaded, and growing outrage at the media blackout, residents of Istanbul began organizing in their own neighborhoods and marching together to Taksim. Unverified reports on Twitter estimated 40,000 people were on foot heading to Taksim, including thousands crossing the Bosphorus Bridge that connects the European and Asian sides of the city, which is normally closed to pedestrians.

Solidarity protests have spread organically to other cities, mostly as an expression of anger at police brutality. Protesters have taken to the streets in the cities of Ankara, Izmir, Izmit, EskiÅŸehir, Kayseri, Antalya, Kutahya, and no doubt others. Radikal reports that protesters were tear gassed in Izmit and EskiÅŸehir and dozens were detained in other cities. At the time of writing, it appears that numbers are only going to continue to grow and demonstrations will continue to escalate.

The police violence has been nothing short of excessive. According to the Turkish alternative news site Bianet, at least one hundred protesters have been injured. But this was reported during the day on 31 May and so seems like a conservative estimate at this point, especially given the level of violence and the use of tear gas, which is widely considered a chemical weapon. The Turkish Radikal daily has a series of videos available putting police violence on display. According to a live blog on the leftist website Sendika.org, police have in multiple instances blocked ambulances from accessing the injured.

The reaction of the police prompted Emma Sinclair-Webb, senior Turkey researcher at Human Rights Watch, to declare Friday that “the display of extreme police violence yet again against peaceful demonstrators in the Taksim Park spells the government and local authorities’ deep intolerance of the right to assembly and non-violent protest in Turkey today.”

The Origins of the Uprising 

The fact that the protests were not sponsored by a political party or related to the Kurdish conflict has led to comparisons with Occupy Wall Street (OWS) or even the Seattle World Trade Organization protests of 1999. OWS protesters in the United States, once inspired by tactics of the Arab uprisings, are now expressing solidarity with Turkish activists. Right now no party or group can claim ownership of the movement and the only sign of coalition is the information hub, DirenGeziParki.com.

But this protest is the latest manifestation of a movement that has been stirring for some time now. The shopping mall is only one component of a plan to entirely redesign Taksim Square into a more car-friendly, tourist-accommodating, and sanitized urban center. Mass protests have also taken place recently to stop the closure of the landmark Emek Cinema, located on İstiklal Avenue off Taksim Square, which is also being converted into (no surprise) a shopping mall.

Taksim Square is the heart and soul of Istanbul. It is common sense to Istanbulites that if a revolution is to come to Turkey, it would begin in Taksim. Protests are regularly held in the square, and issues run the full gamut of concerns of Turkish citizens: LGBT equality, recognition of the Armenian Genocide, an end to the Kurdish conflict, an end to military conscription, economic justice, and more. In 2011, there was a massive one-day protest in support of a free and open internet that drew upwards of thirty thousand people.

[Protesters flood Taksim Square for the “Internetime Doukunma” (“Don’t Touch My Internet”) protest in 2011. Gezi Park can be seen in the background. Photo by Jay Cassano.]

Taksim is also home to a massive May Day protest every year, in part a response to the Taksim Square Massacre on May Day 1977. On 1 May, Istanbul police violently cracked down on protesters, using over fourteen tons of water mixed with tear gas. As evidence of the link between current protests and those of May Day, the Confederation of Revolutionary Trade Unions (also known by the acronym DISK, and one of the largest union blocks in Turkey) officially called on its members to come out and support the occupation.

The new Taksim will eliminate mass pedestrian entrances from all sides in favor of car tunnels, making it an impractical site to protest and congregate. In short, it will be reduced to a photo-op for tourists who pass through for five minutes and then continue on with their tax-free shopping.

Another key launching point was the planned construction of a third bridge crossing over the Bosphorus in Istanbul. Ground broke on construction of the third bridge on the first day of the protest and was one of the main concerns expressed by protesters, even though they were occupying Gezi Park and not the bridge construction site. If built, the third bridge is expected to complete Istanbul’s deforestation by subjecting the northern Belgrade Forest to development. The third bridge is another example of the AKP’s development-driven, car-oriented designs for Istanbul, with complete disregard for the viability of the city in ecological and social terms. These concerns were highlighted in a recent feature-length documentary, Ecumenopolis: City Without Limits, which sold out theaters in Taksim’s İstiklal Avenue when it opened.

Culture Wars or Economic Unrest? 

The entire plan for Taksim Square’s redesign is part of an overall neoliberal turn that Prime Minister Erdogan’s Justice and Development Party (AKP) are central to. Istanbul’s city center has been undergoing a rapid process of gentrification, especially in the historic neighborhoods of Sulukule, Tarlabaşı, Tophane, and Fener-Balat, which housed the poor, the immigrants, the Kurds, and the Roma. The goal of this so-called “urban renewal” is to make room for more tourist attractions, or to–at minimum–“clean up” the neighborhoods, removing working class urban dwellers who might scare off tourists. The idea is that this new and improved city center will attract foreign investment in Istanbul, which is to be further developed into a financial and cultural hub at the crossroads of Europe and the Middle East.

Some outlets have linked the Gezi Park protests to the AKP’s recent restrictions on the sale of alcohol. Journalists doing so are attempting to portray the Gezi Park occupation as a conflict between ErdoÄŸan’s Islamism and the country’s secular ethos. The secularist opposition Republican People’s Party (CHP) has also taken this stance, and has tried to coopt the uprising by turning the movement into a symbol of culture wars between a secular youth and an older Islamist generation.  Attractive as that framing may be to Western media, it could not be further from the truth. While many protesters are without a doubt staunch secularists who are motivated by opposition to the AKP’s increasing social conservatism, there is no indication that this is what ultimately brought thousands of people out into the streets. In fact, when CHP leader Kemal KılıçdaroÄŸlu, came to Gezi Park to speak, protesters sang over him, preventing him from being heard. It is clear that the movement thus far is about a conflict in visions for urban space between ruling elites and the people who actually live, work, and play in the city. In this regard it is telling that #DirenGeziParkı emerged as the original hashtag on Twitter. This connects to protests held in 2009 in Istanbul against the International Monetary Fund and World Bank, which took place under the banner of “Diren Istanbul”–“Resist Istanbul”–cleverly shortened in translation to “ResIstanbul.”

At the same time, and as the protests appear to spread and take on a more generally anti-government tone, it is not unlikely that general dissatisfaction with ErdoÄŸan will eventually win out as the primary message of the movement. In that case, we can expect to see a rift between the liberal secularist opposition who joined the protest on 31 May and after and the radical protesters who spawned the movement in the first place.

Throughout the Arab uprisings, Turkey remained ostensibly stable. Some commentators proposed Turkey as a model for post-uprising Arab states, most especially Egypt. The mixture of a “moderate” Islamist prime minister and a “secular” constitution made NATO-member Turkey an attractive prototype for a new Middle East in the eyes of Western pundits. Others, along with myself, have pointed out that Turkey is a poor choice of role model, given its ongoing conflict with its Kurdish minority population as well as myriad other dynamics.

Today, it seems as though Turkey’s internal divisions are surfacing in a way not seen for some time. What we are seeing in the Gezi Park occupation is the sudden explosion of this Right to the City movement, with some general anti-government sentiment mixed in. For now, an Istanbul court has temporarily suspended construction of the park, pending a hearing on the matter. As time goes on, and if this movement continues to grow, rifts are likely to occur and the meaning of the protests will become as contested as the physical space of Taksim Square. But for the time being, between the massive May Day protest and now this nationwide movement less than a month later, we may finally be in for a summer of uprising in Turkey.

Cihan Tekay contributed research to this story.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Turkey imported 62 tons of teargas and pepper spray in 12 years — report

0

Turkey has bought $21 million in tear gas and pepper spray — mainly from US and Brazil — over the past 12 years, Turkish media reported. The US is known for its exports of crowd control munitions to countries rocked by widespread protest.

In total, Turkey imported 62 tons of tear gas and pepper spray
between 2000 and 2012, Turkish newspaper Sozcu reported.

Turkey is currently being rocked by its biggest wave of
anti-government protests in years. At least two people have been
killed and thousands injured from clashes with police since the
protests began on Friday. Videos and images have emerged on
social media showing police in riot gear firing tear gas, using
pepper spray and physically beating demonstrators.

Ankara has been criticized for its mass crackdown on the protests
and its widespread use of tear gas and pepper spray to disperse
demonstrators.

On Tuesday, the UN’s human rights office urged Turkey to conduct
an independent probe into how its security forces have treated
the anti-government protesters. “We’re concerned about reports
of excessive use of force by law enforcement officers against
protestors in Turkey,”
UN high commissioner for human rights
spokesperson Cecile Pouilly said.

Opposition Nationalist Movement Party [MHP] leader Devlet Bahceli
condemned the police’s excessive use of tear gas: “Yes it is
true that the [ruling Justice and Development Party] AKP has
established gas chambers similar to the Nazis, it is true that
the AKP pokes its nose into everybody’s private lives,”

Bahceli told his party members in Parliament.

Protestor clash with Turkish riot police using water cannons between Taksim and Besiktas in Istanbul on June 3, 2013 during a demonstration against the demolition of the park (AFP Photo / Bulent Kilic)

Human Rights Watch urged Turkish Prime Minister Tayyip Erdogan’s
government to “end police violence and excessive use of force
against protesters across Turkey,”
the group said in a
statement published on its website.

“The police’s record on abusive policing has been surpassed as
they use tear gas and water cannon fire against peaceful
demonstrators,”
said Emma Sinclair-Webb, senior Turkey
researcher at Human Rights Watch.

Turkish Deputy Prime Minister Bulent Arinc apologized on Tuesday
for the initial treatment of the protesters at the planned
demolition of Taksim Gezi Park to build a mall. He said that the
police’s actions were wrong, and said that security forces have
been ordered not to use tear gas except in cases of self-defense.

“The excessive violence that was used in the first instance
against those who were behaving with respect for the environment
is wrong and unfair. I apologize to those citizens,”
Arinc
said at a news conference.

However, Prime Minister Erdogan has referred to the protests as
the work of secular enemies who have failed to come to terms to
the electoral win of his own AK Party.

The US has a history of selling tear gas and other crowd
control munitions to countries wracked by widespread protest.
Amnesty International harshly criticized the US State
Department for approving export licenses for the shipment of
crowd control munitions and tear gas to Egypt amidst the
violent and often lethal crackdowns on protesters by security
forces in 2011.

Amnesty confirmed that one US companies had shipped 21 tons of
ammunition to Egypt — enough for 40,000 rounds of tear gas
grenades and canisters — in addition to a separate shipment of
17.9 tons.

In 2013 alone, Egypt’s Interior Ministry ordered 140,000
teargas canisters from US, amounting to nearly $2.5 million.
Egypt’s opposition has said the purchase recalls the rule of
ousted dictator Hosni Mubarak.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Destination unknown: Israel to deport thousands of African migrants

0

Israel plans to expel thousands of African refugees to an unidentified third country, according to a court document obtained Monday, in an initiative that has provoked concerns from human rights groups.

The program is an effort to confront one of Israel’s more
persistent problems: What to do with some 60,000 African migrants
— the majority from Eritrea and Sudan — who have illegally
crossed the border into Israel from Egypt over the past eight
years.

During a Supreme Court hearing on Sunday that questioned the
legality of detaining asylum-seekers who entered Israel secretly,
a government attorney said an agreement to resettle “infiltrators
from Eritrea” had been reached with an unidentified third
country, according to Reuters.

“There is an arrangement with one country, which will be an
end-destination and not a transit point,”
the lawyer said,
according to a transcript provided by the Justice Ministry on
Monday.

There are an estimated 35,000 Eritreans currently living
illegally in Israel, but deporting them to their homeland, a
state accused of torture last year by the UN human rights chief,
is difficult under international law.

Resettling the migrants in another country could also raise legal
issues. The UN High Commissioner for Refugees says resettlement
can only be considered once refugee status has been granted —
which Israel has not done — although exceptions can be made.

Under the 1951 Convention Relating to the Status of Refugees,
states are obligated not to send refugees to countries where they
would face physical or political danger. It is unclear whether
that requires the convention’s signatories, of which Israel is
one, to monitor the refugees indefinitely after they are
deported.

Human rights organizations say many of the migrants should be
considered for asylum, but Israel views the new arrivals as
illegal job-hunters. The situation has sparked a national debate
on whether Israel — a Jewish state founded by refugees and
immigrants — has a moral duty to protect the wellbeing of the
migrants.

Their arrivals have put Israel in a difficult position, according
to Max J. Rosenthal, writing for AP.

“Many Israelis believe that the Jewish state, founded in part
as a refuge for Holocaust survivors after World War II, has a
responsibility to help the downtrodden,”
Rosenthal commented.
“But others fear that taking in tens of thousands of Africans
will threaten the country’s Jewish character and question the
extent of Israel’s moral obligations beyond those of other
nations.”


 

While the fate of the migrants remains uncertain, Israel has
taken rather dramatic steps to stem the influx in illegal
immigration. Over the past year, Israel has constructed a barrier
along its border with Egypt that has dramatically reduced the
number of illegal arrivals. Israel is also incarcerating
individuals who attempt to cross into the country while
authorities determine whether they are eligible for refugee
status.  

“Compared with the more than 2,000 infiltrators who entered
Israel exactly a year ago and dispersed in various cities, only
two crossed the border last month, and they were arrested,”

Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu said on Monday.

“Now we have to focus on repatriating the illegal infiltrators
already here, and we will fulfill this mission,”
he said in a
statement, which made no mention of any resettlement arrangement.

The Israeli leader on Monday voted in favor of a bill prohibiting
illegal migrants from taking money out of the country.

Last month, the legal rights of the illegal arrivals gained
attention when Israeli police admitted to having collected some
1,000 DNA samples from African refugees after using a
security-related loophole to open criminal cases against some of
them.

Police officials, who had their request for collecting refugees’
DNA samples rejected by Knesset committees, chose to circumvent
the ruling by opening criminal cases against the African
migrants, which was not difficult since they had gained entrance
into the country. The police then classified their entry as a
‘security-related’ crime, Israeli daily Haaretz reported.

In 2012, Israeli police collected more than 600 samples. However,
they have not solved any reported crimes as a result of the DNA
collection, Haaretz said.

Israel’s plan to deport many of the estimated 60,000 migrants
began in earnest in July of last year, when Netanyahu said the
African migrants “are seen by many Israelis as a law and order
issue and even a threat to the long-term viability of the Jewish
state.”

This article originally appeared on: RT

Afghan colonel arrested amid probe into alleged US torture — report

0

The Afghan government has reportedly arrested an army colonel suspected of handing over civilians to one of Afghanistan’s most-wanted criminals. Kabul claims the culprit worked for the US Special Forces, torturing and killing on their behalf.

Afghan authorities are investigating the disappearances and
killings of locals in Wardak Province, where at least 11 people
have been found dead and seven others remain unaccounted for.
Local residents claimed that the victims had all been arrested by
US Special Forces. The Karzai government has ordered all Western
troops out of Nerkh district, where the disappearances occurred.

Investigators have accused Zakaria Kandahari of leading a death
squad that terrorized, tortured and killed Afghans suspected of
having links with insurgents. The accusations are based on
forensic evidence, witness reports and footage of one torture
session. 

Kabul believes that Kandahari has US citizenship. The US
confirmed that the man worked as an interpreter for the US
Special Forces, but says he was no longer employed at the time
the alleged crimes were committed. 

Shahedullah, 24, holds pictures of his brother Mohammad Qasim, whose body according to Shahedullah was found close to the COP Nerkh military base, in Wardak province (Reuters / Stringer)

As part of the investigation, Afghan authorities arrested an army
colonel suspected of involvement, Reuters reported, citing Afghan
and international officials who spoke on condition of anonymity
due to the sensitivity of the investigation. 

“This colonel was handing over detainees to Kandahari,
thinking that Kandahari worked for the [US] Special Forces and
they had the authority to question any detainee,”
an
unidentified Afghan official said. “This was irresponsible and
that’s why [the colonel] was himself detained and is being
investigated.” 

A senior US Military official and a senior Afghan official based
in Kabul said Kandahari was working with or for the Americans at
the time the colonel handed over the prisoners. A senior US
official told Reuters Kandahari had no official status with the
US forces deployed in Wardak Province.

Earlier, the US Military said it had repeatedly investigated the
disappearances in Nerkh and had found no evidence of wrongdoing
by any of its personnel.

Kandahari has been at large since January, when the scandal first
emerged following the discovery of mutilated bodies near the US
Special Forces base in Nerkh. The reported arrest of the colonel
comes after the bodies of three men detained since November in
joint US-Afghan raids were found close to the base in May.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Iraq warns Israel on anti-Iran strike

0

Iraq has warned Israel against the consequences of using its airspace to carry out a military strike against Iranâ„¢s nuclear facilities.

Å“They (Americans) have assured us that they will never violate Iraqi airspace or Iraqi sovereignty by using our airspace to attack any of our neighbors,” Iraqi Deputy Prime Minister Hussein al-Shahristani said on Monday.

Å“We have also warned Israel that if they violate Iraqi airspace, they will have to bear the consequences,” he added.

Shahristani noted that Iraq’s National Security Council has passed its warning to Israel Å“through countries that they have relations with.”

Asked how Iraq would react to any Israeli attempt to attack Iranâ„¢s atomic sites, Shahristani said, Å“Obviously, Iraq wouldn’t be disclosing its reaction, to allow Israel to take that into account.”

The US, Israel and some of their allies have repeatedly accused Iran of pursuing non-civilian objectives in its nuclear energy program, with the Israeli regime repeatedly threatening to attack Iran’s nuclear facilities based on the unfounded allegation.

On April 16, the US Senate Foreign Relations Committee adopted “Senate Resolution 65,” according to which the US will provide the Israeli regime with diplomatic, economic and military assistance if Tel Aviv decides to launch an attack against Iran.

The resolution, which was adopted on the day marking the 65th anniversary of the creation of the Israeli regime, is yet to be approved by the US Senate.

Iran rejects the allegation over its nuclear energy program, arguing that as a committed signatory to the Non-Proliferation Treaty and a member of the International Atomic Energy Agency, it has every right to use nuclear technology for peaceful purposes.

Unlike Iran, Israel, which is widely believed to possess between 200 to 400 nuclear warheads, is a non-signatory to the NPT and continues to defy international calls to join the treaty.

YH/KA/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Kerry’s Plan: Palestinians to be cast as Fall Guys — Again

0

Under heavy pressure from the US, the Israeli prime minister, Benjamin Netanyahu, has paid grudging lip service over the past four years to the goal of Palestinian statehood. But his real agenda was always transparent: not statehood, but what he termed “economic peace”.

Ordinary Palestinians, in Netanyahu’s view, can be pacified with crumbs from the master’s table: fewer checkpoints, extra jobs and trading opportunities, and a gradual, if limited, improvement in living standards. All of this buys time for Israel to expand the settlements, cementing its hold over the West Bank and East Jerusalem.

After 20 years of pursuing Palestinian statehood implied in the Oslo Accords, the US indicated last week it was switching horses. It appears to be adopting Netanyahu’s model of “economic peace”.

The US secretary of state, John Kerry, flanked by the Israeli president, Shimon Peres, and the Palestinian Authority chairman, Mahmoud Abbas, at the World Economic Forum in Jordan, revealed an economic programme for getting peace talks on track.

Some 300 Israeli and Palestinian business people were on board, he said, and would invest heavily in the Palestinian economy in a venture that was “bigger, bolder and more ambitious than anything since the Oslo accords”.

No more details were forthcoming, except that it will be overseen by Tony Blair, Britain’s former prime minister who has been the Quartet representative, the international community’s “man in Jerusalem”, since 2007.

He is a strange choice indeed, given that the Palestinian leadership has publicly dismissed him as “Israel’s defence attorney” and privately argued – as revealed in the Palestine Papers leaked in 2011 – that he advocates “an apartheid-like approach to dealing with the occupied West Bank”.

Kerry’s claims for his programme were grand yet vague. Some $4 billion in private investment over three years would boost the Palestinian economy by 50 per cent; agricultural production and tourism would triple; unemployment fall by two-thirds; wages rise by 40 per cent; and 100,000 homes would be built.

But the proposal left few impressed, and for good reason.

Kerry is simply repackaging the task Blair was entrusted with six years ago. His job has been to develop the Palestinian economy and build up Palestinian institutions in preparation for eventual statehood, so far to little effect.

As David Horovitz, editor of the right wing Times of Israel newspaper, scoffed: “If there was $4 billion to be had in private investment in the Palestinian economy, you can rest assured that Tony Blair would have found it.”

Or seen another way, the Palestinian economy’s problem is not a lack of investment; it is a lack of viable opportunities for investment. Palestinians have no control over their borders, airspace, radio frequencies, water and other natural resources, not even over the currency or internal movement of goods and people. Everything depends on Israel’s good will. And few investors will be prepared to bet on that. Israel has repeatedly shown itself more than ready to crush the PA’s finances by, for example, withholding Palestinian tax revenues it collects and is mandated to pass on.

Blair’s role has been heavily criticised because his narrow focus on economic development has not only failed to foster a climate conducive to talks but has served as cover for Israel and Washington’s inaction on Palestinian statehood. Instead of rethinking Blair’s failed mandate, Kerry appears set on perpetuating and expanding it.

Abdallah Abdallah, a senior Fatah official, summed up the Palestinian response: “We are not animals that only want food. We are a people struggling for freedom”.

Israel, meanwhile, is only too ready to push Kerry down this hopeless path.

From Israel’s perspective, the US plan usefully distracts attention from the Arab Peace Initiative, the Arab states’ renewed offer last month of full diplomatic relations with Israel in return for its withdrawal from most of the occupied territories.

Netanyahu, worried the offer might corner him into serious talks, has responded with stony silence. At the same time, Yair Lapid, the supposedly centrist finance minister who was originally promoted by the West as a peacemaker, has squashed the idea of a deal with the Palestinians as unrealistic. He told the New York Times last month that he supported expanding the settlements.

Israel, it seems, hopes that the Palestinian Authority, now permanently mired in financial crisis, can be arm-twisted with promises of billions of dollars in sweeteners. According to Palestinian sources, Abbas is facing intense pressure from the US, with the Kerry plan intended to leverage him into dropping his condition that Israel freeze settlement growth before negotiations restart.

Israel is keen to win that concession. Despite reports that Netanyahu has quietly promised the Americans he will avoid embarrassing them for the next few weeks with announcements of settlement building, a rash of projects is in the pipeline.

At the weekend, media reports disclosed a plan for 300 new homes in East Jerusalem, while nearly 800 more are to be released for sale. Several settlement outposts established without authorisation from the Israeli government are expected to be made legal retrospectively, including hundreds of homes in Eli, near Ramallah.

Reuters reported yesterday that Kerry expects a decision on restarting peace talks within two weeks — or, his officials say, he will walk away from the peace process. He told a meeting of the American Jewish Committee the same day: “If we do not succeed now, we may not get another chance.”

For Netanyahu, such threats are hollow. If the US absents itself from the conflict, Israel will simply be left with a freer hand to intensify its subjugation of the Palestinians and the theft of their land.

Even though much more is at stake for the Palestinians, the PA has so far been quietly dismissive of the Kerry plan. It has stated it will not make “political concessions in exchange for economic benefits” — a diplomatic way of saying it will not be bribed to sell out on statehood.

But the real danger for the Palestinians, as they remember only too well from the 2000 Camp David talks, is that they are being set up as the fall guy. Should they refuse to sign up to the latest version of economic peace, Israel and the US will be only too ready to blame them for their intransigence.

This is win-win for Netanyahu, and another moment of disastrous slippage in the diplomatic process for the Palestinians.

Jonathan Cook won the Martha Gellhorn Special Prize for Journalism. His latest books are “Israel and the Clash of Civilisations: Iraq, Iran and the Plan to Remake the Middle East” (Pluto Press) and “Disappearing Palestine: Israel’s Experiments in Human Despair” (Zed Books). His website is www.jonathan-cook.net.

A version of this article first appeared in The National, Abu Dhabi.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Rezaei to fight joblessness, social ills

0

Independent presidential candidate Mohsen Rezaei addresses his supporters in the northwestern city of Qazvin on June 4, 2013.

Independent presidential candidate Mohsen Rezaei says finding solutions for rural unemployment and migration, social maladies, market regulation as well as substandard production will top his agenda if elected president in the June 14 election.

Addressing a group of his supporters in the northwestern city of Qazvin on Tuesday, Rezaei warned against the dangers of youth joblessness.

He noted that the major problems in the country are low agricultural production, and the closure of factories in rural areas.

Rezaei, who is currently secretary of the Expediency Council, stated that the youths have migrated to big cities in search of jobs, leaving the elderly behind.

He added that the next administration will have no chance for trial and error.

Tehran Mayor Mohammad Baqer Qalibaf, President of the Center for Strategic Research of the Expediency Council Hassan Rohani, MP Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel, Supreme National Security Council Secretary Saeed Jalili, former Foreign Minister Ali Akbar Velayati, former First Vice President Mohammad Reza Aref, and former Telecommunications Minister Mohammad Gharazi are the seven rivals against whom Rezaei is competing.

Iranians will go to the polls in the countryâ„¢s 11th presidential election on June 14. The fourth city and rural council elections are also scheduled to be held on the same day.

Nearly 50.5 million Iranians are eligible to vote in the upcoming presidential election, with more than 1.6 million first-time voters.

MP/KA/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Zuma calls for dialogue in mining sector

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]South African President Jacob Zuma has called for dialogue among all stakeholders in the mining sector after two people were shot and killed in the course of union rivalry at Lonmin mine in the north of the country.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Frank Lautenberg, the Last of the New Deal Liberals

0

Frank Lautenberg, the son of a Paterson, New Jersey, silk mill worker and the last World War II veteran serving in the US Senate, took his cues from another political time: a time when liberals were bold and unapologetic, a time when it was understood that government could and should do great things.

Frank Lautenberg speaks on Hurricane Sandy, December 5, 2012. (AP Photo/Manuel Balce Ceneta) One of the few members of Congress who could remember listening to Franklin Delano Roosevelt on the radio and going to college on the initial GI Bill, Lautenberg served five terms in the US Senate as a champion of great big infrastructure investments–especially for Amtrak and urban public transportation–great big environmental regulations, great big consumer protections and great big investigations of wrongdoing by Wall Street.

It can fairly be said that the New Jersey senator, who died Monday at age 89, kept the New Deal flame lit. Indeed, one of the last major pieces of legislation proposed to renew one of FDR’s greatest legacies: the Works Progress Administration, which provided public-works employment for millions of Americans during the Great Depression that defined Lautenberg’s youth.

When he introduced his “21st Century WPA Act” two years ago, Lautenberg declared, “Our economy will not recover and our nation will not move forward until we put jobs first. Establishing a 21st Century Works Progress Administration would immediately put Americans to work rebuilding our nation and strengthening our communities. Across the country, we continue to benefit from projects completed under President Roosevelt’s WPA, which employed more than three million Americans during a time of great need. A 21st Century WPA would tackle our nation’s job crisis head-on and accelerate our economic recovery.”

A self-made millionaire who paid his own way into politics at age 58, Lautenberg never forgot that government programs lifted him out of poverty. And he refused to bend to the austerity fantasies of official Washington. Indeed, he attacked them with gusto, especially after returning to the Senate in 1983 following a bizarre turn of political events in the early years of George W. Bush’s presidency.

First elected to the Senate in 1982, Lautenberg retired in 2000, saying he was sick of the money chase required to fund big-budget campaigns. Two years later, New Jersey Senator Robert Torricelli, a more centrist Democrat with whom Lautenberg had frequently sparred, was hit with a corruption scandal in the midst of the 2002 campaign. Torricelli had to quit, creating a circumstance where it looked as if the Republicans would take the seat virtually by default. But Lautenberg elbowed his way into the race, fought in the courts for a place on the ballot and was easily reelected to the Senate at age 78.

While other Democrats were still trying to figure out how to take on the Bush administration, Lautenberg arrived ready for a fight–calling for investigations into the Bush-Cheney White House and launching blistering attacks on political cronyism. He was, as well, an ardent foe of the social-conservative policies of the administration–and of Democrats who were willing to compromise with the White House. Unabashedly pro-choice and pro—LGBT rights, Lautenberg was a leading champion of gun control who, when his long battle with cancer and related ailments took a turn for the worse this spring, said that one of his biggest regrets was missing the debates over new gun-control legislation because “my victories over the gun lobby are among my proudest accomplishments.” The senator was, as well, a fierce defender of affirmative action–earning the admiration of the NAACP, along with a 100 percent rating for his votes.

Lautenberg’s liberalism was robust. Unlike many members of the Democratic Caucus, his commitment to the ideology was of the broad-spectrum variety. Yes, Lautenberg was one of the most committed social liberals in the Senate. But like his old friend Paul Wellstone, Lautenberg was equally committed to economic liberalism.

The New Jersey senator sided with organized labor and earned top ratings from the Drum Major Institute for his battles on behalf of working families. A businessman who never forgot that his dad sweated in the silk mills and died young, Lautenberg fought for minimum-wage hikes, factory safety and fair trade–a commitment that led him to break with the Clinton administration to oppose the North American Free Trade Agreement. But his biggest fight was for a renewal of the New Deal commitment of government to invest in job creation.

Lautenberg really did believe in putting the government to work on the task of putting people to work. His legislative record was packed with proposals for infrastructure investment and jobs programs–including the recent American Infrastructure Investment Fund Act of 2013, with its plan for a $5 billion fund to incentivize private, state and regional investments in transportation projects around the country by providing eligible products with financial assistance.

Even after he announced that he would retire in 2015, at the end of his current term (which will now be filled by an interim senator appointed by Republican Governor Chris Christie), Lautenberg kept that New Deal flame lit. Barely a week before his death, the senator was one of the first members of Congress to respond to the bridge collapse of the Interstate 5 in Washington State.

“The bridge collapse in Washington State is simply unacceptable. Families in America should not have to worry that the bridges they cross are unstable,” he said. “Far too many bridges across the country and in my home state of New Jersey are aging and in urgent need of repair. This scary bridge collapse shows why the Senate should act quickly to pass my bill to strengthen America’s crumbling infrastructure, create jobs and boost our economy.”

Frank Lautenberg, who made his fortune in the private sector before ever considering a political career, had no patience with those who would limit the ability of government to respond to the physical crisis of a bridge collapsing or the human crisis of widespread unemployment. Like FDR, he understood the power of government to renew the economy.

To a greater extent than all but a few in Congress, he kept alive the New Deal faith that Roosevelt articulated in one of those “fireside chats” Lautenberg listened to as child growing up poor in mill towns of north Jersey: “To those who say that our expenditures for Public Works and other means for recovery are a waste that we cannot afford, I answer that no country, however rich, can afford the waste of its human resources,” FDR said. Demoralization caused by vast unemployment is our greatest extravagance. Morally, it is the greatest menace to our social order. Some people try to tell me that we must make up our minds that for the future we shall permanently have millions of unemployed just as other countries have had them for over a decade. What may be necessary for those countries is not my responsibility to determine. But as for this country, I stand or fall by my refusal to accept as a necessary condition of our future a permanent army of unemployed.”

© 2013 The Nation

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Russian contract for delivery of S-300s to Syria yet to be fulfilled – Putin

0

Russia has not yet completed its contract to supply Russian-made S-300 surface-to-air missiles to Syria, President Vladimir Putin said.

“As for the S-300s, it’s one of the best air defense systems
in the world,”
Putin said following a Russia-EU summit.
“It’s a serious weapon. We would not like to tip the balance
of power in the region. We signed the contract a few years ago.
It has not been implemented yet.”

Russia’s S-300 contract with Syria has been a contentious issue
in international diplomacy recently. Opponents of the Syrian
government insist that Russia’s planned sale of the system would
aid Damascus in its fight against the rebels.

Moscow maintains that the S-300s will help stabilize Syria by
deterring those who seek to escalate the conflict, and would not
help the Syrian government fight the rebels, who do not have
aircraft or missiles.

Defending the existing contract, Putin stressed that the
deliveries are transparent and do not violate international law.
He went on to mention that Britain sponsored an international
treaty that forbids supplying arms to non-governmental actors.

“We presume that all UN members will join it or at least
starting from this day follow the rules and principles, which our
British colleagues suggested,”
Putin said.

Last week, the EU did not extend its arms embargo against Syria.
Some European countries, including the UK and France, may now
supply arms to Syrian rebel groups after August 1. The fractured
Syrian opposition has so far failed to form a working government.

Putin also commented on the planned international conference in
Geneva for negotiations between the Syrian government, rebel
leaders and other parties interested in resolving the two-year
civil war. He said the unwillingness of some rebel groups to talk
and the lack of a unified opposition leadership hamper the peace
process.

“The Russian Foreign Minister and the US Secretary of State
prepared our proposition on the issue; it has been agreed upon.
Our side took upon itself the responsibility to convince the
Syrian leadership to take part in this conference. As you know,
the Syrian leadership has already officially confirmed that they
agree to take part in it,”
Putin added.

The Russian president added that the conference would not miss
the absence of some rebels, such as the militant leader showed in
video footage to be feasting on the body of a Syrian army
soldier. 

This article originally appeared on: RT

Russia has to react as NATO moves closer to its borders – Medvedev

0

Russia cannot see NATO expansion towards its borders as positive, as under certain circumstances the possibility of military confrontation remains, the Russian PM has said at the Euro-Arctic Council’s forum.

When a reporter asked Dmitry Medvedev how the balance of forces
in Europe will change if Sweden and Finland decide to enter NATO,
the Russian Prime Minister answered that his country would have
to react to such developments.

“This is their own business; they are making decisions in
accordance with the national sovereignty doctrine. But we have to
consider the fact that for us the NATO bloc is not simply some
estranged organisation, but a structure with military
potential
,” the head of the Russian government said adding
that under certain unfavorable scenarios this potential could be
used against Russia.

“All new members of the North Atlantic alliance that appear in
proximity of our state eventually do change the parity of the
military force. And we have to react to this
,” the top
official noted.

At the same time, Medvedev told reporters that currently Russia
and NATO have a working and effective body of cooperation — the
Russia-NATO council.

The issue of NATO expansion towards Russian borders is also
important as it is directly connected with the deployment of
global missile defense system in NATO member countries, including
former Warsaw Pact members, such as Poland and the Czech
Republic. As US and NATO refused to provide Russia with legally
binding guarantees that the ABM systems would not target Russian
forces, Russia is opposing the move, warning of future tensions
and the possibility of a new arms race.

Earlier this week US Secretary of State John Kerry spoke at a
joint press conference with Poland’s Foreign Minister Radek
Sikorski and said that his country was not making any concessions
to Russia as it altered the plans to develop and run the missile
defense system.

“The United States of America has made zero concessions to
Russia with respect to missile defense
,” news agencies quoted
the top US diplomat as saying.

He added that the elements of the missile defense shield would be
placed in Poland by 2018 and that this was part of NATO’s
modernized approach to security.

The plans to deploy a missile defense system in NATO
member-countries such as Poland and the Czech Republic caused
strong protests from Russia and in 2008 then President Dmitry
Medvedev announced that his country would deploy the newest
Iskander ballistic missiles in the Kaliningrad Region — Russia’s
westernmost exclave — and this move would render the planned
defense system useless. In 2012 Russia allocated additional means
to upgrade the Iskander systems announcing that this would allow
the weapon to effectively counter the US anti-missile systems.

Russian media have reported that Iskander deployment to
Kaliningrad should have started in the second half of 2012, but
the military denied this and said it is still in the preparatory
stage.

This article originally appeared on: RT

UK soldiers confess to Afghan civilian abuse

0


Two British soldiers have admitted abusing Afghan civilians, including a child, at a court martial hearing in Germany. One racially abused an Afghan man, while the other pleaded guilty to indecent behavior towards a child.

At the trial, which happened in Sennelager, northwest Germany,
one of the two guilty soldiers — identified as ‘Soldier X’ — said
that in December 2011 he pulled an Afghan boy’s hand towards his
crotch and instructed him to ‘touch my special place.’

‘Soldier X’ further admitted to insulting a different Afghan
child between October 2011 and January 2012. He was cleared of
forcing an Afghan girl to touch him on a separate occasion.

A third unidentified man, their patrol officer, was declared not
guilty. He had stood accused of failing to deal with the offences
in his professional capacity as a patrol officer.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Exposed: "FrackNation" Deploys Tobacco Playbook in Response to "Gasland 2"

0

Documentary filmmaker Josh Fox, whose new film Gasland 2 takes on the gas industry’s fracking bonanza, has now become the target for rightwing activists with a movie of their own. (Image: Gasland 2)Big Oil has deployed the “Tobacco Playbook” once again, this time in response to the release of “Gasland 2.”

It comes in the form of a documentary film titled, “FrackNation,” whose co-directors’ funding in the past came from Donors Capital and Donors Trust, referred to by Mothers Jones‘ Andy Kroll as “the dark-money ATM of the right” and a major source of funding for climate change denial. 

Both “Gasland 2” and “FrackNation” cover hydraulic fracturing (“fracking”), the toxic horizontal drilling process via which unconventional oil and gas is obtained from shale rock basins around the country and world. Co-produced and co-directed by Irish couple Phelim McAleer and Ann McElhinney, “FrackNation” purports to be “funded by the 99 percent to combat the misrepresentations by the 1 percent of urban elites who want to tell rural Americans how to work and live.”

McAleer and McElhinney also say they are independent journalists working independently of corporate funding. McAleer was referred to by the San Francisco Chronicle as “climate denial’s Michael Moore” and both McAler and McElhinney are listed as “experts” by the climate change-denying Heartland Institute.

“FrackNation is an independent film and we want to remain independent of the Gas industry and be funded by ordinary people,” it says on its KickStarter page that it used to raise $212,265 from 3,305 backers of the film between February-April 2012.

This isn’t the first dip in the “doubt is our product” pond for McAleer and McElhinney. In the past, they co-directed and co-produced a pro-mining documentary titled “Mine Your Own Business” and a climate change denial documentary titled, “Not Evil, Just Wrong.”

Both McAleer and McElhinney have made a living in recent years deploying the “Tobacco Playbook,” mutating settled scientific debates on energy and climate catastrophe into false two-sided affairs, which corporate-funded news media take and run with as “he-said, she-said” stories. 

Filmmaker’s History of Tobacco Playbook Deployment

“FrackNation” made its public debut in Jan. 2013, coinciding with the release of “Promised Land,” a Hollywood drama starring Matt Damon. 

“It’s time Hollywood celebrities and environmentalists were asked some difficult questions about their anti-fracking activities and ideologies. And that’s what FrackNation does,” McAleer said in a press release announcing the world premiere. 

McAleer and McElhinney are now singing a similar tune about “Gasland 2,” as it approaches its July 8 HBO release date. 

“Mine Your Own Business”

Countering popular environmental struggles and luminaries is the modus operandi for McAleer and McElhinney, with a track record of doing so dating back to the mid-2000’s. Their first public foray into the world of “marketing doubt” came with the release of their “Mine Your Own Business: The Dark Side of Environmentalism.”  

Released in 2006, the film was produced in response to the anti-mining protests that popped up against Gabriel Resources proposed open-pit gold mines in Romania, slated to be the largest in Europe. McAleer said it was “the world’s first anti-environmentalist documentary.” 

One key funder: Gabriel Resources. This moved local Romanian citizen Eugen David to write that the film was pure propaganda. 

“Because the gold lies squarely under and around the village of Rosia Montana, Gabriel needs to move out the local population — roughly 2000 people all in all. But it’s not only the people that will need to go,” David wrote in Jan. 2007. “Gone also would be our mountains, pastures, rivers and our churches, cemeteries and school — our community with its social fabric and traditions.”

The purpose of the film was obvious: complicate the narrative on the proposed mine through ad hominem attacks on environmentalists, rather than addressing environmental issues associated with the mine itself. David and fellow citizens living in the proposed mining area didn’t buy the bluff. 

“After a first unannounced test screening in Bucharest, Gabriel Resources had to stop the film after 15 minutes because people were so revolted by what they saw,” he further explained. 

“Mine Your Own Business,” however, did have a loyal fan base: the right-wing echo chamber. 

Steve Milloy, a tobacco industry front man-turned-fossil fuel industry front man, wrote two favorable reviews for Fox News. The Salt Institute and Atlas Society (named after Ayn Rand’s “Atlas Shrugged”) echoed Milloy’s efforts.  

“Not Evil, Just Wrong”

In response to the proposed 2009 federal climate legislation and in the run-up to the 2009 Copenhagen United Nations international climate summit, McAleer and McElhinney released the film, “Not Evil, Just Wrong.” Akin to “FrackNation” with “Gasland 2” director Josh Fox, the film spends much time attacking former Vice President Al Gore in ad hominem fashion, with the film serving as a response Gore’s “An Inconvenient Truth.”  

“It has no commercial distributor, but instead debuted on an October 18 webcast heavily promoted by social conservative organizations like Focus on the Family and the American Family Association, as well as local Tea Party groups,” a Mother Jones article explained.

Paralleling “Mine Your Own Business,” the film was met with great fanfare within the right-wing echo chamber despite lack of commercial distribution. 

“They’ve held pre-screenings for bloggers and brought the film to every major conservative conference of 2009, including the Values Voter Summit and Americans for Prosperity’s Defending the American Dream Summit,” one news media report explained. “At the Conservative Political Action Conference [CPAC], McAleer and McElhinney spoke right before Rush Limbaugh.”

Other Big Tobacco apologists-turned-Big Oil apologists also helped promote the film: Grover Norquist’s Americans for Tax Reform and the Heritage Foundation, the Cornwall Alliance, The Washington Examiner, Collegians for a Constructive Tomorrow (CFACT), the Fraser Institute, Breitbart.com, and Right Online.      

McAler and McElhinney have brought the Tobacco Playbook to the big screen. The question remains: who’s funding them?

Donors Trust, Donors Capital Funding McAleer, McElhinney

“Mine Your Own Business”

“Mine Your Own Business” was funded by Gabriel Resources, but Gabriel wasn’t the only fundee. The other patron: Donors Trust/Donors Capital.

In the past, McElhinney and McAleer were formerly Fellows at the Moving Pictures Institute (MPI), founded by Thor Halvorssen. MPI, in turn, produced “Mine Your Own Business” and is a member of the State Policy Network (SPN), a right-wing echo chamber network for state policy that publishes PR “studies” to promote the corporate agenda.

Halvorssen also runs the Human Rights Foundation (HRF), which has taken $764,950 from Donors Trust and Donors Capital since 2005, according to a recent investigative story by Max Blumenthal. Blumenthal also explains MPI took more than $300,000 from Donors between 2005 and 2011. 

“Not Evil, Just Wrong”

“Not Evil, Just Wrong” also received funding from Donors. DeSmogBlog contributor and Guardian (UK) climate changer writer Graham Readfearn explained in a Feb. 2012 article that Donors funnelled $24,753 toward the film. 

This lends an explanation as to why “Not Evil, Just Wrong” was promoted by well-heeled climate change deniers in the mid-2010 Balanced Education for Everyone (BEE) campaign, calling for a “balanced” scientific teaching of the climate change “controversy.” The BEE campaign parallels ones pushed for via an American Legislative Exchange Council (ALEC) model bill, by the Discovery Institute, and by the Heartland Institute. 

“Global warming alarmists want Americans to believe that humans are killing the planet,” BEE’s former website explained in promoting the film. “But Not Evil Just Wrong, a documentary by Phelim McAleer and Ann McElhinney, proves that the real threats to America (and the rest of the world) are the flawed science and sky-is-falling rhetoric of Al Gore and his allies in environmental extremism.”

BEE’s campaign was run by the Independent Women’s Forum (IWF), which in Oct. 2003 signed a partnership with Americans for Prosperity (AFP), an astroturf front group founded and funded by the Koch Brothers, key funders of the climate change denial machine. The two entitites at the time announced they would share leadership, senior staff and office space, a formal relationship they say ended in 2005. 

“Not Evil, Just Wrong” shared the same PR firm with BEE, Go Ahead PR, a sure sign that the film’s release and the campaign were part of a coordinated campaign. 

© 2013 DeSmog Blog

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Exposed: "FrackNation" Deploys Tobacco Playbook in Response to "Gasland 2"

0

Documentary filmmaker Josh Fox, whose new film Gasland 2 takes on the gas industry’s fracking bonanza, has now become the target for rightwing activists with a movie of their own. (Image: Gasland 2)Big Oil has deployed the “Tobacco Playbook” once again, this time in response to the release of “Gasland 2.”

It comes in the form of a documentary film titled, “FrackNation,” whose co-directors’ funding in the past came from Donors Capital and Donors Trust, referred to by Mothers Jones‘ Andy Kroll as “the dark-money ATM of the right” and a major source of funding for climate change denial. 

Both “Gasland 2” and “FrackNation” cover hydraulic fracturing (“fracking”), the toxic horizontal drilling process via which unconventional oil and gas is obtained from shale rock basins around the country and world. Co-produced and co-directed by Irish couple Phelim McAleer and Ann McElhinney, “FrackNation” purports to be “funded by the 99 percent to combat the misrepresentations by the 1 percent of urban elites who want to tell rural Americans how to work and live.”

McAleer and McElhinney also say they are independent journalists working independently of corporate funding. McAleer was referred to by the San Francisco Chronicle as “climate denial’s Michael Moore” and both McAler and McElhinney are listed as “experts” by the climate change-denying Heartland Institute.

“FrackNation is an independent film and we want to remain independent of the Gas industry and be funded by ordinary people,” it says on its KickStarter page that it used to raise $212,265 from 3,305 backers of the film between February-April 2012.

This isn’t the first dip in the “doubt is our product” pond for McAleer and McElhinney. In the past, they co-directed and co-produced a pro-mining documentary titled “Mine Your Own Business” and a climate change denial documentary titled, “Not Evil, Just Wrong.”

Both McAleer and McElhinney have made a living in recent years deploying the “Tobacco Playbook,” mutating settled scientific debates on energy and climate catastrophe into false two-sided affairs, which corporate-funded news media take and run with as “he-said, she-said” stories. 

Filmmaker’s History of Tobacco Playbook Deployment

“FrackNation” made its public debut in Jan. 2013, coinciding with the release of “Promised Land,” a Hollywood drama starring Matt Damon. 

“It’s time Hollywood celebrities and environmentalists were asked some difficult questions about their anti-fracking activities and ideologies. And that’s what FrackNation does,” McAleer said in a press release announcing the world premiere. 

McAleer and McElhinney are now singing a similar tune about “Gasland 2,” as it approaches its July 8 HBO release date. 

“Mine Your Own Business”

Countering popular environmental struggles and luminaries is the modus operandi for McAleer and McElhinney, with a track record of doing so dating back to the mid-2000’s. Their first public foray into the world of “marketing doubt” came with the release of their “Mine Your Own Business: The Dark Side of Environmentalism.”  

Released in 2006, the film was produced in response to the anti-mining protests that popped up against Gabriel Resources proposed open-pit gold mines in Romania, slated to be the largest in Europe. McAleer said it was “the world’s first anti-environmentalist documentary.” 

One key funder: Gabriel Resources. This moved local Romanian citizen Eugen David to write that the film was pure propaganda. 

“Because the gold lies squarely under and around the village of Rosia Montana, Gabriel needs to move out the local population — roughly 2000 people all in all. But it’s not only the people that will need to go,” David wrote in Jan. 2007. “Gone also would be our mountains, pastures, rivers and our churches, cemeteries and school — our community with its social fabric and traditions.”

The purpose of the film was obvious: complicate the narrative on the proposed mine through ad hominem attacks on environmentalists, rather than addressing environmental issues associated with the mine itself. David and fellow citizens living in the proposed mining area didn’t buy the bluff. 

“After a first unannounced test screening in Bucharest, Gabriel Resources had to stop the film after 15 minutes because people were so revolted by what they saw,” he further explained. 

“Mine Your Own Business,” however, did have a loyal fan base: the right-wing echo chamber. 

Steve Milloy, a tobacco industry front man-turned-fossil fuel industry front man, wrote two favorable reviews for Fox News. The Salt Institute and Atlas Society (named after Ayn Rand’s “Atlas Shrugged”) echoed Milloy’s efforts.  

“Not Evil, Just Wrong”

In response to the proposed 2009 federal climate legislation and in the run-up to the 2009 Copenhagen United Nations international climate summit, McAleer and McElhinney released the film, “Not Evil, Just Wrong.” Akin to “FrackNation” with “Gasland 2” director Josh Fox, the film spends much time attacking former Vice President Al Gore in ad hominem fashion, with the film serving as a response Gore’s “An Inconvenient Truth.”  

“It has no commercial distributor, but instead debuted on an October 18 webcast heavily promoted by social conservative organizations like Focus on the Family and the American Family Association, as well as local Tea Party groups,” a Mother Jones article explained.

Paralleling “Mine Your Own Business,” the film was met with great fanfare within the right-wing echo chamber despite lack of commercial distribution. 

“They’ve held pre-screenings for bloggers and brought the film to every major conservative conference of 2009, including the Values Voter Summit and Americans for Prosperity’s Defending the American Dream Summit,” one news media report explained. “At the Conservative Political Action Conference [CPAC], McAleer and McElhinney spoke right before Rush Limbaugh.”

Other Big Tobacco apologists-turned-Big Oil apologists also helped promote the film: Grover Norquist’s Americans for Tax Reform and the Heritage Foundation, the Cornwall Alliance, The Washington Examiner, Collegians for a Constructive Tomorrow (CFACT), the Fraser Institute, Breitbart.com, and Right Online.      

McAler and McElhinney have brought the Tobacco Playbook to the big screen. The question remains: who’s funding them?

Donors Trust, Donors Capital Funding McAleer, McElhinney

“Mine Your Own Business”

“Mine Your Own Business” was funded by Gabriel Resources, but Gabriel wasn’t the only fundee. The other patron: Donors Trust/Donors Capital.

In the past, McElhinney and McAleer were formerly Fellows at the Moving Pictures Institute (MPI), founded by Thor Halvorssen. MPI, in turn, produced “Mine Your Own Business” and is a member of the State Policy Network (SPN), a right-wing echo chamber network for state policy that publishes PR “studies” to promote the corporate agenda.

Halvorssen also runs the Human Rights Foundation (HRF), which has taken $764,950 from Donors Trust and Donors Capital since 2005, according to a recent investigative story by Max Blumenthal. Blumenthal also explains MPI took more than $300,000 from Donors between 2005 and 2011. 

“Not Evil, Just Wrong”

“Not Evil, Just Wrong” also received funding from Donors. DeSmogBlog contributor and Guardian (UK) climate changer writer Graham Readfearn explained in a Feb. 2012 article that Donors funnelled $24,753 toward the film. 

This lends an explanation as to why “Not Evil, Just Wrong” was promoted by well-heeled climate change deniers in the mid-2010 Balanced Education for Everyone (BEE) campaign, calling for a “balanced” scientific teaching of the climate change “controversy.” The BEE campaign parallels ones pushed for via an American Legislative Exchange Council (ALEC) model bill, by the Discovery Institute, and by the Heartland Institute. 

“Global warming alarmists want Americans to believe that humans are killing the planet,” BEE’s former website explained in promoting the film. “But Not Evil Just Wrong, a documentary by Phelim McAleer and Ann McElhinney, proves that the real threats to America (and the rest of the world) are the flawed science and sky-is-falling rhetoric of Al Gore and his allies in environmental extremism.”

BEE’s campaign was run by the Independent Women’s Forum (IWF), which in Oct. 2003 signed a partnership with Americans for Prosperity (AFP), an astroturf front group founded and funded by the Koch Brothers, key funders of the climate change denial machine. The two entitites at the time announced they would share leadership, senior staff and office space, a formal relationship they say ended in 2005. 

“Not Evil, Just Wrong” shared the same PR firm with BEE, Go Ahead PR, a sure sign that the film’s release and the campaign were part of a coordinated campaign. 

© 2013 DeSmog Blog

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Virtual currencies under scrutiny: Bitcoin’s next

0

Systems for virtual currencies, largely perceived as an alternative to crisis stricken traditional banking, are now pressed on all fronts. Since US federal prosecutors halted digital payment network Liberty Reserve, the Bitcoin currency is now under fire.

The largest exchange of the digital Bitcoin currency is now
requiring all accounts to be verified as the US piles the
pressure on the coin.

US authorities shut down Liberty Reserve for being a large money
laundering scheme. The Costa Rica-based company is charged with
running a “$6 billion money laundering scheme and operating an
unlicensed money transmitting business,”
Preet Bharara, U.S.
Attorney for the Southern District of New York said. Liberty
Reserve was tailor-made for criminal transactions and
money-laundering, facilitating “a broad range of online
criminal activity, including credit card fraud, identity theft,
investment fraud, computer hacking, child pornography, and
narcotics trafficking,”
according to the indictment. The
Liberty Reserve system handled huge amounts of money outside the
control of national governments, as it was not registered with US
authorities. On top of that, it did not require proof of identity
for users.

“Through what happened to Liberty Reserve, it (Bitcoin) will be
hurt, as alternative currency under this big heading,”
Christopher Hartwell, Senior Research Fellow of the IEMS of the
Moscow School of Management SKOLKOVO, told Business RT.

“Bitcoin will survive, but is it going to continue growing in
its demand? It’s going to become more of a target in terms of the
governments looking at it,”
the SKOLKOVO expert added.

Virtual finance: viable alternative to traditional one?

With the central banks around the world now putting increasing
pressure on normal depositors, virtual currencies have been
growing exponentially. One recent example came after the financial crisis in Cyprus, when people with
deposits above 100,000 euro were deprived of up to 30% of their
savings. This shook faith in traditional banking and made Bitcoin
an overnight sensation. Its exchange rate swung by hundreds of
dollars in a few hours, ranging from between $100 and $140,
according to bitcoincharts.com. The numbers are really high for a
currency that relies on an electronic code and a network of
anonymous helpers instead of a central government.

George Frey / Getty Images / AFP

“… global central banks are coming out and saying: we have the
policy that’s going to make your money work less, so people are
looking to other channels to look towards,”
said Hartwell.

Despite all the scrutiny virtual currencies are now facing,
“they are going to be more sophisticated, they are going to be
different from Bitcoin,”
the SKOLKOVO expert said.

“We’ve just started that tinkering experiment with the limits
of that free banking of alternative currencies. … They are going
to be better and tougher to get into, we are going to see more
proliferation in the future. ”

The official stance is not that optimistic, with the US
authorities claiming they are well prepared to combat global
illicit finances. Mr Bharara classified the Liberty Reserve
indictment as “an important step towards reining in the ‘Wild
West’ of illicit internet banking.”

“As crime goes increasingly global, the long arm of the law
has to get even longer, and in this case, it encircled the
earth,”
he added.

Though posing greater competition among currencies, the virtual
ones are not going to replace key traditional means of payment,
especially the US dollar.

“The thing is that the US dollar remains the soundest bet
around — it’s the best of a bad lot. Do you see what’s happening
to the euro? Still going on. Cyprus — still shaking up. Greece —
still shaking up. The euro was going to replace the dollar and
it’s not. There’s really nothing out there that’s going to take
the dollar’s place,”
a SKOLKOVO expert concluded.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Pro-Manning rally continue on trial day

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]US activists have continued to gather outside the military base near Washington where US Army Private Bradley Manning faced military prosecutors in the first day of his court-martial, saying that he wanted to expose the human cost of the US-led foreign wars.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Rohani to form ‘inclusive’ administration

0

Iranian presidential candidate Hassan Rohani says, if elected, he will be ready to cooperate with moderate figures from every political faction.

Å“I have no problem working with the faction that is called Principlist or the one that is called Reformist. I have no problems [with them]. I have problems with the extremists,” Rohani said in a televised interview on Monday.

Å“Basically, I have come to replace extremism with moderation. Extremism has always caused troubles for us,” he added.

When asked about his opinion on the crisis in Syria, Rohani, who is currently the chairman of the Center for Strategic Research of Iranâ„¢s Expediency Council, said the issue was of high importance for Iran because of Syriaâ„¢s role in the resistance front against Israel.

Å“Syria is an important regional issue. Syria is one of the states in the [resistance] front against Israel. It is, on the one hand, the neighbor of Lebanon – and well we have very close relations with the people of Lebanon, with the Shias of Lebanon. On the other hand, Syria is Iraqâ„¢s neighbor, which has special importance for us. Syria itself is a Muslim country and we have had very good relations with this country after the Islamic Revolution,” said the Iranian presidential candidate.

Å“Until 2014, when the incumbent [Syrian] government is in power, because it is the legal government, we will support this government… But after 2014, when itâ„¢s the time for election, we will completely support an indisputable, free and all-inclusive election. And we will be committed to supporting whatever the results of that election will be, in order to support the future legal government.”

The president of Iran is elected for a four-year term in a national election.

On June 14, Iranians will cast their ballots at over 66,000 polling stations across the country, and some 285 polling stations will be set up for Iranian nationals in other countries.

MYA/HSN/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Boeing looking at training pilots in Russia’s Skolkovo tech hub

0

Russia’s answer to silicon valley could be teaming up with US plane maker Boeing to set up a flight school to breach the country’s huge pilot shortfall.

The school will be set up as a part of the space cluster of the
Skolkovo Techno Park and will provide higher qualification
courses for pilots, the daily Vedomosti quotes sources in the
Ministry of Transportation.

«Boeing will deliver simulators and possibly other equipment
to the school. Our investments will reach tens of millions of
dollars. It’s difficult to say more precisely, as the project is
being discussed
,” Vedomosti quotes a Boeing employee.

The new flying school should help solve Russia’s lack of
qualified pilots. Russian airlines lack up to 1,200 commercial
pilots, says Minister of Transport Maxim Sokolov to the
newspaper. That’s despite Russian pilots’s salaries are higher
than many European airlines and reach 450,000 roubles a month
($14,000). Russia has only 7 civil aviation flight schools which
are unable to train enough pilots to meet the growing demand. Air
travel in Russia has double digit expansion.

Russian airlines are skeptical about the project. A
representative of UTair says the majority of carriers have their
own refresher courses and their own requirements for pilot
training.

“In principle, the establishment of a school outside the
airline is a dubious enterprise,
” Vedomosti quotes a
spokesman of Aeroflot.

The Skolkovo Foundation is a major science and innovation center
championed by Dmitry Medvedev and headed by one of Russia’s
richest businessmen, Viktor Vekselberg. Over the past year it has
been a subject to several criminal investigations criminal investigations
concerning its management. In 2012 the budget for the
organization was 50 billion roubles (about $1.7 billion), with 42
billion roubles ($1.4 billion) allocated from the state budget.

This article originally appeared on: RT

David Icke: Bilderbergers Are Engineers of Illusion

0
  •   The Alex Jones Channel Alex Jones Show podcast Prison Planet TV Infowars.com Twitter Alex Jones' Facebook Infowars store

Prison Planet.com
June 4, 2013

Mike Adams speaks with David Icke regarding the upcoming Bilderberg meeting. Icke calls for a mass turnout at the meeting in Watford this weekend.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 4, 2013 at 5:09 am



  • Share this article


  • facebookRecommend on Facebook
  • twitterTweet about it
  • <a target=_blank rel="nofollow" target="_blank" href="http://digg.com/submit?url=http://www.infowars.com/david-icke-bilderbergers-are-engineers-of-illusion/&title=David Icke: Bilderbergers Are Engineers of Illusion&bodytext=Prison Planet.com | Mike Adams speaks with David Icke regarding the upcoming Bilderberg meeting.” title=”David Icke: Bilderbergers Are Engineers of Illusion”>
    diggDigg this post


  • redditshare via Reddit
  • emailEmail



<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Charlie Skelton on the Annual Secret Meeting of the World’s Elite

0

IBT
June 4, 2013

Some of the world’s most influential political and business figures will be descending on Watford this week for Bilderberg 2013, an annual conference that famously keeps what is discussed amongst its members a secret from the general public. Despite being labelled as a private event among the world’s elite, comedy writer and regular Bilderberg follower Charlie Skelton says he expects this year’s conference to attract more attention than ever.

Full article here

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 4, 2013 at 5:07 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Canadian Premier to rub shoulders with world leaders at Bilderberg conference

0

Brad Wall keen to pick Henry Kissinger’s brain on China

CBC News
June 4, 2013

Saskatchewan Premier Brad Wall is heading to a high-powered meeting of world government and business leaders that is known for its tight secrecy.

Wall is set to attend the Bilderberg conference starting Thursday in Hertfordshire, England.

The conference’s website says it was founded in 1954 to foster dialogue between Europe and North America. The site describes it as a forum for informal, off-the-record discussions about global issues.

Wall said Monday his trip will give him a chance to tell Saskatchewan’s story to major players.

“We’re going take every chance we can to tell the world about what’s going on in Saskatchewan and what we have to offer and this is a pretty good opportunity to do that,” he said.

“Saskatchewan increasingly is playing a role in the world, especially from an economic standpoint,” Wall added. “When you have 45 per cent or so of the world’s potash reserves, a world that increasingly needs to grow more food, where emerging economies like China and India have a growing middle class and want higher protein intensities in their diet, we have the fertilizer and the food.

Full article here

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 4, 2013 at 5:03 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Bilderberg Ring of Steel

0

Infowars.com
June 4, 2013

A ring of steel is being erected around the Grove, site of Bilderberg 2013.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 4, 2013 at 5:09 am






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Bilderberg 2013: Transhumanist Death Cult

0

Infowars.com
June 4, 2013

Alex Jones discusses the Bilderberg Group’s agenda as he reflects on the transhumanist art which populates the grounds of the Grove Hotel.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 4, 2013 at 5:11 am






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Amazon and Google chiefs join other corporate tax avoiders at annual Bilderberg confab

0

Ben Quinn
London Guardian
June 4, 2013

BernankeLeavingBilderberg2008
Image: Infowars.com

George Osborne and his Labour shadow, Ed Balls, are on a list of those attending this week’s UK summit of the secretive Bilderberg group alongside the heads of Amazon and Google, both of which are under unprecedented political pressure over their companies’ aggressive tax avoidance policies.

Jeff Bezos, Amazon’s founder and chief executive, and Google’s executive chairman, Eric Schmidt, will rub shoulders with dozens of other figures from the global political and financial elite at the annual four-day meeting of the organisation, this year held near Watford. The group’s lack of transparency has long caused critics to characterise it as a secretive cabal.

A list of about 140 participants, made up almost overwhelmingly of white males but described as “a diverse group of political leaders and experts from industry”, was published on Monday by the organisation. It included only 14 women. The organisation said that those attending the summit at the Grove hotel would discuss topics including “jobs, entitlement and debt”, “how big data is changing almost everything” and “can the US and Europe grow faster and create jobs?”

The list of 12 topics provided in a short press release also included, simply, “current affairs”. It added: “The conference has always been a forum for informal, off-the-record discussions about megatrends and the major issues facing the world.”

“Thanks to the private nature of the conference, the participants are not bound by the conventions of office or by pre-agreed positions. As such, they can take time to listen, reflect and gather insights. There is no detailed agenda, no resolutions are proposed, no votes are taken, and no policy statements are issued.”

Attenders from financial backgrounds include Marcus Agius, the former chairman of Barclays who quit the post in the wake of the Libor interbank lending rate scandal, as well as Douglas J Flint, group chairman of HSBC Holdings plc, which was hit with a $1.9bn (£1.25bn) fine last December over allegations it had acted as banker for rogue states, terrorists and drug lords.

  • A d v e r t i s e m e n t

Peter Sutherland, the chairman of Goldman Sachs International, and Michael J Evans, vice-chairman of Goldman Sachs & Co, are the participants from the investment banking giant whose involvement in the sale of high-risk mortgage related investments has borne much of the blame for causing the 2008 global financial crisis.

As well as Balls and Osborne, other Britons attending include the Tory MP and minister Ken Clarke, and the former Labour MP and minister Peter Mandelson, who is listed as attending in his capacity as chairman of his strategic advice consultancy, Global Counsel, and as chairman of Lazard International, an investment bank.

This year’s meeting of the group, which first met 1954 with the aim of shoring up US-European relations in the cold war years, will attract scrutiny from the media along with, as usual, a small army of individuals harbouring a range of theories about what is really discussed behind the event’s closed doors. This year’s summit coincides in the UK with the outbreak of a fresh scandal over lobbying and calls for a statutory register of lobbyists.

A small number of journalists have received precious invitations to go behind the curtain. This year they include Martin Wolff of the Financial Times, the newspaper’s chief economics commentator, John Micklethwait, editor-in-chief of the Economist, as well as a number of others including Lilli Gruber, an anchorwoman at the privately owned Italian television channel, La 7 TV, Aslı AydıntaÅŸbaÅŸ, a columnist at Turkey’s Milliyet newspaper

Veteran participants include Henry Kissinger, the former US secretary of state, and Lord Carrington, the former Conservative politician and foreign secretary.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 4, 2013 at 5:10 am






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Jalili hails Iran’s progress in N-tech

0

Iranâ„¢s presidential candidate Saeed Jalili says the Islamic Republic has made substantial progress in the field of nuclear technology thanks to its resistance against Western pressure.

Addressing a gathering in the southern Iranian city of Ahvaz on Monday, Jalili described the US-led sanctions against Iran as an opportunity for the Islamic Republic to tap into the Iranian nationâ„¢s talents.

Iran is among the top ten countries in the field of peaceful nuclear technology, he said.

Jalili is campaigning for Iranâ„¢s 11th presidential election due to be held on June 14.

Å“Our country is now in a very good condition [in terms of nuclear technology]. The right to nuclear technology is a symbol for the Iranian nation so that the enemy understands that we will not retreat one iota from our basic rights,” said Jalili, who is currently the secretary of Iranâ„¢s Supreme National Security Council (SNSC).

The United States, the Israeli regime and some of their allies have repeatedly accused Iran of pursuing non-civilian objectives in its nuclear energy program.

The illegal US-engineered sanctions were imposed based on the unfounded accusation that Iran is pursuing non-civilian objectives in its nuclear energy program.

Using the false allegation as pretext, Washington and the European Union have imposed several rounds of illegal unilateral sanctions on Iran.

Iran rejects the allegation and argues that it has the right to use nuclear technology for peaceful purposes as a committed signatory to the nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty (NPT) and a member of the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA).

YH/HSN/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Aref offers plans to reduce joblessness

0

Iranian presidential candidate Mohammad Reza Aref has offered four special plans for reducing the unemployment rate in Iran if he is elected president.

Describing the rate of unemployment in the country as Å“worrisome,” Aref said on Monday that he has made plans for creating at least one million job opportunities every year.

Å“We have planned the creation of at least one million job opportunities in the plan that I have presented to Iranians, namely the Iran of Tomorrow. And the job opportunities target the youth. We have planned four special programs that mainly attempt to create jobs for the youth. One concerns tourism industry,” Aref stated.

The presidential candidate said other plans include expanding the information technology sector, developing the energy industry and making use of Iranâ„¢s geographic position.

Å“The average annual revenue from planes using Iranâ„¢s airspace was USD 500 million, but because of reasons mostly concerning administrative issues, we practically lost this opportunity or could not use it properly.”

In Iranâ„¢s June 14 presidential election, Aref faces seven rivals, namely Tehran Mayor Mohammad Baqer Qalibaf, President of the Center for Strategic Research of the Expediency Council Hassan Rohani, lawmaker Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel, Secretary of the Supreme National Security Council Saeed Jalili, Secretary of Expediency Council Mohsen Rezaei, former Foreign Minister Ali Akbar Velayati, and former Telecommunications Minister Mohammad Gharazi.

The president of Iran is elected for a four-year term in a national election.

MYA/HSN/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Anti-war rally to hit US London embassy

0

British protesters will picket the US embassy in London in less than two weeks to show their outrage at the western interference in the Syrian crisis and to call for a halt in the interventionist policy.

The protest has been called by British anti-war campaign group the Stop the War Coalition that said the west should allow Syrians to decide on their future and keep its hands off the Middle Eastern nation.

Å“The aim of the intervention so far has been to effect regime change, illegal under international law. The solution in Syria cannot lie in further militarizing the conflict, or in intervention by Western powers,” the group said in a statement.

Å“It is for the people of the Middle East to decide their own future. The Western powers have a record and history of intervention which has been a key source of the region’s problems,” it added.

The Stop the War Coalition said an intervention in Syria in the form of arming Syrian foreign-backed militants is backed by only 24 percent of Britons while 72 percent want an end to Londonâ„¢s warmongering following the catastrophic interventions in Afghanistan and Iraq.

The group has also sent a letter to the British Prime Ministerâ„¢s office calling on his government to recognize the fact that Å“the future of Syria is for the Syrian people alone to decide, and that your actions can only worsen the situation”.

AMR/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Qusayr-headed militants ambushed

0

A militant in Syria looks through the site of his rifle towards Syrian troops near the northern Syrian city of Aleppo, on October 28, 2012.

The Syrian army has ambushed a group of foreign-backed militants heading toward the western strategic city of al-Qusayr in Homs Province.

The Syrian troops destroyed a vehicle carrying the militants and their weapons and ammunitions on Monday.

Qusayr is located near Syriaâ„¢s border with Lebanon and is now mostly under the control of the Syrian army. Syrian troops entered Qusayr from several directions on May 19 after weeks of clashes with militants.

The city has been an important center and supply route for the foreign-sponsored militants fighting against the Damascus government.

Meanwhile, the government forces killed another batch of militants who were trying to flee from Qusayr.

Hundreds of militants have reportedly arrived in Qusayr to counter the Syrian government forces, who backed by the Lebanese resistance movement Hezbollah, have made major gains in the fighting.

The Syrian army forces also mounted an assault to take over the control of Kfar Hamra countryside near the northwestern city of Aleppo.

Scores of foreign-sponsored militants were killed or injured in the army attack targeting their gathering in the town of Idlib.

On Sunday, the government forces drove back a group of militants attempting to infiltrate Syria through the Lebanese border.

Syria has been gripped by unrest for more than two years. The foreign-sponsored militancy has taken its toll on the lives of many people, including large numbers of Syrian soldiers and security personnel.

SAB/HN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Bilderberg Security Kicks Out Alex Jones

0

Ring of steel being erected around site of elitist confab as terror lock down goes into effect

Paul Joseph Watson
Infowars.com
June 4, 2013

Alex Jones along with Infowars reporters Paul Joseph Watson, Richard Reeves and Lee Ann McAdoo visited the site of the Bilderberg 2013 confab and observed a ring of steel being erected around the perimeter of the Grove hotel before they were unceremoniously ejected by security staff last night.

After taking pictures of the grounds and filming several videos, the reporters visited the Grove’s main restaurant to eat dinner, only to be confronted within 15 minutes by Grove security staff who insisted they all leave. Jones insisted that he be allowed to pay the bill so as to protect against being set up as a thief, but security officials refused to provide any documentation.

During the exchange, several staff members working at the hotel approached Alex Jones and thanked him for his work, indicating that many of the employees at the Grove are aware of the Bilderberg Group and may be willing to share information about the behavior of its members at a later date.

Grove security followed the Infowars reporters to their vehicle and another employee followed the car until it had exited the hotel’s long driveway. As Jones and Watson continued to film at the entrance to the hotel, Reeves and McAdoo observed police, who were obviously on the lookout for Jones, pulling people over at random for questioning.

Security staff again refused to divulge why they were ejecting Jones and his crew, only saying that they had been asked to do so by the security services.

The paranoid reaction to Jones’ presence at the Hotel days before the start of the Bilderberg conference comes in the aftermath of the Grove refusing to honor reservations made by Jones and his crew, which were canceled last week.

The Grove itself is currently in the early stages of a security lock down, with a steel fence being erected around the perimeter of the grounds in order to keep out protesters.

Police have also confirmed that anti-terror laws will be used to set up a no fly zone around the area of the Grove, despite there being no actual terror threat.

“It must be recognised that there will be a number of high-profile people involved in going to this event and with previous terrorist events we have had not intel that something would happen,” Watford Chief Inspector Nick Caveney told the Watford Observer.

The cost of providing security for the conference will run into the millions, part of which is being covered by taxpayers, something that is causing increasing resentment amongst local residents.

Yesterday, Watford Borough Council cabinet member Mark Watkin labeled the security operation surrounding Bilderberg as “disgraceful”.

*********************

Paul Joseph Watson is the editor and writer for Infowars.com and Prison Planet.com. He is the author of Order Out Of Chaos. Watson is also a host for Infowars Nightly News.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 4, 2013 at 4:23 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Bilderberg Security Kicks Out Alex Jones

0

Ring of steel being erected around site of elitist confab as terror lock down goes into effect

Paul Joseph Watson
Infowars.com
June 4, 2013

Alex Jones along with Infowars reporters Paul Joseph Watson, Richard Reeves and Lee Ann McAdoo visited the site of the Bilderberg 2013 confab and observed a ring of steel being erected around the perimeter of the Grove hotel before they were unceremoniously ejected by security staff last night.

After taking pictures of the grounds and filming several videos, the reporters visited the Grove’s main restaurant to eat dinner, only to be confronted within 15 minutes by Grove security staff who insisted they all leave. Jones insisted that he be allowed to pay the bill so as to protect against being set up as a thief, but security officials refused to provide any documentation.

During the exchange, several staff members working at the hotel approached Alex Jones and thanked him for his work, indicating that many of the employees at the Grove are aware of the Bilderberg Group and may be willing to share information about the behavior of its members at a later date.

Grove security followed the Infowars reporters to their vehicle and another employee followed the car until it had exited the hotel’s long driveway. As Jones and Watson continued to film at the entrance to the hotel, Reeves and McAdoo observed police, who were obviously on the lookout for Jones, pulling people over at random for questioning.

Security staff again refused to divulge why they were ejecting Jones and his crew, only saying that they had been asked to do so by the security services.

The paranoid reaction to Jones’ presence at the Hotel days before the start of the Bilderberg conference comes in the aftermath of the Grove refusing to honor reservations made by Jones and his crew, which were canceled last week.

The Grove itself is currently in the early stages of a security lock down, with a steel fence being erected around the perimeter of the grounds in order to keep out protesters.

Police have also confirmed that anti-terror laws will be used to set up a no fly zone around the area of the Grove, despite there being no actual terror threat.

“It must be recognised that there will be a number of high-profile people involved in going to this event and with previous terrorist events we have had not intel that something would happen,” Watford Chief Inspector Nick Caveney told the Watford Observer.

The cost of providing security for the conference will run into the millions, part of which is being covered by taxpayers, something that is causing increasing resentment amongst local residents.

Yesterday, Watford Borough Council cabinet member Mark Watkin labeled the security operation surrounding Bilderberg as “disgraceful”.

*********************

Paul Joseph Watson is the editor and writer for Infowars.com and Prison Planet.com. He is the author of Order Out Of Chaos. Watson is also a host for Infowars Nightly News.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 4, 2013 at 4:23 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Gazprom brush-off: Germany’s largest gas supplier signs ‘milestone’ contract with Canada

0

Germany’s largest gas supplier E.ON plans to taper its dependence on Gazprom, Russia’s state-owned gas major and Norway, instead developing ties with the Canadian company Pieridae Energy.

The contract was finalized on June 3rd, and Pieridae Energy will
supply five million tonnes of liquefied natural gas (LNG) to
Western Europe for an unspecified several billion euros,
Deutsche Welle reported.

Pieridae says it will build Canada’s first LNG export terminal at
Goldboro, Nova Scotia on Canada’s east cost by 2020, now that
they have secured reliable shipping clients in Europe.

The deal was cited as a ‘milestone in the diversification’ for
E.ON, which will enable the German gas, energy, and electric
conglomerate diversify its gas imports, and move away from
Russian gas dependence. The diversification will help avoid
future economic risks, and provide the company with a market
edge.

E.ON has a long history with Gazprom with long-term contracts and
fixed prices, and in the past year has tried to negotiate revised
contracts with Gazprom.

The high price of Russian gas and Gazprom’s reported refusal to
negotiate spot market pricing, led to deep losses at
the Germany company, with core earnings dropping 5 percent on
weak energy consumption and low prices.The Dusseldorf-based
company warned it ‘faces major challenges’, reporting plans to
slash up to 11,000 jobs.

E.ON says it has been forced to sell the gas it buys from Russia
at a loss in order to remain competitive on the German market.

Existing contracts between Gazprom and E.ON run through until
2020, 2035, and 2036. Currently E.ON, imports around 20 billion
cubic meters of gas annually.

The president of Lukoil, Russia’s second largest oil producer,
Vagit Alekperov, doesn’t foresee a drastic
change in the German-Russian energy dynamic in the coming
years.


“Gazprom will retain its share on the European market thanks to
the infrastructure it has set up over decades and the flexible
pricing policy,”
said Alekperov.

E.ON, Germany’s biggest utility provider, also supplies homes
with electricity. In 2013, it sold more power in advance to
shield themselves from future energy dips.

In this year’s first quarter, the company sold 100 percent of its
output for the current year, compared to only 90 percent a year
earlier.

On May 29, E.ON completed its acquisition of an additional stake
in the Brazilian power company MPX Energia S, buying a 24.5
percent stake for $673 million, which brought its total stake up
to 36.2 percent

This article originally appeared on: RT

UK MP quits over sexual assault case

0

A British Liberal Democrat MP facing sexual assault allegations has stepped down from the party whip after meeting deputy Prime Minister and party leader Nick Clegg.

Mike Hancock is accused of misusing her position to take advantage of a vulnerable woman who approached him for help with her noisy neighbors.

His voluntary withdrawal followed a move by Clegg to suspend him from the party whip.

Hancockâ„¢s 39-year-old victim has sued him in the high court after repeated requests from the Lib Dem party officials to investigate his misdemeanor failed.

“My client has fought for three years to get someone in authority to take her allegations seriously. Repeatedly her complaints have been met with indifference,” the victimâ„¢s solicitor, Harriet Wistrich, said.

“The abuse of Mike Hancock’s power and status as an MP is a matter that should concern all politicians with an interest in challenging the sleaze that taints the reputation of parliament,” Wistrich added.

Hancock was arrested over the accusations in 2010 but was later released.

His lawyers claimed at the time that the case was dismissed by the Crown Prosecution Service because there was no evidence against him.

AMR/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

UK MP quits over sexual assault case

0

A British Liberal Democrat MP facing sexual assault allegations has stepped down from the party whip after meeting deputy Prime Minister and party leader Nick Clegg.

Mike Hancock is accused of misusing her position to take advantage of a vulnerable woman who approached him for help with her noisy neighbors.

His voluntary withdrawal followed a move by Clegg to suspend him from the party whip.

Hancockâ„¢s 39-year-old victim has sued him in the high court after repeated requests from the Lib Dem party officials to investigate his misdemeanor failed.

“My client has fought for three years to get someone in authority to take her allegations seriously. Repeatedly her complaints have been met with indifference,” the victimâ„¢s solicitor, Harriet Wistrich, said.

“The abuse of Mike Hancock’s power and status as an MP is a matter that should concern all politicians with an interest in challenging the sleaze that taints the reputation of parliament,” Wistrich added.

Hancock was arrested over the accusations in 2010 but was later released.

His lawyers claimed at the time that the case was dismissed by the Crown Prosecution Service because there was no evidence against him.

AMR/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Russian govt commission approves new guidelines for NGO restrictions

0

A Cabinet commission has approved a new set of legislative amendments laying out further guidelines for the widespread inspections of Russian NGO activities that began in recent months.

Russian authorities have paid special attention to NGO activities
starting this past spring, when the country’s parliament and
president approved and enacted the ‘foreign agents law,’
instructing all non-profit organizations receiving funding from
abroad to disclose this fact to the public by being classified as
‘foreign agents.’

The new amendments comprise a draft federal law developed by the
Russian Justice Ministry following an order issued by Russian
President Vladimir Putin in November 2012.

The stated reasons for the inspections include the expiration of
warning terms issued by official bodies, reports on alleged
violations submitted by private persons or legal entities, and
information on extremist activities reported by officials or
media.

Inspections can also be launched if local self-government bodies
report that an NGO is violating Russian law, if prosecutors make
an official request, or on orders by the Russian government or
president.

Recent changes to Russian legislation on NGOs sparked a wave of
protests, with various NGOs criticizing the move as a crackdown
and saying that new regulations would cause a sharp decline in
foreign financing that could eventually force the closure of many
groups.

Russian officials, including President Putin, maintain that the
new law provides citizens with detailed information about NGO
budgets in order to help draw conclusions about the motives
behind their activities. The bill’s sponsors have emphasized that
it imposed no restrictions on foreign agent groups, as long as
they officially announce their status, with failure to do so
punishable by fines.

In spring of this year, the Justice Ministry and the General
Prosecutor’s Office launched a major nationwide inspection of all
NGOs. They found that at least two groups — the
election-monitoring association Golos and the center for support
of public initiatives in the northern Russian city of Kostroma —
had violated the new law.

The NGO inspections are ongoing, but prosecutors claim that the
checks are now pre-planned, or connected to reports that some
groups are continuing their operations despite earlier warnings
over actions classified as ‘extremism’ in Russian law.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Central Europe on high alert amid worst-in-decade flooding

0

Floods raging across central Europe have killed nine people and left several missing, while 7,000 residents have been evacuated in the Czech Republic. No respite is in sight, with more heavy rains expected later this week.

Six people died in the Czech Republic from what appears to be the
worst flooding in a decade, and Prague declared a state of emergency after the Vltava River reached
its highest flood alert level. Eight metro stations have been
shut down, and the Prague Zoo has ordered the evacuation of
animals whose cages could be submerged. Prague’s Charles Bridge,
built in the 14th Century, was also closed.

Volunteers built sandbag walls in the Czech capital to hold back
the banks of the swollen river from overwhelming the historic
city center, a UN World Heritage Site.

The statue of world harmony leader Sri Chinmoy is partially submerged in water from the rising Vltava river in Prague June 2, 2013 (Reuters / David W Cerny)

The Vltava River is currently flowing through Prague at a volume
of 3,000 cubic meters of water per second, while the norm is only
149 cubic meters per second. The river’s safety barriers can hold
back a maximum of 3,250 cubic meters per second.

According to CTK news agency, flooding in the Czech capital may
peak on Tuesday. “The story is not yet over here,” Environment
Minister Tomas Chalupa said.

On Monday, Prague’s sewage treatment plant was closed to prevent
damage from the high water, meaning the capital’s sewage is
currently being dumped directly into the river. The plant will
likely reopen on Tuesday or Wednesday.

Central Europe last saw similar floods in 2002, when 17 people
died in the Czech Republic, causing an estimated $26 billion in
damage, Reuters reported.

Firefighters evacuate a lady from her flooded house in the south Bohemian village of Nemcicky, June 2, 2013 (Reuters / Petr Josek)

The flooding, which comes after several days of torrential
rainfall, has also affected parts of Germany, Slovakia, Hungary
and Poland. In Austria, two have died and another two have gone
missing. In some areas, two months’ worth of rain fell in just a
couple days.

Swollen rivers gushed into the old section of Passau in southeast
Germany as waters rose to levels not seen in over five centuries,
according to German news agency DPA, which reported that the
water levels were the highest recorded in Passau since 1501.
”The situation is extremely dramatic,” Herbert
Zillinger, a spokesperson for Passau’s crisis center told AP.

Electricity has been shut down as a precaution as rescue teams
are use boats to evacuate residents from flooded parts of the
city. Authorities evacuated a prison in danger of flooding,
moving 60 inmates to two other nearby facilities.

 

The German army has deployed 1,760 soldiers in the south and east
of the country to help local authorities reinforce flood
defenses. Volkswagen shut down a plant in Zwickau, in the eastern
German state of Saxony, after flooding made it impossible for
workers to reach the factory.

The sign above the door of restaurant and hotel 'Am Paulusbogen' is partially submerged in the flooded centre of the Bavarian town of Passau, about 200 km north-east of Munich June 3, 2013 (Reuters / Michaela Rehle)

Some of the worst flooding was seen around the Danube River,
Europe’s second-longest after Russia’s Volga River. The Danube
originates in the German town of Donaueschingen, and passes
through four European countries — Austria, Slovakia and Hungary —
before it empties into the Black Sea. German Chancellor Angela
Merkel will visit flood-hit areas on Tuesday.

In the Austrian city of Salzburg, some 160 train passengers were
put up overnight in army barracks after being stranded by heavy
floods.

Meteorologists fear the flooding could follow the course of the
Danube River down to other European countries along its route.

Flood barriers have also been erected along the banks of the
Danube River where it passes through Bratislava, the capital of
Slovakia. “We are getting bad news from Germany and Austria.
We have to do all we can to protect… the capital,”
Slovak
Prime Minister Robert Fico said.

Gyorgy Bakondi, the head of the Hungarian National Disaster
Authority, told local media that water levels in the Danube River
could exceed 2002’s worst-ever record, and that 400 people are
currently working on flood defenses.

Flooded houses next to river Steyr are pictured during heavy rainfall in the small Austrian city of Steyr June 2, 2013 (Reuters / Leonhard Foeger)

This article originally appeared on: RT

Aref offers plans to reduce joblessness

0

Iranian presidential candidate Mohammad Reza Aref has offered four special plans for reducing the unemployment rate in Iran if he is elected president.

Describing the rate of unemployment in the country as Å“worrisome,” Aref said on Monday that he has made plans for creating at least one million job opportunities every year.

Å“We have planned the creation of at least one million job opportunities in the plan that I have presented to Iranians, namely the Iran of Tomorrow. And the job opportunities target the youth. We have planned four special programs that mainly attempt to create jobs for the youth. One concerns tourism industry,” Aref stated.

The presidential candidate said other plans include expanding the information technology sector, developing the energy industry and making use of Iranâ„¢s geographic position.

Å“The average annual revenue from planes using Iranâ„¢s airspace was USD 500 million, but because of reasons mostly concerning administrative issues, we practically lost this opportunity or could not use it properly.”

In Iranâ„¢s June 14 presidential election, Aref faces seven rivals, namely Tehran Mayor Mohammad Baqer Qalibaf, President of the Center for Strategic Research of the Expediency Council Hassan Rohani, lawmaker Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel, Secretary of the Supreme National Security Council Saeed Jalili, Secretary of Expediency Council Mohsen Rezaei, former Foreign Minister Ali Akbar Velayati, and former Telecommunications Minister Mohammad Gharazi.

The president of Iran is elected for a four-year term in a national election.

MYA/HSN/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

‘Bomb attack kills 3 Afghan soldiers’

0

Afghans gather at the site of a blast in Laghman province in eastern Afghanistan on June, 3, 2013.

At least three Afghan soldiers have been killed and three others wounded in a bomb attack in Afghanistan’s southern province of Helmand, Press TV reports.

According to Afghanistan’s Ministry of Defense, the attack was carried out on Tuesday when the troopers’ vehicle run over an Improvised Explosive Device (IED) planted on a roadside in the province.

No group has taken responsibility for the bombing but it is widely believed to be left by the Taliban.

Earlier the same day, another roadside bomb blast claimed the lives of a father and his three children in the western province of Farah.

The United Nations says violence in Afghanistan has killed or wounded 412 civilians in the past two weeks.

The United States and its allies invaded Afghanistan in 2001 as part of so-called war on terror. The offensive removed the Taliban from power, but insecurity remains across the country.

In late April, the Taliban said it would use “every possible tactic” to inflict casualties on Afghan and foreign forces.

According to a UN report released in February, more than 2,750 people were killed and over 4,800 were injured in conflict-related violence in Afghanistan in 2012.

FKO/DB/HN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Kerry hints waning US leverage in Syria

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]US Secretary of State John Kerry has hinted declining American ability to influence events inside Syria in favor of the anti-Damascus foreign-backed insurgents, saying Washington’s involvement in Syrian crisis came “late.”

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

US missile defense system may remain on Jordan-Syria border after drills

0

The US will deploy Patriot missile batteries and F-16 fighter jets in Jordan for military exercises, and the weapons may remain there indefinitely due to the threat of the Syrian civil war. The US has declined to comment on the size of the deployment.

The missile defense systems were “approved for deployment to
Jordan as part of Exercise Eager Lion,”
AFP quoted US Central
Command spokesperson Lt. Col. T.G. Taylor as saying. “In order
to enhance the defensive posture and capacity of Jordan, some of
these assets may remain beyond the exercise at the request of the
government of Jordan,”
he added.

The US has so far refused to reveal how many F-16s are being
deployed, or how many of them will remain in Jordan after the
exercises conclude. Jordanian officials have confirmed that the
missile defense systems are being sent, vowing they will only be
used to defend the country from potential missile attacks.

Jordan, an ally of Washington, shares a border with Syria and has
seen a huge influx of Syrian refugees displaced by the conflict.

The Patriot batteries are capable of shooting down Scud or other
short-range missiles — which are known to be part of the Syrian
military’s arsenal — and could be used to enforce a no-fly-zone
over Syria.

NATO previously deployed Patriot batteries along the Turkey-Syria border, and
a contingent of 1,200 soldiers to operate them. The Syrian
government criticized the NATO deployment as a provocation, and
Russia and Iran have likewise protested the move.

Patriot missile installation is pictured at a positions near the city of Kahramanmaras, Turkey (Reuters / Axel Schmidt / Pool)

Russia is often criticized for its commitment to ship S-300
missile batteries to Syria as part of a contract signed several
years ago. Moscow maintains that the deal does not violate
international law, and may help stem violence in the country.

The general director of MiG — the Russian arms manufacturer that
makes the jets of the same name — told Russian news agencies on
Friday that a Syrian delegation was in Moscow to discuss the
terms and deadline for a new contract to supply “more than
10”
MiG-29 M/M2 fighters.

Washington’s decision could spark further worries about its
increasingly assertive role in the Syrian conflict.

The EU lifted an arms embargo on Syria at the end of May, allowing
European countries to “fully support” the rebels fighting
against the government of President Bashar Assad. Washington has
praised the development as giving Europe more flexibility to ramp
up pressure on Assad.

Moscow maintains that the Patriot deployment is both
counterproductive and potentially unlawful, since delivering arms
to non-governmental actors against the wishes of that country’s
government is a violation of international law. Such moves are
forbidden by both UN-level treaties on arms trade and the EU’s
own guidelines.

In a further development, the White House has reportedly asked
the Pentagon to outline plans for a military no-fly zone over Syria. A no-fly zone is
often enacted as a final precaution before military
intervention. 

So far, the US has been reluctant to directly intervene in the
Syrian conflict, saying it was only a remote possibility. Still,
US lawmakers have on several occasions pushed for the US to adopt
a more aggressive stance.

Republican Senator John McCain (R-AZ), a staunch advocate for
supplying military aid to the Syrian opposition, made a surprise
visit to war-torn Syria at the end of May to
meet with the rebels.

The conflict in Syria has now entered its third year, with
Damascus the site of frequent bomb attacks. At least 80,000
people have been killed since the uprising against President
Assad began in March 2011, according to UN estimates.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Sweat Shops, Then and Now

0

Despite his support for some policies and programs that organized labor has strongly opposed (NAFTA anyone?), I’ve always been a fan of Robert Reich, President Clinton’s first-term Secretary of Labor. Even when disagreeing with him, I’ve always found his thinking to be refreshingly clear, and his heart in the right place.

Incidentally, for anyone interested in a fascinating glimpse into White House politics, I can recommend Reich’s Locked in the Cabinet, an insightful (and surprisingly witty) first-person account of his four years as Labor Secretary.

During an interview for my book, Reich and I touched on the rise of Third World manufacturing and the deleterious effect it’s had on America’s industrial sector. In response to my mini-rant about their deplorable working conditions, Reich reminded me that, historically, “sweatshops” have been a natural point on the trajectory from a rural economy to an industrial one. It happened in Europe, it happened in the U.S., and it’s happening in the Third World.

Of course, most of us are familiar with that “historical” explanation. After all, how else could it have occurred? How else does a country move from a farming economy to an industrial economy? Clean, safe, well-lighted, modern factories don’t just suddenly spring up overnight. They evolve. Historically, the sweatshop has been a natural stage in the progression of an industrial-based economy.

But there’s a critical flaw in this appeal to history, one that hinges upon the failure to recognize a profound difference between then and now. And that difference is the dominant role of multinational corporations.

Consider an analogy to the “evolution” of former European colonies in Africa and Asia, and the role the Cold War played in it.  Due to enormous political and economic pressure exerted by the tug-of-war between the USA and USSR, these countries were denied the right to self-determination. They were denied the right to struggle toward a “natural” self-identity. In a word, they weren’t allowed to evolve.  Instead, many of them became client states.

And so it is with manufacturing industries in the Third World. The corporate entities who rule these enterprises (and whose loyalty is reserved exclusively for bankers and shareholders) are constantly trolling for industrial “client states” of their own.

Just as it’s getting harder in the U.S. to find employment as a full-time, vested employee–rather than a temp, part-timer, or independent contractor–the same is true of manufacturing enterprises in Third World nations. It’s all about mobility. While the word “temporary” may once have had pejorative connotations, today those connotations are all positive. Temporary means unconstrained. It means free to move. It means no hindrances, no limitations, no commitments, and, alas, no long-term responsibilities.

Just as U.S. businesses are constantly seeking ways to pry workers off the traditional concept of “full-fledged employment” and get them to rejoice in seeing themselves as wandering hordes of independent contractors, corporations around the world are doing the same thing, but they are doing it on a gargantuan scale.

These multinational corporations are transforming entire countries into independent contractors. They “hire” these countries the same way American businesses hire transient workers. They hire them, train them, equip them, get all they can out of them, and then, as soon as they can strike a better deal elsewhere, they cut them loose.

The deplorable working conditions in countries like Bangladesh, Vietnam and Honduras could almost be “excused” if it were understood by everyone–employers, workers, consumers, human rights groups–that what we’re observing is simply a stage in the natural development of an industrial economy, and that these sweatshops and this unfortunate class of worker are moving inexorably toward something better.

But that’s not the case. The exploitation of Third World labor has become a monetized and commodified form of “human strip-mining,” and it’s being traded daily on the New York Stock Exchange. Unless something very dramatic happens, it ain’t going away any time soon.

David Macaray, an LA playwright and author (“It’s Never Been Easy: Essays on Modern Labor” 2nd edition), was a former union president. dmacaray@earthlink.net

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Bomb blast kills 3 Afghan soldiers

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]At least three Afghan soldiers have been killed and three others wounded in a bomb attack in Afghanistan’s southern province of Helmand.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Germany: Austerity solidarity or grubby politics?

0
<!–Patrick Young–>

Patrick L Young is expert in global financial markets working in multiple disciplines, ranging from trading independently to running exchanges.

Germans find themselves in a tricky position: broadly loathed by the blame-storming Mediterranean zone while their domestic economy teeters on the cusp of recession with an impending election which has long been Mrs Merkel’s to lose…

Lest you don’t spend your waking hours studying industrial
production statistics, you may have missed some rather worrying
data. According to surveys which tend to pre-empt the overall
state of the economy, China is now in a manufacturing recession.
What’s worse, Europe’s uber-dynamo powerhouse Teutonic industrial
heartland, Germany, has been looking sickly too… True, the
latest data suggests a pick-up in the Eurozone. The Mediterranean
patient looks to have awoken from their coma. However intensive
economic palliative care will still be required before a return
to growth. Germany too has just had its best manufacturing
numbers for months but the statistics still presage contraction
as opposed to growth…

Meanwhile, Mrs Merkel’s government has been making noises behind
the scenes: perhaps it might be time for a little economic
stimulus? In other words, austerity is the rule for the dissolute
south with stimulus for the thrifty Teutonic north. Doubtless it
will be dressed up as EU solidarity to conceal a subsidised
electoral campaign export drive for German industry.

Of course we have been here before. During the last decade
Germany flagrantly ignored Eurozone budget deficit rules when it
suited Berlin. Subsequently Germany has been shocked when other
nations such as Greece did the same thing, ultimately plunging
the entire Eurozone into crisis.

However, a spirit of hypocrisy has never obstructed the political
classes from self-perpetuation in most parts, and Germany is not
immune in this regard. Having insisted that the Mediterranean has
its feet held to the fire, Germany now appears to be relenting in
a move fuelled by pure undiluted self-interest. While Finance
Minister Schauble may be decrying tabloid tales of largesse, it
is feasible that a nervous Mrs Merkel will launch economic
stimulus ahead of the hustings as she doubles down to stay in
office.

Eurozone unemployment now totals a staggering 19.2 million
citizens (equivalent to the combined population of Austria and
Belgium). Meanwhile in Frankfurt, anti-capitalists have been
protesting outside the ECB. Given how West Germany fared compared
with East Germany during the period 1945-1989, this rather
beggars belief.

Nevertheless, the prospect of recession in Germany is acute:
growth has been anaemic for some time. However, with unemployment
unchanged for more than half a year at 6.9%, things still look
rosy compared to the catastrophic 12.2% Eurozone average.
Therefore Mrs Merkel may well rush to demonstrate her credentials
as a provider of Euro-solidarity while appearing keen to avoid
domestic recession when securing re-election is her core focus.

Of all the issues facing the EU right now, the abysmally designed
Euro remains pivotal to the bloc’s economic woes. Vast exporter
Germany is in a pact whereby it gets a currency held artificially
lower than the Mark would have been, thanks to the fiscal
inconsistencies of the Mediterranean. Meanwhile, Mrs Merkel has
been politicking with France proposing a new post of President of
the Euro Currency Group. Clearly what an ongoing currency / debt
/ unemployment crisis really needs is another tax-free salaried
bureaucrat – particularly another President to add to the already
burgeoning ranks of Presidents within the EU.

Germany remains under pressure to provide bounteous transfer
payments to its poorer EU neighbours. However, the nation has
been there once before in recent times and that raised the
hackles of many voters even when the transfers were to fellow
members of the Volk.

Despite all the massive transfer payments that subsidized the
“Ossis” after the fall of the Berlin Wall, the eastern
Land has remained stubbornly less productive. Post reunification,
the adoption of parity between the Deutsch- and Ost-Mark ensured
Eastern savings retained value albeit at the dreadful cost of
making Eastern German industry wretchedly uncompetitive.
Ironically, billions of Marks/Euros later and the border lands of
Germany now find themselves enjoying an influx of investment…
from Polish families. Polish thrift and tenacious entrepreneurial
spirit has driven their property prices above those of German
houses just west of the Oder. Poles have been working tenaciously
towards prosperity helped only by relative paucity of transfer
payments from the EU, compared to vast German Federal largesse to
its east.

When German citizens baulk at providing another generation of
subsidies to the Mediterranean Eurozone, it is easy to understand
why. Transfer payments didn’t work within a unified Deutschland,
why will it work across borders? Will exasperated voters rally to
Mrs Merkel’s defence of the Euro or will she resort to that
remarkably Mediterranean electoral technique of intervening to
stimulate the economy and thus retain power?

The statements, views and opinions expressed in this column are solely those of the author and do not necessarily represent those of RT.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Market Buzz: Concerns escalate over slow China growth, US mfg data

0

Russian stocks started off Tuesday in positive territory following a high close on Wall Street.

Most Russian stocks ended Monday lower following weak
performances on Asian and European floors: The MICEX finished
0.95 percent lower at 1337.0, while the RTS lost 0.93 percent to
close at 1319.0.

European stocks likewise posted sharp losses on Monday, plunging
to their lowest closing levels for the past month over weak
manufacturing data from the US and escalating concerns on Chinese
growth.

The HSBC released its final reading on China’s manufacturing PMI,
which fell to 49.2 from a preliminary reading of 49.6, pointing
to a slowdown in the manufacturing sector. However, the official
PMI rose to 50.8 from 50.6; most Asian markets saw losses amid
the contradictory data.

In Europe, the manufacturing PMI for the eurozone climbed to 48.3
from 46.7 in April, its highest level in 15 months. In Spain, the
PMI rose to a 24-month high of 48.1, while Italy’s climbed to its
highest level in four months at 47.3. A reading above 50
indicates economic expansion.

The Stoxx Europe 600 index lost 0.8 percent to close at 298.59.
The UK’s FTSE 100 was down 0.9 percent, Germany’s DAX lost 0.8
percent and France’s CAC 40 slid 0.7 percent. Turkish stocks also
saw a significant slump following anti-government protests in
Istanbul.

US stocks rose, though the US Dollar fell after fresh data
revealed that the US manufacturing sector contracted for the
first time in six months. The Institute for Supply Management
reported a 49 PMI, down from 51 last month; the news has raised
concerns about the recovery of the US economy.

The Dow Jones Industrial Average rose 0.92 percent to 15,254.03,
the S&P 500 was up 0.59 percent to 1,640.42 and the Nasdaq
advanced 0.27 percent to 3,465.37.

Asian stocks traded mixed Tuesday. Japan’s Nikkei 225 jumped 1.5
percent to 13,456.39 following a Bank of Japan report that the
country’s monetary base increased 31.6 percent in May over the
expected 24.3 percent, after gaining 23.1 percent in April.

Hong Kong’s Heng Seng fell 0.3 percent to 22,219.48 and South
Korea’s Kospi fell 0.3 percent to 1,983.55. Benchmarks in
mainland China, Singapore, the Philippines, Indonesia and
Thailand also fell. Australia’s S&P/ASX 200 rose 0.2 percent
to 4,989.90, and India’s benchmark Sensex also rose.

Oil is currently lower, with Brent down 0.2 percent to $101 and
WTI down 0.3 percent to $93.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Turkey demonstrations take toll on econ.

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Anti-government demonstrations in Turkey have taken a toll on economy, leading to the fall of the country’s stocks, bonds, and currency.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Turkey demonstrations take toll on econ.

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Anti-government demonstrations in Turkey have taken a toll on economy, leading to the fall of the country’s stocks, bonds, and currency.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

How Elite Economic Hucksters Drive America’s Biggest Fraud Epidemics

0

Photo Credit: Shutterstock.com

May 29, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Editor’s note: This article is part of an ongoing AlterNet series, “The Age of Fraud.“

What do you get when you throw together economic fraudsters, plutocrats and opportunistic criminals? A financial crisis, that’s what. If you look back over the massive frauds that have swept the country in recent decades, from the savings and loan crisis of the 1980s to the 2007-’08 financial crash, this deadly combination always appears.

A dangerous cycle begins when prominent economists pander to plutocrats and bought politicians, who reward them with top posts, where they promote the perverse economic policies that cause fraud epidemics. Crises develop, and millions of people are ripped off. Those who fight for truth are ignored or ruined. The criminals get wealthier, bolder and more politically powerful, and go on to hatch even more devastating cons.

The three most recent financial crises in U.S. history were driven by a special type of fraud called “control fraud” — cases where the officers who control what look like legitimate entities use them as “weapons” to commit crimes. Each time, Alan Greenspan, former chairman of the Federal Reserve, played a catastrophic role. First, his policies created the fraud-friendly (criminogenic) environment that produces epidemics of control fraud, then he failed to identify those epidemics and incipient crises, and finally, he failed to counter them.

At the heart of Greenspan’s failure lies an ethical void in the brand of economics that has dominated American universities and policy circles for the last several decades, a brand known as “free market fundamentalism” or the “neoclassical school.” (I call it “theoclassical economics” for its quasi-religious belief system.) Mainstream economists who follow this school assert a deeply flawed and controversial concept known as the “efficient market hypothesis,” which holds that financial markets magically regulate themselves (they automatically “self-correct”) and are thus immune to fraud. When an economist starts believing in that kind of fallacy, he is bound to become blind to reality. Let’s take a look at what blinded Greenspan:

  1. Greenspan knew that markets were “efficient” because the efficient market hypothesis is the foundational pillar underlying modern finance theory.
  2. Markets can’t be efficient if there is control fraud, so there must not be any.
  3. Wait, there are control frauds! Tens of thousands of them.
  4. Then control fraud must not really be harmful, or markets would not be efficient.
  5. Control fraud, therefore, must not be immoral. As crime boss Emilio Barzini put it in The Godfather, “It’s just business.”

As delusional and immoral as this “logic” chain is, many elite economists believe it. This warped perspective has spawned policies so perverse that they turn the world of finance into the optimal environment for criminals. The upshot is that most of our elite financial leaders and professionals have thrown integrity out the window, and we end up with recurrent, intensifying financial crises, de facto immunity for our most elite criminals, and the rise of crony capitalism. Let’s do a little time travel to see exactly how this plays out.

How to stoke a savings and loan fiasco

The Lincoln Savings and Loan Association of Irvine, California was at the center of the famous crisis that rocked the financial world in the 1980s. A once prudently run company morphed into a casino when S&L associations became deregulated and started doing risky business with depositors’ money. Businessman, GOP darling, and anti-pornography crusader Charles Keating, ironically nicknamed “Mr. Clean,” took over Lincoln in 1984 and got the casino rolling. (It was a special kind of casino where the games were rigged — and not in favor of newlywed brides who were the subject of sexual extortion in Casablanca.) In a classic case of control fraud, Keating devoted himself to turning the company into a weapon of mass financial destruction and a source of wealth for his family. Keating’s “weapon of choice” for his frauds was accounting.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Motherhood at 40 and the Bioethical Quagmires of Reproductive Technology

0

Photo Credit: Interlink Books

May 31, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

The following are excerpts from Cracked Open: Liberty, Fertility and the Pursuit of High Tech Babies  by Miriam Zoll, including chapter titles. (Interlink, May 2013)

One Egg, Please, and Make It Easy

I am an official member of the Late Boomer Generation. We grew up after the Pill and the Baby Boomers, in the socially transformative 1970s and ‘80s, watching with wide eyes while millions of American women–some with children and some not–infiltrated formerly closed-to-females professions like medicine, law, and politics. This exodus from the kitchen into the boardroom created a thrilling, radical shift in home and office politics, in the economy, and in relations between the sexes.

“Shoot for the stars,” some of the more thoughtful women advised us, “but don’t forget about the kids.”

We are the generation that also came of age at a time of burgeoning reproductive technologies. We grew up with dazzling front-page stories heralding the marvels of test-tube babies, frozen sperm, surrogates and egg donors; stories that helped paint the illusion that we could forget about our biological clocks and have a happy family life after–not necessarily before or during–the workplace promotions.

Each week newsstands brimmed with stories about older celebrities becoming mothers with the help of miraculous fertility treatments. A few years ago, photographer Annie Leibovitz birthed her first child at the age of fifty-two, while actress Geena Davis delivered at forty-eight and supermodel Christy Brinkley at forty-four. More recently we read about singers Mariah Carey and Celine Dion delivering twins at forty-one and forty-two, and actresses Courtney Cox and Marcia Cross became mothers at forty-three and forty-five, respectively. From where we stood, science and technology was the New God, giving women once considered over the hill a chance to start a family in middle age. Whether we knew it or not, we comforted ourselves in a security blanket of medical and media reassurances that age and motherhood no longer mattered.

***

On the morning of our first appointment at the fertility clinic, Michael and I were nervous and excited. The clinic literature cited studies claiming, “Well over two-thirds of all couples seeking treatment for fertility- related problems become parents.” It didn’t occur to us then to ask if this statistic meant that two-thirds of parents birthed their own babies or a donor egg or embryo baby, or if they became parents through adoption or surrogacy. We were as green as could be about what to expect and what to ask, and we were eager to hear how the doctors thought they might help us.

The world’s first test-tube baby had been born in Britain in 1978. Data from the European Society for Human Reproduction and Embryology indicates that globally in 2012, approximately 1.5 million assisted reproductive technology (ART) cycles were performed and roughly 1.1 million failed (77 percent). In the United States, the Fertility Clinic Success Rate and Certification Act of 1992 requires the Centers for Disease Control (CDC) to publish self-reported ART pregnancy “success rates” from almost 500 fertility clinics scattered throughout the country. In 2010, the most recent data available, there was an overall failure rate of 68 percent. With no standardized reporting mechanism, the rates are based on cycles that require manipulation of egg and sperm outside of a woman’s body. They do not take into account success or failure rates of intrauterine insemination (IUI), hormone treatments alone, or donor egg cycles that are c cancelled.

That first day, my husband and I met with two health care professionals, one who examined my female interior and another who walked us through the ins and outs of the medical aspects of fertility treatments. A marble egg sat on a little pedestal on both staff members’ desks, and at one point during our meetings they each held it between their thumb and index fingers. In the spirit of Vanna White, the former Wheel of Fortune hostess, they smiled and said, verbatim: “Like we say here at the clinic, it only takes one good egg to make a baby.” It was obviously the clinic’s mission statement. I immediately thought that, if all we had to do was find one good egg, we were certainly the right candidates for the job. How hard could that be, really? We had the best of modern science and medicine at our fingertips. I was in great mental and physical health. I exercised and practiced yoga regularly. I ate well. What more could a doctor ask from a patient? Little did I know that the process of finding one good egg would be a bit like panning for gold in a mine that had already been stripped of much of its bullion.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

If Apes Could Talk to Atheists: How Religious Life Has More to Do With Animal Instinct Than You'd Think

0

Photo Credit: W.W. Norton , 2013

May 31, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

The following is a review of The Bonobo and the Atheist: In Search of Humanism Among the Primates by Frans De Waal. (W.W. Norton , 2013)

For centuries, a dominant majority of western philosophers and intellectuals have asserted that humans are the “rational animal.” Our ability to reason, so the logic goes, is the one thing separating us from the plethora of other animals on the planet. Instinct, passion, and emotion, traditionally assigned to the animal side of life, often meant that being “good”–being the sort of human who behaves morally–required a removal of the animal or “beastly” nature that resides somewhere deep within our fleshy bodies.

In recent decades, however, this fragile logic has been falling apart. It’s become increasingly clear that while our digital technologies behave quite rationally, they are often deeply cruel. And on the other side of the ledger, the accumulation of data on animal behavior makes it more and more difficult to support the claim that “goodness” is something that only humans exhibit.

Primatologists, who study our evolutionary kin, have been in the vanguard of researchers and thinkers to upset the territorial boundaries that demarcate a spotlessly pure sort of human life. Jane Goodall’s fieldwork in chimpanzee communities allowed her to witness things like a young male chimp doing a rhythmic dance in front of a waterfall. It appeared, to Goodall, reverent and seemingly purposeless. She’s speculated that this might be evidence of something like ritualistic religion in the lives of other primates.

Public debates about religion in the contemporary U.S. are still rooted in debates about belief. Prominent public atheists like Richard Dawkins speak about religion as though it’s something we need to understand rationally. How would these public debates change if we were to start thinking about the animal edges of religious life–the ways in which religious life has more to do with so-called animal instinct than we’ve often imagined? This is, precisely, where primatologist Frans de Waal’s new book The Bonobo and the Atheist (W.W. Norton, 2013) appears to be intervening into these hot-button conflicts.

People like Dawkins, says de Waal, are going about things in the wrong manner. “The question is not so much whether religion is true or false,” he writes, “but how it shapes our lives, and what might possibly take its place if we were to get rid of it the way an Aztec priest rips the beating heart out of a virgin.” What this violent metaphor is meant to gesture towards is “the gaping hole” that would be left by “the removed organ’s functions.” It seems to suggest that religion is some serviceable physiological element in the human body politic.

But de Waal isn’t really trying to “save” religion from atheists like Dawkins; there’s much about religion that de Waal finds troubling and problematic. The big targets for de Waal are what he calls “top down morality” and human exceptionalism. Top down morality is linked to the assertion that morality comes to human life from somewhere “on high,” which might be taken to mean that human life receives its morality from a transcendent, out-of-this-world, divine.

But de Waal notes that top down morality isn’t a purely religious problem. He attacks, for example, the philosophical presumption mentioned earlier, that morality is a matter of reasoning–that we reason our way “up” to moral action or decision. Likewise, de Waal takes issue with human exceptionalism–the idea that morality is something that only humans are capable of–regardless of its origin. Religion is a target, for de Waal, to the extent that it supports each of these presumptions.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Worldwide Movement Against Monsanto Gaining Steam

0

Photo Credit: Jesse Clark

June 2, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

“OMG, GMO, WTF?” Nine letters printed on a protester’s T-shirt summed up the frustration of the thousands who gathered in San Francisco’s Justin Herman Plaza for the culmination of the local March Against Monsanto action on May 25. San Francisco’s protesters joined more than two million people in 400 cities around the world in a backlash against the $58 billion multinational corporate giant Monsanto, responsible for chemical poisoning, genetically engineered seeds, and a multitude of offenses since its founding as a chemical company 100 years ago.

Pamm Larry–the self-proclaimed Grandma behind Calif.’s Mandatory Labeling of Genetically Engineered Food Initiative (Prop. 37)–spoke to the crowd about ongoing efforts to follow the momentum of the global march.

“It’s the little tiny things that add up, which have made this movement explode around the world and the country, and I’m so excited to see that it’s moms and dads and grandmas and grandpas getting out there,” she told the crowd via megaphone, noting that a mother started the March Against Monsanto (MAM) effort via a Facebook page. “I’m gonna ask you all not to let this energy die, please.”

While Prop. 37 failed to pass a vote in 2012, Larry and other organizers are pushing for another labeling initiative on the 2014 ballot.

“It takes a willingness to stand, to talk to people not like us, and meet them not with anger but with love–and to meet them with an open heart, because an open heart is what draws people in and they can’t help but want to join us and listen to us,” she continued. “Everybody eats, everybody breathes, everybody wants to breathe good fresh wonderful juicy clean air. We cannot allow them to take over our planet while we sit by and decide to go out and have another beer.”

Monica Lopez, who works with a grassroots organization called Label GMO in San Francisco and helped organize the city’s MAM rally, says the anti-GMO movement is in defense of a fundamental tenant of democracy.

“I believe that many have not yet understood the association between democracy and the situation we find our food system today,” she says. “Real food is not a privilege for the elite but rather a fundamental right for every human being. Yet our grocery stores are filled with toxin-ridden foods that could not even enter 60 other nations in the world. Is this really how we want to nourish the American population?”

While March Against Monsanto was among the largest global efforts in history with 400 simultaneous events in 60 countries around the globe, no major corporate media outlets in the US covered the live event. CNN ran a followup short on the event on May 28, and mainstream coverage has trickled in here and there, but has been sparse.

Despite the mainstream media’s decision to ignore thousands of people marching down the nation’s busiest thoroughfares, the movement to end Monsanto’s toxic hold over agriculture is gaining more participants everyday.

Reports across some of the major media outlets like the Washington Post revealed Monsanto’s most recent crime when a farmer in Oregon discovered that unapproved GMO wheat was growing in his field. After testing, scientists confirmed the wheat was of a strain tested by Monsanto that was not approved due to concern that other countries would not import the GM wheat.

The Washington Post reports:

Japan, the largest market for U.S. wheat exports, suspended imports from the United States and canceled a major purchase of white wheat on Thursday after the recent discovery of unapproved genetically modified wheat in an 80-acre field in Oregon.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

The Middle Class Faces Extinction–So Does the American Dream

0

Photo Credit: Shutterstock.com/ baranq

June 3, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

This article first appeared in the Los Angeles Review of Books.

Inequality is now one of the biggest political and economic challenges facing the United States. Not that long ago, the gap between rich and poor barely registered on the political Richter scale. Now the growing income divide, an issue that dominated the presidential election debate, has turned into one of the hottest topics of the age.

Postwar American history divides into two halves. For the first three decades, those on middle and low incomes did well out of rising prosperity and inequality fell. In the second half, roughly from the mid—1970s, this process went into reverse. Set on apparent autopilot, the gains from growth were heavily colonized by the superrich, leaving the bulk of the workforce with little better than stagnant incomes.

The return of inequality to levels last seen in the 1920s has had a profound effect on American society, its values, and its economy. The United States led the world in the building of a majority middle class. As early as 1956, the celebrated sociologist, C. Wright Mills, wrote that American society had become “less a pyramid with a flat base than a fat diamond with a bulging middle.”

That bulge has been on a diet. The chairman of President Obama’s Council of Economic Advisers – Professor Alan Krueger – has shown how the size of the American middle class (households with annual incomes within 50 percent of the midpoint of the income distribution) has been heading backwards from a peak of more than a half in the late 1970s to 40 percent now. The “diamond” has gone. The social shape of America now looks more like a contorted “hourglass” with a pronounced bulge at the top, a long thin stem in the middle, and a fat bulge at the bottom.

One of the most significant effects of America’s hourglass society has been the capping of opportunities and the emergence of downward mobility amongst the middle classes, a process that began well before the recession. Around 100 million Americans – a third of the population – live below or fractionally above the poverty level. A quarter of the American workforce end up in low-paid jobs, the highest rate across rich nations, while the wealthiest 400 Americans have the same combined wealth as the poorest half – over 150 million people.

With a growing percentage of the current generation facing a lower living standard than their parents, more and more US citizens express a “fear of falling,” worried about a further loss of livelihood and their relative income status. The nation is at last waking up to what has been reality for years – the vaunted American Dream (the ability of citizens to go from rags to riches, and one of the country’s most enduring values) is increasingly a myth.

In a poll conducted for The Washington Post before the 2012 presidential election, respondents were asked which was the bigger worry: “unfairness in the economic system that favors the wealthy” or “over-regulation of the free market that interferes with growth and prosperity.” They chose unfairness by a margin of 52—37 percent. The mostly pro-self-reliant American public are perhaps coming to recognize that their much-heralded virtues of hard work and self-help are no longer an effective means to economic advancement.

The most damaging impact of growing inequality has been on the American – and global – economy. It has been one of the central rules of market economics that inequality is good for growth and stability. The idea was enshrined in the postwar writings of the New Right critics of the model of managed capitalism that emerged after the war. “Inequality of wealth and incomes is the cause of the masses’ well being, not the cause of anybody’s distress” wrote the Austrian-American economist Ludwig von Mises, one of the leading prophets of the superiority of markets, in 1955.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Get Rid of Your Cable TV Package Now!

0

Photo Credit: Shutterstock.com/Aigars Reinholds

June 3, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

For those of you sick of paying ever-higher cable bills, two huge pieces of news in the last week should encourage you to take action.

First came news that two previously cable-only channels, TBS and TNT, “are about to become the first national entertainment networks in the industry to stream on-air content live across multiple platforms,” likely positioning the stations to eventually (though not yet) sell their content direct to consumers on an à la carte online basis, rather than only through traditional cable TV packages. Then yesterday came word that CNN and BuzzFeed are partnering to create a YouTube channel, allowing anyone with an Internet connection – but not necessarily a costly cable subscription – to view the new content.

The action this (and other similar news in the television world) should prompt, of course, is cutting your cable TV cord – or at least considering it.

Now, sure, your initial reaction to that idea might be apprehension or sheer fright. I get it. That was my first reaction, too. Cable TV became so common and seemingly mandatory in the pre-Internet age that it started to seem less like a luxury than a necessary utility you paid for along with water and electricity. But after decades of living in cable TV households, we finally decided to become one of the 3 to 5 million Americans who have cut the cord. Though we kept our Internet connection with our service provider, we terminated cable service – and I have no regrets. Not even close.

Two big factors – one of them related to this week’s news – finally pushed us to end our cable subscription.

First and foremost, there was the cost savings of about $100 a month. That’s a lot of money in our annual family budget and a boatload of cash over a lifetime. Indeed, one estimate found that when you factor in inflation, the monthly ongoing expenditure on cable and what you could additionally be earning off that expenditure if you were investing it, cable TV over your lifetime could cost between $634,000 and $4.2 million.

But cost wasn’t the only consideration. There was also our simultaneous hate and love of cable television content.

On the hate side, I can’t stand most of today’s cable TV news programming. It is loud, grating, infuriatingly vapid and, at times, unnecessarily terrifying. I’ve become particularly aware of – and disgusted by – the latter quality as more and more “news” content is now just a bunch of talking heads opining while ever more horrifying disaster porn fills the screen.

Getting basic information about disasters is certainly important, but being exposed to the disaster porn imagery that dominates cable television simply isn’t healthy. Just as scientific research suggested that seeing images of the World Trade Center collapsing a zillion times created a kind of virtual PTSD for everyone glued to their TV a decade ago, so too do many experts believe that being televisually force-fed repeated images of a bombing or a fertilizer plant explosion or a dude with a bloody meat cleaver can have serious psychological consequences.

Yet, even though I was coming to deeply despise cable news programming, when it was easily available on my television, I often found myself uncontrollably drawn to it. That meant time unnecessarily wasted and, worse, me finding myself in a bad or angry mood. So cutting the cord thankfully removed the frictionless availability of the unwanted noise and terror, while the Internet still, for the most part, lets me find the clips and video content I truly want.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Who Do You Think Created the Term Yippie?

0

Photo Credit: Shutterstock.com/rangizzz

June 3, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

I really don’t like to boast, but in my lifetime, on half a dozen occasions, I have actually added words and phrases to the language. It’s something I always wanted to do. What a thrill it must have been Dr. Harold Cerumen who decided that cleaning out earwax should be known as “cerumen disimpaction.” And veterinarian Alice Neuticle who coined the word “neuticles”–cosmetic testicles for a dog that’s been neutered.

So I’m not asking for credit. Or cash. Since money had been called “dough” and then morphed into “bread,” so I figured that “toast” would be the next logical step in that particular linguistic evolution, but my campaign itself became toast, in the sense that “toast” now means history.

Also, I was intrigued by the process of having a body part named after oneself. How proud Casper Bartholin’s parents must have been to have a son who christened the source of female lubrication that takes the friction out of intercourse as “Bartholin’s glands.” But my idea of calling those two vertical lines between your nose and your mouth “Krassner’s crease” just never became popular.

Here, then, for better or worse, are my contributions to American culture that did manage to catch on, or at least may be on their way.

1. In 1958, pornography was gradually becoming legal, but at that stage of the game, the Supreme Court was unwilling to allow 1st Amendment protection of “hard-core” porn–as opposed, I assumed, to the term I invented, “soft-core porn,” which was obviously more respectable, though it seemed kind of sneaky, pretending to be squeaky clean. So I decided to satirize the concept with a new feature in The Realist: “Soft-Core Porn of the Month.”

For example, phallic symbolism in newspapers and magazines was a key ingredient of soft-core porn. Sample: a close-up of a stick shift in a Volkswagen ad was accompanied by the question, “Does the stick shift your wife?” Soft-core porn now refers to limited sexuality, as seen in network TV dramas and hotel-room movies that feature jiggling breasts and buttocks but no genitalia. The way to recognize soft-core porn is that it gives men a soft-on.

2. On the afternoon of December 31, 1967, several activist friends were gathered at Abbie and Anita Hoffman’s Lower East Side apartment, smoking Columbian marijuana and planning a counter-convention for the Democratic Party’s event the following summer in Chicago. Our fantasy was to counter their convention of death with our festival of life. While the Democrats would present politicians giving speeches at the convention center, we would present rock bands playing in the park. There would be booths with information about drugs and alternatives to the draft. Our mere presence would be our statement.

We needed a name, so that reporters could have a who for their journalistic who-what-when-where-and-why lead paragraphs. I felt a brainstorm coming on and went to the bedroom so that I could concentrate. Our working title was the International Youth Festival. But the initials IYF were a meaningless acronym. I paced back and forth, juggling titles to see if I could come up with words whose initials would make a good acronym. I tried Youth International Festival. YIF. Sounded like KIF. Kids International Festival? Nope, too contrived. Back to YIF. But what could make YIP? Now that would be ideal because then the word Yippie could be derived organically.

Of course, “Yippie” was already a traditional shout of spontaneous joy, but we could be the Yippies! It had exactly the right attitude. Yippies was the most appropriate name to signify the radicalization of hippies. What a perfect media myth that would be–the Yippies! And then, working backward, it hit me. Youth International Party! It was a natural. Youth: This was essentially a movement of young people involved in a generational struggle. International: It was happening all over the globe, from Mexico to France, from Germany to Japan. And Party: In both senses of the word. We would be a party and we would have a party.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Turkey Erupts in Rage: Anti-Government Protests Spread to 60 Cities

0

Turkish riot police in Istanbul.
Photo Credit: Shutterstock.com

June 3, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Turkey is seeing its biggest wave of protests against the ruling government in many years. Tens of thousands of people rallied across the country Sunday for a third consecutive day of mass demonstrations. The unrest erupted last week when thousands of people converged at Istanbul’s Taksim Square, a public space reportedly set for demolition. The protests have grown to include grievances against the government on a range of issues, and protesters have managed to remain despite a heavy police crackdown, including tear gas and rubber bullets. The Turkish government says around 1,000 people have been detained at more than 200 protests nationwide. Prime Minister Tayyip Erdogan has dismissed the uproar as the work of political opponents and “extremists,” vowing to proceed with governments plans to remake Taksim Square. “I cannot tell you how empowering this is,” says Turkish scholar and activist Nazan Ustundag. “This is a country known for [police] brutality and for the Turkish people’s unquestioned loyalty to the state. So it’s very exciting all these different sections of people [are] standing [up for] the last public space which wasn’t given to private interests.”

AMY GOODMAN: We begin today’s show in Turkey, where protests that began last week in the capital have now brought tens of thousands into the streets in cities across the country. The demonstrations started last Monday when about a hundred activists in Istanbul tried to block the demolition of trees in Gezi Park by setting up Occupy-like encampment. They succeeded by sitting in the trees and blocking bulldozers, until early Thursday morning when police fired tear gas into the park and reportedly set their tents on fire around 5:00 a.m. By Friday, the protests had spread to the much larger Taksim Square nearby, one of the last public gathering spaces in the city. The square was already the focus of protests because of plans to tear it down and replace it with a shopping mall. By Friday, tens of thousands were drawn to Taksim Square by word of mouth and reports on social media, only to be met by a massive show of police force, including tear gas and rubber bullets.

Some say demonstrators were also upset over new laws passed last week that place strict new restrictions on alcohol. Among the most controversial new rules is a ban on sales of alcohol within 110 yards of a mosque or a school. This is one of the protesters.

PROTESTER: I think we feel that intervention in all parts of our lives. This is just the tipping point. I think that’s why.

AMY GOODMAN: Many people were injured as police tried to disperse the week-long protest. One widely shared photo showed an officer in Taksim Square wearing a face mask and directly spraying tear gas or pepper spray into the face of an unarmed young woman. Journalists were also reportedly targeted. Photos posted on Twitter show well-known Turkish investigative reporter Ahmet Åžik bleeding after he was hit in the head with a police tear-gas canister. Still, protests continued throughout the weekend. On Saturday, the Turkish interior minister, Muammer Güler, said police had detained almost a thousand people at demonstrations across the country

MUAMMER GÜLER: [translated] There have been 939 detentions in various cities. Some of them have already been released, and some of them are arrested pending trial. During these protests, 26 police officers and 53 civilians were wounded. Nineteen of them are from Istanbul. One of the wounded is in critical condition.

AMY GOODMAN: The U.S. ambassador to Turkey released a statement on the protests, saying, quote, “I wish a speedy recovery to all those injured; get well soon. But if you are asking me about U.S. foreign policy, as you know, freedom of expression, freedom of assembly, and the right to have peaceful protests are fundamentals of a democracy. I am not going to say anything further,” he said.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

10 of Senator Frank Lautenberg’s Most Progressive Causes and Accomplishments

0

June 3, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Sen. Frank Lautenberg (D-NJ), the last remaining World War II veteran in the Senate, died on Monday morning at the age of 89, after struggling for months with poor health.

Throughout his long career in the Senate – he held two different Senate seats – Lautenberg championed a long list of progressive causes from women’s health to gun safety, LGBT rights, and anti-tobacco laws, making him one of the loudest and most effective lawmakers of his time. Here is just a short list of some of Lautenberg’s most progressive causes and accomplishments:

1. Lautenberg helped write the law banning smoking on airplanes, which helped start the movement towards smoke-free public spaces.

2. In 1989, Lautenberg co-authored an amendment that designated Soviet Jews as a “persecuted minority” in the Soviet Union and therefore eligible for admission to the United States without regard to regular immigration quotas. The measure allowed thousands of persecuted Jews to immigrate into the United States.

3. Wrote the law banning smoking in all federally funded places that serve children. He was also the author of legislation to ban smoking in federal buildings.

4. Wrote the domestic violence gun ban to protect women and children by keeping spousal and child abusers from owning guns. Gun safety advocates are now seeking to strengthen the law.

5. Strongly supported eliminating $24 billion in “immoral” subsidies for big oil companies, noting on the floor of the Senate that “A single oil company CEO makes more in one year than all the people in that county all together. They’re already contributing to his salary when they fill up at the gas tank.”

6. Wrote the Responsible Education about Life (REAL) Act, which provides funding for comprehensive sex education, and the Access to Birth Control (ABC) Act that would prohibit pharmacies from denying access to birth control. As he said on the floor in March of 2012, “So I want [women] to have doctors making decisions, not some employer who has a self-righteous moral view that he wants to impose on my daughter, my granddaughter, my wife.”

7. An original cosponsor of the Family and Medical Leave Act, which allows people to take time off work to care for sick children or parents.

8. Coauthored and helped secure funding for the Ryan White CARE Act, provides servies to over half a million people living with HIV/AIDS and offers treatment for low-income, uninsured and under-insured patients.

9. Wrote the Toxic Right to Know law to make sure local communities are informed about harmful toxins that chemical facilities are releasing into the air.

10. Coauthored a 2007 law to increase the fuel efficiency of cars and trucks.

Igor Volsky is a Health Care Researcher/Blogger for ThinkProgress.org and The Progress Report at the Center for American Progress Action Fund. Igor is co-author of Howard Dean’s Prescription for Real Healthcare. Reform.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

FrackNation Deploys Tobacco Playbook in Response to Gasland 2

0

Big Oil has deployed the “Tobacco Playbook” once again, this time in response to the release of “Gasland 2.”

It comes in the form of a documentary film titled, “FrackNation,” whose co-directors’ funding in the past came from Donors Capital and Donors Trust, referred to by Mothers Jones‘ Andy Kroll as “the dark-money ATM of the right” and a major source of funding for climate change denial.

Both “Gasland 2″ and “FrackNation” cover hydraulic fracturing (“fracking”), the toxic horizontal drilling process via which unconventional oil and gas is obtained from shale rock basins around the country and world. Co-produced and co-directed by Irish couple Phelim McAleer and Ann McElhinney, “FrackNation” purports to be “funded by the 99 percent to combat the misrepresentations by the 1 percent of urban elites who want to tell rural Americans how to work and live.”

McAleer and McElhinney also say they are independent journalists working independently of corporate funding. McAleer was referred to by the San Francisco Chronicle as “climate denial’s Michael Moore” and both McAler and McElhinney are listed as “experts” by the climate change-denying Heartland Institute.

“FrackNation is an independent film and we want to remain independent of the Gas industry and be funded by ordinary people,” it says on its KickStarter page that it used to raise $212,265 from 3,305 backers of the film between February-April 2012.

This isn’t the first dip in the “doubt is our product” pond for McAleer and McElhinney. In the past, they co-directed and co-produced a pro-mining documentary titled “Mine Your Own Business” and a climate change denial documentary titled, “Not Evil, Just Wrong.”

Both McAleer and McElhinney have made a living in recent years deploying the “Tobacco Playbook,” mutating settled scientific debates on energy and climate catastrophe into false two-sided affairs, which corporate-funded news media take and run with as “he-said, she-said” stories. 

Filmmaker’s History of Tobacco Playbook Deployment

“FrackNation” made its public debut in Jan. 2013, coinciding with the release of “Promised Land,” a Hollywood drama starring Matt Damon.

“It’s time Hollywood celebrities and environmentalists were asked some difficult questions about their anti-fracking activities and ideologies. And that’s what FrackNation does,” McAleer said in a press release announcing the world premiere.

McAleer and McElhinney are now singing a similar tune about “Gasland 2,” as it approaches its July 8 HBO release date.

“Mine Your Own Business”

Countering popular environmental struggles and luminaries is the modus operandi for McAleer and McElhinney, with a track record of doing so dating back to the mid-2000′s. Their first public foray into the world of “marketing doubt” came with the release of their “Mine Your Own Business: The Dark Side of Environmentalism.”

Released in 2006, the film was produced in response to the anti-mining protests that popped up against Gabriel Resources proposed open-pit gold mines in Romania, slated to be the largest in Europe. McAleer said it was “the world’s first anti-environmentalist documentary.”

One key funder: Gabriel Resources. This moved local Romanian citizen Eugen David to write that the film was pure propaganda.

“Because the gold lies squarely under and around the village of Rosia Montana, Gabriel needs to move out the local population – roughly 2000 people all in all. But it’s not only the people that will need to go,” David wrote in Jan. 2007. ”Gone also would be our mountains, pastures, rivers and our churches, cemeteries and school — our community with its social fabric and traditions.”

The purpose of the film was obvious: complicate the narrative on the proposed mine through ad hominem attacks on environmentalists, rather than addressing environmental issues associated with the mine itself. David and fellow citizens living in the proposed mining area didn’t buy the bluff.

“After a first unannounced test screening in Bucharest, Gabriel Resources had to stop the film after 15 minutes because people were so revolted by what they saw,” he further explained.

“Mine Your Own Business,” however, did have a loyal fan base: the right-wing echo chamber.

Steve Milloy, a tobacco industry front man-turned-fossil fuel industry front man, wrote two favorable reviews for Fox News. The Salt Institute and Atlas Society (named after Ayn Rand’s “Atlas Shrugged”) echoed Milloy’s efforts.

“Not Evil, Just Wrong”

In response to the proposed 2009 federal climate legislation and in the run-up to the 2009 Copenhagen United Nations international climate summit, McAleer and McElhinney released the film, “Not Evil, Just Wrong.” Akin to “FrackNation” with “Gasland 2″ director Josh Fox, the film spends much time attacking former Vice President Al Gore in ad hominem fashion, with the film serving as a response Gore’s “An Inconvenient Truth.”

“It has no commercial distributor, but instead debuted on an October 18 webcast heavily promoted by social conservative organizations like Focus on the Family and the American Family Association, as well as local Tea Party groups,” a Mother Jones article explained.

Paralleling “Mine Your Own Business,” the film was met with great fanfare within the right-wing echo chamber despite lack of commercial distribution.

“They’ve held pre-screenings for bloggers and brought the film to every major conservative conference of 2009, including the Values Voter Summit and Americans for Prosperity’s Defending the American Dream Summit,” one news media report explained. “At the Conservative Political Action Conference [CPAC], McAleer and McElhinney spoke right before Rush Limbaugh.”

Other Big Tobacco apologists-turned-Big Oil apologists also helped promote the film: Grover Norquist’s Americans for Tax Reform and the Heritage Foundation, the Cornwall Alliance, The Washington Examiner, Collegians for a Constructive Tomorrow (CFACT), the Fraser Institute, Breitbart.com, and Right Online.

McAler and McElhinney have brought the Tobacco Playbook to the big screen. The question remains: who’s funding them?

Donors Trust, Donors Capital Funding McAleer, McElhinney

“Mine Your Own Business”

“Mine Your Own Business” was funded by Gabriel Resources, but Gabriel wasn’t the only fundee. The other patron: Donors Trust/Donors Capital.

In the past, McElhinney and McAleer were formerly Fellows at the Moving Pictures Institute (MPI), founded by Thor Halvorssen. MPI, in turn, produced “Mine Your Own Business” and is a member of the State Policy Network (SPN), a right-wing echo chamber network for state policy that publishes PR “studies” to promote the corporate agenda.

Halvorssen also runs the Human Rights Foundation (HRF), which has taken $764,950 from Donors Trust and Donors Capital since 2005, according to a recent investigative story by Max Blumenthal. Blumenthal also explains MPI took more than $300,000 from Donors between 2005 and 2011.

“Not Evil, Just Wrong”

“Not Evil, Just Wrong” also received funding from Donors. DeSmogBlog contributor and Guardian (UK) climate changer writer Graham Readfearn explained in a Feb. 2012 article that Donors funnelled $24,753 toward the film.

This lends an explanation as to why “Not Evil, Just Wrong” was promoted by well-heeled climate change deniers in the mid-2010 Balanced Education for Everyone (BEE) campaign, calling for a “balanced” scientific teaching of the climate change “controversy.” The BEE campaign parallels ones pushed for via an American Legislative Exchange Council (ALEC) model bill, by the Discovery Institute, and by the Heartland Institute.

“Global warming alarmists want Americans to believe that humans are killing the planet,” BEE’s former website explained in promoting the film. “But Not Evil Just Wrong, a documentary by Phelim McAleer and Ann McElhinney, proves that the real threats to America (and the rest of the world) are the flawed science and sky-is-falling rhetoric of Al Gore and his allies in environmental extremism.”

BEE’s campaign was run by the Independent Women’s Forum (IWF), which in Oct. 2003 signed a partnership with Americans for Prosperity (AFP), an astroturf front group founded and funded by the Koch Brothers, key funders of the climate change denial machine. The two entitites at the time announced they would share leadership, senior staff and office space, a formal relationship they say ended in 2005.

“Not Evil, Just Wrong” shared the same PR firm with BEE, Go Ahead PR, a sure sign that the film’s release and the campaign were part of a coordinated campaign.

And though McAleer and McElhinney say “FrackNation” was bankrolled via a grassroots KickStarter fundraising drive, a deeper dig into its books — as will be seen in the forthcoming part two of this investigation — calls that all into question.

Steve Horn is a Madison, WI-based freelance investigative journalist and Research Fellow at DeSmogBlog.

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Manufacturing Discourse

0

The following article is the second and final installment of an investigative report that demonstrates why billions of dollars are pumped by corporate interests into the non-profit industrial complex, effectively to manufacture discourse in order to protect the ruling classes from systemic change. The first installment outlined the key players: Barack Obama, Hillary and Bill Clinton, Warren Buffett, the Rockefeller family, Bill Gates and Bill Ackman. The key instruments employed by the state and the oligarchs were/are a cluster of foundation-financed NGOs. These included/include Greenpeace, Sierra Club, NRDC and others, with 350.org/1Sky at the helm leading the cunning and strategic discourse.

On April 8, 2013, PRWatch asked the question: “Seven State Keystone XL Resolutions — Where Are the Environmentalists?” The author reported the following observations:

The cleanup is still underway from a massive pipeline spill in Mayflower, Arkansas, but you don’t hear anything about it at public hearings across the nation dealing with the Keystone XL (KXL) pipeline. Resolutions supporting the controversial KXL pipeline have now been introduced in seven states, but while TransCanada, the American Petroleum Institute (API) and the Chamber of Commerce have been lobbying in force for the bills to pass, there have been few opposing voices by either Democrats or environmentalists at public hearings dealing on the measures…

In February, CMD reported on state resolutions calling for the approval of the KXL pipeline project in Mississippi, Michigan, Minnesota, and Missouri. The language in three of these resolutions closely matched a “backgrounder” from TransCanada. The forth resolution, introduced in Missouri, mirrored a resolution from the American Legislative Exchange Council…

In the last few months, Ohio, Kansas, and Indiana have introduced very similar resolutions, which also feature paragraphs from TransCanada’s own materials. Although these resolutions are non-binding, they will be showcased by industry lobbyists as evidence about how state legislators (and by extension the public) feel about the pipeline project in an attempt to influence the pending State Department decision on KXL. While opponents of KXL have been active on many fronts, their absence from state legislatures nationwide has been notable…

Industry Turns Out in Force, But Face Little Opposition…

[P]ro-pipeline groups certainly seem to be organized in a coordinated national effort, with lobbyists from TransCanada, the American Petroleum Institute (or their local affiliates like Kansas Petroleum Council), and the Chamber of Commerce all attending committee hearings. But the attendance from environmental groups has been patchy at best and the support for their efforts from Democratic lawmakers has been weak.

On February 12, 2013, the Michigan resolution — SCR6 — received a hearing in the Senate Energy and Technology Committee, at which industry groups turned out in force. Lobbyists from the API, TransCanada, the Detroit Regional Chamber, and DTE Energy were all there to make the case for KXL, but as shown in the minutes there was not a single member of the public recorded as opposing KXL. The vote passed 5-1, with two committee members leaving the room just five minutes before the vote. And when two weeks later a vote was held on the House version of the bill in the House Energy and Technology Committee, again lobbyists from API, TransCanada, the Detroit Regional Chamber, and DTE Energy — as well as from Michigan Laborers Union — turned up to support the resolution. There was not a single voice of opposition and the Committee passed the resolution 16-0. The bill passed a floor vote in the House 88-20 on March 5, 2013. [Emphasis added]

The author of the above article makes reference to the fact that although 58,000 activists have pledged to be arrested, there is little opposition at the state level. Perhaps never before has there been such a clear case study that solidifies the fact that “clicktivism” is slowly and effectively destroying any meaningful activism. In the Havas Worldwide (global media giant and creator of TckTckTck) 2010 report, Who Cares Wins, The Rise of the Caring Corporation, one key element to further corporate loyalty and profit is to “Grow Through Karma Off-Setting: Consumers will actively buy from companies who are good, so they feel that they themselves don’t have to personally undertake social projects, as they have done good by making their purchase with you. Good brands provide a moral alibi for buying.” One could draw strong analogies to the 5 second “click” campaigns, which require (and demand) zero analysis and an abhorrence for critical thinking, when the Havas Worldwide campaign affects the psyche in a very similar fashion.

As found in the Nov/Dec 2012, Jan 2013 issue of Bakken Oil Business Magazine:

BNSF has been hauling Bakken crude out of the Williston Basin area for over five years. ‘In that time, we have seen the volume increase nearly 7,000 percent, from 1.3 million barrels in 2008 to 88.9 million in 2012,’ said Dave Garin, BNSF group Vice President of Industrial Products….

I received the following response from Jane Kleeb after contacting her about Bold Nebraska’s oppositional stance to the KXL pipeline’s new suggested route through Nebraska: “We are waiting for all the conservative politicians who say they care about property rights and family farmers and ranchers to actually give a damn and stand up against this pipeline. We welcome pipeline infrastructure (not in the Sandhills or that crosses the Aquifer) to ensure ND and MT oil is getting to U.S. markets.”

The leg from Cushing, OK to the Gulf Coast refineries has already been approved by the states through whichit is being laid, as it did not require presidential approval and does not run through Nebraska. On March 12, 2012, President Obama personally announced his approval of “fast tracking” the southern leg of the KXL pipeline to relieve pressure on the WTI crude oil inventories for shipment to the Gulf Coast. Construction has started and is expected to be completed sometime in late 2013…

The main contributor to Bold Nebraska is Dick Holland, who has financially supported this progressive political movement in its opposition to the KXL pipeline. Bold Nebraska’s NIMBY approach will only cause further delays in completing the KXL.

Mr. Holland is a good friend of Warren Buffett, the CEO of Berkshire Hathaway, and one of the world’s most successful investors. Any delay in the process by the U.S. State Department in recommending approval for the completion of the full route of the KXL by the President of the United States, will solely benefit the BNSF.

Holland and his wife were two members of the small group that invested with close friend Warren Buffett in the original Berkshire Hathaway, which dates back to the 1960s. University of Nebraska Omaha reports: “[O]ne version of Buffett’s “Oracle of Omaha” story says $10,000 at the start (less than the Hollands invested) grew to roughly $280 million.”Forbes (added link) states that the BOLD Nebraska campaign has been largely funded by Dick Holland.

Jan 26, 2012, Forbes, Obama’s Keystone Rejection May Provide A Buffett Bonanza:

The Obama administration’s original decision to postpone Keystone approval until after the 2012 elections followed loud opposition on environmental grounds led by an anti-pipeline group called “Bold Nebraska”…

The BOLD Nebraska campaign was largely funded by Dick Holland, a close Buffett friend and business associate since the 1960s and an original Berkshire Hathaway investor.The two men share a similar political philosophy and are strong Democratic Party contributors.

Although BOLD Nebraska has openly stated “[W]e welcome pipeline infrastructure (not in the Sandhills or that crosses the Aquifer) to ensure ND and MT oil is getting to U.S. markets,” it is nonetheless a partner of both 350.org [1] and Tar Sands Action.org [2]. Yet in real life, this is really no big deal. Where BOLD Nebraska may receive funding directly from a corporate interest, all organizations involved in this campaign are also funded via corporate interests, the only difference being that the funds (i.e. investment) are funnelled through foundations, which essentially serve as tax-exempt marketing agencies for neoliberal ideologies, programs and policies. It is perhaps somewhat ironic that Holland is actually forthright and transparent in his financing of BOLD Nebraska and doesn’t feel the need to conform to the political theatre in which the foundations are a key prop.

A far more serious issue is that a non-elected, self-appointed NGO, who claims to speak on behalf/represent of civil society (as all NGOs claim), that is in reality, founded/initiated/financed by elite families of hegemony (Rockefellers and Clintons predominantly at onset) has declined to disclose the source of certain monetary “donations”. The fact that an NGO that claims to represent civil society refuses to disclose all funding sources, demonstrates unequivocally a great lack of respect not only for full transparency, but for the “followers” they claim to represent. [“What 350.org’s list of donors fails to convey is that some foundations provide only US$5,000 or US$10,000, while two unidentified donors provide half of 350.org’s budget for 2011, according to its financial statements. Four grants accounted for two-thirds of 350.org’s budget. 350.org declined to identify the donors of those grants” [as referenced in part I].

Behind the curtains of the political theatre we find the prestigious marketing agencies and public relation firms that “grassroots” groups are miraculously able to afford. These firms and agencies write and develop the scripts and design the sets. They bring the stories to life, strategically exploit and manipulate and our emotions, ultimately ensuring we come to accept and partake in their politically acceptable means of discourse — discourse sanctioned (and financed) by the empire. In the case of BOLD Nebraska, partner and marketing agency, Justin Kemerling Design Co, boasts a client list of 350.org, MoveOn.org, Avaaz, the Obama campaign and many more. Another example is the corporate communications and public affairs agency Hoggan & Associates (DeSmogBlog co-founder Jim Hoggan is president and founder), whose client list includes corporate creation TckTckTck, Canadian Pacific (Rail), Shell, AMEC and many more. A planetary crisis for our Earth, which is on the verge of unprecedented, global ecological collapse, has never felt so far away. And the hustle, polished and refined in an emerald green patina, has never made us feel so damn good. Destruction of the planet and the oppression/displacement/annihilation of non-white peoples has been internalized as a completely normal, day to day part of our everyday existence.

The name of the game: allow us to subconsciously (and consciously) protect our privilege all while we’re up to our necks in blood, drowning within a system where violence and exploitation of people and planet are inherently built in. We may fiercely chastise Apple — but we’re not about to actually give up any of the corporations products. In our collective, oblivious minds, the Congo does not exist nor do the Congolese, just the SumofUs petition which Westerners sign (click) dishonestly knowing it will have no meaningful effect. (Instead we toss the latest iPhone sweatshop accessory to our average eleven year-old Euro-American populace, sanctioning rampant corporate pedophilia and indoctrination, all while we steal their very future out from under them.) DeSmogBlog may “expose” Shell on occasion, yet Hoggan & Associates has no problem raking in Shell cash to perhaps, in their own words, “…help clients identify the optimum frame and establish it in the public mind. In a crisis, we can help lift a story out of a frame that might have been set up by critics.” Not surprisingly, note that Hoggan has been a member of the David Suzuki Foundation Board since 2001 and has served as Chair since 2007. It’s all one big happy, delusional, and very privileged, family.

YES LOGO | The McKibben-Klein Doctrine

“Together, the team has marshalled every tool in the modern marketing arsenal to create and sustain the Obama brand: the perfectly calibrated logo (sunrise over stars and stripes).” – Naomi Klein, author of No Logo (10th Anniversary Edition). Klein now sits on the board of directors of Rockefellers’ 1Sky/350.org

“… A lot of times when he’s at a podium what you’ll see is, centered right beneath him, at the very top of the blue field that usually says something like ‘Change You Can Believe In,’ it’ll be just that little symbol, functioning in the same way the Nike swoosh does. People look at that and know what it means, even though it’s just an ‘O’ with some stripes in it…. The thing that sort of flabbergasts me as a professional graphic designer is that, somewhere along the way, they decided that all their graphics would basically be done in the same typeface…. If you look at one of his rallies, every single non-handmade sign is in that font. Every time you look, all those signs are perfect. Graphic designers like me don’t understand how it’s happening. It’s unprecedented and inconceivable to us. The people in the know are flabbergasted.” – Expertinent: Why the Obama “Brand” Is Working, Feb 27, 2008

“Attitude” branding is essentially defined by the ability to elicit/represent/instill a larger, more powerful feeling on an emotional, subconscious level. It need not be connected with the product or the consumption of the product whatsoever. At a deeper level, attitude branding drills into the consumer psychology of (“attitude”) choice — as much as the term “choice” is applicable in the 21st century of accelerating social engineering. The brand “Obama” does not represent nor sell a president, rather it embodies an emotional chimera of “hope” and “change” that we can choose to believe in. One could quite safely describe attitude branding as a very sophisticated and calculated method of indoctrination, perhaps one of the highest (and most subtle) forms of psychological manipulation/brainwashing. Corporations excelling in “attitude” branding include Apple and Nike, to name two. Branding a person is not fundamentally different from branding a product. In 2008, Obama-the-brand beat out the aforementioned Apple and Nike, capturing first place for Advertising Age’s marketer of the year.

The Obama brand utilized by 350.org et al for the Forward in Climate — Reject Keystone XL Pipeline was strategic and cunning. Anyone who believes otherwise is beyond naïve. Perhaps this feat could be considered a unique and compelling example of the indoctrinating attitude branding that Naomi Klein describes as “fetish strategy” in her 2000 book No Logo.

Video: John Pilger — Obama is a Corporate Marketing Creation (running time: 5:29)

http://youtu.be/NqTtTEyDXos

Although it is obvious that the No KXL campaign logo shares remarkable and purposeful semblance to the infamous Obama logo (sunrise over stars and stripes), allowing the pro-Obama, pro-Democrat veneer to illuminate at almost 100% transparency, a natural line of defence by 350.org would be that of course they utilize what 350.org board member, Naomi Klein, refers to as “the perfectly calibrated logo” to their advantage, as, they would argue, the Obama administration is the target of their campaign.

And anyone who understands advertising, social engineering and the power of the brand, such as Klein, would understand that this line of defense is bullshit.

The KXL campaign imagery absolutely reinforces Obama’s ubiquitous “brand.”

“Brand recognition is most successful when people can state a brand without being explicitly exposed to the company’s name, but rather through visual signifiers like logos, slogans and colors.” – Investopedia

The money that the modern power elite have pumped into 1Sky/350.org via their tax-exempt foundations has proven to be an investment with such incredibly high dividends, it would make even Warren Buffet blush. [“Reports make it official: Oil and gas are booming…. the Railroad Commission issued 3,722 permits during the first two months of the year, ‘the strongest start to a year in the entire history of the TPI [Texas Petro Index],’ he said.” [April 4, 2013]]

The Obama branding/marketing campaign was planned and executed with clinical precision. The Obama marketing team established brand leadership by ensuring Obama owned the “change” ideology in the voters’ minds. The KXL campaign successfully reinforced/reinforces the illusion that this same iconic “change” is still sitting right in front of us, ours for the taking, if only we believe. Like the Obama brand, the 350.org brand (along with many thousands of other NGOs) recognizes and focuses on the desire for an authentic “product,” which simultaneously reinforces our society’s collective thirst for the lies that enable the populace to continue to ignore reality — and perhaps more importantly, disregard our collective role in it.

On 16 January 2010 the Guardian publishes the article Naomi Klein on how corporate branding has taken over America. Ten years after the publication of No Logo, Naomi Klein switches her attention from the mall to Barack Obama and discovers that corporate culture has taken over the US government [Extracted from No Logo (10th Anniversary Edition) by Naomi Klein, to be published by Fourth Estate on 21 January at GBP 9.99]

When Obama was sworn in as president, the American brand could scarcely have been more battered — Bush was to his country what New Coke was to Coca-Cola, what cyanide in the bottles had been to Tylenol. Yet Obama, in what was perhaps the most successful rebranding campaign of all time, managed to turn things around. Kevin Roberts, global CEO of Saatchi & Saatchi, set out to depict visually what the new president represented. In a full-page graphic commissioned by the stylish Paper Magazine, he showed the Statue of Liberty with her legs spread, giving birth to Barack Obama. America, reborn….

So, it seemed that the United States government could solve its reputation problems with branding — it’s just that it needed a branding campaign and product spokesperson sufficiently hip, young and exciting to compete in today’s tough market. The nation found that in Obama, a man who clearly has a natural feel for branding and who has surrounded himself with a team of top-flight marketers. His social networking guru, for instance, is Chris Hughes, one of the young founders of Facebook. His social secretary is Desirée Rogers, a glamorous Harvard MBA and former marketing executive. And David Axelrod, Obama’s top adviser, was formerly a partner in ASK Public Strategies, a PR firm which, according to Business Week, “has quarterbacked campaigns” for everyone from Cable­vision to AT&T. Together, the team has marshalled every tool in the modern marketing arsenal to create and sustain the Obama brand: the perfectly calibrated logo (sunrise over stars and stripes); expert viral marketing (Obama ringtones); product placement….

Indeed everything Obama and his family touches turns to branding gold…. “We have the best brand on earth: the Obama brand,”…. “Our possibilities are endless”…

Obama, in sharp contrast not just to social movements but to transformative presidents such as FDR, follows the logic of marketing: create an appealing canvas on which all are invited to project their deepest desires but stay vague enough not to lose anyone but the committed wing nuts (which, granted, constitute a not inconsequential demographic in the United States). Advertising Age had it right when it gushed that the Obama brand is “big enough to be anything to anyone yet had an intimate enough feel to inspire advocacy”…

Yet rereading No Logo after 10 years provides many reminders that success in branding can be fleeting, and that nothing is more fleeting than the quality of being cool. Many of the superbrands and branded celebrities that looked untouchable not so long ago have either faded or are in deep crisis today. The Obama brand could well suffer a similar fate. [Emphasis added]

The task at hand is to ensure Obama does not suffer this similar fate that Klein aptly describes. Hence, the millions funneled into MoveOn.org, the front group/non-profit organization for the Democratic Party. MoveOn.org takes the visible pro-Democrat position, at the forefront of the non-profit industrial complex which, for the most part, keeps their political ideological leanings hidden in order to appear both non-partisan/independent and legitimate. One should note that MoveOn is the key founder of Avaaz along with Res Publica. Both MoveOn.org and Avaaz are partners of 350.org, Avaaz being a 350.org key partner/affiliate. [FURTHER READING: AVAAZ: Imperialist Pimps of Militarism, Protectors of the Oligarchy, Trusted Facilitators of War]

When Klein stated that Obama followed the logic of creating “an appealing canvas on which all are invited to project their deepest desires but stay vague enough not to lose anyone but the committed wing nuts,” who would have known she was describing, with astounding accuracy, the very faction that she affiliated herself with, the following year on April 7, 2011. Whether Klein’s words were a self-fulfilling prophecy or simply bad judgment, one can only speculate. However, one thing is certain, the “committed wing nuts” Klein speaks of have only become more delusional in the years that have followed as Obama leads the world in the race to the bottom. Who knew that fascism, invasions, occupations, corruption and drones could be so appealing?

Hypocrisy Knows No Bounds
“Man is born free, and everywhere he is in chains.” – Jean-Jacques Rousseau (add?)

Brilliant is the person that could inspire a nation to stand up and systematically destroy the system that is killing us. These people are not brilliant. Rather, they are diabolical. The foundations that support them depend upon industrialized capitalism to grow their investments. The non-profit complex can only be sustained if the foundations’ wealth continues to reap the “rewards” of infinite growth. It is unsustainable (not to mention deadly). Without infinite growth, the non-profit complex will collapse. Gone will be the six-figured salaries of the progressive greens. Yet, every day that this system remains intact, turning Earth’s remaining natural resources into monetary capital, we are one day closer to our collective annihilation. There will be no winners in this game of 21st century Russian roulette.

***

After the first segment of this report was published on April 12, 2013, there was still much difficulty in acceptance for the privileged few, especially those with affiliation to the corporate greens behind the KXL campaign. The dominant belief that still encapsulates the progressives is that rail is not a viable option in the future. Therefore, let us, one more time, delve back into reality.

Stock Markets and Media Tell the Story

National Post Opinion (April 9, 2009) | CN idea a winner for oil sands:

Within months, CN will be shipping 10,000 barrels daily from producers whose reserves are now stranded. The railway will deliver the oil sands production through the use of insulated and heatable railcars or by reducing its viscosity by mixing it with condensates or diluents.

But the “scalability” of the concept — up to four million barrels per day — means that the railway can ramp up production vastly by just adding rail cars. Shipping four million barrels a day is possible with current rail capacity, said Foote. [Note that this article (cited in part 1 of this series) appeared simultaneously with the April 9, 2009 Huffington Post article titled Game-changer: Canadian oil sands will bypass US for Asia written by Diane Francis. Francis was also the author of the National Post opinion piece. Although Huffington Post is now a Time-Warner acquisition, green progressives remain quite devoted to it.]

Feb 7, 2011, CN, CP push for a pipeline on rails, Globe and Mail:

[CN] has begun sending oil sands bitumen to California; heavy oil from Cold Lake, Alta., to Chicago and Detroit; and crude from the Bakken, a fast-growing play in southern Saskatchewan, to the U.S. Gulf Coast… CN boasts that its tracks lie within 80 kilometres of five million barrels a day of refining capacity, which is more than double Canada’s entire U.S. exports…

The idea of a “pipeline on rails” has been quietly pursued by both CN and CP in recent years… “Our unparalleled market reach and flexibility, we feel, gives shippers, buyers … and refineries new options to explore and new ways to reach different markets,” James Cairns, vice-president of petroleum and chemicals with CN, told an Insight Information conference…

Rail cars can also ship pure bitumen, the very heavy crude produced in the oil sands. Bitumen is so thick that it needs to be mixed at about a 70-to-30 ratio with a thinner hydrocarbon — called diluent — to flow in a pipeline. Diluent then needs to be returned to the oil sands, creating substantial additional pipe costs. Rail cars, which are already used to transport asphalt, can take undiluted bitumen…

“There’s a lot of talk about is it pipe? Is it rail?” Mr. Cairns said. “Our view is pretty simple. It’s a big pie.” [Emphasis added]
Nov 3, 2011, Oil aboard! Railroads shipping more Alberta crude:

A year ago, almost no Alberta crude traveled by rail. Now, Canadian railroads can’t find enough cars to ship the gooey stuff. That’s part of the reason Canada’s two biggest railroads, CN (Canadian National Railway) and CP (Canadian Pacific Railway) are wrapping up the year on an upswing. CN’s third-quarter profit climbed 19 percent… Some 2 million barrels of Canadian crude go through pipelines to the U.S. daily, and estimates are that only 10,000 to 20,000 go by rail. But as oil companies grow more comfortable shipping by rail, analysts say, there’ll be a lot more crude in — actually, on — their pipelines on rails.

March 1, 2012, Bloomberg News:

Gains in mineral and chemical carloads helped BNSF pay a $1 billion distribution to Buffett’s Berkshire Hathaway last month…

Oil and gas-field servicing are “exploding very healthily” for BNSF, said Paul Bingham, economics practice leader at consultant CDM Smith in Arlington, Va. “In the West I think the BN disproportionately benefits from that.”

March 24, 2012, BNSF Galesburg Yard’s New Tracks Are In Service:

Okay, it’s time to reveal the big secret. Last Saturday (March 17), while waiting at Galesburg for the expected arrival of a rare (for the past several years anyway), Decatur-bound Canadian National “haulage” (by BNSF) grain train, I decided to check out the new tracks that have been built at BNSF Railway’s Galesburg Yard during the past several months….

Anyway, the three new long tracks were empty, and just as I thought how cool it would be to see a train actually using one of the tracks, a North Dakota oil train came into view and pulled onto one of these tracks!

June 27, 2012, Southern Pacific Resource Corp. completes arrangements to transport and market bitumen via CN to the U.S. Gulf Coast:

Southern Pacific Resource Corp. (“Southern Pacific” or the “Company”) (TSX: STP) announced today completion of a long-term arrangement to transport its bitumen to the U.S. Gulf Coast via the rail network of CN (TSX: CNR) (NYSE: CNI)…. Given recent regulatory delays around additional pipeline capacity to accommodate growing bitumen volumes from Alberta, the Company has now secured direct and immediate access into the Gulf Coast market…. In 2012, CN expects to move a total of approximately 25,000 carloads of crude oil, up significantly from approximately 5,000 last year.

August 21, 2012, Railways ship bitumen to relieve pipeline bottlenecks:

It also allows producers additional options for getting oil to market. Some 2 million barrels of Canadian crude go through pipelines to the U.S. daily, and estimates are that only 10,000 to 20,000 go by rail. Some estimates say it costs $3 to $6 to move a barrel of crude through a pipeline versus $15 to move it by rail. The rail option, that did not exist even 2 years ago, will continue grow.

Jan 3, 2013, UPDATE 1-U.S. petroleum rail shipments up nearly 50 pct in 2012

Shipments of petroleum on U.S. railroads rose more than 46 percent in 2012 as shale oil producers put record amounts of crude on trains to overcome pipeline capacity constraints…. Major U.S. freight railroads carried 66,000 carloads of crude in 2011, up from only 11,000 carloads in 2009. By the third quarter of last year, daily shipments of crude oil were exceeding 500,000 barrels per day, roughly equivalent to the output of OPEC’s smallest member, Ecuador. If growth patterns hold, crude by rail could “easily” blow past 600,000 barrels per day by early 2013, AAR said… By the end of the third quarter last year, about 430,000 barrels per day of crude moved out of North Dakota’s Bakken shale play by rail, up from nearly nothing in mid-2010, according to the North Dakota Pipeline Authority. [Emphasis added]

January 7, 2013, Alberta bitumen makes it to Mississippi by rail:

EDMONTON — The first oil from Southern Pacific Resource Corp.’s startup thermal oilsands facility near Fort McMurray reached Mississippi by rail this week after a 4,500-kilometre, two-week journey. The Calgary-based firm was in the news this fall when it announced it would avoid the bitumen pipeline bottlenecks and very low prices being paid to Canadian oilsands producers by contracting for new terminals and a fleet of rail cars to carry its product to the U.S. Gulf Coast. The first shipment of diluted bitumen left the Lynton rail terminal, located just south of Fort McMurray, on Dec. 22 and landed in Mississippi on Jan. 6. It will be off-loaded at the Genesis Natchez terminal where Southern Pacific has exclusive terminal capacity, the company announced Monday. Initial production at the firm’s steam-assisted gravity drainage (SAGD) facility 45 km northwest of Fort McMurray was 1,200 barrels per day in December. It could take at least another year before the design capacity of 12,000 bpd is achieved. [Emphasis added]

Feb 5, 2013, Macleans Canada: Oil Sands Bust:

Meanwhile, another group of businessmen is backing a $10.4-billion plan to construct a new, 2,400-km “purpose built” railroad to carry oil from Alberta to Alaska, where it could then be shipped overseas on tankers. [Emphasis added]

Feb 18, 2013, Price differentials boost rail transport of blended bitumen:

A surge in rail delivery of crude oil and oil products in the US last year reflects, in part, a textbook system of price leapfrog, known more formally as location arbitrage. Although oil is far more expensive to move by railcar than by pipeline, tracks connect more places than pipes do. So when production surges somewhere not fully served by pipelines, such as the Bakken play in North Dakota, oil finds its way into tank cars. The Energy Information Administration reports Association of American Railroads data showing last year’s rail delivery of crude and oil products exceeded the prior year’s total by 46%. [Emphasis added]

March 6, 2013, If Buffett Were Canadian, He’d Want This Stock:

In late 2009, Buffett’s buy big mentality led him to a well-positioned railroad play. But instead of just adding to his shares, Buffett bought out Burlington Northern Santa Fe Railroad (BNSF)…. Since his purchase, railroad stocks have been burning up the tracks. For reference, the Dow Jones Transportation Average, which started as a simple gauge of railroad activity, is booming…. Railways across America are booming from a sea-change of energy flow. In fact, things are going so well for the rail industry, besides hitting brand new highs yesterday, something else amazing is happening. Today, in Houston, the CEO for BNSF, Matt Rose, is giving a talk on North American energy, “The New Abundance and What it Means.” This is huge. Just the fact that an executive for a railroad company is speaking at the IHS Cera Week event, is an amazing milestone. [Emphasis added]

May 13, 2013, Oil trains — pipelines on wheels — headed to Northwest terminals and refineries from North Dakota fracking:

Enter trains. In 2008, the largest railroads carried 9,500 carloads of crude. Last year: more than 200,000…
If all the proposed oil terminals are built, the traffic could hit nearly 3,000 loaded trains a year, not counting direct trips to refineries.

That could come on top of coal traffic. Three proposals for Northwest coal export terminals would generate nearly 7,000 coal train trips a year at full capacity on already congested tracks in Spokane, the Gorge and along Interstate 5. BNSF Railway is likely to carry most of those loads. Spokesman Steve Forsberg said BNSF is investing a record $4.1 billion in upgrades nationwide this year. [Emphasis added]

Let’s take one moment to acknowledge that there is truth in the first article cited above (CN idea a winner for oil sands, November 9, 2009) when it states “As for Canada’s environmental concerns, the oil sands is absolutely essential to maintaining the future living standards of Canadians.” And while the progressive greens bitch about the Venezuelan government utilizing their oil wealth to lift their people, who have been oppressed and exploited under imperialism for centuries, out of poverty, perhaps this is a good time for reflection and some unadulterated “truth”. Demand & consumption is what pushes extraction. As long as professional activists and all other privileged activists/citizens that fall into the 1% category (with the 1% essentially being anyone who can afford to get on an airplane) continue to fly all over the world and while activists and celebrities fly in and out of KXL protests on the front lawn of the White House (which have been nothing more than state-sanctioned photo-ops and pro-Democratic parties), don’t expect anything to change — except for more pipelines and extraction. It is the wealthy that create the climate crisis. As an example, Venezuelan emissions account for only .056% of global emissions while the wealthiest 8% emit 50% of all GHG emissions … and the 3 billion poorest people emit essentially nothing. More recently (no doubt after the engineered financial crisis of 2008), esteemed scientist Kevin Anderson has stated that 50% of emissions come from 1% of the world’s population. [3] Rib-eyed steaks, Coca-Cola, shopping malls, air conditioners and western consumption do not correspond with mitigation on climate change. Perhaps one of the very few options left is to eat the rich.

Language

The pipeline corrosion and safety issues (the primary focus being that of pipeline oil spills) have been the focus points in the Keystone XL debate. This is not by accident. Again, let us for a moment consider the language used in 350.org et al’s “Defend Our Coast” campaign.

The stated goal of the campaign is essentially that they want the Obama administration to “reject a Canadian company’s application to construct the $7 billion, 1,702-mile pipeline, which would carry heavy crude from the oil sands mines of Alberta to refineries along the Gulf Coast.”

Meaningful language would state unequivocally that the main reason to shut down the production of all tar sands is simple: if we do not shut down all tar sands production, we will annihilate our species. It is that simple. By framing our demands with “reasonable” and “politically correct” language, we lock ourselves willingly into the “acceptable” limits as dictated by the industry operating within the industrialized capitalist system — which we must oppose and destroy if we are to simply continue to live. Working within the confines of the acceptable language as constructed by the system ensures absolute subservience, obedience and, always, failure.

Video: Using the Discourse of Revolutionary Opposition (Running time: 2:16)

http://youtu.be/n5B_ZeL7qqY

The intent of the language employed by corporate greens is to create a feeling of trust/safety, effectively pacifying resistance, and to “normalize” our acquiescence to corporate culture and abuse. The state will never fear what it can control. [Further Reading: Tar Sands Action & the Paralysis of a Movement | Part I]

Avoiding Systemic Change Promises Global Ecological Collapse

“Reformers who are always compromising, have not yet grasped the idea that truth is the only safe ground to stand upon.” – Elizabeth Stanton

Internationally, 32,000 km of new pipelines are constructed each year: this is a $US28 billion business, and 50% of these new builds are expected in North and South America. Additionally, 8,000 km of offshore pipelines are being built per year: this is a $5 billion business with 60% in northwest Europe, Asia Pacific, and the Gulf of Mexico. [Source: OIL AND GAS PIPELINES: Yesterday and Today by Phil Hopkins, Chairman, 2006-7]

Considering that the Keystone XL represents a mere 1,702-mile pipeline out of a yearly 32,000 km of pipeline being constructed each year globally, and considering that stopping the KXL will not stop the expansion of the tar sands as we now have a booming rail industry in place, it might be worth asking why we are focusing on a single pipeline rather than the root causes of climate and environmental disruption. Yet, if we are to be honest with ourselves, we do know why (greed, lack of ethics, lack of respect for/separation from our natural world, trappings, denialism), so instead, why don’t we re-visit the root causes of our multiple crises.

More than half (58%) of the total energy produced in the US alone is wasted due to inefficiencies (Phys.org — April 2011). The US military (alone) consumes as much as one million barrels of oil per day (source: author Barry Sanders) to steal resources from sovereign states while simultaneously moving trillions in tax dollars from hard-working people into the hands of global corporations. Millions of men, women and children have been murdered in the process. Approximately 51% of all GHG emissions are created from industrialized livestock. But whereas bio-fuel (aptly coined agro-fuel) is an acceptable topic within the constructed left paradigm, industrialized livestock is not. The blatant hypocrisies of the privileged once again shine transparent on this critical yet unspoken issue. Progressive greens correctly identify that running our cars, etc. on ethanol has already contributed to the world’s food shortages and that the consequences of converting forest land for growing corn for ethanol, etc. are profound. Most activists would agree with these excellent observations and argue against corn ethanol based on these facts and further damning facts simply because it is common sense. Yet, it is clear that the progressive greens are unwilling to collectively identify these very same arguments when it comes to industrial livestock. [4] What are our proposed solutions to the fact there has been a 158% increase in methane (72-100 times more powerful than CO2 in the short-term) as we approach and surpass accelerating feedbacks and irreversible topping points? Maybe the current NOAA methane graphs are terrifying only to the atolls slipping under the rising oceans. The root cause of climate disruption is our global, industrialized capitalist economic system. Yet on these issues, the most critical issues of our lifetime, there is no discussion within the non-profit industrial complex. There is a reason. The complex is financed to the tune of billions of dollars to ensure the right discourse in order to protect the system.

Timing is Everything | Sierra Club and Warren Buffett’s MidAmerican Energy Company Landmark Settlement

January 13, 2013, Indigenous Environmental Network:

Tuesday, January 22, 2013 DES MOINES, IA — Today, the Sierra Club and Warren Buffett’s MidAmerican Energy Company announced a landmark settlement that requires the Iowa utility to phase out coal burning at seven coal-fired boilers, clean up another two coal-fired boilers and build a large solar installation at the Iowa State Fairgrounds. The announcement also pushes the total amount of coal generation retired or announced to retire since 2010 to over 50,000 megawatts, almost one-sixth of the nation’s coal fleet….

“Iowans are joining a growing number of citizens around the country who are helping to end our nation’s dependency on coal and move the U.S. toward a cleaner energy future,” said Michael R. Bloomberg, whose Bloomberg Philanthropies has contributed $50 million to the Sierra Club’s Beyond Coal campaign…

“Today’s settlement marks an important national milestone to end the scourge of coal, as well as an important milestone in our ongoing discussion with the Warren Buffett family of companies about combating climate disruption,” said Bruce Nilles, Senior Director of the Beyond Coal campaign. [Emphasis in original]

Most interesting is the fact that Nilles makes absolutely no mention of Buffet’s expanding rail empire transporting oil across North America. Rather, the release goes on to state:

However, Nilles also took aim at two other parts of Mr. Buffett’s holdings, his western utility, Pacificorp, that owns and operates six existing coal-fired power plants and Mr. Buffett’s BNSF, the largest hauler of coal nationwide. “Pacificorp continues to be a laggard on clean energy and BNSF is one of the very worst actors when it comes to lobbying and promoting expanded coal use nationally and internationally,” Nilles said. “Over the coming months we will be stepping up our engagement with Paciforp and BNSF to urge them to follow the examples of other forward-looking parts of Mr. Buffett’s holdings.” [Emphasis in original]

One might wonder what holdings appear “forward-looking” in the eyes of Nilles. One must also contemplate which undisclosed non-profit was chosen as the beneficiary of a massive financial contribution from Warren Buffett.

On Feb 4, 2013, Time-Warner/AOL’s Huffington Post reports:

Buffett revealed the donations Monday. Buffett, who is Berkshire’s chairman and CEO, made donations of Class B shares to four unnamed charities and three individuals between September and December.

The biggest single gift reported Monday was 172,375 shares worth $16.6 million given to a nonprofit.

These gifts are in addition to the 22.4 million Class B Berkshire shares Buffett gave to the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation and the four Buffett family foundations that are slated to eventually distribute most of Buffett’s fortune. [In progressive green foundation-funded fashion, Huffington Post includes under the aforementioned article a 14-page online photo album titled “Adorable Warren Buffett Photos.”]

All those within the non-profit industrial complex brand the Sierra Club — Buffett landmark settlement as a victory (even more so on the heels of Obama’s 2013 inaugural address), when in reality it is nothing more than a strategic component of new investment hijinks: get paid to retire the old and reap even more billions to build new — all under the guise of the illusory “green economy.” Let us not forget how the non-profit industrial complex strategically whitewashed “clean coal.”
On August 31, 2011, environmentalist Gregory Vickrey posed a question in response to a legitimate grassroots organiser demonstrating public support for the very NGOs undermining the grassroots. This question was put forward by Vickrey before it was disclosed on Feb 12 2012, that the Sierra Club raked in $26 million from the natural gas industry and following the announcement (July 21, 2011) that Michael R. Bloomberg’s “Bloomberg Philanthropies” contributed $50 million (over 4 years) to the Sierra Club’s Beyond Coal campaign (initiated in Spring of 2010). Vickrey asks:

My primary concern lies with providing a tract of general legitimacy for those sellouts. Right or wrong, when we vocalize support or otherwise endorse these sanitized events and the players behind them, we are seen as sanctioning them on the whole, and it makes walking the fine line of organizing an effective movement tough. Our present reality is tough to swallow in context.

On coal, I understand some of the stronger points of messaging from, say, the Sierra Club, but am concerned that much of that movement is likewise funded primarily with Rockefeller Family money (Bill himself states this, and proudly) and defines (dilutes) success in increments that, in the grand scheme of things, mean little. We can’t tolerate another 6k mW of coal active in FL, for example, but that is a victory to the Beyond Coal campaign because they managed to stop another 13k mW. In the next cycle, industry will again ask for 20k mW, and will get 5-8k mW. And that will be labeled another victory. At which point are they pyrrhic?

It is significant to note that massive “gifts” (i.e. investments) by philanthropists (i.e. capitalists protecting their power/privilege) are rarely if ever given in one lump sum. Rather, as in the case of Sierra Club/Bloomberg above, the “gift”/investment is staggered in installments over many years, thus ensuring that dependence on the funding source is created (if not established prior). This quickly translates into obedience and convenient cognitive dissonance on behalf of the recipient.

Off to the Next Campaign

When the KXL campaign is all said and done (it almost is), progressive greens will proclaim they’re mad as hell and they’re not going to take it anymore. They may fly away to a retreat in the Netherlands in order to go through their crafted agenda as TckTckTck(GCCA)/Greenpeace (faux environmental leader Kumi Naidoo chairs both) did after the COP15 United Nations climate conference where they grossly undermined the most powerful positions put forward by leading states and the G77.

One should take note that, like many professional activists who move freely through the revolving doors of the non-profit industrial complex and corridors of empire, TckTckTck/Greenpeace chair, Naidoo is no exception. Of special interest to the Keystone XL analysis is Naidoo’s board position on the 350.org international advisory council. Further, Naidoo was an advisor to the chair of the Clinton Global Initiative [Source: May 26, 2007]. Recall that in 2007, the Clinton Global Initiative undertook an instrumental role in the development of 1Sky, now 350.org.

Naidoo’s high profile board and advisory positions and appointments with renowned institutes of empire include/included but are not limited to: Amnesty International (Soros-funded), the World Economic Forum, the United Nations UNDEF, UNIFEM, the Panel of Eminent Persons on UN Civil Society Relations (appointed by the UN Secretary General),  international adviser for the Carnegie UK Trust, secretary general and CEO of CIVICUS (Ford-funded) and the SumOfUs Advisory Board. [Further reading: The Most Important COP Briefing That No One Ever Heard | Truth, Lies, Racism & Omnicide.] The agenda would look something as follows: 1) Discuss key points arising from evaluation of the KXL campaign 2) Power Analysis & Critical Pathway 3) Overall Strategic Framework 4) Draft 2013 Action Plan 5) Communications/Mobilization: Vision, objectives and options for next steps, and 6) The next campaign.

With certainty, the NGOs within the complex will abandon the Natives and the Earth’s most oppressed peoples in their centuries old fight for basic human rights. This will be especially true in the case of outright treaty violations involving the theft of Native land guaranteed by a contract, as well as the genocide brought about by poisoning Native drinking water. McKibben et al will internalize that such contradictions are not within their scope, nor their jurisdiction, nor their mission statements — when in fact it is these very violations that are the integral basis for the entire controversy.

TckTckTck is not the only organization “fighting against climate change” whose leading “activists” jet-set to retreats in order to “regroup” as demonstrated in the 350.org’s 2011 990 tax form that reported $53,000 in retreat expenses.

While pipelines are being built all around the entire planet, the US (and even international) media focuses on just this one as the single pipeline that will push us over the precipice — the infamous KXL (ultimately, only an extension of the newly built and already operational Keystone pipeline no less). With the Shut Down the Tar Sands campaign now essentially defunct, having been tossed to Polaris Institute on Feb 6, 2013 by Indigenous Environmental Network (who is now focused on managing pacifying the Idle No More movement campaign), we can expect that the remaining NGOs will be abandoning the KXL campaign in relatively short order.

The Polaris Tar Sands Watch is another NGO entangled within the massive non-profit industrial complex web. As an example, Anuradha Mittal serves on (to name a few) the board of Polaris Institute, International Forum on Globalization, World Future Council, Ben and Jerry’s (Ceres partner) and Natural Capital Institute which has, as of January 1st, 2011, been officially renamed WiserEarth! (Seeing that the illusory “green economy,” “climate wealth” and other terms of delusion are now exposed and frowned upon by many, including eco-footprint founder/scientist Bill Rees and Kevin Anderson, a name change was imperative.) In 2012, Wiser.org, in collaboration with Earth Day Network, “challenged” members and citizens around the world to make a pledge toward the “Billion Acts of Green” campaign. Key partners/supporters included TckTckTck, 350.org, Anonymous — Tides Foundation, Ford Foundation, and many more. Confused? That’s all right, you’re supposed to be. Don’t think. Just open up your mouth and say “ahhh….” Prepare yourself for the bitter taste of “green capitalism.”

A Scruffy Little Outfit Swimming in Money

Grassroots has never been so prestigious. Joining McKibben and Ms. Klein on the 350.org/1Sky board/US advisory councilare representatives of the Rockefeller Brother Fund.

Elizabeth Butler earns $93,144. as the 350.org campaign director. Yet this is somewhat a poverty level when one compares Butler’s salary with 350.org partner and Avaaz founder Ricken Patel, whose earnings in 2011, from Avaaz alone (not including consulting or other income), amounted to $183,264. Patriarchy is alive and well within the non-profit industrial complex. These fat salaries are typical, as well as incredibly illustrative. The NGO professional elite “99 percenters” most always receive high salaries when they’re in “leadership” positions.

Self-Destructive and Collective Deception

In the past, issues of critical importance were discussed at the dinner table, on living room floors, at the community school, at the town hall, etc. Today, comfortable citizens (taking solace in the fact they make an automatic payment of 25.00 per month to their favourite NGO brand) are under a gross misconception that NGOs such as Greenpeace and 350.org are actually representing civil society, as they claim. They are not. First and foremost, these self-appointed NGOs represent and protect the interests of their funders. 350.org and friends successfully take the issues away from the dinner table, where the issues need discussing, and instead, they make the issue about them. Then, after poisoning it, they’ll blame someone else for it. This is narcissism, which flourishes like a cancer within the complex. A complex built on a foundation of whiteness and aversive racism. It is ugly. Perhaps the late George Carlin summarizes the second half of this investigative report far better on stage than in typeface: “It’s a big club and you ain’t in it.”

And as an apt expression of how we have regressed from the first Earth day in 1970 to the most recent one in 2013, perhaps activist Jeff Weinberger sums it up best:

“Tomorrow being Earth Day, just want to wish you all a relaxing, thoughtful day peacefully focused on how we’re going to avoid ANNIHILATING EVERYTHING : ) …in other words, a calm day spent considering — amidst the other joy! — that aside from the obvious villains, the system creates smiley villains in green-face, floating about in the alphabet soup made in the non-profit industrial complex kitchen…this shit is BOILED for consumption…don’t be fooled because it tastes good at first..NGO’s are more toxic than fossil fuels and radiation…consider perspectives like this so we can have some hope of uniting to rip the ecocidal tendency out at the root, to affirm Life — Happy Earth Day!

Cory Morningstar is an independent investigative journalist, writer and environmental activist, focusing on global ecological collapse and political analysis of the non-profit industrial complex. She resides in Canada. Her recent writings can be found on Wrong Kind of Green, The Art of Annihilation, Political Context, Counterpunch, Canadians for Action on Climate Change and Countercurrents. You can follow her on twitter: @elleprovocateur

Notes:

[1] “Many thanks, [from] Bill McKibben and May Boeve, 350.org; Michael Brune, Sierra Club; Naomi Klein, author;
James Hansen, climate scientist; Tzeporah Berman, author; Jane Kleeb, BOLD Nebraska; Michael Kieschnick, Credo Mobile; Tom Goldtooth, Indigenous Environmental Network; Gus Speth, author and professor of law, Vermont Law School; Maura Cowley, Energy Action Coalition; Rebecca Tarbotton, Rainforest Action Network; Joe Uehlein, Labor Network for Sustainability; Mike Tidwell, Chesapeake Climate Action Network; Michael Mann, Penn State University Earth System Science Center; Stephen Kretzmann, Oil Change International; Brad Johnson, Forecast the Facts; Phil Radford, Greenpeace US; Erich Pica, Friends of the Earth; Cherri Foytlin, Bridge the Gulf Project; Tar Sands Blockade.” Source

[2] “Many thanks, [from] Michael Brune, Sierra Club; Naomi Klein, author; James Hansen, NASA; Tzeporah Berman, author; Jane Kleeb, BOLD Nebraska; Michael Kieschnick, Credo Mobile; Tom Goldtooth, Indigenous Environmental Network; Gus Speth, author and professor of law, Vermont Law School; Maura Cowley, Energy Action Coalition; Rebecca Tarbotton, Rainforest Action Network; Joe Uehlein, Labor Network for Sustainability; Mike Tidwell, Chesapeake Climate Action Network; Michael Mann, Penn State University Earth System Science Center; Bill McKibben and May Boeve, 350.org; Stephen Kretzmann, Oil Change International; Bridge the Gulf Project; Tar Sands Blockade.” Source

[3] This is especially appalling considering that globally, the wealthiest 8% emit 50% of all emissions and the 3 billion poorest people emit essentially nothing (Professor Stephen Pacala of Princeton University). Simply stated, the development of the desperately poor is not in conflict with solving the climate crisis. The wealthiest 15% emit 75% of all emissions and are responsible for three-quarters of global emissions. The top 500 million people [7.5% of humanity] emit half the greenhouse emissions. The remaining 85% of humanity emit only 25% of all emissions. The globally wealthy must solve the crisis as there is absolutely no other way. The emission cuts necessary to prevent catastrophic climate change must be made by the wealthiest 7½%, because they are using almost all of the greenhouse gas-emitting fossil fuels. In contrast to this gross injustice (aka “The American Dream”) we have the “living well” concept by the Bolivian government. There is a growing movement in downshifting — citizens who reject consumerism outright, exchanging materialism for values. Millions are embracing a simple quality of life that builds and nourishes our character rather than eroding it.

[4] How can we argue that it makes sense to feed livestock — to then be eaten by people — instead of feeding people directly while we face a planetary climate emergency … during a global water crisis, while all the pollutants and environmental damage from this industry continue to be externalized onto the planet, people and all life? Why is the environmental movement (and especially the climate justice movement) not vocally opposing a system that does not make sense, in the same way as ethanol does not make sense? Especially given we are in a massive methane emergency … with escalating food crises … escalating food shortages … agriculture that will only continue to decline, not to mention a severe health crisis in North America (half of Americans will be diabetic or pre-diabetic by 2020; Type 2 diabetes is strongly associated with being seriously overweight or obese, and in the US the report estimates 68.3 percent of Americans were overweight or obese in 2008, with this figure rising each year) all while over 1 billion people are starving/dying, with no access to clean water.

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

UK Merlin choppers leaving Afghanistan

0

Britain is pulling out its fleet of Merlin choppers from Afghanistan in another sign of Londonâ„¢s phased withdrawal of troops from the Asian country.

The fleet of six carrier helicopters is being dismantled so that they can be flown back to Britain ahead of the schedule.

The Merlins will be sent back as part of a shipment of 3,500 armored vehicles and 12,000 containers of military equipment that the British Defense Ministry estimates will cost some £300 million to be flown back to the country.

“In 2010, we required more than 2,300 helicopter hours a month and now that number has dropped by around 40 per cent,” Group Captain Frazer Nicholson, Commander of the Joint Aviation Group, based in the Afghan province of Helmand, said.

“We are now able to redeploy the Merlin from theatre as we simply do not need the helicopter capacity we currently have,” he added.

Britain plans to cut back its troops in Afghanistan to 5,200 by the end of 2013, from a peak of 9,500 last year, as part of a phased withdrawal that will be complete by the end of 2014.

AMR/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Why the Fuss Over China?

0

Last week, some people questioned our opposition to China’s largest meat company purchasing Smithfield, suggesting that it could be construed as xenophobia. But prejudice against a particular country has nothing to do with our concern. The globalized food system poses real food safety risks and free trade deals with global partners encourage a race-to-the bottom in food safety standards, leaving U.S. consumers at the mercy of inadequate foreign food safety systems like China’s.

We should all be leery of deals like this that further consolidate our food system; especially when they involve companies with a history of food safety problems and countries with abysmal track records for food and worker safety. The horrendous Chinese poultry plant fire currently making headlines provides another powerful example of how the factory farm model endangers lives.

As I explain in this 2011 blog when we released our report, A Decade of Dangerous Food Imports from China, putting profits above people is a cross-cultural problem. Besides, many of the companies and investors profiting from Chinese exports are U.S. companies or investors (Goldman Sachs own part of Shuanghui International).

Anyone who’s paying attention knows that risky food from China has become all too common. Last month, Food & Water Watch Assistant Director Patty Lovera testified before the House Committee on Foreign Affairs Subcommittee on Europe, Eurasia and Emerging Threats to discuss China as the leading producer of many foods Americans eat: apples, tomatoes, peaches, potatoes, garlic, seafood, processed food and food ingredients like xylitol and vitamin C.

As I explain on New York Times’ Room For Debate last night, the purchase of Smithfield isn’t just about exporting pork — it’s indicative of the American government’s fervor for exporting our consolidated, industrialized food system:

Shuanghui International became China’s monolithic meat company by adopting the U.S. factory farm model pioneered by companies like Smithfield. The merger is likely to increase the size, intensity and pollution of hog production in China. Furthermore, Smithfield’s anticipated increased exports to China would effectively convert U.S. factory farms into export platforms; Smithfield would ship out the pork, and we’d keep the hog manure.

In addition to the environmental consequences of the deal, it’s bad for consumers. Transnational deals in the food industry usually add to American imports, and a rising flood of imported food swamps U.S. import inspectors. In the long term, Shuanghui may offshore hog operations to China, and the U.S. could be importing pork. In 2011, Shuanghui recalled thousands of tons of meat after reports that it was laced with the banned veterinary drug clenbuterol, which is linked to serious human health risks.

Deals like this serve no one but the executives and bankers who stand to profit; everyone else is left with the manure.

(Read my full comment and the other experts’ perspectives here.)

Another debater, Thea Lee is the deputy chief of staff at the AFL-CIO, brought up another excellent point:

If Chinese consumers want to consume American pork, they can presumably purchase it on the open market. Our farmers have been trying to get their pork into the Chinese market on a sustained basis for many years. The decision instead to purchase a major producer indicates that there are other motives. As we evaluate this and other similar investments, we had better have a good sense of how those other motives will impact good jobs, food safety and regulatory balance in this country. Unfortunately, under current law, even if we determine that this or similar investments would have a negative impact on the U.S. economy — or any subset of workers — there is very little we can do to stop it.

We’re not criticizing the deal simply because Shuanghui is a foreign company. Food & Water Watch has criticized Australia’s and Canada’s food safety issues plenty. And if other country exporting food to the U.S. had the same food safety problems that China has, we would be equally concerned. The bottom line is further consolidation of our food system is bad for consumers and farmers. When a handful of companies–whether it’s Shuanghui or Tyson–control the food we eat, Wall Street and high-paid food industry executives win. Consumers, farmers and the environment all lose.

Wenonah Hauter is the Executive Director of Food & Water Watch. She has worked extensively on food, water, energy and environmental issues at the national, state and local level. Her book Foodopoly: The Battle Over the Future of Food and Farming in America examines the corporate consolidation and control over our food system and what it means for farmers and consumers.

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Descent Into Tyranny: The Fate of Free Humanity Is At Stake *Micro Doc*

0


A Descent Into Tyranny:

(Video follows excerpts)

Welcome to the future. The police and military become indistinguishable in the effort to generate fear in the public so that the cowardly give up their liberty.

…

The military polices the streets, not to protect against a foreign invader, but to enforce its will upon any who choose to oppose it.

…

The few that are awake and fighting for their liberty will be punished by the iron fist of a tyrannical government. Yet, they persist.

…

The fate of free humanity is at stake, but victory will be ours.

The battle for liberty is fought with ideas. Those who have worked towards enslaving humanity will be punished.

Miraculous feats are accomplished every day. Free men and women use their ingenuity, their persistence, and tireless effort to overcome obstacles that previously had seemed impossible.

We will defeat the New World Order.

  • Defeat Monsanto by always saying ‘no’ to genetically modified food.
  • Destroy the banking elite by holding your savings in real assets, such as gold or silver.
  • Stop globalism by always buying local products.
  • Keep your free speech simply by using it.
  • Use Facebook, Twitter and Youtube productively by spreading the message if liberty.
  • Annihilate propaganda by turning off the TV and reading a book.
  • Use this video as an info weapon to wake up your friends and family.

Watch the micro-documentary… and then share it with a friend or family member:

(Watch at Youtube)

Produced by David Quintieri, author of The Money GPS

Also Read: Random Acts of Revolution – A Liberty Manifesto from Daisy Luther

Also Watch: 9/11 The Road to Tyranny — A Film by Alex Jones

Hattip NinaO

Please Spread The Word And Share This Post



Author:
Mac Slavo
Views:
Read by 61 people
Date: June 4th, 2013
Website: www.SHTFplan.com


Copyright Information: Copyright SHTFplan and Mac Slavo. This content may be freely reproduced in full or in part in digital form with full attribution to the author and a link to www.shtfplan.com. Please contact us for permission to reproduce this content in other media formats.

This article originally appeared on: SHTF Plan

‘Israel to confiscate West Bank land’

0

The Israeli regime has announced plans to illegally confiscate about 100 acres of Palestinian land in east of the city of Nablus in the occupied West Bank, Press TV reports.

The orders were issued to Palestinian municipalities in the villages of Awarta and Rujaib in order to annex the land for an Israeli settlement.

The head of the village council said that the move was part of Israelâ„¢s ongoing policy of Palestinian land confiscation and Israel has managed to bypass the law by claiming the land for military purposes.

Å“The act of confiscating the land for the settlers is an ongoing occurrence. We received the military order from the commander of the Israeli military. Their excuse was that it was for military purposes in order to bypass the international law and instead adhere to their military law,” said Salem Awad, president of the Local Council.

The village of Awarta has been under siege and subjected to constant military raids by the Israeli army for 18 months.

The villagers were also subjected to collective punishments following the brutal murder of a settler family from a nearby settlement in March 2011, which led to the arrest of two Palestinian teenagers, although, no evidence has of yet proven them guilty.

The presence and continued expansion of Israeli settlements in occupied Palestine has created a major obstacle for the efforts to establish peace in the Middle East.

More than half a million Israelis live in over 120 illegal settlements built since Israelâ„¢s occupation of the Palestinian territories of the West Bank and East al-Quds in 1967.

The UN and most countries regard the Israeli settlements as illegal because the territories were captured by Israel in a war in 1967 and are hence subject to the Geneva Conventions, which forbids construction on occupied lands.

SAB/HN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

10 killed in Central Europe flooding

0

Floods in Central Europe kill 10 people in Czech Republic. (File photo)

At least ten people have been killed and thousands of others forced to move to higher elevations in the worst Central Europe flooding over the past 70 years.

On Tuesday, at least 10 people were confirmed dead in Czech Republic. About nine others are reportedly missing.

Hundreds had to be rescued from their homes in other countries like Germany, Austria, Poland, and Switzerland following days of heavy rainfall.

Meanwhile, waters from three swollen rivers gushed into the old town of Passau in southeast Germany.

On June 3, four people were reported dead in Austria and Czech Republic.

Czech Prime Minister Petr Necas declared a state of emergency on June 2 and promised relief aid.

The Czech Republic capital, Prague, is preparing for more flooding as the Vltava river is continuing to rise.

Evacuations also took place in Switzerland after officials in Basel said the Rhine River rose to a dangerously high level.

Firefighters and emergency workers have been mobilizing to help clear roads, assist with evacuations, and set up anti-flood barriers.

Central European rescue teams are continuing their search for survivors.

SZH/HN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV